Document:

exv10w1

EXHIBIT 10.1

AccuDraft, Inc.

401(k) Non-Standardized Prototype Adoption Agreement #002

For Use With Basic Plan #01
 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 1.

	 	General Plan Information
	 	 	2	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 2.

	 	Service Definitions for Eligibility, Vesting and Allocations
	 	 	3	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 3.

	 	Eligibility Requirements
	 	 	5	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 4.

	 	Elective Deferrals
	 	 	12	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 5.

	 	Safe Harbor Contributions
	 	 	13	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 6.

	 	Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions
	 	 	14	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 7.

	 	Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions
	 	 	16	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 8.

	 	Rollovers and Employee Contributions
	 	 	17	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 9.

	 	Prevailing Wage Contributions
	 	 	19	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 10.

	 	Vesting Requirements
	 	 	19	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 11.

	 	Compensation Definitions
	 	 	21	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 12.

	 	Allocation of Forfeitures
	 	 	26	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 13.

	 	Allocation of Earnings and Losses
	 	 	29	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 14.

	 	Normal and Early Retirement Age
	 	 	29	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 15.

	 	Distribution Provisions
	 	 	30	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 16.

	 	Loans, Insurance and Directed Investments
	 	 	34	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 17.

	 	Top Heavy Allocations
	 	 	34	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 18.

	 	Testing Elections
	 	 	34	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 19.

	 	401(k) SIMPLE Provisions
	 	 	35	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 20.

	 	Miscellaneous Provisions
	 	 	35	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 21.

	 	Signature Provisions
	 	 	36	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	Prototype
401(k) Non-Std.	 	Page 1 of
36	 	IRS
Serial No: M390508a

 

 

Section 1. General Plan Information

	1.1	 	Plan Name Littelfuse, Inc. 401(k) Retirement and Savings Plan
	 
	 	 	                    
                      
                        
                       
       
                                                                    Plan # 002
	 
	1.2	 	Sponsoring Employer Littelfuse, Inc.
	 
	 	 	 

	 
	 	 	Address 8755 W. Higgins Road, O’Hare Plaza, Suite 520
	 
	 	 	City Chicago      State IL       ZIP Code 60631
	 
	 	 	Telephone # (847) 824-1188      Tax ID # 36-3795742      Trust ID # 52-1481931
	 
	1.3	 	Fiscal Year. þ A 12-consecutive month period beginning Jan 1 and ending Dec 31

	 	o	 	Except for a short Fiscal Year beginning                                                                   

	 	o	 	A 52-53 week year o beginning o ending                                                             
        

	 	 	 	 	 
	1.4  Type of Business Entity. (check one)

	 	þ
	 	C-Corporation
	 
	 

	 	o
	 	S-Corporation
	 
	 

	 	o
	 	Partnership
	 
	 

	 	o
	 	Sole Proprietorship
	 
	 

	 	o
	 	Tax Exempt Organization
	 
	 

	 	o
	 	Limited Liability Company (LLC)
	 
	 

	 	o
	 	Limited Liability Partnership (LLP)
	 
	 

	 	o
	 	Other (must be a legal entity recognized under Federal income tax laws)
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	1.5	 	Adopting Employers. Check here o if there are additional adopting employers and complete the “Adopting Employer Addendum.”
	 
	1.6	 	Plan Administrator Retirement Plan Committee
	 
	 	 	Address 8755 W. Higgins Road, O’Hare Plaza, Suite 520
	 
	 	 	City Chicago       State IL       ZIP Code 60631
	 
	 	 	Telephone # (847) 824-1188       Fax #                                         
	 
	1.7	 	Trustees. The Trustees of the Plan are as selected below. (The use of a trust agreement other
than one which has been approved by the Internal Revenue Service for use with this Plan will remove
the Plan from M&P status and render it individually designed.)

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	o Individual Trustees  
	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 	 
	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 	 
	 	 
	Address 
	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	City

	 	 	 	State
	 	 	 	ZIP Code	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 

	 	þ	 	Corporate Trustee T. Rowe Price Trust Company
	 
	 	 	 	Address 100 East Pratt Street
	 
	 	 	 	City Baltimore       State MD       ZIP Code 21202

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Prototype 401(k) Non-Std.
	 	Page 2 of 36
	 	IRS Serial No: M390508a

 

 

	 	o	 	Discretionary Trustee. The corporate Trustee has full discretion in investing the assets of the
Plan except as otherwise instructed by the Administrator, by the Employer, by an Investment
Manager, by another Named Fiduciary < o or by a Participant in accordance with Section 16.3 of the
Adoption Agreement with regard to Participant directed investments >.
	 
	 	þ	 	Directed Trustee. The corporate Trustee is only permitted to invest the assets of the Plan as
directed by the Administrator, by the Employer, by an Investment Manager, by another Named
Fiduciary < þ  or by a Participant in accordance with Section 16.3 of the Adoption Agreement with
regard to Participant directed investments >.

	1.8	 	Effective Dates

	 	o	 	This is a new plan effective                                         .
	 
	 	þ	 	This is an amended plan effective Jan 1, 2010 with an original effective date of Jan 1, 1993.
	 
	 	o	 	This is a frozen plan which was frozen                     . The Plan remains frozen and is being
amended and restated effective                     . The original effective date of the Plan is
                    .

	1.9	 	Plan Year. A 12-consecutive month period beginning
Jan 1 and ending Dec 31.

	 	o	 	Except for a short Plan Year beginning                                                                        
         .

	1.10	 	Anniversary Date. The Anniversary Date of the Plan is Dec 31.
	 
	1.11	 	Permitted Contributions. The contributions checked below are currently permitted under the
terms of the Plan. (check all that apply)

	 	þ	 	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals (see Section 4 of the Adoption Agreement on page 12)
	 
	 	o	 	Roth Elective Deferrals (see Section 4 of the Adoption Agreement on page 12)
	 
	 	þ	 	ADP Safe Harbor Contributions (see Section 5 of the Adoption Agreement on page 13)
	 
	 	o	 	ACP Safe Harbor Contributions (see Section 5 of the Adoption Agreement on page 13)
	 
	 	o	 	Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions (see Section 6 of the Adoption Agreement on page 14)
	 
	 	þ	 	Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions (see Section 7 of the Adoption Agreement on page 16)
	 
	 	þ	 	Qualified Matching Contributions (see Sections 3.7 of the Basic Plan)
	 
	 	þ	 	Qualified Non-Elective Contributions (see Sections 3.8 of the Basic Plan)
	 
	 	þ	 	Rollover Contributions (see Section 8 of the Adoption Agreement on page 17)
	 
	 	o	 	Voluntary Employee Contributions (see Section 8 of the Adoption Agreement on page 18)
	 
	 	o	 	Deemed IRA Contributions (see Section 8 of the Adoption Agreement on page 18)
	 
	 	o	 	Prevailing Wage Contributions (see Section 9 of the Adoption Agreement on page 18)

Section 2. Service Definitions for Eligibility, Vesting and Allocations

	2.1	 	Method of Determining Service. An Employee’s Years of Service/Periods of Service (“Service”) is
determined as follows:

	 	(a)	o	 Counting of Hours Method Only. A Participant’s Service for all purposes is determined by
the Counting of Hours Method, and a Year of Service for eligibility and Vesting is determined
as selected in (1) and (2) below.

	 	(1)	 	Eligibility to Participate. A Year of Service for eligibility purposes is                     
(max. 1,000) Hours of Service and a Break in Service for eligibility purposes is
                     (max. 500) Hours of Service.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Vesting. A Year of Service for Vesting purposes is                      (max. 1,000) Hours of
Service and a Break in Service for Vesting purposes is                      (max. 500) Hours of
Service.

	 	(b)	þ	 Elapsed Time Method Only. A Participant’s Service for all purposes is determined by the
Elapsed Time Method.
	 
	 	(c)	o	 A Mixture of Methods. A Participant’s Service for each purpose is determined by the method
selected below.

	 	(1)	 	For Eligibility Purposes: (check one)

	 	o	 	Elapsed Time Method
	 
	 	o	 	Counting of Hours Method. A Year of Service for eligibility purposes is                     
(max. 1,000) Hours of Service and a Break in Service for eligibility purposes is
                     (max. 500) Hours of Service.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Prototype 401(k) Non-Std.
	 	Page 3 of 36
	 	IRS Serial No: M390508a

 

 

	 	(2)	 	For Vesting Purposes: (check one)

	 	o	 	Elapsed Time Method
	 
	 	o	 	Counting of Hours Method. A Year of Service for Vesting purposes is                      (max. 1,000)
Hours of Service and a Break in Service for Vesting purposes is                      (max. 500) Hours of
Service.

	 	(3)	 	For benefit accrual and allocation purposes: (check one)

	 	o	 	Elapsed Time Method
	 
	 	o	 	Counting of Hours Method

	2.2	 	Predecessor Service. þ Service with the following entity or entities will be credited as
selected in (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) below:
(this section need only be completed if the Employer does not maintain the plan of the
predecessor employer)

Littelfuse, Inc., an Illinois Corporation
	 
	 	 	 

	 
	 	 	 

	 
	 	 	 

	 
	 	 	 

	 	(a)	þ	 Elective Deferrals, QMACs and QNECs. Service with an entity listed above will be given
for eligibility purposes under Section 3.2(a) of the Adoption Agreement.
	 
	 	(b)	þ	 ADP Safe Harbor Contributions. Service with an entity listed above will be given for
eligibility purposes under Section 3.2(b) of the Adoption Agreement.
	 
	 	(c)	o	 ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. Service with an entity listed above will be
credited for: (check all that apply)

	 	o	 	Eligibility purposes under Section 3.2(c) of the Adoption Agreement
	 
	 	o	 	Vesting purposes under Section 10.3 of the Adoption Agreement

	 	(d)	o	 Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. Service with an entity listed above will be
credited for: (check all that apply)

	 	o	 	Eligibility purposes under Section 3.2(d) of the Adoption Agreement
	 
	 	o	 	Vesting purposes under Section 10.4 of the Adoption Agreement

	 	(e)	þ	 Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions. Service with an entity listed above will be
credited for: (check all that apply)

	 	þ	 	Eligibility purposes under Section 3.2(e) of the Adoption Agreement
	 
	 	þ	 	Vesting purposes under Section 10.5 of the Adoption Agreement

	2.3	 	Re-Hired Employees. The Service of an Eligible Employee who Terminates Employment and is
rehired after incurring a Break in Service will be credited in accordance with the provisions
selected below.

	 	(a)	o	 One Year Holdout Rule. The One Year Holdout Rule will be applied to rehired Eligible
Employees.
	 
	 	(b)	þ	 Rule of Parity. The Rule of Parity will be applied to non-Vested rehired Eligible
Employees.

	2.4	 	Computation Periods. If eligibility and/or Vesting are determined by the Counting of Hours
Method, the following will apply:

	 	(a)	o	 The eligibility computation period will: (check one)

	 	o	 	Be based on an Employee’s 12-month employment year
	 
	 	o	 	Switch to the Plan Year after an Employee’s initial 12-month employment year

	 	(b)	o	 The Vesting computation period will be: (check one)

	 	o	 	The Plan Year
	 
	 	o	 	Based on an Employee’s 12-month employment year

	 	(c)	o	 An Employee will be deemed to have been credited with a Year of Service for eligibility
purposes: (check one)

	 	o	 	At the end of the eligibility computation period in which he or she is credited with
the required Hours of Service
	 
	 	o	 	At the time he or she is actually credited with the
required Hours of Service

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Prototype 401(k) Non-Std.
	 	Page 4 of 36
	 	IRS Serial No: M390508a

 

 

Section 3. Eligibility Requirements

	3.1	 	Eligible Employees. All Employees are Eligible Employees < þ except for the class or
classes of Employees (as defined in Section 2.1 of the Basic Plan) below who are excluded from
participating for the purpose selected >: (check all that apply)

	 	(a)	þ	 Ineligible Classes for Elective Deferrals,
QMACs and QNECs.

	 	o	 	Union Employees
	 
	 	þ	 	Non-Resident Alien Employees
	 
	 	o	 	“Merger and Acquisition” Employees (but only during the statutory exclusion period)
	 
	 	o	 	Highly Compensated Employees 1
	 
	 	þ	 	Leased Employees (not otherwise excluded by statute) 1
	 
	 	o	 	Employees of an Affiliated Employer that does not adopt this Plan 1
	 
	 	o	 	Key Employees < o but only those who are also Highly Compensated Employees > 1
	 
	 	o	 	Employees who are paid primarily by salary 1
	 
	 	o	 	Employees who are paid primarily by the hour 1
	 
	 	o	 	Employees who are paid primarily by commissions 1
	 
	 	o	 	Other (cannot be age or service related) 
1
	 	 	 	 

	 
	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 

 

			
	1	 	Even if checked, these employees are still included in determining if the Plan
satisfies the requirements of Code §410(b).

	 	(b)	þ	 Ineligible Classes for ADP Safe Harbor Contributions. Any ineligible classes checked in (a)
above are also ineligible for ADP Safe Harbor Contributions. In addition, the classes checked below
are ineligible for ADP Safe Harbor Contributions.

	 	o	 	Union Employees (if not already checked in (a) above)
	 
	 	o	 	Key Employees who are also Highly Compensated Employees (if not already checked in (a) above) 1
	 
	 	o	 	Highly Compensated Employees (if not already checked in (a) above) 1
	 
	 	o	 	Other (cannot be age or service related)
1
	 	 	 	 

	 
	 	 	 	 

	 
	 	 	 	 

	 
	 	 	 	 

	 
	 	 	 	 

	 
	 	 	 	 

	 
	 	 	 	 

	 
	 	 	 	 

 

			
	1	 	Even if checked, these employees are still included in determining if the Plan
satisfies the requirements of Code §410(b).

	 	(c)	o	 Ineligible Classes for ACP Safe Harbor Contributions. Any ineligible classes checked in (a)
above are also ineligible for ACP Safe Harbor Contributions. In addition, the classes checked below
are ineligible for ACP Safe Harbor Contributions.

	 	o	 	Union Employees (if not already checked in (a) above)
	 
	 	o	 	Key Employees who are also Highly Compensated Employees (if not already checked in (a) above) 1
	 
	 	o	 	Highly Compensated Employees (if not already checked in (a) above) 1
	 
	 	o	 	Other (cannot be age or service related)
1
	 	 	 	 

	 
	 	 	 	 

	 
	 	 	 	 

	 
	 	 	 	 

	 
	 	 	 	 

	 
	 	 	 	 

	 
	 	 	 	 

	 
	 	 	 	 

 

			
	1	 	Even if checked, these employees are still included in determining if the Plan
satisfies the requirements of Code §410(b).

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Prototype 401(k) Non-Std.
	 	Page 5 of 36
	 	IRS Serial No: M390508a

 

 

	 	(d)	o	 Ineligible Classes for Non-Safe Harbor Matching
Contributions.

	 	o	 	Union Employees
	 
	 	o	 	Non-Resident Alien Employee
	 
	 	o	 	“Merger and Acquisition” Employees (but only during the statutory exclusion period)
	 
	 	o	 	Highly Compensated Employees 1
	 
	 	o	 	Leased Employees (not otherwise excluded by statute) 1
	 
	 	o	 	Employees of an Affiliated Employer that does not adopt this Plan 1
	 
	 	o	 	Key Employees < o but only those who are also Highly Compensated Employees > 1
	 
	 	o	 	Employees who are paid primarily by salary 1
	 
	 	o	 	Employees who are paid primarily by the hour 1
	 
	 	o	 	Employees who are paid primarily by commissions 1
	 
	 	o	 	Other (cannot be age or service related) 1
	 	 	 	 

	 
	 	 	 	 

	 
	 	 	 	 

	 
	 	 	 	 

	 
	 	 	 	 

	 
	 	 	 	 

	 
	 	 	 	 

	 
	 	 	 	 

 

			
	1	 	Even if checked, these employees are still included in determining if the Plan
satisfies the requirements of Code §410(b).

	 	(e)	þ	 Ineligible Classes for Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective
Contributions.

	 	o	 	Union Employees
	 
	 	þ	 	Non-Resident Alien Employees
	 
	 	o	 	“Merger and Acquisition” Employees (but only during the statutory exclusion period)
	 
	 	o	 	Highly Compensated Employees 1
	 
	 	þ	 	Leased Employees (not otherwise excluded by statute) 1
	 
	 	o	 	Employees of an Affiliated Employer that does not adopt this Plan 1
	 
	 	o	 	Key Employees < o but only those who are also Highly Compensated Employees > 1
	 
	 	o	 	Employees who are paid primarily by salary 1
	 
	 	o	 	Employees who are paid primarily by the hour 1
	 
	 	o	 	Employees who are paid primarily by commissions 1
	 
	 	o	 	Other (cannot be age or service related) 1
	 	 	 	 

	 
	 	 	 	 

	 
	 	 	 	 

	 
	 	 	 	 

	 
	 	 	 	 

	 
	 	 	 	 

	 
	 	 	 	 

	 
	 	 	 	 

 

			
	1	 	Even if checked, these employees are still included in determining if the Plan
satisfies the requirements of Code §410(b).

	3.2	 	Minimum Age and Service Requirements. An Eligible Employee (see Section 3.1 above) will be
eligible to enter the Plan as a Participant for the selected purpose on the applicable Entry Date
upon satisfying the following age and/or service requirements:

	 	(a)	þ	 Requirements for Elective Deferrals, QMACs and QNECs:

	 	(1)	 	Age Requirement 0 (max. 21 — enter zero if none)
	 
	 	(2)	 	Service Requirement (check one)

	 	þ	A)  	None
	 
	 	o	B)  	1-Year Period of Service
	 
	 	o	C)  	                  -month Period of Service (max. 12)
	 
	 	o	D)  	                  -week Period of Service (max. 52)

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Prototype 401(k) Non-Std.
	 	Page 6 of 36
	 	IRS Serial No: M390508a

 

 

	 	o	E)  	                  -day Period of Service (max. 365)
	 
	 	o	F)  	1 Year of Service
	 
	 	o	G)  	1 Year of Service, or if earlier,                      (max. 11) consecutive calendar months of employment

o in which the Employee is credited with at least                      Hours of Service per month
	 
	 	o	H)  	1 Year of Service, or if earlier,                      (max. 51) consecutive weeks of employment

o in which the Employee is credited with at least                      Hours of Service per week
	 
	 	o	I)  	1 Year of Service, or if earlier,                      (max. 364) consecutive days of employment

o in which the Employee is credited with at least                      Hours of Service per day

	 	(b)	þ	 Requirements for ADP Safe Harbor Contributions:

	 	(1)	 	Age Requirement 0 (max. 21 — enter zero if none)
	 
	 	(2)	 	Service Requirement (check one)

	 	þ	A)  	None
	 
	 	o	B)  	1-Year Period of Service
	 
	 	o	C)  	                  -month Period of Service (max. 12)
	 
	 	o	D)  	                  -week Period of Service (max. 52)
	 
	 	o	E)  	                  -day Period of Service (max. 365)
	 
	 	o	F)  	1 Year of Service
	 
	 	o	G)  	1 Year of Service, or if earlier,                      (max. 11) consecutive calendar months of employment

o in which the Employee is credited with at least                      Hours of Service per month
	 
	 	o	H)  	1 Year of Service, or if earlier,                      (max. 51) consecutive weeks of employment

o in which the Employee is credited with at least                      Hours of Service per week
	 
	 	o	I)  	1 Year of Service, or if earlier,                      (max. 364) consecutive days of employment

o in which the Employee is credited with at least                      Hours of Service per day

	 	(c)	o	 Requirements for ACP Safe Harbor Contributions:

	 	(1)	 	Age Requirement                      (max. 21 — enter zero if none)
	 
	 	(2)	 	Service Requirement (check one)

	 	o	A)  	None
	 
	 	o	B)  	1-Year Period of Service
	 
	 	o	C)  	                  -month Period of Service (max. 12)
	 
	 	o	D)  	                  -week Period of Service (max. 52)
	 
	 	o	E)  	                  -day Period of Service (max. 365)
	 
	 	o	F)  	1 Year of Service
	 
	 	o	G)  	1 Year of Service, or if earlier, _________ (max. 11) consecutive calendar months of employment

o in which the Employee is credited with at least                      Hours of Service per month
	 
	 	o	H)  	1 Year of Service, or if earlier,                      (max. 51) consecutive weeks of employment

o in which the Employee is credited with at least                      Hours of Service per week
	 
	 	o	I)  	1 Year of Service, or if earlier,                      (max. 364) consecutive days of employment

o in which the Employee is credited with at least                      Hours of Service per day

	 	(d)	o	 Requirements for Non-Safe Harbor Matching
Contributions:

	 	(1)	 	Age Requirement                      (max. 21 — enter zero if none)
	 
	 	(2)	 	Service Requirement (check one)

	 	o	A)  	None
	 
	 	o	B)  	                  -Year Period of Service (max. 2, but Vesting must be 100% if more than 1 year is used)
	 
	 	o	C)  	                  -month Period of Service (max. 24, but Vesting must be 100% if more than 12 months are used)
	 
	 	o	D)  	                  -week Period of Service (max. 104, but Vesting must be 100% if more than 52 weeks are used)
	 
	 	o	E)  	                  -day Period of Service (max. 730, but Vesting must be 100% if more than 365 days are used)

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Prototype 401(k) Non-Std.
	 	Page 7 of 36
	 	IRS Serial No: M390508a

 

 

	 	o	F)  	                   Year(s) of Service (max. 2, but Vesting must be 100% if more than 1 year is used)
	 
	 	o	G)  	1 Year of Service, or if earlier,                      (max. 11) consecutive calendar months of employment

o in which the Employee is credited with at least                      Hours of Service per month
	 
	 	o	H)  	1 Year of Service, or if earlier,                      (max. 51) consecutive weeks of employment

o in which the Employee is credited with at least                      Hours of Service per week
	 
	 	o	I)  	1 Year of Service, or if earlier,                      (max. 364) consecutive days of employment

o in which the Employee is credited with at least                      Hours of Service per day

	 	(e)	þ	 Requirements for Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective
Contributions:

	 	(1)	 	Age Requirement 0 (max. 21 — enter zero if none)
	 
	 	(2)	 	Service Requirement (check one)

	 	þ	A)  	None
	 
	 	o	B)  	                  -Year Period of Service (max. 2, but Vesting must be 100% if more than 1 year is used)
	 
	 	o	C)  	                  -month Period of Service (max. 24, but Vesting must be 100% if more than 12 months are used)
	 
	 	o	D)  	                  -week Period of Service (max. 104, but Vesting must be 100% if more than 52 weeks are used)
	 
	 	o	E)  	                  -day Period of Service (max. 730, but Vesting must be 100% if more than 365 days are used)
	 
	 	o	F)  	                   Year(s) of Service (max. 2, but Vesting must be 100% if more than 1 year is used)
	 
	 	o	G)  	1 Year of Service, or if earlier,                      (max. 11) consecutive calendar months of employment

o in which the Employee is credited with at least                      Hours of Service per month
	 
	 	o	H)  	1 Year of Service, or if earlier,                      (max. 51) consecutive weeks of employment

o in which the Employee is credited with at least                      Hours of Service per week
	 
	 	o	I)  	1 Year of Service, or if earlier,                      (max. 364) consecutive days of employment

o in which the Employee is credited with at least                      Hours of Service per day

	3.3	 	Entry Dates. An Eligible Employee who has satisfied the applicable age and service requirements
selected in Section 3.2 will enter the Plan as a Participant for the applicable purpose on the
Entry Date (as defined in Section 2.2 of the Basic Plan) selected below.

	 	(a)	þ 	 Entry Date for Elective Deferrals, QMACs
and QNECs: (check one)
	 
	 	 	 	Note: If Section 3.2(a)(2)(G), (H) or (I) is checked, an Eligible Employee who is
entering the Plan as a Participant after satisfying the 1 Year of Service component of
such service requirement will enter the Plan as a Participant on the earlier of (1) the
first day of the Plan Year that occurs after the date he or she satisfies the 1 Year of
Service requirement (and any applicable age requirement) or (2) the date that occurs six
months after the date he or she satisfies the 1 Year of Service requirement (and any
applicable age requirement). The Entry Date or Entry Dates selected below will only
apply to an Eligible Employee who is entering the Plan as a Participant after satisfying
the months, days or weeks component of such service requirement (and any applicable age
requirement).

	 	o	 	The first day of the Plan Year coincident with or following the date the requirements are satisfied. 1
	 
	 	o	 	The last day of the Plan Year coincident with or following the date the requirements are satisfied. 1
	 
	 	þ	 	The first day of the month coincident with or following the date the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The first day of the payroll period coincident with or following the date the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The same day the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The first day of the 1st or 7th month coincident with or following the date the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The last day of the 6th or 12th month coincident with or following the date the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The first day of the 1st, 4th, 7th or 10th month coincident with or following the date the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The last day of the 3rd, 6th, 9th or 12th month coincident with or following the date the requirements are satisfied.

 

			
	1	 	 This option cannot be checked if the age requirement in 3.2(a)(1) is 21 and/or if one
of the following service requirements is checked: 3.2(a)(2)(B); 3.2(a)(2)(C) and the number of
months is more than 6; 3.2(a)(2)(D) and the number of weeks is more than 26; 3.2(a)(2)(E) and
the number of days is more than 182; or 3.2(a)(2)(F).

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Prototype 401(k) Non-Std.
	 	Page 8 of 36
	 	IRS Serial No: M390508a

 

 

	 	(b)	þ	 Entry Date for ADP Safe Harbor Contributions: (check one)
	 
	 	 	 	Note: If Section 3.2(b)(2)(G), (H) or (I) is checked, an Eligible Employee who is entering
the Plan as a Participant after satisfying the 1 Year of Service component of such service
requirement will enter the Plan as a Participant on the earlier of (1) the first day of the
Plan Year that occurs after the date he or she satisfies the 1 Year of Service requirement
(and any applicable age requirement) or (2) the date that occurs six months after the date he
or she satisfies the 1 Year of Service requirement (and any applicable age requirement). The
Entry Date or Entry Dates selected below will only apply to an Eligible Employee who is
entering the Plan as a Participant after satisfying the months, days or weeks component of
such service requirement (and any applicable age requirement).

	 	o	 	Retroactive to the first day of the Plan Year in which the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The first day of the Plan Year coincident with or following the date the requirements are satisfied. 1
	 
	 	o	 	The first day of the Plan Year nearest the date the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The last day of the Plan Year coincident with or following the date the requirements are satisfied. 1
	 
	 	o	 	The last day of the Plan Year nearest the date the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	þ	 	The first day of the month coincident with or following the date the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The first day of the payroll period coincident with or following the date the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The same day the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The first day of the 1st or 7th month coincident with or following the date the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The last day of the 6th  or 12th month coincident with or following the date the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The first day of the 1st, 4th, 7th or 10th month coincident with or following the date the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The last day of the 3rd, 6th, 9th or 12th month coincident with or following the date the requirements are satisfied.

 

			
	1	 	 This option cannot be checked if the age requirement in 3.2(b)(1) is 21 and/or
if one of the following service requirements is checked: 3.2(b)(2)(B); 3.2(b)(2)(C) and
the number of months is more than 6; 3.2(b)(2)(D) and the number of weeks is more than
26; 3.2(b)(2)(E) and the number of days is more than 182; or 3.2(b)(2)(F).

	 	(c)	o	 Entry Date for ACP Safe Harbor Contributions: (check one)
	 
	 	 	 	Note: If Section 3.2(c)(2)(G), (H) or (I) is checked, an Eligible Employee who is entering
the Plan as a Participant after satisfying the 1 Year of Service component of such service
requirement will enter the Plan as a Participant on the earlier of (1) the first day of the
Plan Year that occurs after the date he or she satisfies the 1 Year of Service requirement
(and any applicable age requirement) or (2) the date that occurs six months after the date he
or she satisfies the 1 Year of Service requirement (and any applicable age requirement). The
Entry Date or Entry Dates selected below will only apply to an Eligible Employee who is
entering the Plan as a Participant after satisfying the months, days or weeks component of
such service requirement (and any applicable age requirement).

	 	o	 	Retroactive to the first day of the Plan Year in which the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The first day of the Plan Year coincident with or following the date the requirements are satisfied. 1
	 
	 	o	 	The first day of the Plan Year nearest the date the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The last day of the Plan Year coincident with or following the date the requirements are satisfied. 1
	 
	 	o	 	The last day of the Plan Year nearest the date the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The first day of the month coincident with or following the date the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The first day of the payroll period coincident with or following the date the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The same day the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The first day of the 1st or 7th month coincident with or following the date the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The last day of the
6th  or 12th month coincident with or following the date the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The first day of the
1st,
4th, 7th or  10th month coincident with or following the date the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The last day of the
3rd, 6th, 9th or 12th month coincident with or following the date the requirements are satisfied.

 

			
	1	 	 This option cannot be checked if the age requirement in 3.2(c)(1) is 21 and/or if one
of the following service requirements is checked: 3.2(c)(2)(B); 3.2(a)(2)(C) and the number of
months is more than 6; 3.2(c)(2)(D) and the number of weeks is more than 26; 3.2(c)(2)(E) and
the number of days is more than 182; or 3.2(c)(2)(F).

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Prototype 401(k) Non-Std.
	 	Page 9 of 36
	 	IRS Serial No: M390508a

 

 

	 	(d)	o	 Entry Date for Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions: (check one)
	 
	 	 	 	Note: If Section 3.2(d)(2)(G), (H) or (I) is checked, an Eligible Employee who is entering
the Plan as a Participant after satisfying the 1 Year of Service component of such service
requirement will enter the Plan as a Participant on the earlier of (1) the first day of the
Plan Year that occurs after the date he or she satisfies the 1 Year of Service requirement
(and any applicable age requirement) or (2) the date that occurs six months after the date he
or she satisfies the 1 Year of Service requirement (and any applicable age requirement). The
Entry Date or Entry Dates selected below will only apply to an Eligible Employee who is
entering the Plan as a Participant after satisfying the months, days or weeks component of
such service requirement (and any applicable age requirement).

	 	o	 	Retroactive to the first day of the Plan Year in which the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The first day of the Plan Year coincident with or following the date the requirements are satisfied. 1
	 
	 	o	 	The first day of the Plan Year nearest the date the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The last day of the Plan Year coincident with or following the date the requirements are satisfied. 1
	 
	 	o	 	The last day of the Plan Year nearest the date the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The first day of the month coincident with or following the date the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The first day of the payroll period coincident with or following the date the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The same day the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The first day of the 1st or 7th month coincident with or following the date the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The last day of the 6th or 12th month coincident with or following the date the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The first day of the 1st, 4th, 7th or 10th month coincident with or following the date the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The last day of the 3rd, 6th, 9th or 12th month coincident with or following the date the requirements are satisfied.

 

			
	1	 	 This option cannot be checked if the age requirement in 3.2(d)(1) is 21 and/or
if one of the following service requirements is checked: 3.2(d)(2)(B); 3.2(a)(2)(C) and
the number of months is more than 6; 3.2(d)(2)(D) and the number of weeks is more than
26; 3.2(d)(2)(E) and the number of days is more than 182; or 3.2(d)(2)(F).

	 	(e)	þ	 Entry Date for Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective
Contributions: (check one)
	 
	 	 	 	Note: If Section 3.2(e)(2)(G), (H) or (I) is checked, an Eligible Employee who is entering
the Plan as a Participant after satisfying the 1 Year of Service component of such service
requirement will enter the Plan as a Participant on the earlier of (1) the first day of the
Plan Year that occurs after the date he or she satisfies the 1 Year of Service requirement
(and any applicable age requirement) or (2) the date that occurs six months after the date he
or she satisfies the 1 Year of Service requirement (and any applicable age requirement). The
Entry Date or Entry Dates selected below will only apply to an Eligible Employee who is
entering the Plan as a Participant after satisfying the months, days or weeks component of
such service requirement (and any applicable age requirement).

	 	o	 	Retroactive to the first day of the Plan Year in which the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The first day of the Plan Year coincident with or following the date the requirements are satisfied. 1
	 
	 	o	 	The first day of the Plan Year nearest the date the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The last day of the Plan Year coincident with or following the date the requirements are satisfied. 1
	 
	 	o	 	The last day of the Plan Year nearest the date the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	þ	 	The first day of the month coincident with or following the date the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The first day of the payroll period coincident with or following the date the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The same day the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The first day of the 1st or 7th month coincident with or following the date the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The last day of the 6th or 12th month coincident with or following the date the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The first day of the 1st, 4th, 7th or 10th month coincident with or following the date the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The last day of the 3rd, 6th, 9th or 12th month coincident with or following the date the requirements are satisfied.

 

			
	1	 	 This option cannot be checked if the age requirement in 3.2(e)(1) is 21 and/or if one
of the following service requirements is checked: 3.2(e)(2)(B); 3.2(a)(2)(C) and the number of
months is more than 6; 3.2(e)(2)(D) and the number of weeks is more than 26; 3.2(e)(2)(E) and
the number of days is more than 182; or 3.2(e)(2)(F).

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Prototype 401(k) Non-Std.
	 	Page 10 of 36
	 	IRS Serial No: M390508a

 

 

	3.4	 	o Waiver of Age and Service Requirements. The eligibility requirements in Section 3.2 are waived
as selected below.

	 	(a)	 	o Waiver of Requirements for Elective Deferrals, QMACs and QNECs:

	 	(1)	 	The date of the waiver is: (check one)

	 	o	 	The date this Adoption Agreement is signed by the Sponsoring Employer
	 
	 	o	 	The following date                                         

	 	(2)	 	The eligibility requirements being waived are: (check all that apply)

	 	o	 	The age requirement
	 
	 	o	 	The service requirement

	 	(3)	 	The waiver applies to all Eligible Employees who are employed by the Employer
on the date selected in (1) above < o and who are expected to be credited with
at least                      Hours of Service per month >, and each affected Eligible
Employee will enter the Plan as a Participant for the purpose of this paragraph
as of such date.

	 	(b)	 	o Waiver of Requirements for ADP Safe Harbor Contributions:

	 	(1)	 	The date of the waiver is: (check one)

	 	o	 	The date this Adoption Agreement is signed by the Sponsoring Employer
	 
	 	o	 	The following date                                         

	 	(2)	 	The eligibility requirements being waived are: (check all that apply)

	 	o	 	The age requirement
	 
	 	o	 	The service requirement

	 	(3)	 	The waiver applies to all Eligible Employees who are employed by the Employer on the
date selected in (1) above <
o and who are expected to be credited with at least                     
Hours of Service per month >, and each affected Eligible Employee will enter the Plan as
a Participant for the purpose of this paragraph as of such date.

	 	(c)	 	o Waiver of Requirements for ACP Safe Harbor Contributions:

	 	(1)	 	The date of the waiver is: (check one)

	 	o	 	The date this Adoption Agreement is signed by the Sponsoring Employer
	 
	 	o	 	The following date                                         

	 	(2)	 	The eligibility requirements being waived are: (check all that apply)

	 	o	 	The age requirement
	 
	 	o	 	The service requirement

	 	(3)	 	The waiver applies to all Eligible Employees who are employed by the Employer on the
date selected in (1) above < o and who are expected to be credited with at least                     
Hours of Service per month >, and each affected Eligible Employee will enter the Plan as
a Participant for the purpose of this paragraph as of such date.

	 	(d)	 	o Waiver of Requirements for Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions:

	 	(1)	 	The date of the waiver is: (check one)

	 	o	 	The date this Adoption Agreement is signed by the Sponsoring Employer
	 
	 	o	 	The following date                                         

	 	(2)	 	The eligibility requirements being waived are: (check all that apply)

	 	o	 	The age requirement
	 
	 	o	 	The service requirement

	 	(3)	 	The waiver applies to all Eligible Employees who are employed by the Employer on the
date selected in (1) above  <
o and who are expected to be credited with at least                     
Hours of Service per month >, and each affected Eligible Employee will enter the Plan as
a Participant for the purpose of this paragraph as of such date.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Prototype 401(k) Non-Std.
	 	Page 11 of 36
	 	IRS Serial No: M390508a

 

 

	 	(e)	 	o Waiver of Requirements for Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions:

	 	(1)	 	The date of the waiver is: (check one)

	 	o	 	The date this Adoption Agreement is signed by the Sponsoring Employer
	 
	 	o	 	The following date                                         

	 	(2)	 	The eligibility requirements being waived are: (check all that apply)

	 	o	 	The age requirement
	 
	 	o	 	The service requirement

	 	(3)	 	The waiver applies to all Eligible Employees who are employed by the Employer on the
date selected in (1) above  <
o and who are expected to be credited with at least                     
Hours of Service per month >, and each affected Eligible Employee will enter the Plan as
a Participant for the purpose of this paragraph as of such date.

Section 4. Elective Deferrals

	4.1	 	Elective Deferral Percentage. A Participant can make Elective Deferrals < o beginning
                                         (must be on or after the date this Adoption Agreement is signed by the
Sponsoring Employer) > in accordance with the provisions selected below.

	 	(a)	 	Minimum and Maximum Percentage. The minimum permitted Elective Deferral percentage is
0 % (enter zero if there is no minimum %) of Compensation and the maximum
permitted Elective Deferral percentage is 90 % (max. 100%) of Compensation. Any
other Elective Deferral provisions will be set forth in an administrative policy regarding
Elective Deferrals as promulgated by the Administrator from time to time. Such
administrative policy may include, but is not limited to, setting the maximum Elective
Deferral percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees (if such
percentage is less than the maximum percentage set forth above) and describing a program of
automatic increases to a Participants’ Elective Deferral percentage as elected by the
Administrator and/or the Participant.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Salary Reduction Agreements. A Participant can change his or her Salary Reduction Agreement: (check one)

	 	o	 	At any time
	 
	 	o	 	Annually on the date established by the Administrator
	 
	 	o	 	Semi-annually on the date established by the Administrator
	 
	 	o	 	Quarterly on the date established by the Administrator
	 
	 	o	 	Monthly on the day established by the Administrator
	 
	 	þ	 	On the date or dates as established by the Administrator

	 	(c)	 	þ Automatic Enrollment. Automatic enrollment is permitted. The terms of the automatic
enrollment, including but not limited to the percentage, automatic increases to that
percentage, the proportion that is considered a Pre-Tax Elective Deferral and/or a Roth
Elective Deferral, and the Participants to whom it applies, will be set forth in an
administrative policy regarding Elective Deferrals as promulgated from time to time by the
Administrator.

	4.2	 	þ Catch-Up Contributions. Catch-Up Contributions are permitted in accordance with Section
3.2(e) of the Basic Plan.
	 
	4.3	 	o Roth Elective Deferrals. A Participant may designate all or a portion or his or her Elective
Deferrals as Roth Elective Deferrals in accordance with Section 3.2(c) of the Basic Plan.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Prototype 401(k) Non-Std.
	 	Page 12 of 36
	 	IRS Serial No: M390508a

 

 

Section 5. þ Safe Harbor Contributions

	5.1 o	 	 “Mandatory” ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions. Subject to Section 3.20 of the Basic
Plan, the Employer will make an ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution for each Safe Harbor
Participant in an amount equal to 3% (or such higher percentage as may be elected by the Employer
by resolution) of Compensation, except as may be indicated below.

	 		o	 The ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution will be used to offset the allocation
that would otherwise be made to the Participant under Section 7 of the Adoption
Agreement. If Section 7.2(d) of the Adoption Agreement is checked, this offset
applies only to the second step of the Two-Step Formula or the fourth step of the
Four-Step Formula, as applicable.
	 
	 	 	o	This contribution will be made to the following defined contribution plan in lieu
of this Plan:
	 
	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 

	5.2 o 	 	“Contingent” ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions. Subject to Section 3.20 of the Basic
Plan, the Employer may make an ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution for each Safe Harbor
Participant in an amount equal to 3% (or such higher percentage as may be elected by the Employer
by resolution) of Compensation, except as may be indicated below.

	 	 	o	The ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution will be used to offset the allocation
that would otherwise be made to the Participant under Section 7 of the Adoption
Agreement. If Section 7.2(d) of the Adoption Agreement is checked, this offset
applies only to the second step of the Two-Step Formula or the fourth step of the
Four-Step Formula, as applicable.
	 
	 	 	o	This contribution will be made to the following defined contribution plan in lieu
of this Plan:
	 
	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 

	5.3 o	 	 ADP Safe Harbor Basic Matching Contributions. The Employer will make a Matching Contribution
for each Safe Harbor Participant equal to the sum of (1) 100% of the Participant’s Elective
Deferrals that do not exceed 3% of Compensation for the Allocation Period, plus (2) 50% of the
Participant’s Elective Deferrals that exceed 3% of Compensation for the Allocation Period but do
not exceed 5% percent of Compensation for the Allocation Period.
	 
	5.4 þ	 	 ADP Safe Harbor Enhanced Matching Contributions. The Employer will make a Matching
Contribution for each Safe Harbor Participant equal to the sum of (1) 100% of the Participant’s
Elective Deferrals that do not exceed 4 % of Compensation for the Allocation Period, plus
(2) 0 % of the Participant’s Elective Deferrals that exceed 4 % of Compensation but
do not exceed                     % of Compensation for the Allocation Period. (Note: In the blank in (1) and
the second blank in (2), insert a number that is 3 but not greater than 6. The first and last
blanks in (2) must be completed so that, at any rate of elective deferrals, the Matching
Montribution is at least equal to the Matching Contribution receivable if the Employer were
making ADP Safe Harbor Basic Matching Contributions, but the rate of match cannot increase as
deferrals increase.)

Note: You can only select Sections 5.5, 5.6 and/or 5.7 below if you also selected
Section 5.1, 5.2, 5.3 or 5.4 above.

	5.5 o	 	 ACP Safe Harbor Discretionary Non-Tiered Matching Contributions. The Employer’s ACP Safe
Harbor Discretionary Non-Tiered Matching Contribution is totally discretionary, but when made
will be a percentage determined by the Employer of a Safe Harbor Participant’s Elective Deferrals
that do not exceed 4% of his or her Compensation for the Allocation Period.
(Note: Any ACP Safe Harbor Discretionary Non-Tiered Matching Contribution that exceeds
4% of a Participant’s Compensation is considered a Non-Safe Harbor Matching
Contribution and is subject to the ACP Test.)
	 
	5.6 o	 	 ACP Safe Harbor Mandatory Non-Tiered Matching Contributions. The Employer must make an ACP
Safe Harbor Mandatory Non-Tiered Matching Contribution equal to ____% of a Safe Harbor
Participant’s Elective Deferrals which do not exceed ___% (max. 6) of a Safe Harbor
Participant’s Compensation for the Allocation Period.
	 
	5.7 o	 	 ACP Safe Harbor Mandatory Tiered Matching Contributions. The Employer must make an ACP Safe
Harbor Mandatory Tiered Matching Contribution for each Safe Harbor Participant equal to the
amount determined below, provided the ratio of Matching Contributions for a Safe Harbor
Participant to his or her Elective Deferrals and Employee Contributions does not increase as the
amount of his or her Elective Deferrals and Employee Contributions increases. In no event can
Elective Deferrals that exceed 6% of Compensation for the Allocation Period be matched. (Note:
The blanks must be completed so that, at any rate of Elective Deferrals, the rate of Matching
Contributions cannot increase as Elective Deferrals increase.)

	 	o	 	1st tier     
      
    
      % of Elective Deferrals that do not exceed      
      
         % of Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	2nd tier  
    
     
   
    
   % of Elective Deferrals that exceed
    
   
      
    
   % but not     
    
    
        % of Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	3rd tier                     % of Elective Deferrals that exceed        
      
       % but not        
      
       % of Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	4th tier  
       
        
    % of Elective Deferrals that
exceed          
         
  % but not     
        
      
  % of Compensation

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Prototype 401(k) Non-Std.
	 	Page 13 of 36
	 	IRS Serial No: M390508a

 

 

Section 6. o Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions

	6.1	 	Determination of Amount. Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions are permitted < o beginning
                                         (must be after the later of the Plan’s original effective date or the
restatement date) >, subject to the provisions selected below.

	 	(a) o	 	 Totally Discretionary Formula (Non-Tiered). Subject to the requirements set forth in
Section 3.4(f) of the Basic Plan, the Employer’s Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution for
any Allocation Period is totally discretionary.
	 
	 	(b) o	 	 Discretionary Formula (Tiered or Non-Tiered) With Fixed Maximum. Subject to the
requirements set forth in Section 3.4(f) of the Basic Plan, the Employer may make a
Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution for any Allocation Period equal to a discretionary
percentage of each Benefiting Participant’s Elective Deferrals, not to exceed the following
amount for any Allocation Period on behalf of any Benefiting Participant:

	 	o	 	           
         % (max. 100%) of a Benefiting Participant’s Elective Deferrals
	 
	 	o	 	          
          % of a Benefiting Participant’s Compensation (this % cannot exceed the minimum deferral % in 4.4(a))
	 
	 	o	 	$        
             for a Benefiting Participant
	 
	 	o	 	The lesser of       
         
     % of a Benefiting Participant’s Compensation or $     
        
       
	 
	 	o	 	        
       
     % (max. 100%) of a Participant Elective Deferrals that do not exceed       
     
         % of his or her Compensation

	 	(c) o	 	 Mandatory Non-Tiered Formula. The Employer must make a Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution
equal to             
    % (max. 100%) of each Benefiting Participant’s Elective Deferrals o not to exceed the
following for an Allocation Period:

	 	o	 	Elective Deferrals in excess of            
         % of each Benefiting Participant’s Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	$          
           for each Benefiting Participant
	 
	 	o	 	The lesser of Elective Deferrals in excess of          
           % of each Benefiting Participant’s Compensation or $         
     

	 	(d) o	 	Mandatory Tiered Formula. The Employer must make a Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution for
each Benefiting Participant equal to the amount determined by the tiered formula below. (check each
tier that applies, but note that the rate of Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions cannot increase
as Elective Deferrals increase)

	 	o	 	1st tier        
        
     % of Elective Deferrals that do not exceed         
            % of Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	2nd tier                     % of Elective Deferrals that exceed                     % but not       
  
            % of Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	3rd tier                     % of Elective Deferrals that exceed                     % but not         
            % of Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	4th tier                     % of Elective Deferrals that exceed                     % but not            
         % of Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	5th tier                     % of Elective Deferrals that exceed           
          % but not           
          % of Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	6th tier                     % of Elective Deferrals that exceed                     % but not          
           % of Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	7th tier                     % of Elective Deferrals that exceed                     % but not           
          % of Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	8th tier                     % of Elective Deferrals that exceed           
          % but not           
          % of Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	9th tier                     % of Elective Deferrals that exceed             
        % but not           
          % of Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	10th tier                     % of Elective Deferrals that exceed                     % but not            
         % of Compensation

	 	(e) o	 	 Mandatory Years/Periods of Service Formula. The Employer must make a Non-Safe Harbor Matching
Contribution for each Benefiting Participant equal to the Matching percentage indicated below of
each Benefiting Participant’s Elective Deferrals based on the Benefiting Participant’s < o 1-Year
Periods of Service > <  o Years of Service, and a Year of Service for purposes of this Section
is a Plan Year in which a Participant is credited with             
        (max. 1,000) Hours of Service >,
subject to any limitations indicated below. (check each tier that applies)
	 
	 	 	 	Years/Periods of Service
              Matching %
	 
	 	 	 	           
         to        
                       
            % < o up to $                     > < o up to         
            % of Compensation >
	 
	 	 	 	            
        to         
                    
              % < o up to $                     > < o up to      
              % of Compensation >
	 
	 	 	 	             
       to          
                      
           % < o up to $                     > < o up to       
             % of Compensation >
	 
	 	 	 	            
        to            
                       
        % < o up to $       
              > < o up to         
           % of Compensation >
	 
	 	 	 	              
      to         
                           
       % < o up to $        
             > < o up to             
       % of Compensation >

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Prototype 401(k) Non-Std.
	 	Page 14 of 36
	 	IRS Serial No: M390508a

 

 

	 	6.2	 	Benefiting Participants. Any Employee who has entered the Plan as a Participant for Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution purposes and
makes an Elective Deferral in an Allocation Period < o and who is an NHCE for that Allocation Period > will be a
Benefiting Participant under this Section for an Allocation Period
based on the conditions below < o provided the Participant is
still an Eligible Employee under Section 3.1(d) on the last day of the Allocation Period (or earlier Termination of Employment) >.

	 	(a)	 	Participants who are still Employees on the last day of the Allocation Period (check one)

	 	o	 	Will always be Benefiting Participants regardless of Service
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ___ (max. 1,000) Hours of Service in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with a ___ (max. 6) month Period of Service in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ___ (max. 6) consecutive calendar months of employment in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ___ (max. 182) consecutive days of employment in the Allocation Period

	 	(b)	 	Participants who Terminate Employment before the last day of the Allocation Period because of retirement on or after
Normal Retirement Age < o or Early Retirement Age > (check one)

	 	o	 	Will not be Benefiting Participants for that Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Will always be Benefiting Participants regardless of Service
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ___ (max. 1,000) Hours of Service in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with a ___ (max. 6) month Period of Service in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ___ (max. 6) consecutive calendar months of employment in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ___ (max. 182) consecutive days of employment in the Allocation Period

	 	(c)	 	Participants who Terminate Employment before the last day of the Allocation Period because of their Disability (check one)

	 	o	 	Will not be Benefiting Participants for that Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Will always be Benefiting Participants regardless of Service
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ___ (max. 1,000) Hours of Service in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with a ___ (max. 6) month Period of Service in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ___ (max. 6) consecutive calendar months of employment in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ___ (max. 182) consecutive days of employment in the Allocation Period

	 	(d)	 	Participants who Terminate Employment before the last day of the Allocation Period because of their death (check one)

	 	o	 	Will not be Benefiting Participants for that Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Will always be Benefiting Participants regardless of Service
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ___ (max. 1,000) Hours of Service in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with a ___ (max. 6) month Period of Service in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ___ (max. 6) consecutive calendar months of employment in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ___ (max. 182) consecutive days of employment in the Allocation Period

	 	(e)	 	Participants who Terminate Employment before the last day of the Allocation Period for any other reason (check one)

	 	o	 	Will not be Benefiting Participants for that Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Will always be Benefiting Participants regardless of Service
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ___ (max. 1,000) Hours of Service in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with a ___ (max. 6) month Period of Service in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ___ (max. 6) consecutive calendar months of employment in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ___ (max. 182) consecutive days of employment in the Allocation Period

	 	6.3	 	 o   Catch-Up Contributions. Catch-Up Contributions will be matched under the formula selected in Section 6.1 < o
but any limitations selected in such formula will be ignored >.

	 
	 	6.4	 	 o   Voluntary Employee Contributions. Voluntary Employee Contributions will be matched under the formula selected in
Section 6.1 < o but any limitations selected in such formula will be ignored >.

	 
	 	6.5	 	 o   Additional Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. An Employer may make additional Non-Safe Harbor Matching
Contributions as selected in the “Additional Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Addendum” attached hereto.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Prototype 401(k) Non-Std.
	 	Page 15 of 36
	 	IRS Serial No: M390508a

 

 

Section 7. þ Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions

	 	7.1	 	Determination of Amount. Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective
Contributions are permitted <
o beginning ______  
 (must be after the later of the Plan’s original effective date or the restatement date) >, and the amount made by the Employer for
any Allocation Period will be determined by the formula below. (check one)

	 	þ	 	Totally discretionary on the part of the Employer
	 
	 	o	 	Equal to at least ___% of the Compensation of all Benefiting Participants
	 
	 	o	 	Equal to at least $____________  
	 
	 	o	 	As required by the following collective bargaining agreement ________________________________________________
	 
	 	o	 	Other (describe how the amount is determined) __________________________________________________________

	 	7.2	 	Allocation Method. Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions made to the Plan will be allocated in the manner selected below.

	 	(a)	 	 þ   Pro-rata based on the Compensation for the Allocation Period of all Benefiting Participants.

	 
	 	(b)	 	
o   Per capita (same dollar amount) for the Allocation Period to all Benefiting Participants.

	 
	 	(c)	 	 o   Pro-rata based on the allocation points of all Benefiting Participants. Each Participant’s allocation points for each Allocation Period will be the sum of the
points selected below. (check all that apply, but 1) or 2) must be checked)

	 	o	 	1) ___  points for each year of a Participant’s age
	 
	 	o	 	2) ___  points for each of a Participant’s credited Years/Periods of Service < o to a maximum of ___  years >
	 
	 	o	 	3) ___  points per each $ ___  (max. $200) of a Participant’s Compensation paid in the Allocation Period

	 	(d)	 	
o   Using permitted disparity in < o a 2-step allocation only > < o a 4-step allocation only > < o a 2-step allocation in
non-Top Heavy Plan Years and a 4-step allocation in Top Heavy Plan Years >, in accordance with Section 3.5(a)(4) of the
Basic Plan, based on the integration percentage and the integration level selected below.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Integration %
	 	Integration Level
	 

	 	o 5.7%
	 	o The Taxable Wage Base
	 

	 	 	 	o ___% of the Taxable Wage Base (must be 20% or less of the Taxable Wage Base)
	 

	 	 	 	o $___  (amount must be 20% or less of the Taxable Wage Base)
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	o 5.4%
	 	o 80% of the Taxable Wage Base rounded up < o $1 > < o $100 > < o $1,000 >
	 

	 	 	 	o ___% of the Taxable Wage Base (must be more than 80% but less than 100%)
	 

	 	 	 	o $ ___  (amount must be more than 80% but less than 100% of the Taxable Wage Base)
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	o 4.3%
	 	o 20% of the Taxable Wage Base rounded up < o $1 > < o $100 > < o $1,000 >
	 

	 	 	 	o ___% of the Taxable Wage Base (must be more than 20% but not more than 80%)
	 

	 	 	 	o $___  (amount must be more than 20% but not more than 80% of the Taxable Wage Base)

	 	(e)	 	 o   Using the Participant Group Allocation method as set forth in the “Allocation Group Addendum” attached hereto.

	 
	 	(f)	 	 o   Using the Age-Weighted Allocation method determined with the assumptions indicated below.

	 	 	 	Pre-Retirement Interest: ___%       Pre-Retirement Mortality:                                         
	 
	 	 	 	Post-Retirement Interest: ___%       Post-Retirement Mortality:                                         

	 	 	 	
	 
	 	7.3	 	Benefiting Participants. An Employee who is a Participant for Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution purposes will be a
Benefiting Participant under this Section for an Allocation Period
based on the conditions below <
þ  provided the Participant is
still an Eligible Employee under Section 3.1(e) on the last day of the Allocation Period (or earlier Termination of Employment) >.

	 	(a)	 	Participants who  are still Employees on the last day of the Allocation Period (check one)

	 	þ	 	Will always be Benefiting Participants regardless of Service
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ___  (max. 1,000) Hours of Service in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with a ___  (max. 6) month Period of Service in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ___  (max. 6) consecutive calendar months of employment in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ___  (max. 182) consecutive days of employment in the Allocation Period

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Prototype 401(k) Non-Std.
	 	Page 16 of 36
	 	IRS Serial No: M390508a

 

 

	 	 	 	
	 
	 	(b)	 	Participants who Terminate Employment before the last day of the Allocation Period because of retirement on or after
Normal Retirement Age <
þ or Early Retirement Age > (check one)

	 	þ	 	Will not be Benefiting Participants for that Allocation Period

	 
	 	o	 	
 Will always be Benefiting Participants regardless of Service
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ___ (max. 1,000) Hours of Service in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with a ___ (max. 6) month Period of Service in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ___ (max. 6) consecutive calendar months of employment in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ___ (max. 182) consecutive days of employment in the Allocation Period

	 	(c)	 	Participants who  Terminate Employment before the
last day of the Allocation Period because of their Disability (check one)

	 	þ	 	Will not be Benefiting Participants for that Allocation Period

	 
	 	o	 	
Will always be Benefiting Participants regardless of Service

	 
	 	o	 	
 Must be credited with ___ (max. 1,000) Hours of Service in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with a ___ (max. 6) month Period of Service in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ___ (max. 6) consecutive calendar months of employment in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ___ (max. 182) consecutive days of employment in the Allocation Period

	 	(d)	 	Participants who  Terminate Employment before the
last day of the Allocation Period because of their death (check one)

	 	þ	 	Will not be Benefiting Participants for that Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Will always be Benefiting Participants regardless of Service
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ___ (max. 1,000) Hours of Service in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with a ___ (max. 6) month Period of Service in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ___ (max. 6) consecutive calendar months of employment in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ___ (max. 182) consecutive days of employment in the Allocation Period

	 	(e)	 	Participants who  Terminate Employment before the
last day of the Allocation Period for any other reason (check one)

	 	þ	 	Will not be Benefiting Participants for that Allocation Period

	 
	 	o	 	
 Will always be Benefiting Participants regardless of Service
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ___ (max. 1,000) Hours of Service in the Allocation Period

	 
	 	o	 	
 Must be credited with a ___ (max. 6) month Period of Service in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ___ (max. 6) consecutive calendar months of employment in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ___ (max. 182) consecutive days of employment in the Allocation Period

	 	7.4	 	 þ   Additional Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions. An Employer may make additional Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective
Contributions as selected in the “Additional Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Addendum” attached hereto.

Section 8. þ Rollovers and Employee Contributions

	 	8.1	 	
þ   Rollover
Contributions. Rollover Contributions are permitted <
o beginning
                     (must be after the
later of the Plan’s original effective date or the restatement date) >, subject to the provisions selected below.

	 	(a)	 	Rollover Contributions can be made to the Plan by: (check one)

	 	o	 	Any Employee (including those who are not Eligible Employees)
	 
	 	þ	 	Any Eligible Employee (whether a Participant or not)
	 
	 	o	 	Any Eligible Employee who has become a Participant for Elective Deferral purposes
	 
	 	o	 	Any Eligible Employee who has become a Participant for Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution purposes
	 
	 	o	 	Any Eligible Employee who has become a Participant for Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution purposes

	 	(b)	 	Rollover Contributions will be accepted from the following types of plans: (check any that apply)

	 	þ	 	Code §401(a) plans (qualified retirement plans)
	 
	 	þ	 	Code §403(a) plans (qualified annuity plans)
	 
	 	þ	 	Code §403(b) plans (annuities purchased by a Code §501(c)(3) organization and certain educational institutions)
	 
	 	o	 	Code §408(a) plans (individual retirement accounts)
	 
	 	o	 	Code §408(b) plans (individual retirement annuities)
	 
	 	þ	 	Code §457(b) plans (governmental only)

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Prototype 401(k) Non-Std.
	 	Page 17 of 36
	 	IRS Serial No: M390508a

 

 

	 	(c)	 	Rollover Contributions can also include the following: (check all that apply)

	 	o	 	Roth Elective Deferrals (Note: Can be checked only if this Plan also permits Roth Elective Deferrals)
	 
	 	o	 	Voluntary Employee Contributions
	 
	 	o	 	Mandatory Employee Contributions
	 
	 	o	 	Participant loans
	 
	 	o	 	In kind distributions (other than Participant loans)

	 	(d)	 	Rollover Contributions can be withdrawn from the Plan: (check one)

	 	þ	 	At any time
	 
	 	o	 	Annually on a date set by the Administrator
	 
	 	o	 	Semi-annually on dates set by the Administrator
	 
	 	o	 	Quarterly on dates set by the Administrator
	 
	 	o	 	Monthly on dates set by the Administrator
	 
	 	o	 	Only upon Termination of Employment and only at the time selected in Section 15.5(f) of the Adoption Agreement

	 	(e)	 	Rollover Contributions which are withdrawn from the Plan < o can > < þ cannot > be redeposited in the Plan.

	 	8.2	 	
o   Voluntary
Employee Contributions. Voluntary Employee Contributions are
permitted < o beginning                     
(must be after the later of the Plan’s original effective date or the restatement date) >, subject to the provisions selected below.

	 	(a)	 	Voluntary Employee Contributions can be made to the Plan by: (check one)

	 	o	 	Any Eligible Employee who has become a Participant for Elective Deferral purposes
	 
	 	o	 	Any Eligible Employee who has become a Participant for Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution purposes
	 
	 	o	 	Any Eligible Employee who has become a Participant for Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution purposes

	 	(b)	 	Minimum and Maximum Contribution. The minimum permitted Voluntary Employee Contribution is ___% (enter
zero if no minimum) of Compensation and the maximum permitted contribution is ___% (max. 100) of Compensation.
Voluntary Employee Contributions can be made <
o annually > <
o monthly > < o each payroll period >.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Voluntary Employee Contributions can be withdrawn from the Plan: (check one)

	 	o	 	At any time
	 
	 	o	 	Annually on a date set by the Administrator
	 
	 	o	 	Semi-annually on dates set by the Administrator
	 
	 	o	 	Quarterly on dates set by the Administrator
	 
	 	o	 	Monthly on dates set by the Administrator
	 
	 	o	 	Only upon Termination of Employment and only at the time selected in Section 15.5(f) of the Adoption Agreement

	 	8.3	 	
o   Deemed IRAs. Deemed Individual Retirement Accounts are permitted < o beginning                      (must be after
the later of the Plan’s original effective date or the restatement date) >, subject to the provisions selected below. (check one)

	 	o	 	Any Eligible Employee who has become a Participant for Elective Deferral purposes
	 
	 	o	 	Any Eligible Employee who has become a Participant for Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution purposes
	 
	 	o	 	Any Eligible Employee who has become a Participant for Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution purposes

Section 9. o Prevailing Wage Contributions

	 	9.1	 	Prevailing Wage Contributions. Subject to Section 3.6 of the Basic Plan, the Employer will make contributions to the Plan for the
Prevailing Wage Service of each Participant < o who is an NHCE >. The Administrator may promulgate additional rules and
procedures regarding Prevailing Wage Contributions in an administrative policy regarding Prevailing Wage Contributions.
	 
	 	9.2	 	Vesting. Prevailing Wage contributions are 100% Vested at all times unless they are “annualized” pursuant to Department of Labor
Regulations, in which case they will be Vested in accordance with the schedule selected in Section 10.6 of the Adoption Agreement.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent a Prevailing Wage contribution is used to offset an Employer contribution that is required
to be 100% Vested at all times, such Prevailing Wage contribution will also be 100% Vested at all times.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Prototype 401(k) Non-Std.
	 	Page 18 of 36
	 	IRS Serial No: M390508a

 

 

Section 10. Vesting Requirements

	 	10.1	 	Full and Immediate Vesting Upon Retirement, Death or Disability. A Participant’s Vested Interest in his or her Participant’s
Account will be 100% upon reaching Normal Retirement Age and upon the occurrence of the following: (check all that apply)

	 	þ	 	Reaching Early Retirement Age
	 
	 	þ	 	Death prior to Termination of Employment
	 
	 	þ	 	Disability prior to Termination of Employment

	 	10.2	 	Elective Deferrals, QMACs, QNECs and ADP Safe Harbor Contributions. A Participant’s Vested Interest in all Elective Deferrals,
QMACS, QNECs and ADP Safe Harbor Contributions allocated to him or her will be 100% at all times.
	 
	 	10.3	 	 o   ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. A Participant’s Vested Interest in his or her ACP Safe Harbor Matching
Contribution Account will be determined by the provisions selected below.

	 	(a)	 	The Vesting schedule for ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions in a non-Top Heavy Plan Year is: (check one)

	 	o	 	100% full and immediate
	 
	 	o	 	The schedule set forth below

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	1 Year / Period of Service
	 	___%	 	 
	 

	 	2 Years / Periods of Service
	 	___%
	 	(must be at least 20% unless 100% Vesting occurs after 3 years)
	 

	 	3 Years / Periods of Service
	 	___%
	 	(must be at least 40%)
	 

	 	4 Years / Periods of Service
	 	___%
	 	(must be at least 60%)
	 

	 	5 Years / Periods of Service
	 	___%
	 	(must be at least 80%)
	 

	 	6 Years / Periods of Service
	 	___%
	 	(must be 100%)

	 	(b)	 	The Vesting schedule for ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions in a Top Heavy Plan Year is: (check one)

	 	o	 	100% full and immediate
	 
	 	o	 	The schedule set forth below

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	1 Year / Period of Service
	 	___%	 	 
	 

	 	2 Years / Periods of Service
	 	___%
	 	(must be at least 20% unless 100% Vesting occurs after 3 years)
	 

	 	3 Years / Periods of Service
	 	___%
	 	(must be at least 40%)
	 

	 	4 Years / Periods of Service
	 	___%
	 	(must be at least 60%)
	 

	 	5 Years / Periods of Service
	 	___%
	 	(must be at least 80%)
	 

	 	6 Years / Periods of Service
	 	___%
	 	(must be 100%)

	 	(c)	 	 o   Vesting Schedule for Pre-EGTRRA Contributions. Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) and (b) above, a Participant’s
Vested Interest in ACP Safe Harbor Contributions which were made to the Plan prior to January 1, 2001 will be
determined in accordance with the Vesting schedule in effect when such contributions were made to the Plan.

	 
	 	(d)	 	 o   Service Excluded for Vesting. All Service with the Employer is counted in determining a Participant’s Vested
Interest in the ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account except the following: (check all that apply)

	 	o	 	Service before age 18
	 
	 	o	 	Service before the Employer maintained this Plan or a predecessor plan
	 
	 	o	 	Service during a period for which the Employee made no mandatory contributions to the Plan

	 	10.4	 	 o   Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. A Participant’s Vested Interest in his or her Non-Safe Harbor Matching
Contribution Account will be determined by the provisions below selected below.

	 	(a)	 	The Vesting schedule for Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions in a non-Top Heavy Plan Year is: (check one)

	 	o	 	100% full and immediate
	 
	 	o	 	The schedule set forth below

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	1 Year / Period of Service
	 	___%	 	 
	 

	 	2 Years / Periods of Service
	 	___%
	 	(must be at least 20% unless 100% Vesting occurs after 3 years)
	 

	 	3 Years / Periods of Service
	 	___%
	 	(must be at least 40%)
	 

	 	4 Years / Periods of Service
	 	___%
	 	(must be at least 60%)
	 

	 	5 Years / Periods of Service
	 	___%
	 	(must be at least 80%)
	 

	 	6 Years / Periods of Service
	 	___%
	 	(must be 100%)

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Prototype 401(k) Non-Std.
	 	Page 19 of 36
	 	IRS Serial No: M390508a

 

 

	 	(b)	 	The Vesting schedule for Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions in a Top Heavy Plan Year is: (check one)

	 	o	 	100% full and immediate
	 
	 	o	 	The schedule set forth below

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	1 Year / Period of Service
	 	___%	 	 
	 

	 	2 Years / Periods of Service
	 	___%
	 	(must be at least 20% unless 100% Vesting occurs after 3 years)
	 

	 	3 Years / Periods of Service
	 	___%
	 	(must be at least 40%)
	 

	 	4 Years / Periods of Service
	 	___%
	 	(must be at least 60%)
	 

	 	5 Years / Periods of Service
	 	___%
	 	(must be at least 80%)
	 

	 	6 Years / Periods of Service
	 	___%
	 	(must be 100%)

	 	(c)	 	o   Vesting Schedule for Pre-EGTRRA Contributions. Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) and (b) above, a Participant’s
Vested Interest in Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions which were made to the Plan prior to January 1, 2001
will be determined in accordance with the Vesting schedule in effect when such contributions were made to the Plan.

	 
	 	(d)	 	o   Service Excluded for Vesting. All Service with the Employer is counted in determining a Participant’s Vested
Interest in the Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account except the following: (check all that apply)

	 	o	 	Service before age 18
	 
	 	o	 	Service before the Employer maintained this Plan or a predecessor plan
	 
	 	o	 	Service during a period for which the Employee made no mandatory contributions to the Plan

	 	10.5	 	 þ   Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions. A Participant’s Vested Interest in all Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective
Contributions allocated to him or her will be determined by the provisions selected below.

	 	(a)	 	The Vesting schedule for Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions in a non-Top Heavy Plan Year is: (check one)

	 	þ	 	100% full and immediate
	 
	 	o	 	7 Year Graded
	 
	 	o	 	5 Year Cliff
	 
	 	o	 	The schedule set forth below

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	1 Year / Period of Service
	 	___%	 	 
	 

	 	2 Years / Periods of Service
	 	___%
	 	(must be at least 20% unless 100% Vesting occurs after 3 years)
	 

	 	3 Years / Periods of Service
	 	___%
	 	(must be at least 40%)
	 

	 	4 Years / Periods of Service
	 	___%
	 	(must be at least 60%)
	 

	 	5 Years / Periods of Service
	 	___%
	 	(must be at least 80%)
	 

	 	6 Years / Periods of Service
	 	___%
	 	(must be 100%)

	 	(b)	 	The Vesting schedule for Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions in a Top Heavy Plan Year is: (check one)

	 	þ	 	100% full and immediate
	 
	 	o	 	The schedule set forth below

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	1 Year / Period of Service
	 	___%	 	 
	 

	 	2 Years / Periods of Service
	 	___%
	 	(must be at least 20% unless 100% Vesting occurs after 3 years)
	 

	 	3 Years / Periods of Service
	 	___%
	 	(must be at least 40%)
	 

	 	4 Years / Periods of Service
	 	___%
	 	(must be at least 60%)
	 

	 	5 Years / Periods of Service
	 	___%
	 	(must be at least 80%)
	 

	 	6 Years / Periods of Service
	 	___%
	 	(must be 100%)

	 	(c)	 	 o   Service Excluded for Vesting. All Service with the Employer is counted in determining a Participant’s Vested
Interest in the Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account except the following: (check all that apply)

	 	o	 	Years of Service before age 18
	 
	 	o	 	Years of Service before the Employer maintained this Plan or a predecessor plan
	 
	 	o	 	Years of Service during a period for which the Employee made no mandatory contributions to the Plan

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Prototype 401(k) Non-Std.
	 	Page 20 of 36
	 	IRS Serial No: M390508a

 

 

	 	10.6	 	o   Prevailing Wage Contributions. Except as otherwise provided in Section 9.2 of the Adoption Agreement, a Participant’s
Vested Interest in all Prevailing Wage contributions allocated to him or her will be determined by the provisions below.

	 	(a)	 	The Vesting schedule for Prevailing Wage Contributions in a non-Top Heavy Plan Year is: (check one)

	 	o	 	100% full and immediate
	 
	 	o	 	7 Year Graded
	 
	 	o	 	5 Year Cliff
	 
	 	o	 	The schedule set forth below

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	1 Year / Period of Service
	 	___%	 	 
	 

	 	2 Years / Periods of Service
	 	___%
	 	(must be at least 20% unless 100% Vesting occurs after 3 years)
	 

	 	3 Years / Periods of Service
	 	___%
	 	(must be at least 40%)
	 

	 	4 Years / Periods of Service
	 	___%
	 	(must be at least 60%)
	 

	 	5 Years / Periods of Service
	 	___%
	 	(must be at least 80%)
	 

	 	6 Years / Periods of Service
	 	___%
	 	(must be 100%)

	 	(b)	 	The Vesting schedule for Prevailing Wage Contributions in a Top Heavy Plan Year is: (check one)

	 	o	 	100% full and immediate
	 
	 	o	 	The schedule set forth below

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	1 Year / Period of Service
	 	___%	 	 
	 

	 	2 Years / Periods of Service
	 	___%
	 	(must be at least 20% unless 100% Vesting occurs after 3 years)
	 

	 	3 Years / Periods of Service
	 	___%
	 	(must be at least 40%)
	 

	 	4 Years / Periods of Service
	 	___%
	 	(must be at least 60%)
	 

	 	5 Years / Periods of Service
	 	___%
	 	(must be at least 80%)
	 

	 	6 Years / Periods of Service
	 	___%
	 	(must be 100%)

	 	(c)	 	 o    Service Excluded for Vesting. All Service with the Employer is counted in determining a Participant’s Vested
Interest in the Prevailing Wage Contribution Account except the following: (check all that apply)

	 	o	 	Years of Service before age 18
	 
	 	o	 	Years of Service before the Employer maintained this Plan or a predecessor plan
	 
	 	o	 	Years of Service during a period for which the Employee made no mandatory contributions to the Plan

Section 11. Compensation Definitions

	 	11.1	 	 þ   Elective Deferrals. A Participant’s Compensation for Elective Deferral purposes will be determined as selected below.

	 	(a)	 	Compensation is defined as: (check one)

	 	þ	 	Form W-2 Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	Code §3401 Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation

	 	(b)	 	Elective contributions under Code §125, §132(f)(4), §402(h), §403(b), §457(b) and §414(h)(2) will: (check one)

	 	þ	 	Be included as Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	Not be included as Compensation

	 	(c)	 	The Compensation measuring period is the: (check one)

	 	þ	 	Plan Year
	 
	 	o	 	Fiscal Year ending on or within the Plan Year
	 
	 	o	 	Calendar year ending on or within the Plan Year

	 	(d)	 	o  The following categories of remuneration will not be counted as Compensation: (check all that apply)

	 	o	 	1) Compensation received prior to becoming a Participant
	 
	 	o	 	2) Compensation received while an ineligible Employee under Section 3.1(a) of the Adoption Agreement
	 
	 	o	 	3) All items in Regulation §1.414(s)-1(c)(3) (i.e., expense allowances, fringe benefit, moving expenses, etc.)
	 
	 	o	 	4) Post-Severance Compensation 1

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Prototype 401(k) Non-Std.
	 	Page 21 of 36
	 	IRS Serial No: M390508a

 

 

	 	o	 	5) Deemed 125 Compensation 1
	 
	 	o	 	6) Bonuses 1
	 
	 	o	 	7) Overtime 1
	 
	 	o	 	8) Commissions 1
	 
	 	o	 	9) Other (describe) 1 
	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 

 

			
	1	 	If checked, the Plan’s definition of compensation may fail to
satisfy the safe harbor requirements unless such compensation is excluded
only with respect to Highly Compensated Employees under paragraph (e) below.

	 	(e)	o	 	 The amounts excluded under (d)(4) — (9) will only be excluded with respect to: (check
all that apply)

	 	o	 	Highly Compensated Employees
	 
	 	o	 	Other (cannot be a class that only includes NHCEs)
	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 

	11.2	þ	 	 ADP Safe Harbor Contributions. A Participant’s Compensation for purposes of any ADP Safe
Harbor Contributions contributed under Section 5 of the Adoption Agreement will be determined as
selected below.

	 	(a)	 	Compensation is defined as: (check one)

	 	þ	 	Form W-2 Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	Code §3401 Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation

	 	(b)	 	Elective contributions under Code §125, §132(f)(4), §401(k), §402(h), §403(b),
§457(b) and §414(h)(2) will: (check one)

	 	þ	 	Be included as Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	Not be included as Compensation

	 	(c)	 	The Compensation measuring period is the: (check one)

	 	þ	 	Plan Year
	 
	 	o	 	Fiscal Year ending on or within the Plan Year
	 
	 	o	 	Calendar year ending on or within the Plan Year

	 	(d)	o	 	The following categories of remuneration will not be counted as Compensation: (check
all that apply)

	 	o	 	1) Compensation received prior to becoming a
Participant
	 
	 	o	 	2) Compensation received while an ineligible
Employee under Sections 3.1(a) and (b) of the Adoption Agreement
	 
	 	o	 	3) All items in Regulation §1.414(s)-1(c)(3) (i.e.,
expense allowances, fringe benefit, moving expenses, etc.)
	 
	 	o	 	4) Post-Severance Compensation 1
	 
	 	o	 	5) Deemed 125 Compensation 1
	 
	 	o	 	6) Bonuses 1
	 
	 	o	 	7) Overtime 1
	 
	 	o	 	8) Commissions 1
	 
	 	o	 	9) Other (describe) 1 
	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 

 

			
	1	 	 If checked, the Plan’s definition of compensation may fail to
satisfy the safe harbor requirements unless such compensation is excluded
only with respect to Highly Compensated Employees under paragraph (e) below.

	 	(e)	o	 	 The amounts excluded under (d)(4) — (9) will only be excluded with respect to: (check
all that apply)

	 	o	 	Highly Compensated Employees
	 
	 	o	 	Other (cannot be a class that only includes NHCEs)
	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Prototype 401(k) Non-Std.
	 	Page 22 of 36
	 	IRS Serial No: M390508a

 

 

	11.3	o	 	 ACP Safe Harbor Contributions. A Participant’s Compensation for purposes of any ACP Safe
Harbor Contributions contributed under Section 5 of the Adoption Agreement will be determined as
selected below.

	 	(a)	 	Compensation is defined as: (check one)

	 	o	 	Form W-2 Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	Code §3401
Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation

	 	(b)	 	Elective contributions under Code §125, §132(f)(4), §401(k), §402(h), §403(b),
§457(b) and §414(h)(2) will: (check one)

	 	o	 	Be included as Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	Not be included as
Compensation

	 	(c)	 	The Compensation measuring period is the: (check one)

	 	o	 	Plan Year
	 
	 	o	 	Fiscal Year ending on or within the Plan
Year
	 
	 	o	 	Calendar year ending on or within the
Plan Year

	 	(d)	o	 	 The following categories of remuneration will not be counted as Compensation: (check
all that apply)

	 	o	 	1) Compensation received prior to becoming a
Participant
	 
	 	o	 	2) Compensation received while an ineligible
Employee under Sections 3.1(a) and (c) of the Adoption Agreement
	 
	 	o	 	3) All items in Regulation §1.414(s)-1(c)(3) (i.e.,
expense allowances, fringe benefit, moving expenses, etc.)
	 
	 	o	 	4) Post-Severance Compensation 1
	 
	 	o	 	5) Deemed 125 Compensation 1
	 
	 	o	 	6) Bonuses 1
	 
	 	o	 	7) Overtime 1
	 
	 	o	 	8) Commissions 1
	 
	 	o	 	9) Other (describe) 1
	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 

 

			
	1	 	If checked, the Plan’s definition of compensation may fail to
satisfy the safe harbor requirements unless such compensation is excluded
only with respect to Highly Compensated Employees under paragraph (e) below.

	 	(e)	o	 	 The amounts excluded under (d)(4) — (9) will only be excluded with respect to: (check
all that apply)

	 	o	 	Highly Compensated Employees
	 
	 	o	 	Other (cannot be a class that only includes NHCEs)
	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 

	11.4	o	 	 Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. A Participant’s Compensation for purposes of Non-Safe
Harbor Matching Contributions contributed under Section 6 of the Adoption Agreement will be
determined as selected below.

	 	(a)	 	Compensation is defined as: (check one)

	 	o	 	Form W-2 Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	Code §3401
Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation

	 	(b)	 	Elective contributions under Code §125, §132(f)(4), §401(k), §402(h), §403(b),
§457(b) and §414(h)(2) will: (check one)

	 	o	 	Be included as Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	Not be included as
Compensation

	 	(c)	 	The Compensation measuring period is the: (check one)

	 	o	 	Plan Year
	 
	 	o	 	Fiscal Year ending on or within the Plan
Year
	 
	 	o	 	Calendar year ending on or within the
Plan Year

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Prototype 401(k) Non-Std.
	 	Page 23 of 36
	 	IRS Serial No: M390508a

 

 

	 	(d)	o	 	 The following categories of remuneration will not be counted as Compensation: (check
all that apply)

	 	o	 	1) Compensation received prior to becoming a
Participant for Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions
	 
	 	o	 	2) Compensation received while an ineligible
Employee under Section 3.1(d) of the Adoption Agreement
	 
	 	o	 	3) All items in Regulation §1.414(s)-1(c)(3) (i.e.,
expense allowances, fringe benefit, moving expenses, etc.)
	 
	 	o	 	4) Post-Severance Compensation 1
	 
	 	o	 	5) Deemed 125 Compensation 1
	 
	 	o	 	6) Bonuses 1
	 
	 	o	 	7) Overtime 1
	 
	 	o	 	8) Commissions 1
	 
	 	o	 	9) Other (describe) 1 
	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 

 

			
	1	 	If checked, the Plan’s definition of compensation may fail to
satisfy the safe harbor requirements unless such compensation is excluded
only with respect to Highly Compensated Employees under paragraph (e) below.

	 	(e)	o	 	 The amounts excluded under (d)(4) – (9) will only be excluded with respect to: (check
all that apply)

	 	o	 	 Highly Compensated Employees
	 
	 	o	 	 Other (cannot be a class that only includes NHCEs)
	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 

	11.5	þ	 	Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions. A Participant’s Compensation for purposes of
Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions contributed under Section 7 of the Adoption Agreement
will be determined as selected below.

	 	(a)	 	Compensation is defined as: (check
one)

	 	þ	 	Form W-2 Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	Code §3401 Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation

	 	(b)	 	Elective contributions under Code §125, §132(f)(4), §401(k), §402(h), §403(b),
§457(b) and §414(h)(2) will: (check one)

	 	þ	 	Be included as Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	Not be included as Compensation

	 	(c)	 	The Compensation measuring period is the: (check
one)

	 	þ	 	Plan Year
	 
	 	o	 	Fiscal Year ending on or within the Plan Year
	 
	 	o	 	Calendar year ending on or within the Plan Year

	 	(d)	o	 	 The following categories of remuneration will not be counted as Compensation: (check
all that apply)

	 	o	 	1) Compensation received prior to becoming a
Participant for Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions
	 
	 	o	 	2) Compensation received while an ineligible
Employee under Section 3.1(e) of the Adoption Agreement
	 
	 	o	 	3) All items in Regulation §1.414(s)-1(c)(3) (i.e.,
expense allowances, fringe benefit, moving expenses, etc.)
	 
	 	o	 	4) Post-Severance Compensation 1
	 
	 	o	 	5) Deemed 125 Compensation 1
	 
	 	o	 	6) Bonuses 1
	 
	 	o	 	7) Overtime 1
	 
	 	o	 	8) Commissions 1
	 
	 	o	 	9) Other (describe) 1 
	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 

 

			
	1	 	If checked, the Plan’s definition of compensation may fail to
satisfy the safe harbor requirements unless such compensation is excluded
only with respect to Highly Compensated Employees under paragraph (e) below.

	 	(e)	o	 	 The amounts excluded under (d)(4) – (9) will only be excluded with respect to: (check
all that apply)

	 	o	 	Highly Compensated Employees
	 
	 	o	 	Other (cannot be a class that only includes NHCEs)
	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Prototype 401(k) Non-Std.
	 	Page 24 of 36
	 	IRS Serial No: M390508a

 

 

	 	(f)	o	 	 Imputed Compensation During Periods of Disability. Subject to Section 1.39(c) and
Section 1.41(g) of the Basic Plan, a Participant’s Compensation will be imputed during
periods of total disability (as defined in Code §22(e)(3)) in determining or allocating
Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions. Any such imputation will be limited to the
number of Plan Years (and Limitation Years) specified in an administrative policy, and
the number of such Plan Years and Limitations Years can be different for affected
Participants who are HCEs and those who are NHCEs.

	11.6	o	 	 Voluntary Employee Contributions. A Participant’s Compensation for purposes of any Voluntary
Employee Contributions contributed under Section 8.2 of the Adoption Agreement will be determined
as selected below.

	 	(a)	 	Compensation is defined as: (check one)

	 	o	 	Form W-2 Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	Code §3401
Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation

	 	(b)	 	Elective contributions under Code §125, §132(f)(4), §401(k), §402(h), §403(b),
§457(b) and §414(h)(2) will: (check one)

	 	o	 	Be included as Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	Not be included as
Compensation

	 	(c)	 	The Compensation measuring period is the: (check one)

	 	o	 	Plan Year
	 
	 	o	 	Fiscal Year ending on or within the Plan
Year
	 
	 	o	 	Calendar year ending on or within the
Plan Year

	 	(d)	o	 	 The following categories of remuneration will not be counted as Compensation: (check
all that apply)

	 	o	 	1) Compensation received prior to becoming a
Participant
	 
	 	o	 	2) Compensation received while an ineligible
Employee under Section 3.1(a) of the Adoption Agreement
	 
	 	o	 	3) All items in Regulation §1.414(s)-1(c)(3) (i.e.,
expense allowances, fringe benefit, moving expenses, etc.)
	 
	 	o	 	4) Post-Severance Compensation 1
	 
	 	o	 	5) Deemed 125 Compensation 1
	 
	 	o	 	6) Bonuses 1
	 
	 	o	 	7) Overtime 1
	 
	 	o	 	8) Commissions 1
	 
	 	o	 	9) Other (describe) 1 
	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 

 

			
	1	 	If checked, the Plan’s definition of compensation may fail to
satisfy the safe harbor requirements unless such compensation is excluded
only with respect to Highly Compensated Employees under paragraph (e) below.

	 	(e)	o	 	 The amounts excluded under (d)(4) – (9) will only be excluded with respect to: (check
all that apply)

	 	o	 	Highly Compensated Employees
	 
	 	o	 	Other (cannot be a class that only includes NHCEs)
	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 

	11.7	 	Code §415(c)(3) Compensation for Top Heavy Allocation Purposes and Key Employee
Determinations. An Employee’s Code §415(c)(3) Compensation used to determine any Top Heavy Minimum
Allocations and whether an Employee is also a Key Employee is based on the selection below.

	 	þ	 	Form W-2
Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	Code §3401 Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	Safe Harbor Code §415
Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	Statutory Code §415
Compensation

	11.8	 	Code §415(c)(3) Compensation for Code §415 Limitation Determinations. An Employee’s Code
§415(c)(3) Compensation used to determine the Employee’s Annual Addition limitation under Article 6
of the Basic Plan is based on the selection below.

	 	þ	 	Form W-2 Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	Code §3401 Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	Safe Harbor Code §415
Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	Statutory Code §415
Compensation

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Prototype 401(k) Non-Std.
	 	Page 25 of 36
	 	IRS Serial No: M390508a

 

 

	11.9	 	Code §415(c)(3) Compensation for Highly Compensated Employee Determinations and Other
Statutory Purposes. An Employee’s Code §415(c)(3) Compensation used to determine whether the
Employee is also a Highly Compensated Employee, and for other statutory purposes that do not
appear elsewhere in this Adoption Agreement, is based on the selection below.

	 	o	 	Form W-2 Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	Code §3401 Compensation
	 
	 	þ	 	Safe Harbor Code §415
Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	Statutory Code §415 Compensation

Section 12. þ Allocation of Forfeitures

	12.1	 	Time When Forfeitures Occur. Forfeitures of any kind will occur: (check one)

	 	þ	 	When a Terminated Participant’s entire Vested Account has been distributed (or after
5 consecutive Breaks in Service, if earlier)
	 
	 	o	 	After a Terminated Participant incurs 5 consecutive Breaks in Service

	12.2	o	 	 ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. Forfeitures of ACP Safe Harbor Matching
Contributions which are not used to pay administrative expenses as permitted under Section
3.13(b) of the Basic Plan will be allocated (or used) as follows:

	 	(a)	 	Forfeitures attributable to ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions will be: (check
one)

	 	o	 	1) Used to reduce Employer contributions as described in
Section 3.13(b)(2) of the Basic Plan
	 
	 	o	 	2) Added to Employer contributions as described in
Section 3.13(b)(2) of the Basic Plan
	 
	 	o	 	3) Allocated to Benefiting Participants pro-rata based
on his or her Compensation for the Plan Year

	 	(b)	o	 	 Participants Eligible to Be Benefiting Participants. The following are eligible to
be Benefiting Participants for an Allocation Period with respect to Forfeitures
allocated under paragraph (a)(3) above:

	 	o	 	Those who are Participants for Elective Deferral purposes (whether they defer or not)
	 
	 	o	 	Those who are Participants for Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution purposes
	 
	 	o	 	Those who are Participants for Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution purposes

	 	(c)	o	 	 Benefiting Participants. Any Participant selected in paragraph (b) < o who is a
NHCE for the Allocation Period > will be a Benefiting Participant for purposes of
the allocations under paragraph (a)(3) above if the Participant also satisfies the
requirements selected below for the Allocation Period.

	 	(1)	 	Participants who are still Employees on the last day of the Allocation
Period

	 	o	 	Will always be Benefiting Participants regardless of Service
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ____  (max. 1,000) Hours of Service in the
Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with a ____ (max. 6) month Period of Service in the
Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ____ (max. 6) consecutive calendar months of
employment in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ____ (max. 182) consecutive days of employment
in the Allocation Period

	 	(2)	 	Participants who Terminate Employment before the last day of the
Allocation Period because of retirement on or after Normal Retirement Age < o or Early Retirement
Age >

	 	o	 	Will not be Benefiting Participants for
that Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Will always be Benefiting Participants regardless
of Service
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ____ (max. 1,000) Hours of Service in the
Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with a ____ (max. 6) month Period of Service in the
Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ____ (max. 6) consecutive calendar months of
employment in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ____ (max. 182) consecutive days of employment
in the Allocation Period

	 	(3)	 	Participants who Terminate Employment before the last day of the Allocation
Period because of Disability

	 	o	 	Will not be Benefiting Participants for
that Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Will always be Benefiting Participants regardless
of Service
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ____ (max. 1,000) Hours of Service in the
Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with a ____ (max. 6) month Period of Service in the
Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ____ (max. 6) consecutive calendar months of
employment in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ____ (max. 182) consecutive days of employment
in the Allocation Period

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Prototype 401(k) Non-Std.
	 	Page 26 of 36
	 	IRS Serial No: M390508a

 

 

	 	(4)	 	Participants who Terminate Employment before the last day of the Allocation
Period because of death

	 	o	 	Will not be Benefiting Participants for that
Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Will always be Benefiting Participants regardless
of Service
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ____ (max. 1,000) Hours of Service in the
Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with a ____ (max. 6) month Period of Service in the
Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ____ (max. 6) consecutive calendar months of
employment in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ____ (max. 182) consecutive days of employment
in the Allocation Period

	 	(5)	 	Participants who Terminate Employment before the last day of the Allocation
Period for any other reason

	 	o	 	Will not be Benefiting Participants for that
Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Will always be Benefiting Participants regardless
of Service
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ____ (max. 1,000) Hours of Service in the
Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with a ____ (max. 6) month Period of Service in the
Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ____ (max. 6) consecutive calendar months of
employment in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ____ (max. 182) consecutive days of employment
in the Allocation Period

	12.3	o	 	 Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. Forfeitures of Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions
which are not used to pay administrative expenses as permitted under Section 3.13(b) of the Basic
Plan will be allocated (or used) as follows:

	 	(a)	 	Forfeitures attributable to Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions will be: (check
one)

	 	o	 	1) Used to reduce Employer contributions as described in
Section 3.13(b)(2) of the Basic Plan
	 
	 	o	 	2) Added to Employer contributions as described in Section
3.13(b)(2) of the Basic Plan
	 
	 	o	 	3) Allocated to Benefiting Participants in the manner
selected in paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) below

	 	(b)	o	 	 Method of Allocation. Forfeitures allocated under (a)(3) will be allocated to each
Benefiting Participant as follows:

	 	o	 	Pro-rata based on his or her Compensation for the Plan Year
	 
	 	o	 	Pro-rata based on his or her Elective Deferrals for the Plan Year
	 
	 	o	 	Pro-rata based on his or her Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions for the Plan Year
	 
	 	o	 	Pro-rata based on his or her Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account balance

	 	(c)	o	 	Participants Eligible to Be Benefiting Participants. The following are eligible to be
Benefiting Participants for an Allocation Period with respect to Forfeitures allocated
under paragraph (a)(3) above:

	 	o	 	Those who are Participants for Elective Deferral purposes
	 
	 	o	 	Those who are Participants for Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution purposes
	 
	 	o	 	Those who are Participants for Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution purposes

	 	(d)	o	 	 Benefiting Participants. Any Participant selected in paragraph (c) < o who is a NHCE
for the Allocation Period > will be a Benefiting Participant for purposes of the
allocations under paragraph (a)(3) above if the Participant satisfies < o the applicable
requirements in Section 6.2 > < o the requirements set forth below >.

	 	(1)	 	Participants who are still Employees on the last day of the Allocation Period

	 	o	 	Will always be Benefiting Participants regardless of Service
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ____ (max. 1,000) Hours of Service in the
Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with a ____ (max. 6) month Period of Service in the
Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ____ (max. 6) consecutive calendar months of
employment in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ____ (max. 182) consecutive days of employment
in the Allocation Period

	 	(2)	 	Participants who Terminate Employment before the last day of the Allocation
Period because of retirement on or after Normal Retirement Age < o or Early
Retirement Age >

	 	o	 	Will not be Benefiting Participants for that
Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Will always be Benefiting Participants regardless
of Service
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ____ (max. 1,000) Hours of Service in the
Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with a ____ (max. 6) month Period
of Service in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ____ (max. 6) consecutive calendar months of
employment in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ____ (max. 182) consecutive days of employment
in the Allocation Period

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Prototype 401(k) Non-Std.
	 	Page 27 of 36
	 	IRS Serial No: M390508a

 

 

	 	(3)	 	Participants who Terminate Employment before the last day of the Allocation
Period because of Disability

	 	o	 	Will not be Benefiting Participants for that
Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Will always be Benefiting Participants regardless
of Service
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ____ (max. 1,000) Hours of Service in the
Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with a ____ (max. 6) month Period of Service in the
Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ____ (max. 6) consecutive calendar months of
employment in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ____ (max. 182) consecutive days of employment
in the
Allocation Period

	 	(4)	 	Participants who Terminate Employment before the last day of the Allocation
Period because of death

	 	o	 	Will not be Benefiting Participants for that
Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Will always be Benefiting Participants regardless
of Service
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ____ (max. 1,000) Hours of Service in the
Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with a ____ (max. 6) month Period of Service in the
Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ____ (max. 6) consecutive calendar months of
employment in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ____ (max. 182) consecutive days of employment
in the Allocation Period

	 	(5)	 	Participants who Terminate Employment before the last day of the Allocation
Period for any other reason

	 	o	 	Will not be Benefiting Participants for that
Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Will always be Benefiting Participants regardless
of Service
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ____ (max. 1,000) Hours of Service in the
Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with a ____ (max. 6) month Period of Service in the
Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ____ (max. 6) consecutive calendar months of
employment in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ____ (max. 182) consecutive days of employment
in the Allocation Period

	12.4	þ	 	 Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions. Forfeitures of Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective
Contributions which are not used to pay administrative expenses as permitted under Section 3.13(b)
of the Basic Plan will be allocated (or used) as follows:

	 	(a)	 	Forfeitures attributable to Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions will be:
(check one)

	 	þ	 	1) Used to reduce Employer contributions as described in Section 3.13(b)(2) of
the Basic Plan
	 
	 	o	 	2) Added to Employer contributions as described in Section
3.4(b)(2) of the Basic Plan
	 
	 	o	 	3) Allocated to Benefiting Participants in the manner
selected in paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) below

	 	(b)	o	 	 Method of Allocation. Forfeitures allocated under (a)(3) will be allocated to each
Benefiting Participant as follows:

	 	o	 	Pro-rata based on his or her Compensation for the Plan Year
	 
	 	o	 	Pro-rata based on his or her Elective Deferrals for the Plan Year
	 
	 	o	 	Pro-rata based on his or her Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions for the Plan Year
	 
	 	o	 	Pro-rata based on his or her Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account balance

	 	(c)	o	 	 Participants Eligible to Be Benefiting Participants. The following are eligible to be
Benefiting Participants for an Allocation Period with respect to Forfeitures allocated
under paragraph (a)(3) above:

	 	o	 	Those who are Participants for Elective Deferral purposes
	 
	 	o	 	Those who are Participants for Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution purposes
	 
	 	o	 	Those who are Participants for Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution purposes

	 	(d)	o	 	 Benefiting Participants. Any Participant selected in paragraph (c) < o who is a NHCE
for the Allocation Period > will be a Benefiting Participant for purposes of the
allocations under paragraph (a)(3) above if the Participant satisfies < o the applicable
requirements in Section 7.3 > < o the requirements set forth below >.

	 	(1)	 	Participants who are still Employees on the last day of the Allocation Period

	 	o	 	Will always be Benefiting Participants regardless of Service
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ____ (max. 1,000) Hours of Service in the
Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with a ____ (max. 6) month Period of Service in the
Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ____ (max. 6) consecutive calendar months of
employment in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ____ (max. 182) consecutive days of employment
in the Allocation Period

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Prototype 401(k) Non-Std.
	 	Page 28 of 36
	 	IRS Serial No: M390508a

 

 

	 	(2)	 	Participants who Terminate Employment before the last day of the
Allocation Period because of retirement on or after Normal Retirement Age < o
or Early Retirement Age >

	 	o	 	Will not be Benefiting Participants for that
Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Will always be Benefiting Participants regardless
of Service
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ____ (max. 1,000) Hours of Service in the
Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with a ____ (max. 6) month Period of Service in the
Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ____ (max. 6) consecutive calendar months of
employment in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ____ (max. 182) consecutive days of employment
in the Allocation Period

	 	(3)	 	Participants who Terminate Employment before the last day of the Allocation
Period because of Disability

	 	o	 	Will not be Benefiting Participants for that
Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Will always be Benefiting Participants regardless
of Service
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ____ (max. 1,000) Hours of Service in the
Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with a ____ (max. 6) month Period of Service in the
Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ____ (max. 6) consecutive calendar months of
employment in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ____ (max. 182) consecutive days of employment
in the Allocation Period

	 	(4)	 	Participants who Terminate Employment before the last day of the Allocation
Period because of death

	 	o	 	Will not be Benefiting Participants for that
Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Will always be Benefiting Participants regardless
of Service
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ____ (max. 1,000) Hours of Service in the
Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with a ____ (max. 6) month Period of Service in the
Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ____ (max. 6) consecutive calendar months of
employment in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ____ (max. 182) consecutive days of employment
in the Allocation Period

	 	(5)	 	Participants who Terminate Employment before the last day of the Allocation
Period for any other reason

	 	o	 	Will not be Benefiting Participants for that
Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Will always be Benefiting Participants regardless
of Service
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ____ (max. 1,000) Hours of Service in the
Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with a ____ (max. 6) month Period of Service in the
Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ____ (max. 6) consecutive calendar months of
employment in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ____ (max. 182) consecutive days of employment
in the Allocation Period

Section 13. Allocation of Earnings and Losses

	13.1	 	Allocation Method. Investment earnings and losses will be allocated to each Participant’s
Account in a non-discriminatory manner in accordance with the terms of Section 3.12 of the Basic
Plan.

Section 14. Normal and Early Retirement Age

	14.1	 	Normal Retirement Age. The Plan’s Normal Retirement Age is Age 65 (max. 65)

	 	þ	 	Or the 5th (max. 5th) anniversary of becoming a Participant in the
Plan, if later
	 
	 	o	 	Or the date the Participant is credited with at least ____ Years/Periods of
Service, if later, but in no event later than the later of Age 65 or the 5th
anniversary of becoming a Participant in the Plan

	14.2	 	Normal Retirement Date. The Plan’s Normal Retirement Date is as selected below. (check one)

	 	o	 	The Anniversary Date following the date a Participant reaches Normal
Retirement Age
	 
	 	o	 	The Anniversary Date nearest the date a Participant reaches Normal
Retirement Age
	 
	 	o	 	The first day of the month following the date a Participant reaches
Normal Retirement Age
	 
	 	o	 	The first day of the month nearest the date a Participant reaches Normal
Retirement Age
	 
	 	þ	 	The same date a Participant reaches Normal Retirement Age

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Prototype 401(k) Non-Std.
	 	Page 29 of 36
	 	IRS Serial No: M390508a

 

 

	14.3	þ	 	 Early Retirement Age. Early Retirement is permitted, and the Plan’s Early Retirement Age is
Age 55 (max. 64)

	 	þ	 	Or if later, the date the Participant is credited with at least 10 Years/Periods of
Service
	 
	 	o	 	Provided the Participant is also credited with at least ____ Years/Periods of Service

	14.4	þ	 	 Early Retirement Date. The Early Retirement Date is as selected below. (check one)

	 	o	 	Any Anniversary Date after a Participant reaches Early
Retirement Age
	 
	 	o	 	The first day of any month after a Participant reaches Early
Retirement Age
	 
	 	þ	 	Any date after a Participant reaches Early Retirement Age

Section 15. Distribution Provisions

	15.1	 	Normal Form of Distribution for Distributions Other Than Death Benefits. The benefit payable
to a Participant who Terminates Employment with the Employer for reasons other than death will be
distributed in the manner selected below.

	 	(a)	þ	 	 Lump Sum Payment < þ and the Optional Forms of Distribution are: (check all that
apply) >

	 	þ	 	Installment payments
	 
	 	o	 	Partial payments as requested from time to time by the Participant
	 
	 	o	 	Any form of annuity which can be purchased from an insurance company (subject
to the QJSA rules)

	 	(b)	o	 	 Installment Payments < o and the Optional Forms of Distribution are: (check all that
apply) >

	 	o	 	A lump sum payment
	 
	 	o	 	Partial payments as requested from time to time by the Participant
	 
	 	o	 	Any form of annuity which can be purchased from an insurance company (subject
to the QJSA rules)

	 	(c)	o	 	 Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity < o and the Optional Forms of Distribution are:
(check all that apply) >

	 	o	 	A lump sum payment
	 
	 	o	 	Installment
payments
	 
	 	o	 	Partial payments as requested from time to time by the Participant
	 
	 	o	 	Any other form of annuity which can be purchased from an insurance company

	15.2	 	Distribution of Benefits Because of Retirement. With respect to a Participant who Terminates
Employment because of retirement or on or after his or her Normal (or Early) Retirement Date,
distribution will be made in a form permitted under Section 15.1 and will occur within an
administratively reasonable time after the Participant’s Normal (or Early) Retirement Date.
	 
	15.3	 	Distribution of Benefits Because of Disability. With respect to a Participant who Terminates
Employment because of his or her Disability, distribution will be made in a form permitted under
Section 15.1 and in accordance with the provisions selected below.

	 	(a)	 	Time of Distribution. Distribution of a Disability Benefit will be
made: (check one)

	 	o	 	Within an administratively reasonable time after Termination of
Employment
	 
	 	þ	 	In accordance with the distribution requirements in Section 15.5 below

	 	(b)	 	Definition of Disability. A Participant will be considered to have suffered a
Disability for Plan purposes if the Participant suffers a mental or physical impairment
while still an Employee which: (check all that apply)

	 	o	 	In the opinion of a physician acceptable to the Administrator, totally and permanently
prevents the Participant from engaging in any occupation for pay or profit.
	 
	 	þ	 	In the opinion of a physician acceptable to the Administrator, totally and permanently
prevents the Participant from performing customary and usual duties for the Employer
	 
	 	o	 	In the opinion of the Social Security Administration, qualifies the Participant for
disability benefits under the Social Security Act in effect on the date the Participant
suffers the mental or physical impairment.
	 
	 	o	 	In the opinion of the insurance company, qualifies the Participant for benefits
under an Employer-sponsored long-term disability plan which is administered by an
independent third party.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Prototype 401(k) Non-Std.
	 	Page 30 of 36
	 	IRS Serial No: M390508a

 

 

	 	(c)	o	 	 Exceptions. Notwithstanding (b) above, a Participant will not be considered to have
suffered a Disability for purposes of the Plan if the mental or physical impairment is the
result of: (check all that apply)

	 	o	 	The illegal use of drugs or intoxicants
	 
	 	o	 	An intentionally self-inflicted injury or sickness
	 
	 	o	 	An injury suffered as a result of an unlawful or criminal act by the Participant

	15.4	 	Distribution of Benefits Upon Death. With respect to any portion of a deceased Participant’s
Vested Aggregate Account which is subject to the QJSA requirements, any death benefit payable
therefrom to such deceased Participant’s surviving Spouse will be distributed as a Qualified
Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity unless the QPSA has been waived by the Participant in accordance
with Section 5.8 of the Basic Plan (or has been waived by the
surviving Spouse if elected in
paragraph (c) below). With respect to any death benefit payable to a non-Spouse Beneficiary, any
death benefit payable to a surviving Spouse where the QPSA has been waived, or any death benefit
payble from a portion of a deceased Participant’s Vested Aggregate Account which is not subject to
the QJSA requirements, any such death benefit will be distributed in the form of distribution
selected in paragraph (a) below.

	 	(a)	 	Form of distribution (other than a required QPSA). A Beneficiary can elect to have a
death benefit (other than a QPSA) to which he or she is entitled distributed in the following
manner: (check all that apply)

	 	þ	 	In a lump sum payment
	 
	 	þ	 	In installment payments (if elected by the Beneficiary)
	 
	 	o	 	In partial payments as requested from time to time by the Beneficiary
	 
	 	o	 	Any form of annuity which can be purchased from an insurance company (subject to the QPSA
rules)

	 	(b)	 	Value of QPSA. With respect to any portion of a deceased Participant’s Vested Aggregate
Account which is subject to the QJSA requirements, the value of a QPSA is:

	 	o	 	50% of the deceased Participant’s Vested Aggregate Account
	 
	 	o	 	100% of the deceased Participant’s Vested Aggregate Account

	 	(c)	 	Spousal Waiver of QPSA. With respect to any portion of a deceased Participant’s Vested
Aggregate Account which is subject to the QJSA requirements, if a Participant did not waive
the QPSA prior to death, the deceased Participant’s surviving Spouse is < o not >
permitted to waive the QPSA after the Participant’s death.

	15.5	 	Distribution of Benefits for Reasons Other than Retirement, Death or Disability. With respect
to a Participant who Terminates Employment for reasons other than retirement, death or Disability,
distribution will be made in a form permitted under Section 15.1 and will occur within an
administratively reasonable time after the date selected below.

	 	(a)	þ	 	 Distribution of Elective Deferrals will occur within a reasonable time after:

	 	o	 	The Participant has a 1-year Break in Service
	 
	 	o	 	The Participant has ____ (max. 5) consecutive 1-year Breaks
in Service
	 
	 	o	 	The end of the Plan Year in which the Participant Terminates
Employment
	 
	 	o	 	The Participant Terminates Employment
	 
	 	o	 	The Participant Terminates Employment, but not more than ____ days after
Termination of Employment
	 
	 	o	 	The Participant Terminates Employment, but not earlier than ____ days after
Termination of Employment
	 
	 	o	 	The next Valuation Date of the Plan
	 
	 	þ	 	The Participant requests payment
	 
	 	o	 	The date the Participant reaches his or her Normal (or Early) Retirement Age
under the Plan

	 	(b)	þ	 	 Distribution of ADP Safe Harbor Contributions will occur within a reasonable time
after:

	 	o	 	The Participant has a 1-year Break in Service
	 
	 	o	 	The Participant has ____ (max. 5) consecutive 1-year Breaks
in Service
	 
	 	o	 	The end of the Plan Year in which the Participant Terminates
Employment
	 
	 	o	 	The Participant Terminates Employment
	 
	 	o	 	The Participant Terminates Employment, but not more than ____ days after
Termination of Employment
	 
	 	o	 	The Participant Terminates Employment, but not earlier than ____ days after
Termination of Employment
	 
	 	o	 	The next Valuation Date of the Plan
	 
	 	þ	 	The Participant requests payment
	 
	 	o	 	The date the Participant reaches his or her Normal (or Early) Retirement Age
under the Plan

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Prototype 401(k) Non-Std.
	 	Page 31 of 36
	 	IRS Serial No: M390508a

 

 

	 	(c)	o 	    Distribution of ACP Safe Harbor Contributions will occur within a reasonable time after:

	 	o	 	The Participant has a 1-year Break in Service
	 
	 	o	 	The Participant has            (max. 5) consecutive 1-year Breaks
in Service
	 
	 	o	 	The end of the Plan Year in which the Participant Terminates
Employment
	 
	 	o	 	The Participant Terminates Employment
	 
	 	o	 	The Participant Terminates Employment, but not more than            days after
Termination of
Employment
	 
	 	o	 	The Participant Terminates Employment, but not earlier than            days after
Termination of Employment
	 
	 	o	 	The next Valuation Date of the Plan
	 
	 	o	 	The Participant requests payment
	 
	 	o	 	The date the Participant reaches his or her Normal (or Early) Retirement Age
under the Plan

	 	(d)	o	     Distribution of Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions will occur within a reasonable
time after:

	 	o	 	The Participant has a 1-year Break in Service
	 
	 	o	 	The Participant has            (max. 5) consecutive 1-year Breaks
in Service
	 
	 	o	 	The end of the Plan Year in which the Participant Terminates
Employment
	 
	 	o	 	The Participant Terminates Employment
	 
	 	o	 	The Participant Terminates Employment, but not more than            days after
Termination of
Employment
	 
	 	o	 	The Participant Terminates Employment, but not earlier than           
days after
Termination of Employment
	 
	 	o	 	The next Valuation Date of the Plan
	 
	 	o	 	The Participant
requests payment
	 
	 	o	 	The date the Participant reaches his or her Normal (or Early)
Retirement Age under the Plan

	 	(e)	þ	     Distribution of Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions will occur within a
reasonable time after:

	 	o	 	The Participant has a 1-year Break in Service
	 
	 	o	 	The Participant has            (max. 5) consecutive 1-year Breaks
in Service
	 
	 	o	 	The end of the Plan Year in which the Participant Terminates
Employment
	 
	 	o	 	The Participant Terminates Employment
	 
	 	o	 	The Participant Terminates Employment, but not more than            days after
Termination of
Employment
	 
	 	o	 	The Participant Terminates Employment, but not earlier than            days after
Termination of Employment
	 
	 	o	 	The next Valuation Date of the Plan
	 
	 	þ	 	The Participant requests payment
	 
	 	o	 	The date the Participant reaches his or her Normal (or Early) Retirement Age
under the Plan

	 	(f)	o	     Distribution of Employee Contributions will occur within a reasonable time after:

	 	o	 	The Participant has a 1-year Break in Service
	 
	 	o	 	The Participant has            (max. 5) consecutive 1-year Breaks
in Service
	 
	 	o	 	The end of the Plan Year in which the Participant Terminates Employment 
	 
	 	o	 	The Participant Terminates Employment
	 
	 	o	 	The Participant Terminates Employment, but not more than ___days after
Termination of Employment
	 
	 	o	 	The Participant Terminates Employment, but not earlier than ___days after
Termination of Employment
	 
	 	o	 	The next Valuation Date of the Plan
	 
	 	o	 	The Participant requests payment
	 
	 	o	 	The date the Participant reaches his or her Normal (or Early) Retirement Age
under the Plan

	15.6	þ	 	 Mandatory Cash-Outs. Subject to Section 5.5 of the Basic Plan, the Administrator will
distribute a Vested Aggregate Account without the consent of any Participant who Terminates
Employment based on the threshold selected below.

	 	o	 	$5,000 < o including > < o excluding > Rollover Contributions
	 
	 	þ	 	$1,000 including Rollover Contributions
	 
	 	o	 	$           (must be less than $5,000 but more than $1,000) including Rollover
Contributions
	 
	 	o	 	$           (must be less than $1,000) including Rollover Contributions

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Prototype 401(k) Non-Std.
	 	Page 32 of 36
	 	IRS Serial No: M390508a

 

 

	15.7	þ	 	 In-Service Distributions. Distributions may be made to a Participant < o who is a NHCE >
while he or she is still employed by the Employer as selected below.

	 	(a)	þ 	Distributions to Participants Still Employed After Normal Retirement Age. Subject to Section
4.2 of the Basic Plan, a Participant who has reached Normal Retirement Age but has not Terminated
Employment with the Employer can withdraw all or any portion of his or her Vested Aggregate Account
balance.
	 
	 	(b)	þ	 Distributions to Participants Still Employed Before Normal Retirement Age. Subject to Section
5.17 of the Basic Plan, a Participant who has not reached Normal Retirement Age and has not
Terminated Employment with the Employer can withdraw all or any portion of his or her Vested
Interest in the account or accounts selected below.

	 	(1)	 	Elective Deferral, QMAC/QNEC Accounts and ADP Safe Harbor Contribution Accounts. A Participant
who has reached Age
591/2
(at least
591/2) can withdraw all or a portion of his or her: (check
all that apply)

	 	þ	 	Elective Deferral Account
	 
	 	o	 	Qualified Matching Contribution Account
	 
	 	o	 	Qualified Non-Elective Contribution Account
	 
	 	þ	 	ADP Safe Harbor Contribution Account

	 	(2)	 	Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Accounts, Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution
Accounts and ACP Safe Harbor Contribution Accounts. A Participant who has satisfied the conditions
selected in subparagraph (3) below can withdraw all or a portion of his or her: (check all that
apply)

	 	o	 	Vested Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account
	 
	 	þ	 	Vested Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account
	 
	 	o	 	Vested ACP Safe Harbor Contribution Account

	 	(3)	 	Conditions for Withdrawals Under Subparagraph (2). A Participant must satisfy the conditions
selected below in order to make a withdrawal as selected in subparagraph (2) above. (check all that
apply)

	 	o	 	The Participant must have a 100% Vested Interest in the account
	 
	 	þ	 	The Participant must have reached Age 591/2
	 
	 	o	 	The Participant must have been a Participant for at least 5 years
	 
	 	o	 	The amount being distributed must have accumulated in the account for at least 2 years
	 
	 	o	 	Other                                                                                
 

	15.8	þ	 	 Financial Hardship Distributions. A Participant < þ who is still an Employee > can
take a hardship distribution from the Plan, subject to Section 5.16 of the Basic Plan and subject
to the terms and conditions set forth in an administrative policy regarding financial hardship
distributions.

	15.9	 	Definition of Spouse. For purposes of the Plan, a Spouse is the person to whom a Participant
is legally married < o throughout the one year period ending on the earlier of the Annuity
Starting Date or the date of the Participant’s death >.
	 
	15.10	 	QDRO Distributions. Benefits payable pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order are
distributable as selected below.

	 	o	 	Such benefits cannot be distributed until the affected Participant has reached the Earliest
Retirement Age
	 
	 	þ	 	Such benefits can be distributed at any time (even if the affected Participant has not yet
reached the Earliest Retirement Age)

	15.11	 	Required Minimum Distributions. In applying the required minimum distribution requirements
set forth in Section 5.9 of the Basic Plan, the following provisions will apply:

	 	(a)	 	Required Beginning Date. The Required Beginning Date for Participants who are not 5% owners is:
(check one)

	 	o	(1) 	April 1st of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Employee reaches Age 701/2
	 
	 	þ	(2) 	April 1st of the calendar year following the later of the calendar year in which the Employee
reaches Age 701/2 or the calendar year in which the Employee retires

	 	(b)	 	Required Distributions After Death. If a Participant dies before distributions are required to
begin and there is a Designated Beneficiary, Section 5.9 of the Basic Plan requires that a
Participant’s entire interest be distributed to the Designated Beneficiary by December 31st of the
calendar year containing the 5th anniversary of the Participant’s death < þ but the Participant
or Designated Beneficiary may elect the Life Expectancy method as described in Section 5.9 of the
Basic Plan >.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Effective Date. The required minimum distribution rules apply to distributions made on or after
January 1, 2003 < o and also to distributions made on or after                                          (must be
on or after January 1, 2002) >.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Prototype 401(k) Non-Std.
	 	Page 33 of 36
	 	IRS Serial No: M390508a

 

 

Section 16. þ Loans, Insurance and Directed Investments

	16.1	þ	 	 Loans to Participants. Subject to Section 7.1 of the Basic Plan and a written procedure
established by the Employer, loans can be made to Participants from the Plan < o beginning
                                         (must be after the later of the Plan’s original effective date or the
restatement date) >.
	 
	16.2	o	 	 Purchase of Insurance. Subject to Section 7.2 of the Basic Plan, insurance Policies can be
purchased on the life of a Participant at the direction of the following: (check all that apply)

	 	o	 	The Administrator
	 
	 	o	 	The Participant

	16.3	þ	 	 Directed Investment Accounts. Subject to Section 7.4 of the Basic Plan and a written
procedure established by the Employer, Participants can direct the investment of one or more of
the their accounts maintained by the Plan < o beginning
                                         (must be after the later of the Plan’s original effective date or
the restatement date) >.

Section 17. Top Heavy Allocations

	17.1	 	Who Receives the Allocation. Subject to Section 3.14 of the Basic Plan, a Top Heavy
Allocation will be made in each Top Heavy Plan Year to each Participant who is employed on the
last day of the Plan Year < þ and is a Non-Key Employee >.
	 
	17.2	 	Top Heavy Ratio. In determining the Top Heavy Ratio, the interest and mortality factors set
forth in Section 1.184(d) of the Basic Plan will be used < o except as selected below (check all
that apply) >.

	 	o	 	          % interest will used prior to reaching Normal
Retirement Age.
	 
	 	o	 	          % interest will used after reaching Normal
Retirement Age.
	 
	 	o	 	The                                                              mortality table will be used after reaching Normal
Retirement Age.

	17.3	 	Participation in Multiple Plans. An eligible Participant as described in Section 17.1 above
who participates in this Plan and in one or more defined benefit plans or in one or more other
defined contribution Plans that are part of a Top Heavy Required Aggregation Group will receive
the minimum Top Heavy benefit in the manner described in Section 3.14 of the Basic Plan.

Section 18. Testing Elections

	18.1	 	ADP Testing. The ADP Test will be determined as selected below. (check one)

	 	þ	 	Current year
testing
	 
	 	o	 	Prior year testing
	 
	 	o	 	Prior year testing for the first Plan Year and current year testing thereafter, subject
to Section 1.7 of the Basic Plan

	18.2	 	ACP Testing. The ACP Test (if applicable) will be determined as selected below. (check one)

	 	þ	 	Current year
testing
	 
	 	o	 	Prior year testing
	 
	 	o	 	Prior year testing for the first Plan Year and current year testing thereafter, subject
to Section 1.5 of the Basic Plan

	18.3	 	Hypothetical Entry Date for Otherwise Excludable Participants. For any Plan Year in which a
determination of Otherwise Excludable Participants must be made, the Hypothetical Entry Date
related to any determination of an Otherwise Excludable Participant for purposes that include,
but are not limited to, the ACP Test and/or the application of the general nondiscrimination test
under Code §401(a)(4) (including determining the amount of, and which Participants are subject
to, the Minimum Aggregate Allocation Gateway or Minimum Allocation Gateway requirement) is:
(check one)

	 	o	 	The date that the Employee satisfies the maximum statutory age and service
requirements under Code §410(a)(1)(A)
	 
	 	þ	 	The Employee’s maximum statutory entry date under Code §410(a)(4) after the
Employee satisfies the maximum statutory age and service requirements under Code
§410(a)(1)(A)
	 
	 	o	 	The Employee’s Entry Date(s) under Section 3.3 for the component of the Plan for
which the determination relates

	18.4	o 	 	Calendar Year Election. The calendar year election is being made for the purpose of
determining who is a HCE.
	 
	18.5	o 	 	Top Paid Group Election. The top paid group election is being made for the purpose of
determining who is a HCE.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Prototype 401(k) Non-Std.
	 	Page 34 of 36
	 	IRS Serial No: M390508a

 

 

Section 19.
o 401(k) SIMPLE Provisions

	 	19.1 	o	 Election of SIMPLE Provisions. The Sponsoring Employer elects to have the 401(k) SIMPLE
Provisions described in Section 3.16 of the Basic Plan apply, and the Employer will make the
contribution selected in (a) or (b) below.

	 	(a)	o	 Matching Contributions. The Employer will make a Matching Contribution equal to each
“eligible employee’s” Elective Deferral up to a limit of < o 3% > < o           % > of
Compensation determined without regard to Code §401(a)(17). If the percentage is less than 3%, the
restrictions in Section 3.16(f) of the Basic Plan apply.
	 
	 	(b)	o	 Non-Elective Contributions. The Employer will make a Non-Elective Contribution equal to 2%
of the compensation of each “eligible employee” who makes at least $                     (max. $5,000) of
Compensation for the year.

	 	19.2 	o	 Revocation of SIMPLE Provisions. The Sponsoring Employer revokes the 401(k) SIMPLE
Provisions previously elected, effective as of January 1 next following the date this Section 19.2
is signed and dated below by the Sponsoring Employer.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	By

	 	 	 	(on behalf of the Employer)
	 	Dated	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 

Section 20. Miscellaneous Provisions

	 	20.1	 	Limitation Year. In applying the limitations under Code §415, the Limitation Year will be:

	 	þ	 	Plan Year
	 
	 	o	 	The Fiscal Year ending on or within the Plan Year
	 
	 	o	 	The calendar year ending on or within the Plan Year

	 	20.2	 	Failsafe Allocations. o For any Plan Year in which the Plan fails to satisfy the average benefit
percentage test of Code §410(b)(2) or the average benefits test of Regulation §1.401(a)(4), in
accordance with Section 3.15 of the Basic Plan to the extent necessary to insure that the Plan
satisfies one of the tests set forth in Code §410(b)(1)(A) (in which the Plan initially fails to
benefit at least 70% of Non-Highly Compensated Employees) or Code §410(b)(1)(B) (in which the Plan
initially fails to benefit a percentage of Non-Highly Compensated Employees that is at least 70% of
the percentage of Highly Compensated Employees who benefit under the Plan), an additional Employer
contribution may be made and allocated for certain Participants who are not Benefiting Participants
for that Plan Year pursuant to the rankings below.

	 	(a)	 	Participants eligible for the failsafe allocation will first be ranked by their (check one)

	 	o	 	Hours of Service (or months of Service if Elapsed
Time)
beginning with the < o highest > <
o lowest > number
	 
	 	o	 	Compensation beginning with the <
o highest > < o lowest > amount

	 	(b)	 	o Before an allocation is made, the Participants in (a) will be further ranked (check one)

	 	o	 	Beginning with those who are employed on the last day of Plan Year
	 
	 	o	 	Beginning with those who are credited with at least 1,000 hours of service (6 months of service if
elapsed time)

	 	20.3	 	Multiple Defined Contribution Plans. If a Participant (a) is or was covered under two or more
current or terminated plans sponsored by the same Employer (or Employers in the same controlled or
affiliated service group); or (b) is covered under either a welfare benefit fund as defined in Code
§419(e), or an individual medical account as defined in Code §415(l)(2) under which amounts are
treated as Annual Additions with respect to any Participant in this Plan, Annual Additions will be
adjusted as follows:

	 	þ	 	As set forth in Article 6 of the Basic Plan so the Annual Additions under this Plan will be
reduced first
	 
	 	o	 	As set forth in the Annual Addition Adjustment Addendum.

	 	20.4	 	o Protected Benefits. The benefits set forth in the “Protected Benefits Addendum” are also
permitted.
	 
	 	20.5	 	o Domestic Partners. A Participant’s Domestic Partner is treated as a Spouse under the terms
of Plan.
	 
	 	20.6	 	Prototype Sponsor Information. The Prototype Sponsor certifies that it will inform the
Sponsoring Employer of any amendments to the Plan or of the Prototype Sponsor’s discontinuance or
abandonment of the Plan. For more information about the Plan, a Sponsoring Employer may contact the
Prototype Sponsor (or its authorized representative) at the following address:

Prototype Sponsor AccuDraft, Inc.

Address 1420 Celebration Boulevard, 2nd Floor

City Celebration         
   State FL            ZIP
 Code 34747           Phone  (407) 774-8321

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Prototype 401(k) Non-Std.
	 	Page 35 of 36
	 	IRS Serial No: M390508a

 

 

	 	20.7	 	Reliance. The adopting Employer may rely on an opinion letter issued by the Internal Revenue
Service as evidence that the plan is qualified under Code §401 only to the extent provided in
Revenue Procedure 2005-16. The Employer may not rely on the opinion letter in certain other
circumstances or with respect to certain qualification requirements that are specified in the
opinion letter issued with respect to the plan and in Revenue Procedure 2005-16. In order to have
reliance in such circumstances or with respect to such qualification requirements, application
for a determination letter must be made to Employee Plans Determinations of the Internal Revenue
Service. This Adoption Agreement may be used only in conjunction with Basic Plan #01. The
appropriateness of the adoption of this Plan and the terms of the Adoption Agreement, its
qualification with the IRS, and the tax and employee benefit consequences are the responsibility
of the Employer and its tax and legal advisors. Failure to properly complete this Adoption
Agreement may result in disqualification of the Plan.

Section 21. Signature Provision

	 	21.1	 	Signature of the Sponsoring Employer

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By
	 	 	 	Date	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Print Name
	 	 	 	Title	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 

	 	21.2	 	Witnesses to the Sponsoring Employer’s Signature (optional unless required by State or Commonwealth law)

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Signature
	 	 

	 	Date
	 	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Print Name	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Signature
	 	 	 	Date	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Print Name	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Signature
	 	 	 	Date	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Print Name	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 	21.3	 	Acknowledgement of the Sponsoring Employer’s Signature (optional unless required by State or Commonwealth law)

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	State of
	 	 

	 	 
	 
	 

	 	County of	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 

	 	 	 	On the                      day of                                                        
     , 20          , before me, the undersigned, a Notary
Public in and for said State, personally appeared                                                             ,
personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual
whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same
in his/her capacity, and that by his/her signature on the instrument, the individual, or the person
upon behalf of which the individual acted, executed the instrument.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Notary Public
	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Commission Expires 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 

					
	Prototype 401(k) Non-Std.
	 	Page 36 of 36
	 	IRS Serial No: M390508a

 

 

Additional Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution

Addendum # 2

Plan
Name Littelfuse, Inc. 401(k) Retirement and Savings Plan

	1.1	 	Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution # 2. In addition to the Non-Safe Harbor
Non-Elective Contributions made pursuant to Section 7 of the Adoption Agreement, the Employer may
make Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution # 2 to the Plan in accordance with this
Addendum.
	 
	1.2	 	Eligible Employees. Solely for purposes of Non-Safe
Harbor Non-Elective Contribution # 2,
all Employees of the Employers indicated in paragraph (a) below are considered Eligible Employees
unless otherwise indicated in paragraph (b) below.

	 	(a)	 	Employees of the following Employers are eligible for Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective
Contribution # 2:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	1.	 	 	Littelfuse, Inc.	 	 
	 
	 

	 	 	2.	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	 	3.	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	 	4.	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	 	5.	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	 	6.	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	 	7.	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	 	8.	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	 	9.	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	 	10.	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	 	11.	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 

	 	(b)	þ	 Notwithstanding paragraph (a), the following classes of Employees of the Employers
indicated in paragraph (a) are not eligible for Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution
# 2: (check all that apply)

	 	o	 	Union Employees
	 
	 	þ	 	Non-Resident Alien
Employee
	 
	 	o	 	“Merger and Acquisition” Employees (but only during the statutory exclusion
period)
	 
	 	o	 	Highly Compensated Employees 1
	 
	 	þ	 	Leased Employees (not otherwise excluded
by statute) 1
	 
	 	o	 	Employees of an Affiliated Employer that does not adopt this Plan 1
	 
	 	o	 	Key Employees < o but only those who are also Highly Compensated
Employees > 1
	 
	 	o	 	Employees who are paid primarily by salary 1
	 
	 	o	 	Employees who are paid primarily by the hour 1
	 
	 	o	 	Employees who are paid primarily by commissions 1
	 
	 	o	 	Other (cannot be age or service related)
1
	 	 	 	 

	 
	 	 	 	 

	 
	 	 	 	 

	 
	 	 	 	 

	 
	 	 	 	 

	 
	 	 	 	 

	 
	 	 	 	 

 

			
	1	 	Even if checked, these employees are still included in determining if
the Plan satisfies the requirements of Code §410(b).

	1.3	 	Minimum Age and Service Requirements. Solely for purposes of Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective
Contribution # 2, an Eligible Employee (see Section 1.2 above) will be eligible to enter the
Plan as a Participant on the applicable Entry Date upon satisfying the following age and/or service
requirements:

	 	(a)	 	Age Requirement            (max. 21 – enter zero if none)
	 
	 	(b)	 	Service Requirement (check one)

	 	þ	1) 	None
	 
	 	o	2) 	           -Year Period of Service (max. 2, but Vesting must be 100% if more than 1
year is used)
	 
	 	o	3) 	           -month Period of Service (max. 24, but Vesting must be 100% if more than 12
months are used)
	 
	 	o	4) 	           -week Period of Service (max. 104, but Vesting must be 100% if more than 52
weeks are used)
	 
	 	o	5) 	           -day Period of Service (max. 730, but Vesting must be 100% if more than 365
days are used)

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Prototype 401(k) Non-Std.
	 	Page 1 of 6
	 	IRS Serial No: M390508a

 

 

	 	o	6) 	           Year(s) of Service (max. 2, but Vesting must be 100% if more than 1 year is used)
	 
	 	o	7) 	1 Year of Service, or if earlier,            (max. 11) consecutive calendar months of employment
	 
	 	 	 	o in which the Employee is credited with at least            Hours of Service per month
	 
	 	o	8) 	1 Year of Service, or if earlier,            (max. 51) consecutive weeks of employment
	 
	 	 	 	o in which the Employee is credited with at least            Hours of Service per week
	 
	 	o	9) 	1 Year of Service, or if earlier,            (max. 364) consecutive days of employment
	 
	 	 	 	o in which the Employee is credited with at least            Hours of Service per day

	1.4	 	Entry Dates. Solely for purposes of Employer contribution #          , an Eligible Employee who has
satisfied the age and service requirements in Section 1.3 will enter the Plan as a Participant on
the entry date selected below.
	 
	 	 	Note: If Section 1.3(b)(7), (8) or (9) is checked, an Eligible Employee who is entering the Plan as
a Participant after satisfying the 1 Year of Service component of such service requirement will
enter the Plan as a Participant on the earlier of (1) the first day of the Plan Year that occurs
after the date he or she satisfies the 1 Year of Service requirement (and any applicable age
requirement) or (2) the date that occurs six months after the date he or she satisfies the 1 Year
of Service requirement (and any applicable age requirement). The Entry Date(s) selected below will
only apply to an Eligible Employee who is entering the Plan as a Participant after satisfying the
months, days or weeks component of such service requirement (and any applicable age requirement).

	 	o	 	Retroactive to the first day of the Plan Year in which the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The first day of the Plan Year coincident with or following the date the requirements are
satisfied.
1
	 
	 	o	 	The first day of the Plan Year nearest the date the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The last day of the Plan Year coincident with or following the date the requirements are satisfied.
1
	 
	 	o	 	The last day of the Plan Year nearest the date the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	þ	 	The first day of the month coincident with or following the date the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The first day of the payroll period coincident with or following the date the requirements are
satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The same day the requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The first day of the 1st or 7th month coincident with or following the date the requirements are
satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The last day of the 6th or 12th month coincident with or following the date the
requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The first day of the 1st, 4th, 7th or 10th month coincident with or following the date the
requirements are satisfied.
	 
	 	o	 	The last day of the 3rd, 6th, 9th or 12th month coincident with or
following the date the requirements are satisfied.

 

			
	1	 	This option cannot be checked if the age requirement in 1.3(a) is 21 and/or if one of the
following service requirements is checked: 1.3(b)(2); 1.3(b)(3) and the number of months selected
is more than 6; 1.3(b)(4) and the number of weeks selected is more than 26; 1.3(b)(5) and the
number of days selected is more than 182; or 1.3(b)(6).

	1.5	 	o      Waiver of Age and Service Requirements. To the extent selected below, the requirements in
Section 1.3 are waived.

	 	(a)	 	The date of the waiver is: (check one)

	 	o	 	The date this Adoption Agreement is signed by the Sponsoring Employer
	 
	 	o	 	The following date                                                                       
      
    

	 	(b)	 	The eligibility requirements being waived are: (check all that apply)

	 	o	 	The age requirement
	 
	 	o	 	The service requirement

	 	(c)	 	The waiver applies to all Eligible Employees who are employed on the date selected in (1) above
< o and who are expected to be credited with at least            Hours of Service per month >,
and each affected Eligible Employee will enter the Plan as a Participant for the purpose of this
paragraph as of such date.

	1.6	 	Determination of Amount. The amount of Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution # 2 for
any Allocation Period will be determined by the formula selected below. (check one)

	 	þ	 	Totally discretionary on the part of the Employer
	 
	 	o	 	Equal to at least           % of the Compensation of all Participants eligible for an allocation under
Section 1.8 below
	 
	 	o	 	Equal to at least $                    
	 
	 	o	 	As required by the following collective bargaining agreement                                                                                                             
	 
	 	o	 	Other (describe how the amount of the contribution is
determined)
                                                                              
              
         
	 
	 	 	 	 

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Prototype 401(k) Non-Std.
	 	Page 2 of 6
	 	IRS Serial No: M390508a

 

 

	 	1.7	 	Allocation Method. Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution # 2 will be allocated in the
manner indicated below.

	 	o	(a)	 Pro-rata based on the Compensation for the Allocation Period of all Benefiting
Participants.
	 
	 	o	(b)	 Per capita (same dollar amount) for the Allocation Period to all Benefiting
Participants.
	 
	 	o	(c)	 Pro-rata based on the allocation points of all Benefiting Participants. Each
Participant’s allocation points for each Allocation Period will be the sum of the points
selected below. (check all that apply, but 1) or 2) must be checked)

	 	o	 	1)            points for each year of a Participant’s age
	 
	 	o	 	2)            points for each of a Participant’s credited Years/Periods of Service
< o to a maximum of            years >
	 
	 	o	 	3)            points per each $           (max. $200) of a Participant’s Compensation
paid in the Allocation Period

	 	o	(d)	 Using permitted disparity in <o a 2-step allocation only > <o a 4-step
allocation only > < o a 2-step allocation in non-Top Heavy Plan Years and 4-step
allocation in Top Heavy Plan Years >, in accordance with Section 3.5(a)(4) of the
Basic Plan. The integration percentage and the integration level are as selected below.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Integration %	 	Integration Level
	 

	 	o      5.7%
	 	o      The Taxable Wage Base
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	o                          % of the Taxable Wage Base (must be 20% or less of
the Taxable Wage Base)
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	o      $                     (amount must be 20% or less of the Taxable
Wage Base)
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	o      5.4%
	 	o      80% of the Taxable Wage Base rounded up < o $1 > < o $100 > <
o $1,000 >
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	o                          % of the Taxable Wage Base (must be more than 80%
but less than 100%)
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	o      $                     (amount must be more than 80% but less than
100% of the Taxable Wage Base)
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	o      4.3%
	 	o      20% of the Taxable Wage Base rounded up < o $1 > < o $100 > <
o $1,000 >
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	o                          % of the Taxable Wage Base (must be more than 20% but
not more than 80%)
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	o     $                     (amount must be more than 20% but not more than 80%
of the Taxable Wage Base)

	 	þ	(e)	 Using the Participant Group Allocation method as set forth in the “Allocation Group
Addendum” attached hereto.
	 
	 	o	(f)	 Using the Age-Weighted Allocation method determined with the assumptions indicated
below.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Pre-Retirement Interest:           %
	 	Pre-Retirement Mortality:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	Post-Retirement Interest:           %
	 	Post-Retirement Mortality:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 

	1.8	 	Allocation Requirements. An Employee who has entered the Plan as a Participant for purposes of
Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution # 2 will be a Benefiting Participant for Non-Safe
Harbor Non-Elective Contribution # 2 purposes for an Allocation Period Year as indicated below
< þ provided the Participant is still an Eligible Employee under Section 1.2(b) on the last day
of the Allocation Period (or earlier Termination of Employment) >.

	 	(a)	 	Participants who are still Employees on the last day of the Allocation Period (check one)

	 	þ	 	Will always be Benefiting Participants regardless of Service
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ___ (max. 1,000) Hours of Service in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with a ___ (max. 6) month Period of Service in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ___ (max. 6) consecutive calendar months of employment in
the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ___ (max. 182) consecutive days of employment in the
Allocation Period

	 	(b)		Participants who Terminate Employment before the last day of the Allocation Period
because of retirement on or after Normal Retirement Age < þ or Early Retirement Age >
(check one)

	 	þ	 	Will not be Benefiting Participants for that Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Will always be Benefiting Participants regardless of Service
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ___ (max. 1,000) Hours of Service in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be
credited with a ___ (max. 6) month Period of Service in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ___ (max. 6) consecutive calendar months of employment in the
Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ___ (max. 182) consecutive days of employment in the Allocation Period

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Prototype 401(k) Non-Std.
	 	Page 3 of 6
	 	IRS Serial No: M390508a

 

 

	 	(c)	 	Participants who Terminate Employment before the last day of the Allocation Period because of
their Disability (check one)

	 	þ	 	Will not be Benefiting Participants for that Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Will always be Benefiting Participants regardless of Service
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with            (max. 1,000) Hours of Service in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with a            (max. 6) month Period of Service in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with            (max. 6) consecutive calendar months of employment in the Allocation
Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with            (max. 182) consecutive days of employment in the Allocation Period

	 	(d)	 	Participants who Terminate Employment before the last day of the Allocation Period because of
their death (check one)

	 	þ	 	Will not be Benefiting Participants for that Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Will always be Benefiting Participants regardless of Service
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with            (max. 1,000) Hours of Service in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with a            (max. 6) month Period of Service in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with            (max. 6) consecutive calendar months of employment in the Allocation
Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with            (max. 182) consecutive days of employment in the Allocation Period

	 	(e)	 	Participants who Terminate Employment before the last day of the Allocation Period for any
other reason (check one)

	 	þ	 	Will not be Benefiting Participants for that Allocation Period 
	 
	 	o	 	Will always be Benefiting
Participants regardless of Service
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with            (max. 1,000) Hours of Service in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with a            (max. 6) month Period of Service in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with            (max. 6) consecutive calendar months of employment in the Allocation
Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with            (max. 182) consecutive days of employment in the Allocation Period

	1.9	 	Vesting. A Participant’s Vested Interest in any portion of Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective
Contribution # 2 which is allocated to his or her Participant’s Account under this Addendum
will be determined by the provisions selected below.

	 	(a)	 	The Vesting schedule in a non-Top Heavy Plan Year is: (check one)

	 	þ	 	100% full and immediate
	 
	 	o	 	7 Year Graded
	 
	 	o	 	5 Year Cliff 
	 
	 	o	 	The schedule set forth below

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	1 Year / Period of Service
	 	                    %	 	 
	 
	 	2 Years / Periods of Service
	 	                    %
	 	(must be at least 20% unless 100% Vesting occurs after 3
years)
	 
	 	3 Years / Periods of Service
	 	                    %
	 	(must be at least 40%)
	 
	 	4 Years / Periods of Service
	 	                    %
	 	(must be at least 60%)
	 
	 	5 Years / Periods of Service
	 	                    %
	 	(must be at least 80%)
	 
	 	6 Years / Periods of Service
	 	                    %
	 	(must be 100%)

	 	(b)	 	The Vesting schedule in a Top Heavy Plan Year is: (check one)

	 	þ	 	100% full and immediate
	 
	 	o	 	The schedule set forth below

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	1 Year / Period of Service
	 	                    %	 	 
	 

	 	2 Years / Periods of Service
	 	                    %
	 	(must be at least 20% unless 100% Vesting occurs after 3
years)
	 

	 	3 Years / Periods of Service
	 	                    %
	 	(must be at least 40%)
	 

	 	4 Years / Periods of Service
	 	                    %
	 	(must be at least 60%)
	 

	 	5 Years / Periods of Service
	 	                    %
	 	(must be at least 80%)
	 

	 	6 Years / Periods of Service
	 	                    %
	 	(must be 100%)

	 	(c)	o	 Service Excluded for Vesting. All Service with the Employer is counted in determining a
Participant’s Vested Interest in the Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account except the
following: (check all that apply)

	 	o	 	Service before age 18
	 
	 	o	 	Service before the Employer maintained this Plan or a predecessor plan
	 
	 	o	 	Service during a period for which the Employee made no mandatory contributions to the Plan

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Prototype 401(k) Non-Std.
	 	Page 4 of 6
	 	IRS Serial No: M390508a

 

 

	1.10	 	Allocation of Forfeitures. Forfeitures of Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution # 2
which are not used to pay administrative expenses as permitted under Section 3.13 of the Basic Plan
will be allocated (or used) as selected below.

	 	(a)	 	Forfeitures attributable to Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions will be: (check one)

	 	þ	 	1) Used to reduce Employer contributions as described in Section 3.13(b)(2) of the Basic Plan
	 
	 	o	 	2) Added to Employer contributions as described in Section 3.13(b)(2) of the Basic Plan
	 
	 	o	 	3) Allocated to Benefiting Participants in the manner selected in paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) below

	 	(b)	o	 Method of Allocation. Forfeitures allocated under (a)(3) will be allocated to each
Benefiting Participant as follows:

	 	o	 	Pro-rata based on his or her Compensation for the Plan Year
	 
	 	o	 	Pro-rata based on his or her Elective Deferrals for the Plan Year
	 
	 	o	 	Pro-rata based on his or her Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions for the Plan Year
	 
	 	o	 	Pro-rata based on his or her Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective
Contribution Account balance (may be
discriminatory)

	 	(c)	o	 Participants Eligible to Be Benefiting Participants. The following are eligible to be
Benefiting Participants for an Allocation Period with respect to Forfeitures allocated under (a)(3)
above:

	 	o	 	Those who are Participants for Elective Deferral purposes
	 
	 	o	 	Those who are Participants for Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution purposes
	 
	 	o	 	Those who are Participants for Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution purposes

	 	(d)	o	 Benefiting Participants. Any Participant selected in
paragraph (c) < o who is a NHCE for
the Allocation Period > will be a Benefiting Participant for purposes of the allocations under
paragraph (a)(3) if the Participant satisfies <
o the applicable requirements in Section 1.8
> < o the requirements set forth below >.

	 	(1)	 	Participants who are still Employees on the last day of the Allocation Period

	 	o	 	Will always be Benefiting Participants regardless of Service
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with            (max. 1,000) Hours of Service in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with a            (max. 6) month Period of Service in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with            (max. 6) consecutive calendar months of employment in the Allocation
Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with            (max. 182) consecutive days of employment in the Allocation Period

	 	(2)	 	Participants who Terminate Employment before the last day of the Allocation Period because of
retirement on or after Normal Retirement Age < o or Early Retirement Age >

	 	o	 	Will not be Benefiting Participants for that Allocation Period 
	 
	 	o	 	Will always be Benefiting
Participants regardless of Service
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with            (max. 1,000) Hours of Service in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with a            (max. 6) month Period of Service in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with            (max. 6) consecutive calendar months of employment in the Allocation
Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with            (max. 182) consecutive days of employment in the Allocation Period

	 	(3)	 	Participants who Terminate Employment before the last day of the Allocation Period because of
Disability

	 	o	 	Will not be Benefiting Participants for that Allocation Period 
	 
	 	o	 	Will always be Benefiting
Participants regardless of Service
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with ______ (max. 1,000) Hours of Service in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with a            (max. 6) month Period of Service in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with            (max. 6) consecutive calendar months of employment in the Allocation
Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with            (max. 182) consecutive days of employment in the Allocation Period

	 	(4)	 	Participants who Terminate Employment before the last day of the Allocation Period because of
death

	 	o	 	Will not be Benefiting Participants for that Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Will always be Benefiting Participants regardless of Service
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with            (max. 1,000) Hours of Service in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with a            (max. 6) month Period of Service in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with            (max. 6) consecutive calendar months of employment in the Allocation
Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with            (max. 182) consecutive days of employment in the Allocation Period

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Prototype 401(k) Non-Std.
	 	Page 5 of 6
	 	IRS Serial No: M390508a

 

 

	 	(5)	 	Participants who Terminate Employment before the last day of the Allocation Period for any other reason

	 	o	 	Will not be Benefiting Participants for that Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Will always be Benefiting Participants regardless of Service
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with _____ (max. 1,000) Hours of Service in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with a _____ (max. 6) month Period of Service in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with _____ (max. 6)consecutive calendar months of employment in the Allocation Period
	 
	 	o	 	Must be credited with _____ (max. 182) consecutive days of employment in the Allocation Period

	1.11	 	Definition of Compensation. A Participant’s Compensation for purposes of Non-Safe Harbor
Non-Elective Contribution # 2 will be determined as indicated below.

	 	(a)	 	Compensation is defined as: (check one)

	 	þ	 	Form W-2 Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	Code §3401 Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation

	 	(b)	 	Elective contributions under Code §125, §132(f)(4), §401(k), §402(h), §403(b), §457(b) and §414(h)(2) will: (check one)

	 	þ	 	Be included as Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	Not be included as Compensation

	 	(c)	 	The Compensation measuring period is the: (check one)

	 	þ	 	Plan Year
	 
	 	o	 	Fiscal Year ending on or within the Plan Year
	 
	 	o	 	Calendar year ending on or within the Plan Year

	 	(d)	 	o The following categories of remuneration will not be counted as Compensation: (check all that apply)

	 	o	 	1)   Compensation received prior to becoming a Participant for Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions

	 
	 	o	 	2)   Compensation received while an ineligible Employee under Section 1.2 of this Addendum

	 
	 	o	 	3)   All items in Regulation §1.414(s)-1(c)(3) (i.e., expense allowances, fringe benefit, moving expenses, etc.)

	 
	 	o	 	4)   Post-Severance Compensation 1

	 
	 	o	 	5)   Deemed 125 Compensation 1

	 
	 	o	 	6)   Bonuses 1

	 
	 	o	 	7)   Overtime 1

	 
	 	o	 	8)   Commissions 1

	 
	 	o	 	9)   Other (describe) 
1

	 	 	 	 

	 
	 
	 	 	 	 

	 
	 	 	 	 

	 
	 	 	 	 

 

	1 	 	If checked, the Plan’s definition of compensation may fail to satisfy the safe harbor requirements unless such
compensation is excluded only with respect to Highly Compensated Employees under paragraph (e) below.

	 	(e)	 	o The amounts excluded under (d)(4) – (9) will only be excluded with respect: (check all that apply)

	 	o	 	Highly Compensated Employees
	 
	 	o	 	Other (cannot be a class that only includes NHCEs) 
	 	 	 	 

	 
	 
	 	 	 	 

	 	(f)	 	o   Imputed Compensation During Periods of Disability. Subject to Section 1.39(c) and Section 1.41(i) of the Basic Plan, a
Participant’s Compensation will be imputed during periods of total disability (as defined in Code §22(e)(3)) in
determining or allocating Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions. Any such imputation will be limited to the
number of Plan Years (and Limitation Years) specified in an administrative policy, and the number of such Plan Years
and Limitations Years can be different for affected Participants who are HCEs and those who are NHCEs.

Signature of the Sponsoring Employer

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	By

	 	 	 	 	 	Title	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 
	 	 	 	 

	 	 
	Print Name

	 	 	 	 	 	Date	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 
	 	 	 	 

	 	 

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Prototype 401(k) Non-Std.
	 	Page 6 of 6
	 	IRS Serial No: M390508a

 

 

Post-EGTRRA “Good Faith” Amendment

Election Form

Plan Name Littelfuse, Inc. 401(k) Retirement and Savings Plan

All references to the “Amendment” are to the Post-EGTRRA “Good Faith” Amendment. This Amendment is a “good faith”
amendment, is not part of the pre-approved EGTRRA document, and has not been reviewed by the IRS for compliance with
various post-EGTRRA statutory and Regulatory changes. However, pursuant to the provisions of Revenue Procedure 2007-
44, this Amendment does not affect the status of reliance upon the Plan.

Section 1. Post-EGTRRA Provisions Effective 2006 And Earlier

	 	1.1	 	 o    Revised Definition of Financial Hardship. Section 1.5 of the Amendment regarding hardship distributions to a
Participant’s Primary Beneficiary is adopted effective                     .

	 
	 	1.2	 	 þ    Distributions to a Qualified Reservist. Section 1.6 of the Amendment regarding distributions to a Qualified
Reservist is adopted effective Jan 1, 2010.

	 
	 	1.3	 	 o   Hurricane Provisions. Section 1.7 of the Amendment regarding distributions made from the Plan on account of
Hurricanes Katrina, Rita, or Wilma is adopted, subject to the
following elections: (check any that apply)

	 	o	 	The special financial hardship distribution provision in Section 1.7(c) of the Amendment applies
	 
	 	o	 	The Participant loan provision in Section 1.7(d) of the Amendment applies
	 
	 	o	 	The re-contribution of Qualified Hurricane Distributions provision in Section 1.7(e) of the Amendment applies
	 
	 	o	 	The re-contribution of Qualified Distributions provision in Section 1.7(f) of the Amendment applies

	 	1.4	 	 o   Revocation of Prior Amendment On Account Of Heinz. Section 1.8 of the Amendment regarding the revocation
of an Original Amendment on account of the Heinz decision is adopted effective                     . The
Original Amendment is hereby revoked retroactively with respect to:
(check one)

	 	o	 	All accrued benefits, which are allocations that were accrued as of the Applicable Amendment Date and
allocations that were accrued after the Applicable Amendment Date.
	 
	 	o	 	Only accrued benefits as of the Applicable Amendment Date, which are allocations that were accrued as of the
Applicable Amendment Date. Allocations accrued after the Applicable Amendment Date will continue to be
subject to the restrictions on the form or timing of distributions as set forth in the Original Amendment.

	 	1.5	 	 o    Exclusion of 403(b) Participants. Section 1.9 of the Amendment regarding the exclusion from the Plan of certain
Employees who participate in a 403(b) plan sponsored by the tax-exempt Employer is adopted.

Section 2. Post-EGTRRA Provisions Effective 2007

	 	2.1	 	Code §415 Limitations under the Final §415 Regulations.

	 	(a)	 	Code §415(c)(3) Compensation for Top Heavy Allocation Purposes and Key Employee Determinations.
Pursuant to Section 2.5(c)(2) of the Amendment, an Employee’s Code §415(c)(3) Compensation which is used to
determine any Top Heavy Minimum Allocations and whether an Employee
is also a Key Employee is: (check one)

	 	þ	 	Form W-2 Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	Code §3401 Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	Statutory Code §415 Compensation

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Post-EGTRRA Election Form
	 	Page 1
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(b)	 	Code §415(c)(3) Compensation for Code §415 Limitation Determinations. Pursuant to Section 2.5(c)(2) of the
Amendment, an Employee’s Code §415(c)(3) Compensation used to determine the Employee’s Annual Addition
limitation under Article 6 of the Basic Plan is based on the selection below.

	 	þ	 	Form W-2 Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	Code §3401 Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	Statutory Code §415 Compensation

	 	(c)	 	Code §415(c)(3) Compensation for Highly Compensated Employee Determinations and Other Statutory
Purposes. Pursuant to Section 2.5(c)(2) of the Amendment, an Employee’s Code §415(c)(3) Compensation used to
determine whether the Employee is also a Highly Compensated Employee, and for other statutory purposes that do
not appear elsewhere in this Adoption Agreement, is based on the selection below.

	 	o	 	Form W-2 Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	Code §3401 Compensation
	 
	 	þ	 	Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	Statutory Code §415 Compensation

	 	(d)	 	o   Compensation Earned in Limitation Year but Paid in Next Limitation Year. Section 2.5(c)(2)(E) of the
Amendment defines Code §415(c)(3) Compensation for a Limitation Year to include any amounts earned
during that Limitation Year but not paid until the next Limitation Year.

	 
	 	(e)	 	Post-Severance Compensation. For all Plan purposes, Section 2.5(c)(6) of the Amendment defines Post-Severance
Compensation as including regular pay after Termination of Employment during the timeframe permitted by the
Regulations, plus any/all of the items selected below: (check all
that apply)

	 	o	 	Leave cash-outs and deferred compensation under Section 2.5(c)(6)(B) of the Amendment
	 
	 	o	 	Imputed compensation when the Participant becomes disabled under Section 2.5(c)(6)(C) of the Amendment
	 
	 	o	 	Continuation of compensation while in qualified military service under Section 2.5(c)(6)(D) of the Amendment

	2.2	 	o   Vesting of Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions. Pursuant to Section 2.6 of the Amendment and PPA
§904, the Vesting Schedule that applies to Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Accounts is effective as of
the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2006, subject to the following elections:

	 	  (a)	 	Participants to Whom the Post-2006 Vesting Schedule Relates. Under Section 2.6(a) of the Amendment, the
Post-2006 Vesting Schedule applies to the Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account of:

	 	o	 	Any Participant who completes an Hour of Service in any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2006.
	 
	 	o	 	Any Participant (regardless of whether he or she has Terminated Employment) who has a Non-Safe Harbor
Non-Elective Contribution Account balance in any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2006 and
whose Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account has not become subject to the Forfeiture
provisions of the Plan prior to the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2006.

	 	  (b)	 	Account Balances to Which the Post-2006 Vesting Schedule Relates. Under Section 2.6(b) of the
Amendment, the Post-2006 Vesting Schedule applies to:

	 	o	 	The entire Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account.
	 
	 	o	 	The portion of the Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account to which is allocated Non-Safe
Harbor Non-Elective Contributions, Forfeitures, and earnings for Plan Years beginning after December 31,
2006 (and subsequent earnings attributable to such allocations). The portion of the Non-Safe Harbor Non-
Elective Contribution Account to which was allocated Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions,
Forfeitures, and earnings for Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 2007 (and subsequent earnings
attributable to such allocations) will remain subject to the Pre-2007 Vesting Schedule, without regard to
this Section or the Vesting schedule enumerated in the current Plan document that applies to Non-Safe
Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Accounts.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Post-EGTRRA Election Form
	 	Page 2
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(c)	 	Pre-2007 Vesting Schedule. Under Section 2.6(f)(3) of the Amendment, the Pre-2007 Vesting Schedule was:

	 	o	 	7 Year Graded
	 
	 	o	 	5 Year Cliff
	 
	 	o	 	The schedule set forth below

	 	1	 	Year / Period of Service _____% 
	 
	 	2	 	Years / Periods of Service  _____%
	 
	 	3	 	Years / Periods of Service _____% (must be at least 20% unless 100% Vesting occurs at 5 years)
	 
	 	4	 	Years / Periods of Service _____% (must be at least 40% unless 100% Vesting occurs at 5 years)
	 
	 	5	 	Years / Periods of Service _____% (must be at least 60%)
	 
	 	6	 	Years / Periods of Service _____% (must be at least 80%)
	 
	 	7	 	Years / Periods of Service _____% (must be 100%)

	2.3	 	þ   Rollovers by a Non-Spouse Beneficiary. Section 2.9 of the Amendment regarding rollovers by a Non-Spouse
Designated Beneficiary is adopted effective Jan 1, 2010.

	 
	2.4	 	 o   Money Purchase or Target Benefit Plan In-Service Distributions. Section 2.10 of the Amendment regarding in-service distributions from a money purchase or target benefit plan is adopted effective                     . A
Participant who has reached Age
_______ (cannot be earlier than Age 62) and who has not yet Terminated
Employment may elect to receive a distribution of his or her Vested Account Balance.

	 
	2.5	 	 þ   QDIA. If the Plan has an Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement as described in Code§414(w)(3), then
Section 2.11 of the Amendment regarding QDIAs is adopted effective as of the effective date of the Eligible
Automatic Contribution Arrangement (unless an earlier effective date is indicated in the next sentence). Otherwise,
Section 2.11 of the Amendment regarding QDIAs is adopted effective Jan 1, 2010.

	 
	2.6	 	o  Modification of Normal Retirement Age. Section 2.12 of the Amendment regarding the definition of Normal
Retirement Age is adopted effective                     , subject to the following provisions:

	 	(a)	 	Normal Retirement Age Amended in Plan or this Amendment. Under Section 2.12(a) of the Amendment, the
definition of Normal Retirement Age is amended as of the effective date above to be:

	 	o	 	The definition selected in the Adoption Agreement.
	 
	 	o	 	Age _____ (max. 65)

	 	o	 	Or the _____ (maximum. 5th) anniversary of becoming a Participant in the Plan, if later.
	 
	 	o	 	Or the date the Participant is credited with at least _______Years of Service/Periods of Service, if later,
but in no event later than the later of Age 65 or the 5th anniversary of becoming a Participant.
	 
	 	o	 	Or                 
                   
    , but in no event later than the later of Age 65
or the 5th anniversary of becoming a Participant in the Plan.

	 	(b)	 o
	  Plan Provisions for Code §411(a)(10) and/or Code §411(d)(6) Compliance. Under Section 2.12(c) of the
Amendment, the Plan is amended by the following additional provisions:
               
          
                
                
                
                
                
     
	 
	 	 	 	           
                   
               
               
               
               
                                                 
                            
               
      
        
        

. 

Section 3. Post-EGTRRA Provisions Effective 2008

	 	3.1	 	
þ    Elimination of Gap Period Income for Excess Contributions. Section 3.1 of the Amendment regarding the
elimination of gap period income for Excess Contributions is adopted effective Jan 1, 2009.

	 
	 	3.2	 	 þ    Elimination of Gap Period Income for Excess Aggregate Contributions.
Section 3.2 of the Amendment
regarding the elimination of gap period income for Excess Aggregate Contributions is adopted by the Plan effective
Jan 1, 2009.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Post-EGTRRA Election Form
	 	Page 3
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	3.3	 	 o   Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement. Section 3.3 of the Amendment regarding a Qualified Automatic
Contribution Arrangement is adopted effective ____________, subject to the following:

	 	(a)	 	QACA Contribution Requirement. Pursuant to Section 3.3(a) of the Amendment, the Employer will make the
following QACA Contribution to the following Participants: (check
one)

	 	o	 	QACA Non-Elective Contribution. The Employer will make a QACA Non-Elective Contribution equal to
3% (or such higher percentage as may be elected by the Employer by resolution) of Compensation for the
Plan Year. Such QACA Non-Elective Contribution will be made on behalf
of: (check one)

	 	o	 	Any Participant in the Elective Deferral component of the Plan who is a NHCE, regardless of whether
he or she makes Elective Deferrals or Voluntary Employee Contributions.
	 
	 	o	 	Any Participant in the Elective Deferral component of the Plan, regardless of whether such Participant
makes Elective Deferrals or Voluntary Employee Contributions.
	 
	 	o	 	The following Participants ___________________________________________________
(Any Participant in the Elective Deferral component of the Plan who is a NHCE must be included
regardless of whether he or she makes Elective Deferrals or Voluntary Employee Contributions)

	 	o	 	QACA “Basic” Matching Contributions. The Employer will make a QACA Matching Contribution equal
to the sum of (1) 100% of the Participant’s Elective Deferrals that do not exceed 1% of Compensation for
the Allocation Period, plus (2) 50% of the Participant’s Elective Deferrals that exceed 1% of Compensation
for the Allocation Period but do not exceed 6% percent of Compensation for the Allocation Period. Such
QACA Matching Contribution will be made on behalf of: (check one)

	 	o	 	Any Participant in the Elective Deferral component of the Plan who is a NHCE and on whose behalf
Elective Deferrals are made to the Plan.
	 
	 	o	 	Any Participant in the Elective Deferral component of the Plan and on whose behalf Elective Deferrals
are made to the Plan.
	 
	 	o	 	The following Participants ____________________________
(Any Participant in the Elective Deferral component of the Plan who is a NHCE must be included
regardless of whether he or she makes Elective Deferrals or Voluntary Employee Contributions)

	 	o	 	QACA “Enhanced” Matching Contributions. The Employer will make a QACA Matching Contribution
equal to (1) 100% of the Participant’s Elective Deferrals that do not exceed ___% (must be at least 1%
but not greater than 6%) of Compensation for the Allocation Period; plus, if applicable, (2) ___% of
Elective Deferrals that exceed ___% (must be at least 1% but not greater than 6%) of Compensation but
do not exceed ___% (must be greater than 1% but not greater than 6%) of Compensation for the
Allocation Period; plus, if applicable, (3) ___% of Elective Deferrals that exceed ___% (must be
greater than 1% but not greater than 6%) of Compensation but do not exceed ___% (must be greater
than 1% but not greater than 6%) of Compensation for the Allocation Period.
	 
	 	 	 	Note: If applicable, the first blank in (2) and the first blank in (3) must be completed so that, at any rate of
elective deferrals, the QACA “Enhanced” Matching Contribution is at least equal to the Matching
Contribution receivable if the Employer was making the QACA “Basic” Matching Contributions, but the
rate of Matching Contributions cannot increase as Elective Deferrals increase.
	 
	 	 	 	Such QACA Matching Contribution will be made on behalf of:

	 	o	 	Any Participant in the Elective Deferral component of the Plan who is a NHCE and on whose behalf
Elective Deferrals are made to the Plan.
	 
	 	o	 	Any Participant in the Elective Deferral component of the Plan and on whose behalf Elective Deferrals
are made to the Plan.
	 
	 	o	 	The following Participants        
             
               
               
          
          
          
(Any Participant in the Elective Deferral component of the Plan who is a NHCE must be included
regardless of whether he or she makes Elective Deferrals or Voluntary Employee Contributions)

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Post-EGTRRA Election Form
	 	Page 4
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(b)	 	Plan to Which QACA Contribution Will Be Made. Pursuant to Section 3.3(a)(2) of the Amendment, the QACA
Contribution will be made to: (check one)

	 	o	 	This Plan
	 
	 	o	 	The following plan, so long as that other plan meets the requirements of Code §401(k)(12)(F) and the
Regulations thereunder                                                                           
      .

	 	(c)	 	Compensation for QACA Contribution Purposes. Pursuant to Section 3.3(a)(5) of the Amendment, a
Participant’s Compensation for QACA Contribution purposes is determined by the provisions selected below:

	 	(1)	 	Compensation is defined as: (check one)

	 	o	 	Form W-2 Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	Code §3401 Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation

	 	(2)	 	Elective contributions under Code §125, §132(f)(4), §401(k), §402(h), §403(b), §457(b) and §414(h)(2)
will: (check one)

	 	o	 	Be included as Compensation
	 
	 	o	 	Not be included as Compensation

	 	(3)	 	The Compensation measuring period is the: (check one)

	 	o	 	Plan Year
	 
	 	o	 	Fiscal Year ending on or within the Plan Year
	 
	 	o	 	Calendar year ending on or within the Plan Year

	 	(4)	 	o The following categories will not be counted as Compensation: (check all that apply)

	 	o	 	A) Compensation received prior to becoming a Participant
	 
	 	o	 	B) Compensation received while an ineligible Employee
	 
	 	o	 	C) All items in Regulation §1.414(s)-1(c)(3) (i.e., expense allowances, fringe benefit, etc.)
	 
	 	o	 	D) Post-Severance Compensation 1
	 
	 	o	 	E) Deemed 125 Compensation 1
	 
	 	o	 	F) Bonuses 1
	 
	 	o	 	G) Overtime 1
	 
	 	o	 	H) Commissions 1
	 
	 	o	 	I) Other (describe) 
1
	 	 	 	 

	 
	 
	 	 	 	 

 

			
	1	 	If checked, the Plan’s definition of compensation may fail to satisfy the safe harbor requirements
unless such compensation is excluded only with respect to HCEs under paragraph (5) below.

	 	(5)	 	o The amounts excluded under (4)(D) – (I) are only excluded with respect to: (check all that apply)

	 	o	 	Highly Compensated Employees
	 
	 	o	 	Other (cannot be a class that only includes NHCEs)
	 	 	 	 

	 
	 
	 	 	 	 

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Post-EGTRRA Election Form
	 	Page 5
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(d)	 	Vesting of QACA Contribution Account. Pursuant to Section 3.3(b) of the Amendment, a Participant’s Vested
Interest in his or her QACA Contribution Account will be determined by the provisions selected below:

	 	(1)	 	The Vesting schedule for the QACA Contribution Account is: (check one)

	 	o	 	100% full and immediate
	 
	 	o	 	2-year cliff Vesting (1 year/0%; 2 years/100%)
	 
	 	o	 	The Vesting schedule set forth below:

	 	1	 	Year/Period of Service _______%
	 
	 	2	 	Years/Periods of Service 100 %

	 	(2)	 	o   Service Excluded for Vesting. All Service with the Employer is counted in determining a Participant’s
Vested Interest in the QACA Contribution Account except the
following: (check all that apply)

	 	o	 	Service before age 18
	 
	 	o	 	Service before the Employer maintained this Plan or a predecessor plan

	 	(e)	 	Usage of Forfeitures of QACA Contribution Account. If the Vesting schedule selected in Section 3.3(d)
above is other than 100% full and immediate, then pursuant to Section 3.3(c) of the Amendment, Forfeitures
that are not used for the purposes described in Section 3.3(c)
of the Amendment will be: (check one)

	 	o	 	Used to reduce any, or any combination of, Employer contributions, as determined by the Administrator
	 
	 	o	 	Added to any, or any combination of, Employer contributions, as determined by the Administrator

	 	3.4	 	 o    Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement. Section 3.4 of the Amendment regarding an Eligible Automatic
Contribution Arrangement is adopted effective                                         .

	 
	 	3.5	 	o    Eligible Participant’s Election for Permissible Withdrawal. Section 3.5 of the Amendment regarding a
Participant’s election for a Permissible Withdrawal is adopted effective                                         . (the date cannot
be earlier than the effective date of either Section 3.3 or Section 3.4 above)

Signature of the Sponsoring Employer

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	By

	 	 	 	 	 	Title	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 
	 	 	 	 

	 	 
	Print Name

	 	 	 	 	 	Date	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 
	 	 	 	 

	 	 

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Post-EGTRRA Election Form
	 	Page 6
	 	July 2008

 

 

Allocation Group Addendum

Plan Name Littelfuse, Inc. 401(k) Retirement and Savings Plan

Until such time as a new Allocation Group Addendum is executed by the Plan Sponsor, Non-Safe Harbor
Non-Elective Contribution #  2   will be allocated using the Participant Group Allocation method
as elected under Section 7.2(e) of the Adoption Agreement. The allocation will be made in
accordance with the provisions of Section 3.5(a)(5) of the Basic Plan. Each Benefiting Participant
who is a HCE will be a separate allocation rate group, not to exceed 25 such groups. The allocation
rate groups for Benefiting Participants who are NHCEs are set forth below, subject to the following
limitations: If there are one or two eligible NHCEs, the allowable number of such NHCE groups is
one. If there are 3 to 8 eligible NHCEs, the allowable number of such NHCE groups cannot exceed
two. If there are 9 to 11 eligible NHCEs, the allowable number of such NHCE groups cannot exceed
three. If there are 12 to 19 eligible NHCEs, the allowable number of such NHCE groups cannot exceed
four. If there are 20 to 29 eligible NHCEs, the allowable number of such NHCE groups cannot exceed
five. If there are 30 or more eligible NHCEs, the allowable number of such NHCE groups cannot
exceed the number of eligible NHCEs divided by five (rounded down to the next whole number if the
result of dividing is not a whole number), but cannot exceed 25. Note: In the case of self-employed
individuals (i.e. sole proprietorships or partnerships), the requirements of Regulation
§1.401(k)-1(a)(6) continue to apply, and the allocation method should not be such that a cash or
deferred election is created for a self-employed individual as a result of the allocation method;
and a group cannot consist of groups of NHCEs with the lowest amount of Compensation and/or the
shortest Years/Periods of Service who may represent the minimum number of such Employees necessary
to satisfy coverage under Code §410(b).

	 	 	 
	Group # 1 consists of

	 	See 1 in Addendum
	 
	 	 
	Group # 2 consists of
	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 
	Group # 3 consists of
	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 
	Group # 4 consists of
	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 
	Group # 5 consists of
	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 
	Group # 6 consists of
	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 
	Group # 7 consists of
	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 
	Group # 8 consists of
	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 
	Group # 9 consists of
	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 
	Group #10 consists of
	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 
	Group #11 consists of
	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 
	Group #12 consists of
	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 
	Group #13 consists of
	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 
	Group #14 consists of
	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 
	Group #15 consists of
	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 
	Group #16 consists of
	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 
	Group #17 consists of
	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 
	Group #18 consists of
	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 
	Group #19 consists of
	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 
	Group #20 consists of
	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 
	Group #21 consists of
	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 
	Group #22 consists of
	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 
	Group #23 consists of
	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 
	Group #24 consists of
	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 
	Group #25 consists of
	 	 
	 

	 	 

Signature of the Sponsoring Employer

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	By

	 	 	 	 	 	Title	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	Print Name	 	 	 	Date	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Prototype 401(K) Non-Std.
	 	Page 1 of 1
	 	IRS Serial No: M390508a

 

 

Addendum

	1.	 	60 Point Group: Employees who are participants in the Littelfuse, Inc. Retirement Plan and
have ten (10) or more years of service with the Employer and whose years of service with the
Employer plus age is greater than or equal to sixty (60) as of January 1, 2010.

 

 

Littelfuse, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan

Additional Addendum

	1.	 	Effective January 1, 2010, all eligible employees whose current elective
deferral rate is less than 2% will have their deferral rate increased to 2%. Initial notices
will be distributed to employees around November 15th, 2009 with a follow-up postcard distributed
2 weeks before the election becomes effective. Employees will have 45 days to opt out of this service before their elective deferral rates are increased on January 1, 2010.
	 
	2.	 	Effective January 1, 2011, all eligible employees who are currently contributing less than 10% will have their deferral rate increased by 1% annually until they reach 10% or opt-out of the automatic increase service.
	 
	3.	 	For all participants actively employed on January 1, 2010, Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions made prior to January 1, 2010 will be 100% vested.
	 
	4.	 	A Participant who has reached Age 591/2 can withdraw all or a portion of the Participant’s Vested Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account while he or she is still employed by the Employer.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	By:

	 	 	 	 	 	Title: 	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 
	Print Name: 	 	 	Date: 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 

 

 

AccuDraft

Prototype Defined Contribution Retirement Plan

Basic Plan # 01

			
	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	July 2008

 

 

Table of Contents

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	Article 1	 	 
	 	 	2	 
	 	Definitions	 	 
	 	 	2	 
	 	1.1	 	 	ACP Test
	 	 	2	 
	 	1.2	 	 	ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution
	 	 	2	 
	 	1.3	 	 	ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account
	 	 	2	 
	 	1.4	 	 	Actual Contribution Percentage
	 	 	2	 
	 	1.5	 	 	Actual Contribution Percentage Test
	 	 	2	 
	 	1.6	 	 	Actual Deferral Percentage
	 	 	2	 
	 	1.7	 	 	Actual Deferral Percentage Test
	 	 	3	 
	 	1.8	 	 	Administrator
	 	 	3	 
	 	1.9	 	 	Adopting Employer
	 	 	3	 
	 	1.10	 	 	ADP Safe Harbor Contribution
	 	 	3	 
	 	1.11	 	 	ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution
	 	 	3	 
	 	1.12	 	 	ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account
	 	 	4	 
	 	1.13	 	 	ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution
	 	 	4	 
	 	1.14	 	 	ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account
	 	 	4	 
	 	1.15	 	 	ADP Test
	 	 	4	 
	 	1.16	 	 	Affiliated Employer
	 	 	4	 
	 	1.17	 	 	Age
	 	 	4	 
	 	1.18	 	 	Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate
	 	 	4	 
	 	1.19	 	 	Allocation Period
	 	 	5	 
	 	1.20	 	 	Allocation Rate
	 	 	5	 
	 	1.21	 	 	Anniversary Date
	 	 	5	 
	 	1.22	 	 	Annuity Starting Date
	 	 	6	 
	 	1.23	 	 	Annual Additions
	 	 	6	 
	 	1.24	 	 	Applicable Contribution Rate
	 	 	6	 
	 	1.25	 	 	Applicable Plan Year
	 	 	6	 
	 	1.26	 	 	Basic Plan
	 	 	6	 
	 	1.27	 	 	Beneficiary
	 	 	6	 
	 	1.28	 	 	Benefiting Participant
	 	 	7	 
	 	1.29	 	 	Break in Service
	 	 	7	 
	 	1.30	 	 	Broadly Available Allocation Rates
	 	 	7	 
	 	1.31	 	 	Broadly Available Separate Plans
	 	 	7	 
	 	1.32	 	 	Cash or Deferred Contribution
	 	 	7	 
	 	1.33	 	 	Catch-Up Contribution
	 	 	7	 
	 	1.34	 	 	Catch-Up Contribution Limit
	 	 	8	 
	 	1.35	 	 	Code
	 	 	8	 
	 	1.36	 	 	Code §3401 Compensation
	 	 	8	 
	 	1.37	 	 	Code §401(a)(17) Compensation Limit
	 	 	8	 
	 	1.38	 	 	Code §414(s) Compensation
	 	 	8	 
	 	1.39	 	 	Code §415(c)(3) Compensation
	 	 	8	 
	 	1.40	 	 	Committee
	 	 	9	 
	 	1.41	 	 	Compensation
	 	 	9	 
	 	1.42	 	 	Compensation Determination Period
	 	 	10	 
	 	1.43	 	 	Contribution Percentage
	 	 	10	 
	 	1.44	 	 	Contribution Percentage Amounts
	 	 	11	 
	 	1.45	 	 	Counting of Hours Method
	 	 	13	 
	 	1.46	 	 	Current Year Testing Method
	 	 	13	 
	 	1.47	 	 	Deductible Employee Contribution
	 	 	13	 
	 	1.48	 	 	Deductible Employee Contribution Account
	 	 	13	 
	 	1.49	 	 	Deemed Aggregated Allocation Groups
	 	 	13	 
	 	1.50	 	 	Deemed Code §125 Compensation
	 	 	13	 
	 	1.51	 	 	Deemed IRA Contribution
	 	 	13	 
	 	1.52	 	 	Deemed IRA Contribution Account
	 	 	13	 
	 	1.53	 	 	Designated Beneficiary
	 	 	13	 
	 	1.54	 	 	Determination Date
	 	 	13	 
	 	1.55	 	 	Disability
	 	 	14	 
	 	1.56	 	 	Distribution Calendar Year
	 	 	14	 
	 	1.57	 	 	Domestic Partner
	 	 	14	 
	 	1.58	 	 	Early Retirement Age
	 	 	14	 

			
	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	1.59	 	 	Early Retirement Date
	 	 	14	 
	 	1.60	 	 	Earned Income
	 	 	14	 
	 	1.61	 	 	Elapsed Time Method
	 	 	15	 
	 	1.62	 	 	Elective Deferral
	 	 	15	 
	 	1.63	 	 	Eligibility Computation Period
	 	 	15	 
	 	1.64	 	 	Eligible Employee
	 	 	15	 
	 	1.65	 	 	Employee
	 	 	15	 
	 	1.66	 	 	Employee Contribution
	 	 	16	 
	 	1.67	 	 	Employer
	 	 	16	 
	 	1.68	 	 	Employment Commencement Date
	 	 	16	 
	 	1.69	 	 	Equivalent Accrual Rate
	 	 	16	 
	 	1.70	 	 	ERISA
	 	 	16	 
	 	1.71	 	 	Excess Annual Additions
	 	 	17	 
	 	1.72	 	 	Excess Aggregate Contributions
	 	 	17	 
	 	1.73	 	 	Excess Compensation
	 	 	17	 
	 	1.74	 	 	Excess Contributions
	 	 	17	 
	 	1.75	 	 	Excess Elective Deferrals
	 	 	17	 
	 	1.76	 	 	401(k) Plan
	 	 	17	 
	 	1.77	 	 	401(m) Plan
	 	 	17	 
	 	1.78	 	 	Fiscal Year
	 	 	17	 
	 	1.79	 	 	Forfeiture
	 	 	17	 
	 	1.80	 	 	Forfeiture Account
	 	 	18	 
	 	1.81	 	 	Form W-2 Compensation
	 	 	18	 
	 	1.82	 	 	Gradually Increasing Age or Service Schedule
	 	 	18	 
	 	1.83	 	 	HCE
	 	 	19	 
	 	1.84	 	 	Highly Compensated Employee
	 	 	19	 
	 	1.85	 	 	Hour of Service
	 	 	19	 
	 	1.86	 	 	Hypothetical Entry Date
	 	 	20	 
	 	1.87	 	 	Immediately Distributable
	 	 	20	 
	 	1.88	 	 	Independent Contractor
	 	 	20	 
	 	1.89	 	 	Key Employee
	 	 	20	 
	 	1.90	 	 	Leased Employee
	 	 	21	 
	 	1.91	 	 	Life Expectancy
	 	 	21	 
	 	1.92	 	 	Limitation Year
	 	 	21	 
	 	1.93	 	 	Mandatory Employee Contribution
	 	 	21	 
	 	1.94	 	 	Mandatory Employee Contribution Account
	 	 	21	 
	 	1.95	 	 	Matching Contribution
	 	 	21	 
	 	1.96	 	 	Matching Contribution Account
	 	 	21	 
	 	1.97	 	 	Matching Rate
	 	 	21	 
	 	1.98	 	 	Maternity or Paternity Leave
	 	 	22	 
	 	1.99	 	 	Maximum Excess Percentage
	 	 	22	 
	 	1.100	 	 	Minimum Aggregate Allocation Gateway
	 	 	22	 
	 	1.101	 	 	Minimum Allocation Gateway
	 	 	23	 
	 	1.102	 	 	Named Fiduciary
	 	 	23	 
	 	1.103	 	 	NHCE
	 	 	23	 
	 	1.104	 	 	Non-Elective Contribution
	 	 	24	 
	 	1.105	 	 	Non-Highly Compensated Employee
	 	 	24	 
	 	1.106	 	 	Non-Key Employee
	 	 	24	 
	 	1.107	 	 	Non-Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan
	 	 	24	 
	 	1.108	 	 	Non-Safe Harbor 401(m) Plan
	 	 	24	 
	 	1.109	 	 	Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution
	 	 	24	 
	 	1.110	 	 	Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account
	 	 	24	 
	 	1.111	 	 	Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution
	 	 	24	 
	 	1.112	 	 	Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account
	 	 	24	 
	 	1.113	 	 	Normal Accrual Rate
	 	 	24	 
	 	1.114	 	 	Normal Form of Distribution
	 	 	24	 
	 	1.115	 	 	Normal Retirement Age
	 	 	24	 
	 	1.116	 	 	Normal Retirement Date
	 	 	24	 
	 	1.117	 	 	OASI Percentage
	 	 	24	 
	 	1.118	 	 	One Year Holdout Rule
	 	 	25	 
	 	1.119	 	 	Otherwise Excludable Participant
	 	 	25	 
	 	1.120	 	 	Optional Form of Distribution
	 	 	25	 

			
	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	1.121	 	 	Participant
	 	 	25	 
	 	1.122	 	 	Participant’s Account
	 	 	25	 
	 	1.123	 	 	Participant’s Account Balance
	 	 	25	 
	 	1.124	 	 	Period of Service
	 	 	25	 
	 	1.125	 	 	Period of Severance
	 	 	30	 
	 	1.126	 	 	Permissive Aggregation Group
	 	 	30	 
	 	1.127	 	 	Plan
	 	 	30	 
	 	1.128	 	 	Plan Year
	 	 	30	 
	 	1.129	 	 	Policy
	 	 	30	 
	 	1.130	 	 	Post-Severance Compensation
	 	 	30	 
	 	1.131	 	 	Pre-Tax Elective Deferral
	 	 	30	 
	 	1.132	 	 	Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account
	 	 	30	 
	 	1.133	 	 	Prevailing Wage Account
	 	 	30	 
	 	1.134	 	 	Prevailing Wage Contribution
	 	 	30	 
	 	1.135	 	 	Prevailing Wage Employee
	 	 	30	 
	 	1.136	 	 	Prevailing Wage Law
	 	 	31	 
	 	1.137	 	 	Primarily Defined Benefit in Character
	 	 	31	 
	 	1.138	 	 	Prior Year Testing Method
	 	 	31	 
	 	1.139	 	 	QJSA
	 	 	31	 
	 	1.140	 	 	QMAC
	 	 	31	 
	 	1.141	 	 	QMAC Account
	 	 	31	 
	 	1.142	 	 	QNEC
	 	 	31	 
	 	1.143	 	 	QNEC Account
	 	 	31	 
	 	1.144	 	 	QPSA
	 	 	31	 
	 	1.145	 	 	Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity
	 	 	31	 
	 	1.146	 	 	Qualified Matching Contribution
	 	 	31	 
	 	1.147	 	 	Qualified Matching Contribution Account
	 	 	32	 
	 	1.148	 	 	Qualified Non-Elective Contribution
	 	 	32	 
	 	1.149	 	 	Qualified Non-Elective Contribution Account
	 	 	32	 
	 	1.150	 	 	Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity
	 	 	32	 
	 	1.151	 	 	Reemployment Commencement Date
	 	 	32	 
	 	1.152	 	 	Regulation
	 	 	32	 
	 	1.153	 	 	Representative Contribution Rate
	 	 	33	 
	 	1.154	 	 	Representative Matching Rate
	 	 	33	 
	 	1.155	 	 	Required Aggregation Group
	 	 	33	 
	 	1.156	 	 	Required Beginning Date
	 	 	33	 
	 	1.157	 	 	Rollover
	 	 	34	 
	 	1.158	 	 	Rollover Contribution
	 	 	34	 
	 	1.159	 	 	Rollover Contribution Account
	 	 	34	 
	 	1.160	 	 	Rollover Participant
	 	 	34	 
	 	1.161	 	 	Roth Elective Deferral
	 	 	34	 
	 	1.162	 	 	Roth Elective Deferral Account
	 	 	34	 
	 	1.163	 	 	Rule of Parity
	 	 	34	 
	 	1.164	 	 	Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation
	 	 	35	 
	 	1.165	 	 	Safe Harbor 401(k) Contribution
	 	 	35	 
	 	1.166	 	 	Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan
	 	 	36	 
	 	1.167	 	 	Safe Harbor 401(m) Plan
	 	 	36	 
	 	1.168	 	 	Safe Harbor Notice
	 	 	36	 
	 	1.169	 	 	Safe Harbor Participant
	 	 	36	 
	 	1.170	 	 	Self-Employed Individual
	 	 	36	 
	 	1.171	 	 	Service
	 	 	36	 
	 	1.172	 	 	Sponsoring Employer
	 	 	36	 
	 	1.173	 	 	Spousal
	 	 	36	 
	 	1.174	 	 	Spouse
	 	 	36	 
	 	1.175	 	 	Statutory Code §415 Compensation
	 	 	36	 
	 	1.176	 	 	Substantially Equal
	 	 	37	 
	 	1.177	 	 	Taxable Wage Base
	 	 	37	 
	 	1.178	 	 	Terminated (or Terminates) Employment
	 	 	37	 
	 	1.179	 	 	Termination of Employment
	 	 	38	 
	 	1.180	 	 	Terminated Participant
	 	 	38	 
	 	1.181	 	 	Third-Step Integration Percentage
	 	 	38	 
	 	1.182	 	 	Top Heavy
	 	 	38	 

			
	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	1.183	 	 	Top Heavy Minimum Allocation
	 	 	38	 
	 	1.184	 	 	Top Heavy Ratio
	 	 	38	 
	 	1.185	 	 	Transfer Contribution
	 	 	39	 
	 	1.186	 	 	Transfer Contribution Account
	 	 	40	 
	 	1.187	 	 	Trustee
	 	 	40	 
	 	1.188	 	 	Trust (or Trust Fund)
	 	 	40	 
	 	1.189	 	 	Valuation Calendar Year
	 	 	40	 
	 	1.190	 	 	Valuation Date
	 	 	40	 
	 	1.191	 	 	Vested Aggregate Account
	 	 	40	 
	 	1.192	 	 	Vested, Vested Interest and Vesting
	 	 	40	 
	 	1.193	 	 	Vesting Computation Period
	 	 	40	 
	 	1.194	 	 	Voluntary Employee Contribution
	 	 	40	 
	 	1.195	 	 	Voluntary Employee Contribution Account
	 	 	40	 
	 	1.196	 	 	Year of Service
	 	 	40	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	Article 2
	 	 	46	 
	Plan Participation
	 	 	46	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	2.1	 	 	Eligibility Requirements
	 	 	46	 
	 	2.2	 	 	Entry Date
	 	 	47	 
	 	2.3	 	 	Waiver of Participation
	 	 	47	 
	 	2.4	 	 	Reemployment
	 	 	47	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	Article 3
	 	 	48	 
	Contributions and Allocations
	 	 	48	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	3.1	 	 	General Contribution and Allocation Provisions
	 	 	48	 
	 	3.2	 	 	Elective Deferrals
	 	 	49	 
	 	3.3	 	 	Mandatory Employee Contributions
	 	 	51	 
	 	3.4	 	 	Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions
	 	 	51	 
	 	3.5	 	 	Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions
	 	 	53	 
	 	3.6	 	 	Prevailing Wage Contributions
	 	 	55	 
	 	3.7	 	 	Qualified Matching Contributions
	 	 	56	 
	 	3.8	 	 	Qualified Non-Elective Contributions
	 	 	56	 
	 	3.9	 	 	Rollover Contributions
	 	 	57	 
	 	3.10	 	 	Safe Harbor 401(k) Contributions
	 	 	57	 
	 	3.11	 	 	Voluntary Employee Contributions
	 	 	58	 
	 	3.12	 	 	Allocation of Earnings and Losses
	 	 	59	 
	 	3.13	 	 	Forfeitures and Their Usage
	 	 	59	 
	 	3.14	 	 	Top Heavy Minimum Allocation
	 	 	60	 
	 	3.15	 	 	Failsafe Allocation
	 	 	61	 
	 	3.16	 	 	SIMPLE 401(k) Provisions
	 	 	62	 
	 	3.17	 	 	Deemed IRA Contributions
	 	 	64	 
	 	3.18	 	 	Actual Deferral Percentage Test and Correction
	 	 	67	 
	 	3.19	 	 	Actual Contribution Percentage Test and Correction
	 	 	69	 
	 	3.20	 	 	ADP Safe Harbor Contributions
	 	 	71	 
	 	3.21	 	 	ACP Safe Harbor Contributions
	 	 	76	 
	 	3.22	 	 	General Non-Discrimination Test Requirements
	 	 	77	 
	 	3.23	 	 	Annual Overall and Cumulative Permitted Disparity Limit
	 	 	78	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	Article 4
	 	 	81	 
	Plan Benefits
	 	 	81	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	4.1	 	 	Benefit Upon Normal (or Early) Retirement
	 	 	81	 
	 	4.2	 	 	Benefit Upon Late Retirement
	 	 	81	 
	 	4.3	 	 	Benefit Upon Death
	 	 	81	 
	 	4.4	 	 	Benefit Upon Disability
	 	 	81	 
	 	4.5	 	 	Benefit Upon Termination of Employment
	 	 	81	 
	 	4.6	 	 	Determination of Vested Interest
	 	 	81	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	Article 5
	 	 	85	 
	Distribution of Benefits
	 	 	85	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	5.1	 	 	Distribution of Benefit Upon Retirement
	 	 	85	 
	 	5.2	 	 	Distribution of Benefit Upon Death
	 	 	85	 
	 	5.3	 	 	Distribution of Benefit Upon Disability
	 	 	88	 
	 	5.4	 	 	Distribution of Benefit Upon Termination of Employment
	 	 	88	 
	 	5.5	 	 	Mandatory Cash-Out of Benefits
	 	 	89	 

			
	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	5.6	 	 	Restrictions on Immediate Distributions
	 	 	90	 
	 	5.7	 	 	Accounts of Reemployed Participants
	 	 	91	 
	 	5.8	 	 	Waiver of Benefits and Spousal Consent
	 	 	93	 
	 	5.9	 	 	Required Minimum Distributions
	 	 	95	 
	 	5.10	 	 	Statutory Commencement of Benefits
	 	 	98	 
	 	5.11	 	 	Post-Termination Earnings
	 	 	99	 
	 	5.12	 	 	Distribution in the Event of Legal Incapacity
	 	 	99	 
	 	5.13	 	 	Missing Payees and Unclaimed Benefits
	 	 	99	 
	 	5.14	 	 	Direct Rollovers
	 	 	99	 
	 	5.15	 	 	Distribution of Property
	 	 	100	 
	 	5.16	 	 	Financial Hardship Distributions
	 	 	101	 
	 	5.17	 	 	In-Service Distributions
	 	 	101	 
	 	5.18	 	 	Distribution of Excess Elective Deferrals
	 	 	102	 
	 	5.19	 	 	Distribution of Excess Contributions
	 	 	103	 
	 	5.20	 	 	Distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions
	 	 	104	 
	 	5.21	 	 	Distribution of an Employee’s Rollover Contribution Account
	 	 	106	 
	 	5.22	 	 	Distribution of a Participant’s Transfer Contribution Account
	 	 	107	 
	 	5.23	 	 	Distribution of Voluntary Employee Contributions
	 	 	108	 
	 	5.24	 	 	Distribution of Mandatory Employee Contributions
	 	 	108	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	Article 6
	 	 	109	 
	Code §415 Limitations
	 	 	109	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	6.1	 	 	Maximum Annual Additions
	 	 	109	 
	 	6.2	 	 	Adjustments to Maximum Annual Additions
	 	 	109	 
	 	6.3	 	 	Multiple Plans and Multiple Employers
	 	 	109	 
	 	6.4	 	 	Adjustment for Excess Annual Additions
	 	 	109	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	Article 7
	 	 	111	 
	Loans, Insurance and Directed Investments
	 	 	111	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	7.1	 	 	Loans to Participants
	 	 	111	 
	 	7.2	 	 	Insurance on Participants
	 	 	112	 
	 	7.3	 	 	Key Man Insurance
	 	 	113	 
	 	7.4	 	 	Directed Investment Accounts
	 	 	114	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	Article 8
	 	 	115	 
	Duties of the Administrator
	 	 	115	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	8.1	 	 	Appointment, Resignation, Removal and Succession
	 	 	115	 
	 	8.2	 	 	General Powers and Duties
	 	 	115	 
	 	8.3	 	 	Functioning of the Committee
	 	 	115	 
	 	8.4	 	 	Multiple Administrators
	 	 	115	 
	 	8.5	 	 	Correcting Administrative Errors
	 	 	115	 
	 	8.6	 	 	Promulgating Notices and Procedures
	 	 	115	 
	 	8.7	 	 	Employment of Agents and Counsel
	 	 	116	 
	 	8.8	 	 	Compensation and Expenses
	 	 	116	 
	 	8.9	 	 	Claims Procedures
	 	 	116	 
	 	8.10	 	 	Qualified Domestic Relations Orders
	 	 	116	 
	 	8.11	 	 	Appointment of an Investment Manager
	 	 	116	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	Article 9
	 	 	117	 
	Trustee Provisions
	 	 	117	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	9.1	 	 	Appointment, Resignation, Removal and Succession
	 	 	117	 
	 	9.2	 	 	Powers and Duties of the Trustee
	 	 	117	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	Article 10
	 	 	118	 
	Adopting Employers
	 	 	118	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	10.1	 	 	Plan Contributions
	 	 	118	 
	 	10.2	 	 	Plan Amendments
	 	 	118	 
	 	10.3	 	 	Plan Expenses
	 	 	118	 
	 	10.4	 	 	Employee Transfers
	 	 	118	 
	 	10.5	 	 	Multiple Employer Provisions Under Code §413(c)
	 	 	118	 
	 	10.6	 	 	Termination of Adoption
	 	 	119	 

			
	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	Article 11
	 	 	120	 
	Amendment, Termination, Merger and Elective Transfers
	 	 	120	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	11.1	 	 	Plan Amendment
	 	 	120	 
	 	11.2	 	 	Termination of the Plan
	 	 	122	 
	 	11.3	 	 	Merger or Consolidation
	 	 	122	 
	 	11.4	 	 	Plan-to-Plan Elective Transfers
	 	 	123	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	Article 12
	 	 	124	 
	Miscellaneous Provisions
	 	 	124	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	12.1	 	 	No Contract of Employment
	 	 	124	 
	 	12.2	 	 	Title to Assets
	 	 	124	 
	 	12.3	 	 	Qualified Military Service
	 	 	124	 
	 	12.4	 	 	Domestic Partner’s Rights
	 	 	124	 
	 	12.5	 	 	Fiduciaries and Bonding
	 	 	124	 
	 	12.6	 	 	Severability of Provisions
	 	 	124	 
	 	12.7	 	 	Interpretation of the Plan and Trust
	 	 	124	 
	 	12.8	 	 	Costs and Expenses of Legal Action
	 	 	125	 
	 	12.9	 	 	Qualified Plan Status
	 	 	125	 
	 	12.10	 	 	Mailing of Notices to Administrator, Employer or Trustee
	 	 	125	 
	 	12.11	 	 	Participant Notices and Waivers of Notices
	 	 	125	 
	 	12.12	 	 	No Duplication of Benefits
	 	 	125	 
	 	12.13	 	 	Evidence Furnished Conclusive
	 	 	125	 
	 	12.14	 	 	Release of Claims
	 	 	125	 
	 	12.15	 	 	Deductible Employee Contributions
	 	 	125	 
	 	12.16	 	 	Discontinued Contributions
	 	 	126	 
	 	12.17	 	 	Multiple Copies of Plan, Trust and/or Adoption Agreement
	 	 	126	 
	 	12.18	 	 	Loss of Prototype Status
	 	 	126	 
	 	12.19	 	 	Limitation of Liability and Indemnification
	 	 	126	 
	 	12.20	 	 	Written Elections and Forms
	 	 	126	 
	 	12.21	 	 	Assignment and Alienation of Benefits
	 	 	126	 
	 	12.22	 	 	Exclusive Benefit Rule
	 	 	126	 
	 	12.23	 	 	Prior Provisions of Amended and Restated Plans
	 	 	126	 
	 	12.24	 	 	Dual and Multiple Trusts
	 	 	126	 

			
	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	July 2008

 

 

AccuDraft

Prototype Defined Contribution Retirement Plan

Preamble

This document is a basic Prototype Defined Contribution Retirement Plan. The sponsor of this
prototype is AccuDraft, Inc. or its successor (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the Prototype
Sponsor). The Prototype Sponsor has designated this Prototype Defined Contribution Retirement Plan
as Basic Plan Number 01. Basic Plan 01 and its companion Adoption Agreements include provisions for
a money purchase plan, a profit sharing plan, and a 401(k) plan.

A Sponsoring Employer may adopt one or more plans by executing a completed Adoption Agreement for
each type of plan adopted. A Sponsoring Employer may adopt one or more trusts to hold some or all
retirement plan assets. The documents mentioned in this section, taken together, constitute the
AccuDraft Prototype Defined Contribution Retirement Plan and Trust. In addition, additional
Employers may adopt this Plan as an Adopting Employer by completing the Adopting Employer Addendum.
To the extent an Adopting Employer is not an Affiliated Employer, the Plan will become a multiple
employer plan as set forth in Code §413, and the Plan will cease to be a Prototype Plan.

The seven Adoption Agreements included with the Basic Plan permit a Sponsoring Employer to adopt
provisions for one of the following types of plans on a standardized or non-standardized basis:
profit sharing, money purchase pension, or 401(k) cash or deferred. The Adoption Agreements permit
both integrated and non-integrated formulas, though these terms do not appear in the title of the
Adoption Agreements. A defined contribution plan using an integrated formula for allocation of
Employer contributions and/of forfeitures is “integrated.” The term “integrated” means a plan which
relies on disparities permitted by Code §401(a)(5) and §401(l) to satisfy the non-discrimination
requirements of Code §401(a)(4). The non-standardized Adoption Agreements includes provisions for
cross-tested allocations.

It is contemplated that this prototype retirement program may be used to continue previously
established plans. In this successor plan use, execution of an Adoption Agreement constitutes an
amendment to the original plan.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 1 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

Article 1

Definitions

	1.1	 	ACP Test. The term “ACP Test” means the Actual Contribution Percentage Test.
	 
	1.2	 	ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution. The term “ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution” means
an Employer contribution (including an ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution) made to this or any
other defined contribution plan on behalf of a Participant on account of a Participant’s Elective
Deferrals and/or a Participant’s Employee Contributions made by such Participant under a plan
maintained by the Sponsoring Employer, which falls within the requirements of the ACP Safe Harbor
as set forth in Code §401(m)(11) and Section 3.21 of the Basic Plan and which is intended to
automatically satisfy the requirements of the ACP Test for a Plan Year.
	 
	1.3	 	ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account. The term “ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution
Account” means the account to which a Participant’s ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions are
credited.
	 
	1.4	 	Actual Contribution Percentage. The term “Actual Contribution Percentage” means, for a
specified group of Participants (either Highly Compensated Employees or Non-Highly Compensated
Employees) for a Plan Year, the average of the Contribution Percentages of the “Eligible
Participants” in a group. An Actual Contribution Percentage for a specified group of Participants
will be calculated to the nearest hundredth of a percentage point. For purposes of this definition, the term “Eligible” Participant” means any Employee (either
a Highly Compensated Employee or a Non-Highly Compensated Employee) who is eligible (a) to
make a Voluntary Employee Contribution, (b) to make a Mandatory Employee Contribution, (c) to
make an Elective Deferral (if the Sponsoring Employer takes such Elective Deferrals into
account in the calculation of the Contribution Percentage), (d) to receive a Matching
Contribution (including Forfeitures that are contingent upon the Participant making Elective
Deferrals or Employee Contributions), or (e) to receive a Qualified Matching Contribution. If
an Employee Contribution is required as a condition of participation in the Plan, then any
Employee who would be a Participant if such Employee made such a contribution will be treated
as an “Eligible Participant” on behalf of whom no Employee Contributions are made.
	 
	1.5	 	Actual Contribution Percentage Test. The term “Actual Contribution Percentage Test” means the
nondiscrimination test of Section 3.19 that is performed each Plan Year on a Non-Safe Harbor 401(m)
Plan. In any Plan Year, if ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions (including, if applicable, ADP
Safe Harbor Matching Contributions) satisfy the requirements of Section 3.21, then the Actual
Contribution Percentage Test will be deemed to be satisfied with respect to such ACP Safe Harbor
Matching Contributions of that Plan Year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Plan that makes ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions that
satisfy the requirements of Section 3.21 is deemed to have elected the Current Year Testing
Method, regardless of the testing method (Prior Year Testing or Current Year Testing)
actually elected in the Adoption Agreement.
	 
	1.6	 	Actual Deferral Percentage. The term “Actual Deferral Percentage” means, for a specified group
of Participants (either Highly Compensated Employees or Non-Highly Compensated Employees) for a
Plan Year, the average of the ratios (calculated separately to the nearest hundredth of a
percentage point for each Participant in such group) of (a) the amount of Employer contributions
actually paid over to the Trust on behalf of such Participant for the Plan Year to (b) the Code
§414(s) Compensation of such Participant for such Plan Year. For purposes of computing Actual
Deferral Percentages, an Employee who would be a Participant but for the failure to make Elective
Deferrals will be treated as a Participant on whose behalf no Elective Deferrals are made and such
Participant’s ratio will equal zero (0). An Actual Deferral Percentage for a specified group of
Participants will be calculated to the nearest hundredth of a percentage point. Employer
contributions actually paid over to the Trust on behalf of such Participant (either a HCE or a
NHCE) for the Plan Year will include:

	 	(a)	 	Elective Deferrals. Any Elective Deferrals made pursuant to the Participant’s deferral
election (including Excess Elective Deferrals of Highly Compensated Employees), but excluding
the following:

	 	(1)	 	Excess Elective Deferrals of NHCEs. Excess Elective Deferrals of NHCEs that arise
solely from Elective Deferrals made under this Plan or plans of this Sponsoring Employer;
	 
	 	(2)	 	Elective Deferrals Treated as Catch-Up Contributions. Elective Deferrals that are
treated as Catch–Up Contributions under Code §414(v) because the Elective Deferrals exceed
a statutory limit or employer-provided limit (within the meaning of Regulation
§1.414(v)–1(b)(1)) for the Plan Year for which the Elective Deferrals were made, or for
any other Plan Year;

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 2 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(3)	 	Elective Deferrals in the ACP Test. Elective Deferrals that are taken into account in
the Actual Contribution Percentage Test (provided the ADP Test is satisfied both with and
without the exclusion of these Elective Deferrals); and
	 
	 	(4)	 	Additional Elective Deferrals Pursuant to Code §414(u). Additional Elective Deferrals
that are made pursuant to Code §414(u) by reason of a Participant’s qualified military
service for the Plan Year for which the contributions are made, or for any other Plan
Year.

	 	(b)	 	QNECs and QMACs. In the discretion of the Sponsoring Employer, Qualified Non-Elective
Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions.

	1.7	 	Actual Deferral Percentage Test. The term “Actual Deferral Percentage Test” means the
nondiscrimination test of Section 3.18 that is performed each Plan Year on a Non-Safe Harbor 401(k)
Plan. In any Plan Year, if ADP Safe Harbor Contributions satisfy the requirements of Section 3.20, then the Actual Deferral
Percentage Test will be deemed to be satisfied with respect to any Elective Deferrals of that
Plan Year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Plan that makes ADP Safe Harbor Matching
Contributions that satisfy the requirements of Section 3.20 is deemed to have elected the
Current Year Testing Method, regardless of the testing method (Prior Year Testing Method or
Current Year Testing Method) actually elected in the Adoption Agreement.
	 
	1.8	 	Administrator. The term “Administrator” means the Sponsoring Employer unless the Sponsoring
Employer appoints another Administrator in the Adoption Agreement pursuant to Section 8.1 of the
Basic Plan. The term “Administrator” also means a Qualified Termination Administrator (“QTA”)
charged with the task of holding the assets of an orphan plan as permitted by the Department of
Labor. A QTA will be an eligible custodian such as a bank, mutual fund house, or insurance company.
Third party record-keepers cannot be QTAs. However, in the case of a one participant-owner only
plan, the spouse of a deceased owner can continue to operate the Plan, pursuant to Revenue
Procedure 2006-27.
	 
	1.9	 	Adopting Employer. The term “Adopting Employer” means any entity which adopts this Plan with
the consent of the Sponsoring Employer. In addition to all other terms and conditions in the Plan,
Adopting Employers will be, and must comply with, the terms and conditions set forth in Article 10.
If the Plan is utilizing a standardized Adoption Agreement, then any Affiliated Employer is
automatically considered to be an Adopting Employer. If the Plan is utilizing a non-standardized
Adoption Agreement, then an Affiliated Employer is not considered an Adopting Employer unless such
Affiliated Employer has specifically adopted the Plan.
	 
	1.10	 	ADP Safe Harbor Contribution. The term “ADP Safe Harbor Contribution” means an ADP Safe Harbor
Matching Contribution and/or an ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution.
	 
	1.11	 	ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution. The term “ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution” means
an Employer contribution made to this or any other defined contribution plan on behalf of a
Participant (a) on account of Elective Deferrals made by such Participant under a plan maintained
by the Sponsoring Employer, (b) in which a Participant will have a 100% Vested Interest at all
times, and (c) which falls within the requirements of the ADP Safe Harbor as set forth in Code
§401(k)(12) and Section 3.20 of the Basic Plan and which is intended to automatically satisfy the
requirements of the ADP Test and the ACP Test for a Plan Year. ADP Safe Harbor Matching
Contributions can be either “Basic” or “Enhanced” as elected in the Adoption Agreement. ADP
Safe Harbor Matching Contributions can only be distributed upon the earliest to occur of the
following dates: (a) a Participant Terminates Employment (separates from service, for Plan
Years beginning before 2002) with the Employer; (b) a Participant dies; (c) a Participant
suffers a Disability; (d) an event that is described in Code §401(k)(10) occurs; or (e) a
Participant reaches Age 591/2 (if on or before such date, a pre-retirement in-service
withdrawal of ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions is elected in the Adoption Agreement).
With respect to clause (d) of the prior sentence, ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions can
be distributed (in a lump sum only) upon termination of the Plan, so long as the Sponsoring Employer (or an Affiliated Employer) does
not maintain an alternative defined contribution plan at any time during the period beginning
on the date of Plan termination and ending 12 months after all assets have been distributed
from the terminated Plan. However, if at all times during the 24-month period beginning 12
months before the date of Plan’s termination, fewer than 2% of the Employees eligible to
participate in the 401(k) Plan as of the date of the Plan’s termination are eligible to
participate in the other defined contribution plan, then the other defined contribution plan
is not an alternative defined contribution plan. In addition, a defined contribution plan is
not an alternative defined contribution plan if it is an employee stock ownership plan as
defined in Code §4975(e)(7) or Code §409(a), a simplified employee

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 3 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	 	pension as defined in Code §408(k), a SIMPLE IRA plan as defined in Code §408(p), a plan or
contract that is described in Code §403(b), or a plan that is described in Code §457(b) or
Code §457(f). For Plan Years beginning before 2002, ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions
could also be distributed (in a lump sum only) upon (a) the disposition by a corporation to
an unrelated corporation of substantially all of the assets (within the meaning of Code
§409(d)(2)) used in a trade or business of such corporation if such corporation continues to
maintain the Plan after the disposition, but only with respect to employees who continue
employment with the corporation acquiring such assets; or (b) the disposition by a
corporation to an unrelated entity of such corporation’s interest in a subsidiary (within the
meaning of Code §409(d)(3)) if such corporation continues to maintain the Plan, but only with
respect to employees who continue employment with such subsidiary.

	1.12	 	ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account. The term “ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution
Account” means the account to which a Participant’s ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions are
credited.
	 
	1.13	 	ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution. The term “ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective
Contribution” means a Non-Elective Contribution in which a Participant will have a 100% Vested
Interest at all times, which falls within the requirements of the ADP Safe Harbor under Code
§401(k)(12) and Section 3.20 of the Basic Plan, and which is intended to automatically satisfy the
requirements of the ADP Test for a Plan Year. ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions can only
be distributed upon the earliest to occur of the following dates: (a) a Participant Terminates
Employment (separates from service, for Plan Years beginning before 2002) with the Employer; (b) a
Participant dies; (c) a Participant suffers a Disability; (d) an event that is described in Code
§401(k)(10) occurs; or (e) a Participant reaches Age 591/2 (if on or before such date, a
pre-retirement in-service withdrawal of ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions is elected in
the Adoption Agreement). With respect to clause (d) of the prior sentence, ADP Safe Harbor
Non-Elective Contributions can be distributed (in a lump sum only) upon termination of the Plan, so
long as the Sponsoring Employer (or an Affiliated Employer) does not maintain an alternative
defined contribution plan at any time during the period beginning on the date of Plan termination
and ending 12 months after all assets have been distributed from the terminated Plan. However, if
at all times during the 24-month period beginning 12 months before the date of Plan termination,
fewer than 2% of the Employees who were eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan as of the date
of Plan termination are eligible to participate in the other defined contribution plan, then the
other defined contribution plan is not an alternative defined contribution plan. Also, a defined
contribution plan is not an alternative defined contribution plan if it is an employee stock
ownership plan as defined in Code §4975(e)(7) or Code §409(a), a simplified employee pension as
defined in Code §408(k), a SIMPLE IRA plan as defined in Code §408(p), a plan or contract that is
described in Code §403(b), or a plan that is described in Code §457(b) or §457(f). For Plan Years
beginning before 2002, ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions could also be distributed (in a
lump sum only) upon (a) the disposition by a corporation to an unrelated corporation of
substantially all of the assets (within the meaning of Code §409(d)(2)) used in a trade or business
of such corporation if such corporation continues to maintain the Plan after the disposition, but
only with respect to employees who continue employment with the corporation acquiring such assets;
or (b) the disposition by a corporation to an unrelated entity of such corporation’s interest in a
subsidiary (within the meaning of Code §409(d)(3)) if such corporation continues to maintain the
Plan, but only with respect to employees who continue employment with such subsidiary.
	 
	1.14	 	ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account. The term “ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective
Contribution Account” means the account to which a Participant’s ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective
Contributions are credited.
	 
	1.15	 	ADP Test. The term “ADP Test” means the Actual Deferral Percentage Test.
	 
	1.16	 	Affiliated Employer. The term “Affiliated Employer” means any of the following: (1) a
controlled group of corporations as defined in Code §414(b); (2) a trade or business (whether or
not incorporated) under common control as described in Code §414(c); (3) any organization (whether
or not incorporated) which is a member of an affiliated service group as described in Code §414(m);
and (4) any other entity required to be aggregated as described in Code §414(o). Any Periods of Service or Years of Service
with an Affiliated Employer will only be taken into account as otherwise provided under the Plan.
	 
	1.17	 	Age. The term “Age” means actual attained age unless otherwise specified.
	 
	1.18	 	Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate. The term “Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate” means the sum of
the Employee’s Allocation Rate under the defined contribution plan(s) and the equivalent normal
allocation rate under the defined benefit plan(s), determined in the following manner:

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 4 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(a)	 	Aggregate Allocation Rates. An Employee’s Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate is determined
by treating all defined contribution plans that are part of the combination of defined
benefit plan(s) and defined contribution plan(s) as a single plan, and all defined benefit
plans that are part of the combination of defined benefit plan(s) and defined contribution
plan(s) as a separate single plan. Furthermore, an equivalent normal allocation rate for the
Employee is determined pursuant to Regulation §1.401(a)(4)–8(c)(2).
	 
	 	(b)	 	Options Applied on an Aggregate Basis. The optional rules in Regulation
§1.401(a)(4)–2(c)(2)(iv) (imputation of permitted disparity) and (v) (grouping of rates) may
not be used to determine an Employee’s allocation or equivalent normal allocation rate, but
may be applied to determine an Employee’s Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate by substituting
the Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate (determined without regard to the option) for the
Employee’s Allocation Rate in that Regulation section where appropriate.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Consistency Rule. Aggregate Normal Allocation Rates must be determined in a consistent
manner for all employees for the Plan Year. The same measurement periods and interest rates
must be used, and any available options must be applied consistently, if at all, for the
entire combination of defined benefit and defined contribution plan(s). Options that are not
permitted to be used under Regulation §1.401(a)(4)–8 in cross-testing a defined contribution
plan or a defined benefit plan (such as measurement periods that include future periods,
non-standard interest rates, the option to disregard compensation adjustments described in
§1.401(a)(4)–13(d), or the option to disregard Plan provisions providing for actuarial
increases after normal retirement age under Regulation §1.401(a)(4)–3(f)(3)) may not be used
in testing a combination of defined benefit and defined contribution plan(s) on either a
benefits or contributions basis, because their use would inevitably result in inconsistent
determinations under the defined contribution and defined benefit plan(s).

	1.19	 	Allocation Period. The term “Allocation Period” means a period of 12 consecutive months or
less for which (a) an Employer contribution is made and allocated under the terms of the Plan; (b)
Forfeitures are allocated under the terms of the Plan; and/or (c) earnings and losses are allocated
under the terms of the Plan.

	1.20	 	Allocation Rate. The term “Allocation Rate” means the following:

	 	(a)	 	General Definition. Generally, the term “Allocation Rate” means, for a Participant for a
Plan Year, the sum of the allocations to the Participant’s Account for the Plan Year,
expressed as a percentage of Code §414(s) Compensation, subject to the following rules:

	 	(1)	 	Allocations Taken into Account. The allocations used to determine an Allocation Rate
for a Plan Year include all Employer contributions and forfeitures that are allocated or
treated as allocated to the Participant’s Account under the Plan for the Plan Year, other
than amounts described in paragraph (a)(2). For this purpose, Employer contributions
include Annual Additions described in Regulation §1.415-6(b)(2)(i) (regarding amounts
arising from certain transactions between the Plan and the Employer). If this Plan is
subject to Code §412, then an Employer contribution is used in the Plan Year for which
the Employer contribution is required to be contributed and allocated to the
Participant’s Account under the plan, even if all or part of the required contribution is
not actually made.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Allocations Not Taken into Account. Allocations of income, expenses, gains, and
losses attributable to the balance in a Participant’s Account are not used to determine
an Allocation Rate.

	 	(b)	 	Definition for Limitation of Allocation Rates for Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective
Contributions. For purposes of determining the limitation in the number of Allocation Rates
that are permitted when the Sponsoring Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement to allocate
Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions using allocation groups, the term “Allocation
Rate” means the amount of Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions allocated to a Benefiting Participant
for a Plan Year, expressed as a percentage of Code §414(s) Compensation. The number of
eligible NHCEs to which a particular Allocation Rate applies must reflect a reasonable
classification of Employees.

	1.21	 	Anniversary Date. The term “Anniversary Date” means the last day of the Plan Year unless
another Anniversary Date is elected in the Adoption Agreement.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 5 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	1.22	 	Annuity Starting Date. The term “Annuity Starting Date” means the first day of the first
period for which a benefit is paid as an annuity, in the case of a benefit not payable as an
annuity, the first day all events have occurred which entitle the Participant to the benefit. The
first day of the first period for which a benefit is to be paid by reason of Disability will be
treated as the Annuity Starting Date only if it is not an auxiliary benefit.
	 
	1.23	 	Annual Additions. The term “Annual Additions” means the sum of the following amounts credited
to a Participant’s Account for any Limitation Year: (a) Employer contributions; (b) Employee
contributions; (c) Forfeitures; (d) amounts allocated to an individual medical account, as defined
in Code §415(l)(2), which is part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by the Employer; and (e)
amounts derived from contributions paid or accrued that are attributable to post-retirement medical
benefits, allocated to the separate account of a Key Employee, as defined in Code §419A(d)(3),
under a welfare fund, as defined in Code §419(e), maintained by the Employer. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, a Participant’s Annual Additions do not include a Participant’s rollovers, loan
repayments, Catch-up Contributions, repayments of either prior Plan distributions or prior
distributions of Mandatory Employee Contributions, direct transfers of contributions from another
plan to this Plan, deductible contributions to a simplified employee pension plan, or voluntary
deductible contributions.
	 
	1.24	 	Applicable Contribution Rate. The term “Applicable Contribution Rate,” for a Participant who
is a Non-Highly Compensated Employee, means (a) for purposes of the ADP Test, the sum of the
Qualified Matching Contributions used in the ADP Test for the Participant who is a Non-Highly
Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and the Qualified Non-Elective Contributions made for the
Participant who is a Non-Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year, divided by the
Participant’s Code §414(s) Compensation for the Plan Year; and (b) for purposes of the ACP Test,
the sum of the Matching Contributions used under the Contribution Percentage Amounts for the
Participant who is a Non-Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and the Qualified
Non-Elective Contributions made for the Participant who is a Non-Highly Compensated Employee for
the Plan Year, divided by the Participant’s Code §414(s) Compensation for the Plan Year.
	 
	1.25	 	Applicable Plan Year. The term “Applicable Plan Year” means (a) for any Plan Year in which the
Prior Year Testing Method is being used, the Plan Year prior to the Plan Year that is being tested;
and (b) for any Plan Year in which the Current Year Testing Method is being used, the Plan Year
that is being tested.
	 
	1.26	 	Basic Plan. The term “Basic Plan” means this document and any amendment thereto including
amendments made via page changes and/or Employer resolutions.
	 
	1.27	 	Beneficiary. The term “Beneficiary” means the recipient designated by a Participant to receive
the benefit payable upon the Participant’s death, or the recipient designated by a Beneficiary to
receive any benefit which may be payable in the event of the Beneficiary’s death prior to receiving
the entire death benefit to which the Beneficiary is entitled. All such Beneficiary designations
will be made in accordance with the following:

	 	(a)	 	Beneficiary Designations By a Participant. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.8
regarding the rights of a Participant’s Spouse, each Participant may designate a Beneficiary
in writing with the Administrator. If a Participant designates his or her Spouse and the
Participant and his or her Spouse are legally divorced subsequent to the date of the
designation, then the designation of such Spouse as a Beneficiary hereunder will be deemed
null and void unless the Participant, subsequent to the legal divorce, reaffirms the
designation in writing. In the absence of any other designation, the Participant will be
deemed to have designated the following Beneficiaries in the following order, provided
however, that with respect to clauses (1) and (2) following, such Beneficiaries are then
living: (1) the Participant’s Spouse, (2) the Participant’s issue per stirpes; and (3) the
Participant’s estate.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Beneficiary Designations By a Beneficiary. In the absence of a Beneficiary designation or
other directive from a Participant to the contrary, any Beneficiary may name his or her own
Beneficiary under Section 5.2(d) of the Basic Plan to receive any benefits payable in the
event of the Beneficiary’s death prior to the receipt of all the Participant’s death benefits to which the
Beneficiary was entitled.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Beneficiaries Considered Contingent Until the Death of the Participant. Notwithstanding
any provision in this Section to the contrary, any Beneficiary named hereunder will be
considered a contingent Beneficiary until the death of the Participant (or Beneficiary, as
the case may be), and until such time will have no rights granted to Beneficiaries under the
Plan.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 6 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	1.28	 	Benefiting Participant. The term “Benefiting Participant” means a Participant who is eligible
to receive an allocation of any type of Employer contributions or related Forfeitures as of the
last day of an Allocation Period in accordance with the allocation conditions set forth in the
Adoption Agreement. Whether a Participant is a Benefiting Participant for any Allocation Period is
determined separately for each type of contribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant on whose behalf Prevailing Wage Contributions
are made during the Plan Year will be a Benefiting Participant for that Plan Year with
respect to those contributions regardless of the number of Hours of Service the Participant
completes in that Plan Year.
	 
	1.29	 	Break in Service. The term “Break in Service” means the following:

	 	(a)	 	For Purposes of Counting of Hours Method. With respect to any provision of the Plan in
which Service is determined by the Counting of Hours Method, the term “Break in Service”
means a 12-consecutive month computation period (as elected in the Adoption Agreement) during
which an Employee is not credited with more than 500 (or such lesser number as elected in the
Adoption Agreement) Hours of Service. If any computation period is less than 12 consecutive
months, then the Hours of Service threshold set forth in the preceding sentence will be
proportionately reduced (if the Hours of Service threshold is greater than one).
	 
	 	(b)	 	For Purposes of Elapsed Time Method. With respect to any provision of the Plan in which
Service is determined by the Elapsed Time Method, the term “Break in Service” means a 1-Year
Period of Severance.
	 
	 	(c)	 	For 401(k) Purposes. With respect to the Elective Deferral component of a 401(k) Plan, a
Participant who incurs a Break in Service but who does not Terminate Employment may continue
to have Elective Deferrals made on their behalf to the Plan. However such Participant will
not be eligible to receive an allocation of any Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions or
Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions (if any) unless such Participant is also a
Benefiting Participant.

	1.30	 	Broadly Available Allocation Rates. The term “Broadly Available Allocation Rates” means, for
Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, that each Allocation Rate is currently available
during the Plan Year (within the meaning of Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-4(b)(2)) to a group of
Employees that satisfies the requirements of Code §410(b) without regard to the average benefit
percentage test of Regulation §1.410(b)-5. If two Allocation Rates could be permissively aggregated
under Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-4(d)(4), assuming that the Allocation Rates were treated as benefits,
rights, or features, then the Allocation Rates may be aggregated and treated as a single Allocation
Rate. However, the disregarding of the age and service conditions as set forth in Regulation
§1.401(a)(4)-4(b)(2)(ii)(A) does not apply for purposes of this definition. Furthermore, in
determining whether the Plan has Broadly Available Allocation Rates, differences in Allocation
Rates attributable solely to the use of permitted disparity as described in Regulation §1.401(1)-2
are disregarded.
	 
	1.31	 	Broadly Available Separate Plans. The term “Broadly Available Separate Plans” means, for Plan
Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, a combination of defined benefit plan(s) and defined
contribution plan(s) that would satisfy the requirements of Code §410(b) and the nondiscrimination
in amount requirement of Regulation §1.401(a)(4)–1(b)(2) if each plan were tested separately and
assuming that the average benefit percentage test of Regulation
§1.410(b)–5 were satisfied. For
this purpose, all defined contribution plans that are part of the combination of defined benefit
and defined contribution plans are treated as a single defined contribution plan, and all defined
benefit plans that are part of the combination of defined benefit and defined contribution plans
are treated as a single defined benefit plan. In addition, if permitted disparity under Regulation
§1.401(a)(4)–7 is used for a Participant for purposes of satisfying the separate testing
requirement for plans of one type, then permitted disparity may not be used in satisfying the
separate testing requirement for plans of the other type for the Participant.
	 
	1.32	 	Cash or Deferred Contribution. The term “Cash or Deferred Contribution” means an Employer
amount that the Participant can elect, subject to the provisions of Section 3.2(b), to have the
Employer either (a) provide to the Participant as cash; or (b) contribute to the Plan as an
Elective Deferral on behalf of the Participant, which contribution defers the receipt of
Compensation by the Participant.
	 
	1.33	 	Catch-Up Contribution. The term “Catch-Up Contribution” means Elective Deferrals made to the
Plan that are in excess of an otherwise applicable Plan limit and that are made by Participants who
are age 50 or over by the end of their taxable year. An otherwise applicable Plan limit is a limit
in the Plan that applies to Elective Deferrals without regard to Catch-Up Contributions, such as
(a) the limit on Annual Additions; (b) the dollar limit on Elective Deferrals under Code §402(g)
(not counting Catch-Up Contributions); (c) the limit imposed by

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 7 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	 	the ADP Test under § 401(k)(3); or (d) a Plan imposed limit set forth in a resolution
properly executed by the Employer which is considered to be an amendment to the Plan.
Catch-Up Contributions are not subject to the limit on Annual Additions, are not counted in
the ADP Test, and are not counted in determining the Top Heavy Minimum Allocations under Code
§416. However, Catch-Up Contributions made in prior years are counted in determining whether
the Plan is Top-Heavy. Provisions in the Plan relating to Catch-Up Contributions apply to
Elective Deferrals made to the Plan after 2001. The total amount of Catch-Up Contributions
for any taxable year will not exceed the Catch-Up Contribution Limit

	1.34	 	Catch-Up Contribution Limit. The term “Catch-Up Contribution Limit” means the statutory limit
on Catch-Up Contributions for a Participant for any taxable year. A Participant’s Catch-Up
Contributions for a taxable year may not exceed (a) the dollar limit on Catch-Up Contributions
under Code §414(v)(2)(B)(i) for the taxable year, or (b) when added to other Elective Deferrals,
100% of the Participant’s Compensation for the taxable year. The dollar limit on Catch-Up
Contributions under Code §414(v)(2)(B)(i) is $1,000 for taxable years beginning in 2002, increasing
by $1,000 for each year thereafter up to $5,000 for taxable years beginning in 2006 and later
years. After 2006, the $5,000 limit will be adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury for
cost-of-living increases under Code §414(v)(2)(C). Any such adjustments will be in multiples of
$500. Different limits apply to Catch-Up Contributions under SIMPLE 401(k) plans.
	 
	1.35	 	Code. The term “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the Regulations,
and rulings promulgated thereunder by the Internal Revenue Service. All citations to sections of
the Code and Regulations are to such sections as they may from time to time be amended or
renumbered.
	 
	1.36	 	Code §3401 Compensation. The term “Code §3401 Compensation” means wages within the meaning of
Code §3401(a) (for purposes of income tax withholding at the source), but determined without regard
to any rules that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the
employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code
§3401(a)(2)).
	 
	1.37	 	Code §401(a)(17) Compensation Limit. The term “Code §401(a)(17) Compensation Limit” means, for
any Plan Year and/or Limitation Year which begins on or after January 1, 2002, the statutory limit
that applies to each Participant’s annual Compensation for a specific Compensation Determination
Period which is taken into account under the Plan; such annual Compensation will not exceed
$200,000. However, the $200,000 statutory limit on annual Compensation will be adjusted for
cost-of-living increases in accordance with Code §401(a)(17)(B). The cost-of-living adjustment in
effect for a calendar year applies to annual Compensation for the Compensation Determination Period
that begins with or within such calendar year. If a Compensation Determination Period is less than
12 consecutive months, then the Code §401(a)(17) Compensation Limit will be multiplied by a
fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the Compensation Determination Period,
and the denominator of which is 12. If Compensation for any prior Compensation Determination Period
is used in determining a Participant’s Plan benefits for the current Plan Year, then the annual
Compensation for such prior Compensation Determination Period is subject to the applicable Code
§401(a)(17) Compensation Limit as in effect for that prior Compensation Determination Period.
	 
	1.38	 	Code §414(s) Compensation. The term “Code §414(s) Compensation” means, for testing purposes
(including, but not limited to, the ADP Test and the ACP Test), any compensation that qualifies as
a nondiscriminatory definition of compensation under Code §414(s) and the Regulations thereunder.
The Administrator is not bound by any elections made in the Adoption Agreement in determining Code
§414(s) Compensation. The Administrator may determine on an annual basis (and within its
discretion) Code §414(s) Compensation, which will be applied consistently to all Participants for a
Plan Year; to all applicable tests that are administered for such Plan Year; and to all plans
(including this Plan) of the Sponsoring Employer and Adopting Employers for such Plan Year. Code
§414(s) Compensation may be determined over the Plan Year for which the applicable test is being
performed or the calendar year ending within such Plan Year. In determining Code §414(s)
Compensation, the Administrator within its discretion may take into consideration only the
Compensation received while the Employee is a Participant under the component of the Plan being
tested, and/or only the Compensation for the portion of the Plan Year during which the Plan was a
401(k) Plan.
	 
	1.39	 	Code §415(c)(3) Compensation. The term “Code §415(c)(3) Compensation” means, for the specific
purposes and as elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Adoption Agreement, either Form W-2
Compensation, Code §3401 Compensation, Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation, or Statutory Code §415
Compensation during the entire Compensation Determination Period that statutorily applies, subject
to the following rules:

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 8 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(a)	 	Exclusions to Compensation Do Not Apply. Code §415(c)(3) Compensation includes any
amounts that may be elected to be excluded from Compensation in the Adoption Agreement.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Inclusion of Certain Amounts. Code §415(c)(3) Compensation includes any elective deferral
as defined in Code §402(g)(3) and any amount which is contributed or deferred by the Employer
at the election of the Employee which is not includible in gross income by reason of Code
§125 (and if elected in the Adoption Agreement, Deemed Code §125 Compensation), Code
§132(f)(4), or Code §457.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Imputed Compensation when Participant Becomes Disabled. If elected in the Adoption
Agreement and a Participant becomes permanently and totally disabled (as defined in Code
§22(e)(3)) then notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, Code §415(c)(3)
Compensation will be imputed during the time that the Participant is permanently and totally
disabled. The rate that Code §415(c)(3) Compensation will be imputed to such Participant is
equal to the rate of Code §415(c)(3) Compensation that was paid to the Participant
immediately before becoming permanently and totally disabled. The total period in which Code
§415(c)(3) Compensation will be imputed to a Participant who becomes permanently and totally
disabled will be determined pursuant to a nondiscriminatory policy established by the
Administrator; however, if Code §415(c)(3) Compensation is imputed to a Participant who is a
Highly Compensated Employee pursuant to this paragraph, then the continuation of Non-Safe
Harbor Non-Elective Contributions to such Participant will be for a fixed or determinable
period pursuant to Code §415(c)(3)(C).
	 
	 	(d)	 	Treatment of Post-Severance Compensation. Effective January 1, 2005, Code §415(c)(3)
Compensation includes Post-Severance Compensation.
	 
	 	(e)	 	Self-Employed Individuals. Code §415(c)(3) Compensation of a Self-Employed Individual
will be equal to his or her Earned Income, plus amounts deferred at the election of the
Self-Employed Individual that would be includible in gross income but for the rules of Code
§402(e)(3), §402(h)(1)(B), §402(k), or §457(b).

	1.40	 	Committee. The term “Committee” means the administrative/advisory group that the Sponsoring
Employer may establish, to which the Sponsoring Employer may delegate certain of the Sponsoring
Employer’s responsibilities as Administrator. The Sponsoring Employer is permitted to select
another name for such administrative/advisory group. The Sponsoring Employer may appoint one or
more members to the Committee. Members of the Committee need not be Participants or Beneficiaries,
and officers and directors of the Sponsoring Employer are not precluded from serving as members of
the Committee.
	 
	1.41	 	Compensation. The term “Compensation” means, for each component or type of contribution under
the Plan, an Employee’s Form W-2 Compensation, Code §3401 Compensation, or Safe Harbor Code §415
Compensation, as elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Adoption Agreement, for the Compensation
Determination Period as elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Adoption Agreement, subject to
the following provisions:

	 	(a)	 	Treatment of Elective Deferrals and Certain Other Amounts. Any elective deferral as
defined in Code §402(g)(3) and any amount which is contributed or deferred by the Employer at
the election of the Employee which are not includible in gross income by reason of Code §125
(and if elected in the Adoption Agreement, Deemed Code §125 Compensation), Code §132(f)(4),
or Code §457 will be included in Compensation or will be excluded from Compensation, as
elected in the Adoption Agreement.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Compensation Prior to Becoming a Participant. If the Sponsoring Employer elects in the
Adoption Agreement that Compensation received prior to becoming a Participant is not taken in
account for allocation purposes, then the Entry Date of Section 2.2 to determine when an
Eligible Employee becomes a Participant will be separately determined for each component or
type of contribution under the Plan.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Compensation of Self-Employed Individuals. For purposes of this Plan, the Compensation of
a Self-Employed Individual will be equal to his or her Earned Income; however, such
Compensation will not exceed the Code §401(a)(17) Compensation Limit.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Code §401(a)(17) Compensation Limit. In determining Compensation for all purposes other
than for Elective Deferral purposes under Code §402(g), a Participant’s Compensation for any
Compensation Determination Period will not exceed the Code §401(a)(17) Compensation Limit.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 9 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(e)	 	Prevailing Wage Compensation. With respect to Prevailing Wage Contribution, the term
“Compensation” will be limited to Compensation paid for services performed under a Prevailing
Wage Law.
	 
	 	(f)	 	Compensation for a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan or Safe Harbor 401(m) Plan. The term
“Compensation” means, for purposes of a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan or Safe Harbor 401(m) Plan,
Compensation as elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Adoption Agreement, except that no
dollar limit, other than the Code §401(a)(17) Limit, applies to the Compensation of a NHCE.
Furthermore, Compensation for a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan or Safe Harbor 401(m) Plan must
qualify as a nondiscriminatory definition of compensation under Code §414(s) and the
Regulations thereunder.
	 
	 	(g)	 	Imputed Compensation when Participant Becomes Disabled. If elected in the Adoption
Agreement and a Participant becomes permanently and totally disabled (as defined in Code
§22(e)(3)) then notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, Compensation will
be imputed during the time that the Participant is permanently and totally disabled for
purposes of determining and allocating Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions. The rate
that Compensation will be imputed to such Participant is equal to the rate of Compensation
that was paid to the Participant immediately before becoming permanently and totally
disabled. The total period in which Compensation will be imputed to a Participant who becomes
permanently and totally disabled will be determined pursuant to a nondiscriminatory policy
established by the Administrator; however, if Compensation is imputed to a Participant who is
a Highly Compensated Employee pursuant to this paragraph, then the continuation of Non-Safe
Harbor Non-Elective Contributions to such Participant will be for a fixed or determinable
period pursuant to Code §415(c)(3)(C). Any Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions that
are made on behalf of a Participant with respect to imputed Compensation must be
nonforfeitable when made.
	 
	 	(h)	 	Compensation for Permitted Disparity Purposes. If a Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective
Contribution is determined and/or allocated according to the rules of permitted disparity
under Code §401(l) and the Regulations thereunder, then Compensation for such purposes must
qualify as a nondiscriminatory definition of compensation under Code §414(s) and the
Regulations thereunder.

	1.42	 	Compensation Determination Period. The term “Compensation Determination Period” means, for
each definition of Compensation as it relates to a particular component or type of contribution
under the Plan, either the Plan Year, the Fiscal Year ending with or within the Plan Year, or the
calendar year ending with or within the Plan Year, as elected in the Adoption Agreement. However,
for purposes of a specific statutory determination (e.g. whether an Employee is a Highly
Compensated Employee), the term “Compensation Determination Period” means the period that is stated
in this Plan.
	 
	1.43	 	Contribution Percentage. The term “Contribution Percentage” means the ratio (expressed as a
percentage and calculated to the nearest hundredth of a percentage point) of the Participant’s
Contribution Percentage Amounts to the Participant’s Code §414(s) Compensation for the Plan Year,
subject to the following rules:

	 	(a)	 	Contribution Percentage for an HCE in Multiple 401(m) Plans of the Sponsoring Employer.
The Contribution Percentage for any Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee for the
Plan Year and who is eligible to have Contribution Percentage Amounts allocated to such
Participant’s accounts under two or more Code §401(m) plans that are maintained by the
Sponsoring Employer, will be determined as if the total of such Contribution Percentage
Amounts was made under each 401(m) plan. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two
or more Code §401(m) plans of the Sponsoring Employer that have different plan years, all
Contribution Percentage Amounts made during the Plan Year under all such Code §401(m) plans
will be aggregated. For Plan Years beginning prior to 2006 (or the year of such earlier
effective date as may be provided in a separate amendment for implementing the final §401(m)
Regulations and as permitted by such Regulations), all such Code §401(m) plans ending with or
within the same calendar year will be treated as a single Code §401(m) plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
certain plans will be treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated under the Code §401(m)
Regulations.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Contribution Percentage for a Participant without Contributions. If no Employee
Contributions, Matching Contributions, Elective Contributions, or Qualified Non-Elective
Contributions are taken into account in the ACP Test with respect to a Participant for the
Plan Year, then the Contribution Percentage of the Participant is zero (0).

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 10 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	1.44	 	Contribution Percentage Amounts. The term “Contribution Percentage Amounts” means the sum of
the Employee Contributions, Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, Qualified Matching
Contributions, Elective Deferrals, and Qualified Non-Elective Contributions made under the Plan on
behalf of the Participant for the Plan Year. The calculation of a Participant’s Contribution
Percentage Amounts is subject to the following rules:

	 	(a)	 	Timing of Employee Contributions. An amount withheld from an Employee’s pay (or a payment
by the Employee to an agent of the Plan) is treated as contributed as an Employee
Contribution at the time of such withholding (or payment) if the paid funds are transmitted
to the Trust within a reasonable period after the withholding (or payment).
	 
	 	(b)	 	Recharacterized Elective Contributions Are Included. Excess Contributions which are
recharacterized in accordance with Regulation §1.401(k)–2(b)(3) are taken into account as
Employee Contributions for the Plan Year that includes the time at which the Excess
Contribution is includible in the gross income of the Employee under Regulation
§1.401(k)–2(b)(3)(ii).
	 
	 	(c)	 	Matching Contributions That Are Included. A Matching Contribution is used in determining
a Participant’s Contribution Percentage Amount for a Plan Year only if each of the following
requirements is satisfied:

	 	(1)	 	Matching Contribution Allocated Within the Plan Year. The Matching Contribution is
allocated to the Employee’s Matching Contribution Account under the terms of the Plan as
of an allocation date within that Plan Year.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Matching Contribution Relates to Deferrals or Employee Contributions for the Plan
Year. The Matching Contribution is made on account of (or the Matching Contribution is
allocated on the basis of) the Participant’s Elective Deferrals or Employee Contributions
for that Plan Year.
	 
	 	(3)	 	Matching Contribution Must Be Contributed within 12 Months. The Matching Contribution
is actually paid to the Trust no later than the end of the 12-month period immediately
following the Plan Year that contains the allocation date for the Matching Contribution.

	 	(d)	 	Elective Deferrals May Be Included in the Contribution Percentage Amounts. The Sponsoring
Employer also may elect to use Elective Deferrals in the Contribution Percentage Amounts so
long as (a) the ADP Test is met before the Elective Deferrals are used in the ACP Test, and
(b) the ADP Test continues to be met following the exclusion of the Elective Deferrals used
to meet the ACP Test, subject to the following rules:

	 	(1)	 	Elective Deferrals in a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan Cannot Be Used. Elective Deferrals in
a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan described in Regulation §1.401(k)–3 cannot be used as
Contribution Percentage Amounts.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Plans Must Be Permitted to be Aggregated. The plan that provides for Employee
Contributions and/or Matching Contributions and the plan to which the Elective Deferrals
are made are plans that would be permitted to be aggregated under Regulation
§1.401(m)–1(b)(4).
	 
	 	(3)	 	Plan Year Change and Aggregation. If the Plan Year of the plan that provides for
Employee Contributions and/or Matching Contributions is changed to satisfy the
requirement under Regulation §1.410(b)–7(d)(5) that aggregated plans have the same Plan
Year, then Elective Deferrals may be taken into account in the resulting short Plan Year,
but only if such Elective Deferrals could have been taken into account under an ADP Test
for a plan with that same short Plan Year.

	 	(e)	 	Qualified Non-Elective Contributions that may be used as Contribution Percentage Amounts.
Qualified Non-Elective Contributions may be taken into account in determining a
Participant’s Contribution Percentage Amounts for a Plan Year, but only to the extent
that the Qualified Non-Elective Contributions satisfy the following requirements:

	 	(1)	 	Timing of Allocation. The Qualified Non-Elective Contribution is allocated to the
Participant’s Account as of a date within that Plan Year (within the meaning of
Regulation §1.401(k)–2(a)(4)(i)(A)). Consequently, under the Prior Year Testing Method, in order to be used in calculating
the Contribution Percentage Amounts for a Participant who is a Non-Highly Compensated
Employees for the Applicable Plan Year (the Plan Year prior to the Plan Year that is
being tested), the Qualified Non-Elective Contribution must be contributed no later
than the end of the 12-month period following the Applicable

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 11 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	 	 	Year even though the Applicable Year is different than the Plan Year that is being
tested. Furthermore, under the Current Year Testing Method, in order to be taken into
account in calculating the Contribution Percentage Amounts for a Participant who is a
Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Applicable Plan Year (the Plan Year that is
being tested), the Qualified Non-Elective Contribution must be contributed no later
than the end of the 12-month period following the Plan Year that is being tested.

	 	(2)	 	Requirement that Qualified Non-Elective Contributions Satisfy Code §401(a)(4). The
amount of Qualified Non-Elective Contributions satisfies the requirements of Code
§401(a)(4) and Regulation §1.401(a)(4)–1(b)(2). If the Sponsoring Employer is applying
the special rule for Employer-wide plans in Regulation §1.414(r)–1(c)(2)(ii) with
respect to the Plan, then the determination of whether the Qualified Non-Elective
Contributions satisfy the requirements of Code §401(a)(4) must be made on an
Employer-wide basis, regardless of whether the plans to which the Qualified Non-Elective
Contributions are made are satisfying the requirements of Code §410(b) on an
Employer-wide basis. If the Sponsoring Employer is treated as operating qualified
separate lines of business and does not apply the special rule for Employer-wide plans in
Regulation §1.414(r)–1(c)(2)(ii) with respect to the Plan, then the determination of
whether the Qualified Non-Elective Contributions satisfy the requirements of Code
§401(a)(4) is not permitted to be made on an Employer-wide basis regardless of whether
the plans to which the Qualified Non-Elective Contributions are made are satisfying the
requirements of Code §410(b) on an Employer-wide basis.
	 
	 	(3)	 	Aggregation Must Be Permitted. The plan that provides for Employee Contributions
and/or Matching Contributions and the plan to which the Qualified Non-Elective
Contributions are made, are plans that would be permitted to be aggregated under
Regulation §1.401(m)–1(b)(4). If the Plan Year of the plan that provides for Employee
Contributions and/or Matching Contributions is changed to satisfy the requirement under
Regulation §1.410(b)–7(d)(5) that aggregated plans have the same Plan Year, then
Qualified Non-Elective Contributions may be taken into account in the resulting short
Plan Year, but only if such Qualified Non-Elective Contributions could have been taken
into account under an ADP Test for a plan with that same short Plan Year.
	 
	 	(4)	 	Limitation on Disproportionate QNECs. Qualified Non-Elective Contributions cannot be
taken into account for purposes of the Contribution Percentage Amounts of a Plan Year for
a Non-Highly Compensated Employee to the extent that the QNECs exceed the product of (i)
that Non-Highly Compensated Employee’s Code §414(s) Compensation, multiplied by (i) the
greater of (A) 5% (or 10% of a Non-Highly Compensated Employee’s Code §414(s)
Compensation with respect to an Employer’s obligation to make Prevailing Wage
Contributions to the Plan), or (B) two times the Plan’s Representative Contribution Rate.
Any Qualified Non-Elective Contribution taken into account under an ADP Test under
Regulation §1.401(k)–2(a)(6) (including the determination of the Representative
Contribution Rate for purposes of Regulation §1.401(k)–2(a)(6)(iv)(B)), is not permitted
to be taken into account for purposes of the ACP Test (including the determination of the
Representative Contribution Rate for purposes of the ACP Test).
	 
	 	(5)	 	Prohibition Against Double-Counting. Qualified Non-Elective Contributions cannot be
taken into account for purposes of the Contribution Percentage Amounts to the extent such
contributions are taken into account for purposes of satisfying any other ACP Test, any
ADP Test, or the requirements of Regulation §1.401(k)–3, §1.401(m)–3 or §1.401(k)–4.
Qualified Non-Elective Contributions that are made pursuant to Regulation §1.401(k)–3(b)
cannot be taken into account under the ACP Test.
	 
	 	(6)	 	Switching the Testing Method. If this Plan switches from the Current Year Testing
Method to the Prior Year Testing Method pursuant to Regulation §1.401(m)–2(c)(1),
Qualified Non-Elective Contributions that are taken into account under the Current Year
Testing Method for a Plan Year may not be taken into account under the Prior Year Testing Method for the next
Plan Year.

	 	(f)	 	Qualified Matching Contributions Used to Satisfy ADP Test Are Excluded. Qualified
Matching Contributions that are taken into account for the ADP Test of Code §401(k)(3) under
Regulation §1.401(k)–2(a)(6) are not taken into account in determining a Participant’s
Contribution Percentage Amounts.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 12 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(g)	 	Forfeited Matching Contributions Are Excluded. Contribution Percentage Amounts will not
include either the non-Vested portion of Matching Contributions that are forfeited to correct
Excess Aggregate Contributions, or Matching Contributions (both the Vested and non-Vested
portions) that are forfeited because they relate to Excess Deferrals, Excess Contributions,
or Excess Aggregate Contributions.
	 
	 	(h)	 	Additional Employee Contributions or Matching Contributions of Code §414(u) Are Excluded.
Contribution Percentage Amounts will not include additional Employee Contributions and
Matching Contributions that are made by reason of a Participant’s qualified military
service under Code §414(u) for the Plan Year for which the contributions are made, or for
any other Plan Year.

	1.45	 	Counting of Hours Method. The term “Counting of Hours Method” means a method for crediting
service for eligibility, for Vesting, for determining a Participant’s allocation, and/or for
applying the allocation conditions as elected in the Adoption Agreement. Under the Counting of
Hours Method, an Employee is credited with the number of Hours of Service for which the Employee is
paid or entitled to payment (or such other circumstances for which Hours of Service are credited),
pursuant to the definition of Hour of Service.
	 
	1.46	 	Current Year Testing Method. The term “Current Year Testing Method” means the
nondiscrimination testing method in which (a) for purposes of the ADP Test, the ADP for
Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year that is being tested is
compared to the ADP for Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year
that is being tested; and (b) for purposes of the ACP Test, the ACP for Participants who are Highly
Compensated Employees for the Plan Year that is being tested is compared to the ACP for
Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year that is being tested.
	 
	1.47	 	Deductible Employee Contribution. The term “Deductible Employee Contribution” means a
contribution that was made by a Participant to this Plan or to a predecessor plan for any Plan Year
beginning before January 1, 1987 and which was tax deductible by the Participant at the time it was
made.
	 
	1.48	 	Deductible Employee Contribution Account. The term “Deductible Employee Contribution Account”
means the account to which a Participant’s Deductible Employee Contributions have been allocated.
	 
	1.49	 	Deemed Aggregated Allocation Groups. The term “Deemed Aggregated Allocation Groups” means, for
purposes of determining the limitation in the number of Allocation Rates that are permitted when
the Sponsoring Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement to allocate Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective
Contributions using allocation groups, all of the separate allocation groups that have the same
Allocation Rate. No Employee can be assigned to more than one Deemed Aggregated Allocation Group
for a Plan Year.
	 
	1.50	 	Deemed Code §125 Compensation. The term “Deemed §125 Compensation” means an amount that is
excludable from the gross income of the Employee under Code §106 that is not available to the
Employee in cash in lieu of group health coverage under a Code §125 arrangement solely because that
Employee is not able to certify that he or she has other health coverage. Amounts are Deemed Code
§125 Compensation only if the Employer does not otherwise request or collect information regarding
the Employee’s other health coverage as part of the enrollment process for the health plan.
	 
	1.51	 	Deemed IRA Contribution. The term “Deemed IRA Contribution” means an Individual Retirement
Account contribution made to this Plan, as elected in the Adoption Agreement.
	 
	1.52	 	Deemed IRA Contribution Account. The term “Deemed IRA Contribution Account” means the
account to which a Participant’s Deemed IRA Contributions are allocated.
	 
	1.53	 	Designated Beneficiary. The term “Designated Beneficiary” means, for purposes of required
minimum distributions under Section 5.9, the individual who is designated as the Beneficiary
pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and is the Designated Beneficiary under Code §401(a)(9), the
previously final Regulation §1.401(a)(9)-1, Q&A-4, and the final Regulation §1.401(a)(9)-4.
	 
	1.54	 	Determination Date. The term “Determination Date” means, for any Plan Year subsequent to the
first Plan Year of the Plan, the last day of the preceding Plan Year. For the first Plan Year of
the Plan, the term “Determination Date” means the last day of that first Plan Year.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 13 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	1.55	 	Disability. The term “Disability” means the following, as elected by the Sponsoring Employer:

	 	(a)	 	Definition. The term “Disability” means a physical or mental impairment arising after an
Employee has become a Participant which, as elected in the Adoption Agreement, either (1) in
the opinion of a physician acceptable to the Administrator, totally and permanently prevents
the Participant from engaging in any occupation for pay or profit; (2) in the opinion of a
physician acceptable to the Administrator, totally and permanently prevents the Participant
from performing his or her customary and usual duties for the Employer; (3) in the opinion of
the Social Security Administration, qualifies the Participant for disability benefits under
the Social Security Act in effect on the date that the Participant suffers the mental or
physical impairment; or (4) in the opinion of the insurance company, qualifies the
Participant for benefits under an Employer-sponsored long-term disability plan which is
administered by an independent third party. With regard go clause (1) and clause (2) above,
if a difference of opinion arises between the Participant and the Administrator as to whether
the Participant has suffered a Disability, it will be settled by a majority decision of three
physicians, one to be appointed by the Administrator, one to be appointed by the Participant,
and the third to be appointed by the two physicians first appointed herein.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Definition of Disability If No Long-Term Disability Plan In Place and/or In Force. If the
definition (or one of the definitions) of Disability as elected by the Sponsoring Employer is
the one in paragraph (a)(4) above (a mental or physical impairment which, in the opinion of
the insurance company, qualifies the Participant for benefits under an Employer-sponsored
long-term disability plan which is administered by an independent third party) and there is
not an Employer-sponsored long-term disability plan in place and/or in force at any point
while the election of this definition of Disability is in effect, then this definition of
Disability will be replaced by the provisions of paragraph (a)(3) above (a mental or physical
impairment which, in the opinion of the Social Security Administration, qualifies the
Participant for disability benefits under the Social Security Act in effect on the date that
the Participant suffers the mental or physical impairment) during the time that an
Employer-sponsored long-term disability plan is not in place and/or in force.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Exceptions. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, the term “Disability” will not
include any physical or mental impairment that is the result of any of the following
exceptions, if elected in the Adoption Agreement: (1) the excessive use of drugs,
intoxicants, or other substances; (2) an intentionally self-inflicted injury or sickness; or
(3) an injury suffered as a result of an unlawful or criminal act by the Participant.

	1.56	 	Distribution Calendar Year. The term “Distribution Calendar Year” means, for purposes of
required minimum distributions under Section 5.9, a calendar year for which a minimum distribution
is required. For distributions beginning before the Participant’s death, the first Distribution
Calendar Year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year that contains the
Participant’s Required Beginning Date. If a Participant elects the Life Expectancy method, then for
distributions beginning after the Participant’s death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the
calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under Section 5.9(b)(2)(B). The required
minimum distribution for the Participant’s first Distribution Calendar Year will be made on or
before the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. The required minimum distribution for other
Distribution Calendar Years, including the required minimum distribution for the Distribution
Calendar Year in which the Participant’s Required Beginning Date occurs, will be made on or before
December 31 of that Distribution Calendar Year.
	 
	1.57	 	Domestic Partner. The term “Domestic Partner” means the individual who is recognized to be the
domestic partner of the Participant through policies and procedures that are established by the
Sponsoring Employer and that may reflect the law of a State or a Commonwealth (or a political
subdivision of a State or a Commonwealth).
	 
	1.58	 	Early Retirement Age. The term “Early Retirement Age” means the Early Retirement Age, if any,
as elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Adoption Agreement.
	 
	1.59	 	Early Retirement Date. The term “Early Retirement Date” means the Early Retirement Date, if
any, as elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Adoption Agreement.
	 
	1.60	 	Earned Income. The term “Earned Income” means the net earnings from self-employment in the
trade or business with respect to which the Plan is established, for which personal services of the
individual are a material income-producing factor. Net earnings will be determined without regard
to items not included in gross income and the deductions allocable thereto. Net earnings will be
reduced by deductible contributions by the Employer to a qualified retirement plan. Net earnings
will be determined with regard to the deduction allowed to the Employer by Code §164(f) for taxable
years beginning after December 31, 1989.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 14 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	1.61	 	Elapsed Time Method. The term “Elapsed Time Method” means a method for crediting service for
eligibility, for Vesting, for determining a Participant’s allocation, and/or for applying the
allocation conditions as elected in the Adoption Agreement, pursuant to the definition of Period of
Service.
	 
	1.62	 	Elective Deferral. The term “Elective Deferral” means Employer contributions made to the Plan
at the election of the Participant in lieu of cash Compensation, and will include contributions
made pursuant to a salary deferral agreement or other deferral mechanism. In any taxable year, a
Participant’s Elective Deferral is the sum of all Employer contributions made on behalf of such
Participant pursuant to an election to defer under (a) any qualified cash or deferred arrangement
under Code §401(k); (b) any salary reduction simplified employee pension described in Code
§408(k)(6); (c) any SIMPLE IRA Plan described in Code §408(p); (d) any plan under Code §501(c)(18);
and (e) any Employer contributions made on the behalf of a Participant for the purchase of an
annuity contract under Code §403(b) pursuant to a Salary Deferral Agreement. For years beginning
after 2005, the term “Elective Deferral” includes Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals and Roth Elective
Deferrals. An Elective Deferral must relate to Compensation that either (a) would have been
received by the Employee in the Plan Year but for the Employee’s election to defer; or (b) if
elected by the Sponsoring Employer for purposes of the ADP Test, is attributable to services performed by the Employee in the Plan Year and, but for the
Employee’s election to defer, would have been received by the Employee within 21/2 months after
the close of the Plan Year. If elected by the Sponsoring Employer for purposes of the ADP
Test, then this Plan will provide for Elective Deferrals that relate to Compensation that
would have been received after the close of a Plan Year to be considered for such prior Plan
Year rather than the Plan Year in which the Compensation would have been received.
	 
	1.63	 	Eligibility Computation Period. The term “Eligibility Computation Period” means a period of
twelve (12) consecutive months, which is used for purposes of eligibility to participate in the
Plan (or a component of the Plan). An Employee’s initial Eligibility Computation Period will begin
on his or her Employment Commencement Date. As elected in the Adoption Agreement, either (a) each
subsequent Eligibility Computation Period will begin on each anniversary of the Employee’s
Employment Commencement Date; or (b) the second Eligibility Computation Period will begin on the
first day of the Plan Year which begins prior to the first anniversary of the Employee’s Employment
Commencement Date (regardless of whether the Employee is credited with a specific number of Hours
of Service during the initial Eligibility Computation Period) and each subsequent Eligibility
Computation Period will consist of each subsequent Plan Year.
	 
	1.64	 	Eligible Employee. The term “Eligible Employee” means any Employee who is a member of an
eligible class of Employees and who is not excluded from participating in the Plan (or a component
of the Plan), as elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Adoption Agreement. In addition, if the
Plan utilizes the failsafe allocation provisions of Section 3.15, then the term “ Eligible
Employee” means any Employee who receives a failsafe allocation, even if such Employee was
previously excluded from participating in the Plan (or a component of the Plan). Furthermore, the
Sponsoring Employer may elect at any time to reclassify any Employee that had been excluded from
participating in the Plan (or a component of the Plan) to be an Eligible Employee through a Plan
amendment that is retroactively applied for one or more prior Plan Years because the Plan (or a
component of the Plan) failed to satisfy for such Plan Year one of the tests set forth in Code
§410(b)(1)(A), (B) or (C), or for any other reason required to maintain the tax exempt status of
the Plan.
	 
	1.65	 	Employee. The term “Employee” means (a) any person who is reported on the payroll records of
the Employer as an employee and who is deemed by the Employer to be a common law employee; (b) any
person who is reported on the payroll records of an Affiliated Employer as an employee and who is
deemed by the Affiliated Employer to be a common law employee (even if the Affiliated Employer is
not an Adopting Employer), except for purposes of determining eligibility to participate in the
Plan if the Sponsoring Employer utilizes a Non-Standardized Adoption Agreement; (c) any
Self-Employed Individual who derives Earned Income from the Employer; and (d) any person who is
considered a Leased Employee but who (1) is not covered by a plan described in Code §414(n)(5), or
(2) is covered by a plan described in Code §414(n)(5) but Leased Employees constitute more than 20%
of the Employer’s non-highly compensated workforce. However, the term “Employee” will not include an Independent Contractor. If
an Independent Contractor is later determined by the Employer, a court, or governmental agency to
be an Employee or to have been an Employee of the Employer or an Affiliated Employer, and so long
as such individual is an Eligible Employee, then such individual will only be eligible to
participate in the Plan in accordance with the requirements of the Employee Plans Compliance
Resolution System (EPCRS) under Revenue Procedure 2006-27 and subsequent guidance.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 15 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	1.66	 	Employee Contribution. The term “Employee Contribution” means any contribution made to the
Plan by or on behalf of a Participant that is included in the Participant’s gross income in the
year in which the contribution is made (other than Roth Elective Deferrals) and that is maintained
under a separate account to which earnings and losses are allocated. Employee Contributions include
Voluntary Employee Contributions and Mandatory Employee Contributions.
	 
	1.67	 	Employer. The term “Employer” means the Sponsoring Employer and any Adopting Employer.
	 
	1.68	 	Employment Commencement Date. The term “Employment Commencement Date” means the first day that
an Employee is credited with an Hour of Service for an Employer or an Affiliated Employer.
	 
	1.69	 	Equivalent Accrual Rate. The term “Equivalent Accrual Rate” means the annual benefit that is
the result of normalizing the increase in the Participant’s Account balance during the measurement
period, divided by the number of years in which the Participant benefited under the Plan during the
measurement period, and expressed either as a dollar amount or as a percentage of the Participant’s
average annual Code §414(s) Compensation. A measurement period that includes future years may not
be used. For purposes of determining an Equivalent Accrual Rate, the following rules apply:

	 	(a)	 	Determination of Account Balance. The increase in the Participant’s Account balance
during the measurement period taken into account does not include income, expenses, gains, or
losses allocated during the measurement period that are attributable to the Participant’s
Account balance as of the beginning of the measurement period, but does include any
additional amounts that would have been included in the increase in the Participant’s Account
balance but for the fact that the additional amounts were previously distributed (including a
reasonable adjustment for interest). If the measurement period is the current Plan Year, the
Sponsoring Employer may also elect to disregard the income, expenses, gains, and losses
allocated during the current Plan Year that are attributable to the increase in the
Participant’s Account balance since the beginning of the Plan Year, and thus determine the
increase in Participant’s Account balance during the Plan Year taking into account only
allocations described in Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-2(c)(2)(ii). In addition, the Sponsoring
Employer may disregard distributions to a Non-Highly Compensated Employee as well as
distributions to any Employee in Plan Years beginning before a selected date no later than
January 1, 1986.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Normalization. The Participant’s Account balance determined under paragraph (a) is
normalized into a single-sum benefit that is immediately and unconditionally payable to the
Employee. A standard interest rate, and a straight life annuity factor that is based on the
same or a different standard interest rate and on a standard mortality table, must be used in
normalizing this benefit. In addition, no mortality may be assumed prior to the Employee’s
testing age.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Options. Any of the optional rules in Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-3(d)(3) (e.g., imputation
of permitted disparity) may be applied in determining an Employee’s Equivalent Accrual Rate
by substituting the Employee’s Equivalent Accrual Rate (determined without regard to this
option) for the Employee’s Normal Accrual Rate where appropriate. For this purpose, however,
the last sentence of the fresh-start alternative in Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-3(d)(3)(iii)(A)
(dealing with Compensation adjustments to the frozen accrued benefit) is not applicable. No
other options are available in determining an Employee’s Equivalent Accrual Rate except those
(e.g., selection of alternative measurement periods) specifically provided in this
definition. None of the optional special rules in Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-3(f) (e.g., determination
of benefits on other than a Plan Year basis under Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-3(f)(6)) is
available.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Consistency Rule. Equivalent Accrual Rates must be determined in a consistent manner for
all Employees for the Plan Year. The same measurement periods and standard interest rates
must be used, and any available options must be applied consistently if at all.

	1.70	 	ERISA. The term “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended,
the Department of Labor Regulations, and Advisory Opinions and other rulings promulgated by the
Department of Labor (or any agency thereunder). All citations to sections of ERISA and the
Department of Labor Regulations are to such sections as they may from time to time be amended or
renumbered.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 16 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	1.71	 	Excess Annual Additions. The term “Excess Annual Additions” means an amount of Annual
Additions credited to a Participant’s Account that exceeds the maximum Annual Additions limitation
set forth in Section 6.1 for any Limitation Year. If Excess Annual Additions are treated according
to Section 6.4, then such Excess Annual Additions will not be deemed Annual Additions.
	 
	1.72	 	Excess Aggregate Contributions. The term “Excess Aggregate Contributions” means, with respect
to any Plan Year, the excess of (a) the aggregate Contribution Percentage Amounts used in computing
the numerator of the Contribution Percentage actually made on behalf of Participants who are Highly
Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over (b) the maximum Contribution Percentage Amounts
permitted by the ACP Test (determined by hypothetically reducing Contribution Percentage Amounts
made on behalf of Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees in order of their Contribution
Percentages beginning with the highest of such Contribution Percentages). Such determination will
be made after first determining Excess Elective Deferrals and then determining Excess
Contributions.
	 
	1.73	 	Excess Compensation. The term “Excess Compensation” means the amount of a Benefiting
Participant’s Compensation in excess of (a) the Taxable Wage Base in effect on the first day of the
Plan Year, (b) a percentage (that is less than 100% percent) of the Taxable Wage Base in effect on
the first day of the Plan Year, or (c) a stated dollar amount that is less than the Taxable Wage
Base in effect on the first day of the Plan Year, as elected in the Adoption Agreement.
	 
	1.74	 	Excess Contributions. The term “Excess Contributions” means, with respect to any Plan Year,
the excess of (a) the aggregate amount of Employer contributions actually taken into account in
computing the Actual Deferral Percentage of HCEs for such Plan Year, over (b) the maximum amount of
such contributions permitted by the ADP Test (determined by hypothetically reducing contributions
made on behalf of HCEs in the order of their Actual Deferral Percentages, beginning with the
highest of such percentages).
	 
	1.75	 	Excess Elective Deferrals. The term “Excess Elective Deferrals” means those Elective Deferrals
of a Participant that either (a) are made during the Participant’s taxable year and exceed the
dollar limitation under Code §402(g) (including, if applicable, the Catch-up Contribution Limit as
defined in Code §414(v)) for such taxable year; or (b) are made during a calendar year and exceed
the dollar limitation under Code §402(g) (including, if applicable, the Catch-Up Contribution Limit
as defined in Code §414(v)) for the Participant’s taxable year beginning in such calendar year,
counting only Elective Deferrals made under this Plan and any other plan, contract or arrangement
maintained by the Sponsoring Employer.
	 
	1.76	 	401(k) Plan. The term “401(k) Plan” means a plan which permits the plan’s participants to have
Elective Deferrals made on their behalf to the plan.
	 
	1.77	 	401(m) Plan. The term “401(m) Plan” means a plan which permits or requires the plan’s
participants to make Employee Contributions to the plan, and/or which allocates Matching
Contributions to participants in the plan.
	 
	1.78	 	Fiscal Year. The term “Fiscal Year” means either (a) the Sponsoring Employer’s 12 consecutive
month accounting year beginning and ending on the dates indicated in Adoption Agreement, or (b) the
Sponsoring Employer’s 52-53 week accounting year that either begins or ends on the date indicated
in Adoption Agreement (unless there is a short Fiscal Year as elected in the Adoption Agreement).
If the Fiscal Year is changed, a short Fiscal Year is established beginning the day after the last
day of the Fiscal Year in effect before this change and ending on the last day of the new Fiscal
Year.
	 
	1.79	 	Forfeiture. The term “Forfeiture” means generally the amount by which a Participant’s Account
balance attributable to Employer contributions exceeds his or her Vested Interest in the
Participant’s Account balance attributable to Employer contributions upon the date the Sponsoring
Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement. Furthermore, the term “Forfeiture” means the non-Vested portion of Matching Contributions
that are removed from a Participant’s Account to correct Excess Aggregate Contributions, and
Matching Contributions (both the Vested and non-Vested portions) removed from a Participant’s Account
because such Matching Contributions relate to Excess Deferrals, Excess Contributions, or
Excess Aggregate Contributions. Lastly, the term “Forfeiture” means any amount that is
removed from a Participant’s Account pursuant to any Employee Plans Compliance Resolution
System (EPCRS) program or any other correction guidance that is issued by the Internal
Revenue Service. No Forfeitures will occur solely because (a) a Participant withdrawals
Employee Contributions from the Plan; (b) a Participant withdrawals Elective Deferrals from
the Plan; or (c) a Participant transfers employment from the Sponsoring Employer to an
Affiliated Employer or Adopting Employer (or vice versa).

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 17 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	1.80	 	Forfeiture Account. The term “Forfeiture Account” means the notational bookkeeping account
into which all Forfeitures are placed pending allocation (or other use) pursuant to Section
3.13(b).
	 
	1.81	 	Form W-2 Compensation. The term “Form W-2 Compensation” means wages within the meaning of Code
§3401(a) and all other payments of compensation to an Employee by the Employer (in the course of
the Employer’s trade or business) which is actually paid or made available and is included in the
Employee’s gross income for which the Employer is required to furnish the Employee a Form W-2 under
Code §6041(d), §6051(a)(3) and §6052. Form W-2 Compensation must be determined without regard to
any rules under Code §3401(a) that limit remuneration included in wages based on the nature or
location of the employment or services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in
Code §3401(a)(2)).
	 
	1.82	 	Gradually Increasing Age or Service Schedule. The term “Gradually Increasing Age or Service
Schedule” means, for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, that the allocation formula
for all Participants under the Plan provides for a single schedule of Allocation Rates under which:

	 	(a)	 	Series of Bands. The schedule defines a series of bands based on Age, Years of Service
(or Periods of Service), or the number of points representing the sum of Age and Years of
Service (or Periods of Service) with respect to age and service points, under which the same
Allocation Rate applies to all employees whose Age, Years of Service (or Periods of Service),
or Age and service points are within each band; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	Smoothly Increasing at Regular Intervals. The Allocation Rates under the schedule
increase smoothly at regular intervals, within the following meanings:

	 	(1)	 	Smoothly Increasing Schedule of Allocation Rates. A schedule of Allocation Rates
increases smoothly if the Allocation Rate for each band within the schedule is greater
than the Allocation Rate for the immediately preceding band (i.e., the band with the next
lower number of years of Age, Years of Service (or Periods of Service), or Age and
service points) by no more than 5 percentage (5%). However, a schedule of Allocation Rates will not be treated as increasing smoothly if
the ratio of the allocation rate for any band to the rate for the immediately
preceding band is more than 2.0 or if it exceeds the ratio of Allocation Rates
between the two immediately preceding bands.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Regular Intervals. A schedule of Allocation Rates has regular intervals of Age, Years
of Service (or Periods of Service), or Age and service points, if each band, other than
the band associated with the highest Age, Years of Service (or Periods of Service), or
Age and service points, is the same length. For this purpose, if the schedule is based on
Age, the first band is deemed to be of the same length as the other bands if it ends at
or before age 25. If the first age band ends after Age 25, then, in determining whether
the length of the first band is the same as the length of other bands, the starting age
for the first age band is permitted to be treated as Age 25 or any Age earlier than 25.
For a schedule of allocation rates based on Age and service points, the rules of the
preceding two sentences are applied by substituting 25 Age and service points for age 25.
For a schedule of allocation rates based on service, the starting service for the first
service band is permitted to be treated as one Year of Service (or Period of Service) or
any lesser amount of service.

	 	(c)	 	Minimum Allocation Rates Permitted. A schedule of Allocation Rates under the Plan is
considered to increase smoothly at regular intervals if a minimum uniform Allocation Rate is
provided for all Participants or the Top Heavy Minimum Allocation described in Code
§416(c)(2) is provided for all Non-Key Employees (either because the Plan is Top Heavy or
without regard to whether the Plan is Top Heavy) if the schedule satisfies one of the
following conditions:

	 	(1)	 	Hypothetical Schedule. The Allocation Rates under the Plan that are greater than the
minimum Allocation Rate can be included in a hypothetical schedule of Allocation Rates
that increases smoothly at regular intervals, where the hypothetical schedule has a lowest
allocation rate no lower than 1% of Code §414(s) Compensation; or

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 18 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(2)	 	Schedule of Allocation Rates based on Age. If the Plan is using a schedule of
Allocation Rates based on Age, for each Age band in the schedule that provides an
Allocation Rate greater than the minimum Allocation Rate, then there could be a
Participant in that Age band with an Equivalent Accrual Rate that is less than or equal
to the Equivalent Accrual Rate that would apply to a Participant whose Age is the highest
Age for which the Allocation Rate equals the minimum Allocation Rate.

	1.83	 	HCE. The term “HCE” means a Highly Compensated Employee.
	 
	1.84	 	Highly Compensated Employee. The term “Highly Compensated Employee” means any Employee who (a)
was a 5% owner as defined in Code §416(i)(1)(B)(i) at any time during the Plan Year or during the
look-back year. In determining whether an Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee based on his or
her status as a 5% owner, the look-back year will be the 12-month period immediately preceding the
Plan Year for which the determination is being made; or (b) for the look-back year, had Code
§415(c)(3) Compensation in excess of $80,000 as adjusted under Code §415(d) (except that the base
period will be the calendar quarter ending September 30, 1996). In determining if an Employee is a
Highly Compensated Employee based on Code §415(c)(3) Compensation, the look-back year will be the
12-month period immediately preceding the Plan Year for which the determination is being made,
unless the Sponsoring Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement for any Plan Year that the
look-back year will be the calendar year beginning with or within the look-back year; and the top
paid group election set forth in Code §414(q)(3) will not be applied to this Plan unless otherwise
elected for any Plan Year by the Sponsoring Employer in the Adoption Agreement. In determining if
an individual is a highly compensated former Employee, the rules for determining which Employees
are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year for which the determination is being made (in
accordance with Temporary Regulation §1.414(q)-1T, A-4 and Notice 97-45) will be applied. If the
Employer maintains more than one qualified retirement plan, the terms of this Section will be
applied in a uniform, consistent manner to all such plans.
	 
	1.85	 	Hour of Service. The term “Hour of Service” means, with respect to any Plan provision in which
Service is determined by the Elapsed Time Method, each hour for which an Employee is paid, or is
entitled to payment, by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer for the performance of duties. With
respect to any Plan provision in which Service is determined by the Counting of Hours Method, the
term “Hour of Service” means the following:

	 	(a)	 	Determination of Hours. The term “Hour of Service” means (1) each hour for which an
Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for the Employer or
an Affiliated Employer, which will be credited to the Employee for the computation period in
which the duties are performed; (2) each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to
payment, by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer on account of a period of time during
which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has
terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff,
jury duty, military duty or leave of absence, except that no more than 501 Hours of Service
will be credited under this clause (2) for any single continuous period (regardless of
whether such period occurs in a single computation period); and (3) each hour for which back
pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Employer or
an Affiliated Employer, except that the same Hours of Service will not be credited both under
clause (1) or clause (2), as the case may be, and under this clause (3), and these Hours of
Service will be credited to the Employee for the computation period or periods to which the
award or agreement pertains rather than the computation period in which the award, agreement
or payment is made. Hours of Service under this paragraph will be calculated and credited
pursuant to Department of Labor Regulation §2530.200b-2, which is incorporated herein by
reference. Furthermore, Hours of Service will be credited for any individual who is
considered to be an Employee under Code §414(n) for purposes of this Plan.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Maternity/Paternity Leave. Solely for purposes of determining whether a Break in Service
has occurred in a computation period for purposes of an Employee’s eligibility for Plan
participation, Vesting, and benefit accrual/allocation, an individual on Maternity or
Paternity Leave will receive credit for up to 501 Hours of Service which would otherwise have been credited to such
individual but for such absence, or in any case in which such hours cannot be determined,
eight (8) Hours of Service per day of such absence. The Hours of Service credited for a
Maternity or Paternity Leave will be credited in the computation period in which the absence
begins if the crediting is necessary to prevent a Break in Service in that computation
period, or in all other cases, in the following computation period.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Use of Equivalencies. Notwithstanding paragraph (a), the Administrator may elect for all
Employees or for one or more different classifications of Employees (provided such
classifications are reasonable, are consistently applied, and are nondiscriminatory) to apply
one or more of the following equivalency methods

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 19 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	 	 	in determining an Employee’s Hours of Service. Under such equivalency methods, an
Employee will be credited with (1) 190 Hours of Service for each month that he or she
would credited with at least one Hour of Service during that month; (2) 95 Hours of
Service for each semi-monthly period that he or she would credited with at least one Hour
of Service during that semi-monthly period; (3) 45 Hours of Service for each week that he
or she would credited with at least one Hour of Service during that week; and/or (4) 10
Hours of Service for each day that he or she would credited with at least one Hour of
Service during that day.

	1.86	 	Hypothetical Entry Date. The term “Hypothetical Entry Date” means, with respect to a Plan (or
a component of a Plan) that provides that Otherwise Excludable Participants are eligible to
participate in the Plan (or component of the Plan), the date that an Otherwise Excludable
Participant would hypothetically enter the Plan (or component of the Plan) and would no longer be
considered an Otherwise Excludable Participant had the Plan (or component of the Plan) utilized the
statutory minimum age and service requirements under Code §410(a)(1)(A) as the eligibility
requirements for the Plan (or component of the Plan), as elected in the Adoption Agreement.
	 
	1.87	 	Immediately Distributable. The term “Immediately Distributable” means any part of the
Participant’s benefit that could be distributed to the Participant (or the Participant’s surviving
Spouse) before the Participant reaches (or would have reached if not deceased) the later of his or
her Normal Retirement Age or Age 62.
	 
	1.88	 	Independent Contractor. The term “Independent Contractor” means an individual who is not
reported on the payroll records of the Employer or an Affiliated Employer as a common law employee.
The determination of whether an individual is an Independent Contractor will be based upon the
facts and circumstances and upon the guidance of Revenue Ruling 87-41.
	 
	1.89	 	Key Employee. The term “Key Employee” means, in determining whether the Plan is Top Heavy for
Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, any Employee, former Employee or deceased
Employee who at any time during the Plan Year that includes the Determination Date is (a) an
officer of the Employer having annual Code §415(c)(3) Compensation greater than $130,000 (as
adjusted under Code §416(i)(1)(A) for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2002); (b) a 5% owner
as defined in Code §416(i)(1)(B)(i); or (c) a 1% owner as defined in Code §416(i)(1)(B)(ii) whose
annual Code §415(c)(3) Compensation is more than $150,000. The determination of who is a Key
Employee will be made in accordance with Code §416(i)(1), the applicable Regulations, and other
guidance issued thereunder. With respect to Employees who are treated as Key Employees by reason of
being officers pursuant to clause (a), the following rules apply:

	 	(a)	 	Definition of Officer. The term “officer” means generally an administrative executive who
is in regular and continued service (a continuity of service), and excludes an individual who
is employed for a special and single transaction. Whether an individual is an officer will be
determined upon the basis of all the facts and circumstances, including the source of the
individual’s authority, the term for which the individual is elected or appointed, and the
nature and extent of the individual’s duties. An Employee who merely has the title of an
officer but not the authority of an officer is not an officer for purposes of determining
whether the Employee is a Key Employee. Similarly, an Employee who does not have the title of
an officer but has the authority of an officer is an officer for purposes of determining
whether the Employee is a Key Employee.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Number of Officers Taken Into Account. There is no minimum number of officers that must
be taken into account. After aggregating all Employees (including Leased Employees) of the
Sponsoring Employer and Affiliated Employers, there is a maximum limit to the number of
officers that are to be taken into account as officers for the entire group consisting of the
Sponsoring Employer and Affiliated Employers. The number of Employees that the Sponsoring
Employer and Affiliated Employers has for the Plan Year containing the Determination Date is
the greatest number of Employees the Sponsoring Employer and Affiliated Employers had during
that Plan Year, and Employees include only those individuals who perform services for the
Sponsoring Employer and Affiliated Employers during that Plan Year. However, in determining
the number of officers taken into account, Employees described in Code §414(q)(5) will be excluded. If the number of
Employees (including part-time Employees) of the Sponsoring Employer and Affiliated Employers
is less than or equal to 30 Employees, then no more than 3 Employees will be treated as Key
Employees for the Plan Year containing the Determination Date by reason of being officers. If
the number of Employees of the Sponsoring Employer and Affiliated Employers is greater than
30 but less than or equal to 500, then no more than 10% of the number of Employees will be
treated as Key Employees by reason of being officers. If 10% of the number of Employees is
not an integer, then the maximum number of individuals to be treated as Key Employees by
reason of being officers will be increased to the next integer. If the number of Employees of
the Sponsoring Employer and Affiliated Employers exceeds 500, then no more than 50 Employees
will be

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 20 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

treated as Key Employees for the Plan Year containing the Determination Date by reason of
being officers. This limited number of officers is comprised of the individual officers,
selected from the group of all individuals who are officers in the Plan Year containing
the Determination Date, who have annual Code §415(c)(3) Compensation during the Plan Year
containing the Determination Date greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under Code
§416(i)(1) for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2002), and who had the largest
annual Code §415(c)(3) Compensation during the Plan Year containing the Determination
Date.

	1.90	 	Leased Employee. The term “Leased Employee” means any person (other than an Employee of the
recipient-Employer) who pursuant to an agreement between the recipient-Employer and other person
(known as the “Leasing Organization”) has performed services for the recipient-Employer (or for the
recipient-Employer and related persons determined in accordance with Code §414(n)(6)) on a
substantially full time basis for a period of at least one year, and such services are performed
under primary direction or control by the recipient-Employer. Contributions or benefits provided to a Leased Employee by the Leasing Organization which are
attributable to services performed for the recipient-Employer will be treated as provided by
the recipient-Employer. A Leased Employee will not be considered an Employee of the
recipient-Employer if (a) such Leased Employee is covered by a money purchase plan providing
(1) a non-integrated Employer contribution rate of at least 10% of the Leased Employee’s Code
§415(c)(3) Compensation; (2) immediate participation in such plan; and (3) full and immediate
vesting; and (b) Leased Employees do not constitute more than 20% of the recipient-Employer’s
non-highly compensated work force.
	 
	1.91	 	Life Expectancy. The term “Life Expectancy” means, for purposes of required minimum
distributions under Section 5.9, life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in
Regulation §1.401(a)(9)-9, Q&A 1.
	 
	1.92	 	Limitation Year. The term “Limitation Year” means the 12-consecutive month period elected in
the Adoption Agreement. If the Limitation Year is amended to a different 12-consecutive month
period, then the new Limitation Year must begin on a date within the Limitation Year in which the
amendment is made.
	 
	1.93	 	Mandatory Employee Contribution. The term “Mandatory Employee Contribution” means an Employee
Contribution that equals the specified percentage of a Participant’s Compensation which the
Participant must contribute to the Plan in order to receive an allocation of Employer contributions
and Forfeitures for the Allocation Period.
	 
	1.94	 	Mandatory Employee Contribution Account. The term “Mandatory Employee Contribution Account”
means the account to which a Participant’s Mandatory Employee Contribution” are allocated.

	 
	1.95	 	

 Matching Contribution. The term “Matching Contribution” means either (a) an ADP Safe Harbor
Matching Contribution, (b) an ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution, (c) a Qualified Matching
Contribution, or (d) a Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution, depending on the context in which the
term is used in either the Basic Plan or in the Adoption Agreement.
	 
	1.96	 	Matching Contribution Account. The term “Matching Contribution Account” means the sub-account
to which a Participant’s Matching Contributions are allocated.
	 
	1.97	 	Matching Rate. The term “Matching Rate” means:

	 	(a)	 	Matching Contributions With Respect to Elective Deferrals. If the Plan provides a
Matching Contribution with respect to a Participant’s Elective Deferrals (but not Employee
Contributions), then generally the Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions made for a
Participant divided by the Participant’s Elective Deferrals for the Plan Year. If the
Matching Rate is not the same for all levels of Elective Deferrals for a Participant, the
Participant’s Matching Rate is determined by assuming that a Participant’s Elective Deferrals
are equal to 6% of such Participant’s Code §414(s) Compensation.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Matching Contributions With Respect to Elective Deferrals and Employee Contributions. If
the Plan provides a Matching Contribution with respect to a Participant’s Employee
Contributions and Elective Deferrals, then generally the Non-Safe Harbor Matching
Contributions made for a Participant divided by the sum of the Participant’s Employee
Contributions and Elective Deferrals for the Plan Year. If the Matching Rate is not the same
for all levels of Employee Contributions and Elective Deferrals for a Participant, the
Participant’s Matching Rate is determined by assuming that the sum of a Participant’s
Employee Contributions and Elective Deferrals is equal to 6% of the Participant’s Code
§414(s) Compensation.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 21 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(c)	 	Matching Contributions With Respect to Employee Contributions. If the Plan provides a
Matching Contribution with respect to a Participant’s Employee Contributions (but not
Elective Deferrals), then generally the Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions made for a
Participant divided by the Participant’s Employee Contributions for the Plan Year. If the
Matching Rate is not the same for all levels of Employee Contributions for a Participant, the
Participant’s Matching Rate is determined by assuming that a Participant’s Employee
Contributions are equal to 6% of such Participant’s Code §414(s) Compensation.

	1.98	 	Maternity or Paternity Leave. The term “Maternity or Paternity Leave” means an Employee’s
absence from work because of (a) the Employee’s pregnancy; (b) the birth of the Employee’s child;
(c) the placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the adoption of such child by the
Employee; or (d) the need to care for such child for a period beginning immediately following the
child’s birth or placement as set forth above.
	 
	1.99	 	Maximum Excess Percentage. The term “Maximum Excess Percentage” means the percentage derived
by dividing the Employer’s contribution by the sum of the total Compensation of all Benefiting
Participants plus the total Excess Compensation of all Benefiting Participants.
	 
	1.100	 	Minimum Aggregate Allocation Gateway. The term “Minimum Aggregate Allocation Gateway” means,
for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, in the case where this Plan (or any other
defined contribution plan that is aggregated with this Plan) is aggregated with any defined benefit
plan for purposes of applying the general test for non-discrimination based upon Equivalent Accrual
Rates for the defined contribution plan(s), a minimum Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate that must be
provided to each Non-Highly Compensated Employee. Notwithstanding the above, in determining the
Benefiting Participants for purposes of the Minimum Aggregate Allocation Gateway, the permissive
disaggregation rules under Regulation §1.410(b)-6(b)(3)(ii) and §1.410(b)-7(c)(3) will be applied.
The Minimum Aggregate Allocation Gateway is subject to the following rules:

	 	(a)	 	Minimum Aggregate Allocation Gateway Amount. The amount of the Minimum Aggregate
Allocation Gateway is equal to the lesser of :

	 	(1)	 	7.5% of Code §415(c)(3) Compensation; or
	 
	 	(2)	 	An Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate based upon the following formulae:

	 	(A)	 	One-Third Formula. If the Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate of the HCE with the
highest aggregate allocation rate is less than 15%, then the Aggregate Normal
Allocation Rate for each NHCE must be at least one-third (1/3) of the Aggregate
Normal Allocation Rate of the HCE with the highest Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate;
	 
	 	(B)	 	5% Formula. If the Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate of the HCE with the highest
Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate is between 15% and 25%, then the Aggregate Normal
Allocation Rate for each NHCE must be at least 5% of Code §415(c)(3) Compensation; or
	 
	 	(C)	 	5% Plus Formula. If the Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate of the HCE with the
highest Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate exceeds 25%, then the Aggregate Normal
Allocation Rate for each NHCE must be at least 5% plus one percentage point for each
five percentage point increment (or portion thereof) by which the Aggregate Normal
Allocation Rate of the HCE with the highest Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate exceeds
25% (e.g., if the Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate of the HCE with the highest
Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate exceeds 25% but not 30%, then the Aggregate Normal
Allocation Rate for each NHCE must be at least 6%; if the Aggregate Normal Allocation
Rate of the HCE with the highest Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate exceeds 30% but not
35%, then the Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate for each NHCE must be at least 7%).

	 	(b)	 	Averaging of Equivalent Allocation Rates for NHCEs. For purposes of this definition, the
Plan is permitted to treat each Non-Highly Compensated Employee who benefits under the
defined benefit plan as having an equivalent normal allocation rate equal to the average of
the equivalent normal allocation rates under the defined benefit plan for all Non-Highly
Compensated Employees benefiting under that plan.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 22 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(c)	 	No Permitted Disparity. For purposes of this definition, the Aggregate Normal Allocation
Rate must not take into account the imputation of permitted disparity under Regulation
§1.401(a)(4)-7.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Compensation Limited to Compensation after Entry Date. For purposes of determining if the
Minimum Aggregate Allocation Gateway of paragraph (a) has been satisfied, Code §415(c)(3)
Compensation will be limited to the Participant’s Code §415(c)(3) Compensation on and after a
Participant’s Entry Date of the Plan’s component subject to the Minimum Aggregate Allocation
Gateway.
	 
	 	(e)	 	Treatment of Otherwise Excludable Participants. For purposes of the Minimum Aggregate
Allocation Gateway, Otherwise Excludable Participants will not be considered.

	1.101	 	Minimum Allocation Gateway. The term “Minimum Allocation Gateway” means, for Plan Years
beginning on or after January 1, 2002, a minimum allocation that must be provided to each
Non-Highly Compensated Employee who receives an allocation of any Non-Elective Contribution
(including any ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution) or any Qualified Non-Elective
Contribution under this Plan (or any other defined contribution plan that is aggregated with this
Plan) that performs the general test for non-discrimination based upon Equivalent Accrual Rates as
set forth in Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-8. Notwithstanding the above, in determining the Benefiting
Participants for purposes of the Minimum Allocation Gateway, the permissive disaggregation rules
under Regulation §1.410(b)-6(b)(3)(ii) and §1.410(b)-7(c)(3) will be applied. The Minimum
Allocation Gateway is subject to the following rules:

	 	(a)	 	Minimum Allocation Gateway Satisfied So Long As this Plan Is Not Aggregated with any
Defined Benefit Plan. The Minimum Allocation Gateway can be utilized so long as neither this
Plan nor any other defined contribution plan (that is aggregated with this Plan) is
aggregated with any defined benefit plan in applying the general test for non-discrimination
based upon Equivalent Accrual Rates for the defined contribution plan(s). If this Plan or any
other defined contribution plan (that is aggregated with this Plan) is aggregated with any
defined benefit plan for purposes of applying the general test for non-discrimination based
upon Equivalent Accrual Rates for the defined contribution plan(s), then the Minimum
Allocation Gateway pursuant to this definition will not satisfy the requirements of
Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-9.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Minimum Allocation Gateway Amount. The amount of the Minimum Allocation Gateway is equal
to the lesser of (1) five percent (5%) of the Participant’s Code §415(c)(3) Compensation; or
(2) one-third of the Allocation Rate of the Highly Compensated Employee with the highest
Allocation Rate.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Satisfaction of Minimum Allocation Gateway. The Minimum Allocation Gateway may be
satisfied with any Non-Elective Contributions (including any ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective
Contributions) or any Qualified Non-Elective Contributions.
	 
	 	(d)	 	No Permitted Disparity. For purposes of this definition, allocations and Allocation Rates
must not take into account the imputation of permitted disparity under §1.401(a)(4)-7.
	 
	 	(e)	 	Compensation Limited to Compensation after Entry Date. For purposes of determining if the
Minimum Allocation Gateway of paragraph (b) has been satisfied, Code §415(c)(3) Compensation
will be limited to the Participant’s Code §415(c)(3) Compensation on and after a
Participant’s Entry Date of the Plan’s component subject to the Minimum Allocation Gateway.
	 
	 	(f)	 	Treatment of Otherwise Excludable Participants. For purposes of the Minimum Allocation
Gateway, Otherwise Excludable Participants will not be considered.

	1.102	 	Named Fiduciary. The term “Named Fiduciary” means the Administrator or other fiduciary named
by the Administrator to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan. To the
extent authorized by the Administrator, a Named Fiduciary may delegate its responsibilities to a
third party or parties. The Employer is also a Named Fiduciary.
	 
	1.103	 	NHCE. The term “NHCE” means a Non-Highly Compensated Employee.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 23 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	1.104	 	Non-Elective Contribution. The term “Non-Elective Contribution” means an ADP Safe Harbor
Non-Elective Contribution, a Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution, and/or a Prevailing Wage
Contribution that is not used to offset any Matching Contribution or is not treated as a Qualified
Non-Elective Contribution or a Qualified Matching Contribution, depending on the context in which
the term is used in the Basic Plan or the Adoption Agreement. Furthermore, the term “Non-Elective
Contribution” means any Top Heavy Minimum Allocation that may be required under the terms of the
Plan.
	 
	1.105	 	Non-Highly Compensated Employee. The term “Non-Highly Compensated Employee” means any
Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee.
	 
	1.106	 	Non-Key Employee. The term “Non-Key Employee” means any Employee who is not a Key Employee. A
former Key Employee (a Key Employee during any Plan Year prior to the Plan Year that includes the
Determination Date) is a Non-Key Employee for purposes of determining whether such former Key
Employee is required to receive a Top Heavy Minimum Allocation; however, a former Key Employee is
ignored for purposes of determining whether the Plan is Top Heavy.
	 
	1.107	 	Non-Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan. The term “Non-Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan” means a 401(k) Plan which
does not automatically satisfy the ADP Test under Code §401(k).
	 
	1.108	 	Non-Safe Harbor 401(m) Plan. The term “Non-Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan” means a 401(m) Plan which
does not automatically satisfy the ACP Test under Code §401(m).
	 
	1.109	 	Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution. The term “Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution” means
an Employer contribution made to this or any other defined contribution plan on behalf of a
Participant on account of a Participant’s Elective Deferrals and/or a Participant’s Voluntary
Employee Contributions made by such Participant under a plan maintained by the Sponsoring Employer.
Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions are not intended to automatically satisfy the ACP Test.
	 
	1.110	 	Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account. The term “Non-Safe Harbor Matching
Contribution Account” means the account to which a Participant’s Non-Safe Harbor Matching
Contributions are allocated.
	 
	1.111	 	Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution. The term “Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective
Contribution” means an Employer contribution that (a) is allocated to a Participant’s Non-Safe
Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account, (b) the Participant may not elect to receive in cash
until such contributions are distributed from the Plan; and (c) is not intended to be used to
automatically satisfy the ADP Test. In the case of a profit sharing or money purchase plan that
does not have Matching Contributions, the term “Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution” means
the Employer contribution.
	 
	1.112	 	Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account. The term “Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective
Contribution Account” means the account to which a Participant’s Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective
Contributions are allocated.
	 
	1.113	 	Normal Accrual Rate. The term “Normal Accrual Rate” means, for a Participant for a Plan Year,
the increase in the Participant’s accrued benefit (within the meaning of Code §411(a)(7)(A)(i))
during the measurement period, divided by the Participant’s testing service during the measurement
period, and expressed either as a dollar amount or as a percentage of the Participant’s average
annual Code §414(s) Compensation.
	 
	1.114	 	Normal Form of Distribution. The term “Normal Form of Distribution” means the form in which a
Participant’s benefit will be distributed absent an election to the contrary, as elected in the
Adoption Agreement.
	 
	1.115	 	Normal Retirement Age. The term “Normal Retirement Age” means the Normal Retirement Age as
elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Adoption Agreement. There is no mandatory retirement Age.
	 
	1.116	 	Normal Retirement Date. The term “Normal Retirement Date” means the Normal Retirement Date as
elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Adoption Agreement.
	 
	1.117	 	OASI Percentage. The term “OASI Percentage” means the portion of the rate of tax in effect at
the beginning of the Plan Year pursuant to Code §3111(a) which is attributable to old-age
insurance.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 24 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	1.118	 	One Year Holdout Rule. The term “One Year Holdout Rule” means a rule that applies to an
Employee who Terminates Employment with the Employer and the Employee is subsequently reemployed by
the Employer after incurring a Break in Service. Pursuant to the One Year Holdout Rule, an
Employee’s Year(s) of Service or Periods of Service that were completed prior to the Break in
Service will be recognized only after the Employee has completed one (1) Year of Service or 1-Year
Period of Service, as applicable, after the Employee’s Reemployment Commencement Date. In the case
of the Counting of Hours Method, such prior Year(s) of Service will be recognized retroactively as
of the first day of the computation period in which the Employee completes one (1) Year of Service.
In the case of the Elapsed Time Method, such prior Periods of Service will be recognized
retroactively as of the Employee’s Reemployment Commencement Date.
	 
	1.119	 	Otherwise Excludable Participant. The term “Otherwise Excludable Participant” means a
Participant in the Plan (or a component of the Plan) who (a) has not satisfied the statutory
minimum age and service requirements set forth in Code §410(a)(1)(A), and (b) has not reached such
Participant’s Hypothetical Entry Date.
	 
	1.120	 	Optional Form of Distribution. The term “Optional Form of Distribution” means a form of
distribution other than the Normal Form of Distribution, as elected in the Adoption Agreement.
	 
	1.121	 	Participant. The term “Participant” means any Eligible Employee who has met the eligibility
and participation requirements of the Plan. In addition, if the Plan utilizes the failsafe
allocation provisions of Section 3.15, then the term “Participant” means any Employee who receives
a failsafe allocation, even if such Employee is not an Eligible Employee and/or has not satisfied
the eligibility and participation requirements of the Plan. Furthermore, the Sponsoring Employer
may elect at any time to reclassify any Employee that had been excluded from participating in the
Plan (or a component of the Plan) to be a Participant through a Plan amendment that is
retroactively applied for one or more prior Plan Years because the Plan (or a component of the
Plan) failed to satisfy for such Plan Year one of the tests set forth in Code §410(b)(1)(A), (B) or
(C), or for any other reason required to maintain the tax exempt status of the Plan. However, an
individual who is no longer an Employee will cease to be a Participant if his or her entire Plan
benefit (a) is fully guaranteed by an insurance company and legally enforceable at the sole choice
of such individual against such insurance company, provided that a contract, Policy, or certificate
describing the individual’s Plan benefits has been issued to such individual; (b) is paid in a lump
sum distribution which represents such individual’s entire interest in the Plan; or (c) is paid in
some other form of distribution and the final payment thereunder has been made.
	 
	1.122	 	Participant’s Account. The term “Participant’s Account” means the account to which is
allocated a Participant’s share of Employer contributions and Employee Contributions; earnings or
losses; and, if applicable, Forfeitures. A Participant’s Account will also include the proceeds of any Policies purchased on the
Participant’s life under Section 7.2. Each Participant’s Account will be divided (where
applicable) into the following sub-accounts for accounting purposes: the Pre-Tax Elective
Deferral Account; the Roth Elective Deferral Account; the Non-Safe Harbor Matching
Contribution Account; the Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account; the Qualified
Matching Contribution Account; the Qualified Non-Elective Contribution Account; the ADP Safe
Harbor Matching Contribution Account; the ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account;
the ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account; the Voluntary Employee Contribution
Account; the Mandatory Employee Contribution Account; the Deemed IRA Contribution Account;
the Rollover Contribution Account; the Transfer Account; and any other sub-accounts the
Administrator may determine necessary from time to time.
	 
	1.123	 	Participant’s Account Balance. The term “Participant’s Account Balance” means, for purposes
of required minimum distributions under Section 5.9, the balance of the Participant’s Account as of
the last Valuation Date in the Valuation Calendar Year, increased by any contributions made and
allocated or forfeitures allocated to the Account as of dates in the Valuation Calendar Year after
the Valuation Date and decreased by distributions made in the Valuation Calendar Year after the
Valuation Date. The Participant’s Account Balance for the Valuation Calendar Year includes any
amounts rolled over or transferred to the Plan either in the Valuation Calendar Year or in the
Distribution Calendar Year if distributed or transferred in the Valuation Calendar Year.
	 
	1.124	 	Period of Service. The term “Period of Service” means, with respect to any provision of the
Plan in which service is determined by the Elapsed Time Method, a period of time during which the
Employee is employed with the Employer or an Affiliated Employer (or any business entity which was an Adopting
Employer) commencing on an Employee’s Employment Commencement Date or Reemployment Commencement
Date and ending on the date that the Employee’s Period of Severance begins, and a 1-Year Period of
Service and all other Periods of Service will be determined in accordance with the following
provisions:.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 25 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(a)	 	Definition of Period of Severance and 1-Year Period of Severance. The term “Period of
Severance” means a continuous period of time during which the Employee is not employed by the
Employer. A Period of Severance begins on the earlier of: (1) the date on which an Employee
retires, dies, quits or is discharged from employment by the Employer or an Affiliated
Employer, or (2) the first anniversary of the first date on which an Employee remains absent
from service with the Employer or an Affiliated Employer (with or without pay) for any reason
other than the Employee retiring, dying, quitting or being discharged from employment by the
Employer or an Affiliated Employer, such as for vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity
(including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of absence. However, in the
case of an Employee who is absent from work for Maternity or Paternity Leave, the
12-consecutive month period beginning on the first anniversary of the first date of such
absence under clause (2) of the previous sentence will not constitute a Period of Severance.
A Period of Severance ends as of an Employee’s Reemployment Commencement Date. The term
“1-Year Period of Severance” means a 12-consecutive month Period of Severance during which an
Employee fails to perform an Hour of Service.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Hours of Service During a Period of Severance. If an Employee performs an Hour of Service
during a period which would otherwise be considered a Period of Severance under paragraph
(a), then the Plan must count such period as a Period of Service and the Employee will
receive credit for such Period of Service.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Definition of 1-Year Period of Service. The term “1-Year Period of Service” means a
12-consecutive month Period of Service. An Employee will receive credit for Periods of
Service of less than 12-consecutive months by aggregating (subject to the limitations below)
all non-successive Periods of Service and all Periods of Service which are fractional years
or which do not constitute a whole 1-Year Period of Service, regardless of whether
consecutive. Fractional periods of a year are expressed in terms of days, on the basis that a
day of service is credited if an Employee is credited with an Hour of Service during such
day, and on the basis that 12 months of service (30 days being deemed to be a month of
service in the case of the aggregation of fractional months of service) or 365 days of
service equals a 1-Year Period of Service. An Employee will also be credited for all
purposes, as applicable, with a fractional Period of Service for any Period of Severance that
is less than a 1-Year Period of Severance.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Prior Service Credit. If the Employer maintains (or has ever maintained) any plan of a
predecessor employer, then service during the existence of such predecessor plan with such
predecessor employer will be credited as Periods of Service with the Employer. In addition,
if elected in Section 2.2 of the Adoption Agreement, then predecessor service with the entity
or entities named in the Adoption Agreement will be credited as Periods of Service with the
Employer for the purposes elected in the Adoption Agreement. For purposes of the prior
sentence, the following rules will apply: If the Employer does not maintain (and has never
maintained) a plan of a predecessor employer and if predecessor service of that predecessor
employer is credited in a standardized Adoption Agreement, then such service will be limited
to five 1-Year Periods of Service pursuant to Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-5(a)(3). If the
Employer does not maintain (and has never maintained) a plan of a predecessor employer, if
predecessor service of that predecessor employer is credited in a non-standardized Adoption
Agreement and if such predecessor service exceeds five 1-Year Periods of Service, the
crediting of such service must comply with the requirements of Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-11(d).
	 
	 	(e)	 	Reemployment of an Employee Before a Break In Service and Before Eligibility Requirements
Are Satisfied. For any Plan Year in which the eligibility requirements in Section 2.1 are
based on the Elapsed Time Method, if an Employee Terminates Employment with the Employer
prior to satisfying the eligibility requirements in Section 2.1 and the Employee is
subsequently reemployed by the Employer before incurring a Break in Service, then the
Employee’s pre-termination Period of Service will be counted in determining the satisfaction
of such eligibility requirements and for all other purposes, as applicable. Furthermore, the
Employee will also be credited for all purposes, as applicable, with a fractional Period of
Service for any Period of Severance that is less than a 1-Year Period of Severance. If the
Employee has satisfied the eligibility requirements in Section 2.1 when such fractional
Period of Service of the previous sentence is added to such Employee’s pre-termination Period
of Service, then the Employee will become a Participant in the Plan as of the later of (1)
the date that the Employee would enter the Plan had the Employee not Terminated Employment with the Employer, or (2) the Employee’s Reemployment Commencement
Date.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 26 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(f)	 	Reemployment of an Employee Before a Break In Service and After Eligibility Requirements
Are Satisfied. For any Plan Year in which the eligibility requirements in Section 2.1 are
based on the Elapsed Time Method, if an Employee Terminates Employment prior to the
Employee’s Entry Date in Section 2.2, the Employee had satisfied the eligibility requirements
in Section 2.1 as of the Employee’s Termination of Employment, and the Employee is
subsequently reemployed by the Employer before incurring a Break in Service, then (1) the
Employee will become a Participant as of the later of (A) the date the Employee would enter
the Plan had the Employee not Terminated Employment with the Employer, or (B) the Employee’s
Reemployment Commencement Date, and (2) the Employee’s pre-termination Period of Service will
be counted for all purposes. The Employee will also be credited for all purposes, as
applicable, with a fractional Period of Service for any Period of Severance less than a
1-Year Period of Severance.
	 
	 	(g)	 	Reemployment of a Participant Before a Break In Service. For any Plan Year in which the
eligibility requirements in Section 2.1 are based on the Elapsed Time Method, if an Employee
Terminates Employment after becoming a Participant and is subsequently reemployed by the
Employer before incurring a Break in Service, then (1) the reemployed Employee will reenter
the Plan as of the Employee’s Reemployment Commencement Date, and (2) the Employee’s
pre-termination Period of Service will be counted for all purposes, as applicable.
Furthermore, the Employee will also be credited for all purposes, as applicable, with a
fractional Period of Service for any Period of Severance that is less than a 1-Year Period of
Severance.
	 
	 	(h)	 	Reemployment of an Employee After a Break In Service and Before Entry Date. For any Plan
Year in which the eligibility requirements in Section 2.1 are based on the Elapsed Time
Method, if an Employee Terminates Employment with the Employer either prior to or after
satisfying the eligibility requirements in Section 2.1 (but before the Employee’s Entry Date
in Section 2.2) and the Employee is subsequently reemployed by the Employer after incurring a
Break in Service, then the Employee’s Period of Service that was completed prior to the Break
in Service will be recognized, subject to the following provisions:

	 	(1)	 	Determination of Period of Service for Eligibility Purposes. The following provisions
apply to determining any Period of Service for eligibility purposes:

	 	(A)	 	One Year Holdout Rule. If the Sponsoring Employer elects the One Year Holdout
Rule in the Adoption Agreement, any Period of Service that was completed prior to an
Employee’s Break(s) in Service will not be counted in determining an Employee’s
eligibility to participate in the Plan until the Employee satisfies the One Year
Holdout Rule. If the Employee has not satisfied the eligibility requirements as set
forth in Section 2.1 as of the Employee’s Reemployment Commencement Date and then
satisfies the One Year Holdout Rule, then the Employee will become a Participant in
the Plan as of the Entry Date in Section 2.2 after the Employee has satisfied the
eligibility requirements in Section 2.1 (including, if applicable, an Entry Date that
may occur during the One Year Holdout Rule period after the Employee’s Reemployment
Commencement Date). If the Employee has satisfied the eligibility requirements in
Section 2.1 as of the Employee’s Reemployment Commencement Date and then satisfies
the One Year Holdout Rule, the reemployed Employee will enter the Plan retroactively
as of his or her Reemployment Commencement Date. If the Sponsoring Employer has
elected the Rule of Parity in the Adoption Agreement (in addition to the One Year
Holdout Rule), then the recognition of any Period of Service completed prior to an
Employee’s Break(s) in Service will be subject to both the One Year Holdout Rule and
the Rule of Parity.
	 
	 	(B)	 	Rule of Parity. If the Sponsoring Employer elects the Rule of Parity in the
Adoption Agreement, then any Period of Service that was completed prior to an
Employee’s Break(s) in Service will not be counted in determining an Employee’s
eligibility to participate in the Plan if that Period of Service is disregarded
pursuant to the Rule of Parity. If such former Employee’s Period of Service is
disregarded under the Rule of Parity, then the reemployed Employee will be treated as
a new Employee for purposes of Section 2.1 as of the Employee’s Reemployment
Commencement Date. If the Employee has not satisfied the eligibility requirements in
Section 2.1 as of the Employee’s Reemployment Commencement Date and such former
Employee’s Period of Service is not disregarded under the Rule of Parity, then the
Employee will become a Participant in the Plan as of the Entry Date in
Section 2.2 after the Employee has satisfied the eligibility requirements in Section
2.1. If the Employee has satisfied the eligibility requirements in Section 2.1 as of
the Employee’s Reemployment Commencement Date and such former Employee’s Period of
Service is not disregarded under the Rule of Parity, then the reemployed Employee
will enter the Plan as of the Employee’s Reemployment Commencement Date.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 27 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(2)	 	Determination of Period of Service for Vesting Purposes. The following provisions
apply to determining any Period of Service for Vesting purposes:

	 	(A)	 	One Year Holdout Rule. If the Sponsoring Employer elects the One Year Holdout
Rule in the Adoption Agreement, any Period of Service completed prior to an
Employee’s Break(s) in Service will not be counted in determining an Employee’s
Vesting Interest in the Participant’s Account balance until the Employee satisfies
the One Year Holdout Rule. If the Employee satisfies the One Year Holdout Rule, the
Employee’s Period of Service for Vesting purposes will include the Period of Service
that was completed prior to an Employee’s Break(s) in Service, retroactively to the
Employee’s Reemployment Commencement Date. Furthermore, if the Sponsoring Employer
has elected the Rule of Parity in the Adoption Agreement (in addition to the One Year
Holdout Rule), then the recognition of any Period of Service that was completed prior
to an Employee’s Break(s) in Service will be subject to both the One Year Holdout
Rule and the Rule of Parity.
	 
	 	(B)	 	Rule of Parity. If the Sponsoring Employer elects the Rule of Parity in the
Adoption Agreement, any Period of Service completed prior to an Employee’s Break(s)
in Service will not be counted for purposes of determining an Employee’s Vesting
Interest in the Participant’s Account balance if that Period of Service is
disregarded pursuant to the Rule of Parity. If such former Employee’s Period of
Service is disregarded under the Rule of Parity, then the reemployed Employee will be
treated as a new Employee for purposes of determining an Employee’s Vesting Interest
in the Participant’s Account balance as of the Employee’s Reemployment Commencement
Date.

	 	(3)	 	Determination of Period of Service for Benefit Accrual/Allocation Purposes. The
following provisions apply to determining any Period of Service for benefit accrual or
allocation purposes:

	 	(A)	 	One Year Holdout Rule. If the Sponsoring Employer elects the One Year Holdout
Rule in the Adoption Agreement, any Period of Service completed prior to an
Employee’s Break(s) in Service will not be counted for benefit accrual or allocation
purposes until the Employee satisfies the One Year Holdout Rule. If the Employee
satisfies the One Year Holdout Rule, then the Employee’s Period of Service for
benefit accrual or allocation purposes will include the Period of Service that was
completed prior to an Employee’s Break(s) in Service, retroactively to the Employee’s
Reemployment Commencement Date. Furthermore, if the Sponsoring Employer has elected
the Rule of Parity in the Adoption Agreement (in addition to the One Year Holdout
Rule), then the recognition of any Period of Service that was completed prior to an
Employee’s Break(s) in Service will be subject to both the One Year Holdout Rule and
the Rule of Parity.
	 
	 	(B)	 	Rule of Parity. If the Sponsoring Employer elects the Rule of Parity in the
Adoption Agreement, any Period of Service completed prior to an Employee’s Break(s)
in Service will not be counted for benefit accrual or allocation purposes if that
Period of Service is disregarded pursuant to the Rule of Parity. If such former
Employee’s Period of Service is disregarded under the Rule of Parity, then the
reemployed Employee will be treated as a new Employee for benefit accrual or
allocation purposes as of the Employee’s Reemployment Commencement Date.

	 	(i)	 	Reemployment of a Participant After a Break In Service. With respect to any provision of
the Plan in which service is determined by the Elapsed Time Method, if an Employee (1) was a
Participant in the Plan, (2) Terminates Employment with the Employer, and (3) is subsequently
reemployed by the Employer after incurring a Break in Service, then the Employee’s Period of
Service that was completed prior to the Break in Service will be recognized, subject to the
following provisions:

	 	(1)	 	Determination of Period of Service for Eligibility Purposes. The following provisions
apply to determining any Period of Service for eligibility purposes:

	 	(A)	 	One Year Holdout Rule. If the Sponsoring Employer elects the One Year Holdout
Rule in the Adoption Agreement, any Period of Service completed prior to an
Employee’s Break(s) in Service will not be counted for purposes of determining an
Employee’s eligibility to participate in the Plan until the Employee satisfies the
One Year Holdout Rule. If the Employee satisfies the One Year Holdout Rule, then the reemployed Employee
will enter the Plan retroactively as of the Employee’s

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 28 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	 	 	Reemployment Commencement Date. Furthermore, if the Sponsoring Employer has
elected the Rule of Parity in the Adoption Agreement (in addition to the One Year
Holdout Rule), then the recognition of any Period of Service that was completed
prior to an Employee’s Break(s) in Service will be subject to both the One Year
Holdout Rule and the Rule of Parity.

	 	(B)	 	Rule of Parity. If the Sponsoring Employer elects the Rule of Parity in the
Adoption Agreement, any Period of Service completed prior to an Employee’s Break(s)
in Service will not be counted in determining an Employee’s eligibility to
participate in the Plan if that Period of Service is disregarded under the Rule of
Parity. If such former Employee’s Period of Service is disregarded under the Rule of
Parity, then the reemployed Employee will be treated as a new Employee for purposes
of Section 2.1 as of the Employee’s Reemployment Commencement Date. If such former
Employee’s Period of Service is not disregarded under the Rule of Parity, then the
reemployed Employee will reenter the Plan as of the Employee’s Reemployment
Commencement Date.

	 	(2)	 	Determination of Period of Service for Vesting Purposes. The following provisions
apply to determining any Period of Service for Vesting purposes:

	 	(A)	 	One Year Holdout Rule. If the Sponsoring Employer elects the One Year Holdout
Rule in the Adoption Agreement, any Period of Service completed prior to an
Employee’s Break(s) in Service will not be counted in determining an Employee’s
Vesting Interest in the Participant’s Account balance until the Employee satisfies
the One Year Holdout Rule. If the Employee satisfies the One Year Holdout Rule, then
the Employee’s Period of Service for Vesting purposes will include the Period of
Service that was completed prior to an Employee’s Break(s) in Service, retroactively
to the Employee’s Reemployment Commencement Date. Furthermore, if the Sponsoring
Employer has elected the Rule of Parity in the Adoption Agreement (in addition to the
One Year Holdout Rule), then the recognition of any Period of Service that was
completed prior to an Employee’s Break(s) in Service will be subject to both the One
Year Holdout Rule and the Rule of Parity.
	 
	 	(B)	 	Rule of Parity. If the Sponsoring Employer elects the Rule of Parity in the
Adoption Agreement, any Period of Service completed prior to an Employee’s Break(s)
in Service will not be counted in determining an Employee’s Vesting Interest in the
Participant’s Account balance if that Period of Service is disregarded pursuant to
the Rule of Parity. If such former Employee’s Period of Service is disregarded under
the Rule of Parity, then the reemployed Employee will be treated as a new Employee
for purposes of determining an Employee’s Vesting Interest in the Participant’s
Account balance as of the Employee’s Reemployment Commencement Date.

	 	(3)	 	Determination of Period of Service for Benefit Accrual/Allocation Purposes. The
following provisions apply to determining any Period of Service for benefit accrual or
allocation purposes:

	 	(A)	 	One Year Holdout Rule. If the Sponsoring Employer elects the One Year Holdout
Rule in the Adoption Agreement, any Period of Service completed prior to an
Employee’s Break(s) in Service will not be counted for benefit accrual or allocation
purposes until the Employee satisfies the One Year Holdout Rule. If the Employee
satisfies the One Year Holdout Rule, then the Employee’s Period of Service for
benefit accrual or allocation purposes will include the Period of Service that was
completed prior to an Employee’s Break(s) in Service, retroactively to the Employee’s
Reemployment Commencement Date. Furthermore, if the Sponsoring Employer has elected
the Rule of Parity in the Adoption Agreement (in addition to the One Year Holdout
Rule), then the recognition of any Period of Service that was completed prior to an
Employee’s Break(s) in Service will be subject to both the One Year Holdout Rule and
the Rule of Parity.
	 
	 	(B)	 	Rule of Parity. If the Sponsoring Employer elects the Rule of Parity in the
Adoption Agreement, any Period of Service completed prior to an Employee’s Break(s)
in Service will not be counted for benefit accrual or allocation purposes if that
Period of Service is disregarded pursuant to the Rule of Parity. If such former
Employee’s Period of Service is disregarded under the Rule of Parity, then the
reemployed Employee will be treated as a new Employee for benefit accrual or allocation purposes as of the Employee’s
Reemployment Commencement Date.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 29 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(j)	 	Ignoring Service for Eligibility If Service Requirement Is More Than 1-Year Period Of
Service. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if this Plan (or a component of the
Plan) provides in the Adoption Agreement that (1) an Employee must complete more than
either a 1-Year Period of Service or a 12-month Period of Service for eligibility
purposes, and (2) such Employee will have a 100% Vested Interest in the Participant’s
Account (or the sub-Account that relates to such component) upon becoming a Participant
in the Plan, then with respect to an Employee who incurs a Break in Service before
satisfying such eligibility requirement, the Employee’s Period of Service that was
completed prior to the Employee’s Break(s) in Service will not be counted for eligibility
purposes.

	1.125	 	Period of Severance. See the definition of Period of Service in Section 1.124 above.
	 
	1.126	 	Permissive Aggregation Group. The term “Permissive Aggregation Group” means a group
consisting of the Required Aggregation Group plus any other plan or plans of the Employer which,
when considered as a group with the Required Aggregation Group, would continue to satisfy the
requirements of Code §401(a)(4) and §410.
	 
	1.127	 	Plan. The term “Plan” means the retirement plan program established by a Sponsoring Employer
using the Basic Plan together with an Adoption Agreement and Trust or Custodial Agreement, as
amended from time to time.
	 
	1.128	 	Plan Year. The term “Plan Year” means the Plan’s 12 consecutive month accounting year as
elected in the Adoption Agreement (unless there is a short Plan Year as elected in the Adoption
Agreement). If the Plan Year is changed, a short Plan Year is established beginning the day after
the last day of the Plan Year in effect before this change and ending on the last day of the new
Plan Year.
	 
	1.129	 	Policy. The term “Policy” means a life insurance policy or annuity contract purchased
pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.2 of the Basic Plan.
	 
	1.130	 	Post-Severance Compensation. The term “Post-Severance Compensation” means the following
amounts that are paid within 21/2 months after an Employee’s Termination of Employment: (a) payments
that, absent a Termination of Employment, would have been paid to the Employee while the Employee
continued in employment with the Employer and are regular compensation for services during the
Employee’s regular working hours, compensation for services outside the employee’s regular working
hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar
compensation; and (b) payments for accrued bona fide sick, vacation, or other leave, but only if
the Employee would have been able to use the leave if employment had continued. Any other payment
that is not described in clauses (a) and (b) above is not considered Post-Severance Compensation if
paid after Termination of Employment, even if it is paid within 21/2 months following Termination of
Employment; for example, Post-Severance Compensation does not include amounts paid after
Termination of Employment that are severance pay, unfunded nonqualified deferred compensation, or
parachute payments within the meaning of Code §280G(b)(2). However, the rule of the prior sentence
does not apply to payments to an individual who does not currently perform services for the
Employer by reason of qualified military service (as that term is used in Code §414(u)(1)) to the
extent those payments do not exceed the amounts the individual would have received if the
individual had continued to perform services for the Employer rather than entering qualified
military service; those payments are considered Compensation.
	 
	1.131	 	Pre-Tax Elective Deferral. The term “Pre-Tax Elective Deferral” means an Elective Deferral
that is not includible in gross income at the time deferred.
	 
	1.132	 	Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account. The term “Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account” means the
sub-account of a Participant’s Account to which his or her Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals are
allocated.
	 
	1.133	 	Prevailing Wage Account. The term “Prevailing Wage Account” means the sub-account to which a
Participant’s Prevailing Wage contributions are allocated.
	 
	1.134	 	Prevailing Wage Contribution. The term “Prevailing Wage Contribution” means an Employer
contribution made to the Plan under a Prevailing Wage Law on behalf of a Prevailing Wage Employee.
	 
	1.135	 	Prevailing Wage Employee. The term “Prevailing Wage Employee” means any hourly paid Employee
who is an Eligible Employee and performs services for the Employer under a contract covered by a
Prevailing Wage Law.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 30 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	1.136	 	Prevailing Wage Law. The term “Prevailing Wage Law” means any statute or ordinance that
requires the Employer to pay its Employees working on public contracts at wage rates not less than
those determined pursuant to that statute or ordinance to be the prevailing wages for comparable
classes of workers in the geographical area where that contract is performed, including the
Davis-Bacon Act as set forth in 40 U.S.C. §276(a) et. seq., as amended from time to time, and any
similar federal, state or municipal prevailing wage statutes.
	 
	1.137	 	Primarily Defined Benefit in Character. The term “Primarily Defined Benefit in Character”
means, for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, a combination of defined benefit
plan(s) and defined contribution plan(s) in which, for more than 50% of Non-Highly Compensated
Employees benefiting under the combination of defined benefit and defined contribution plans, the
Normal Accrual Rate for the Non-Highly Compensated Employees attributable to benefits provided by
the defined benefit plan(s) that are part of the combination exceeds the Equivalent Accrual Rate
for the Non-Highly Compensated Employees attributable to contributions under the defined
contribution plan(s) that are part of the combination.
	 
	1.138	 	Prior Year Testing Method. The term “Prior Year Testing Method” means the nondiscrimination
testing method in which (a) for purposes of the ADP Test, the ADP for Participants who are HCEs for
the Plan Year being tested is compared to the ADP for Participants who are NHCEs for the Plan Year
prior to the Plan Year being tested; and (b) for purposes of the ACP Test, the ACP for Participants
who are HCEs for the Plan Year being tested is compared to the ACP for Participants who are NHCEs
for the Plan Year prior to the Plan Year being tested.
	 
	1.139	 	QJSA. The term “QJSA” means a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.
	 
	1.140	 	QMAC. The term “QMAC” means a Qualified Matching Contribution.
	 
	1.141	 	QMAC Account. The term “QMAC Account” means a Qualified Matching Contribution Account.
	 
	1.142	 	QNEC. The term “QNEC” means a Qualified Non-Elective Contribution.
	 
	1.143	 	QNEC Account. The term “QNEC Account” means a Qualified Non-Elective
Contribution Account.
	 
	1.144	 	QPSA. The term “QPSA” means a Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity.
	 
	1.145	 	Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. The term “Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity” means,
with respect to a Participant who is married on the Annuity Starting Date and has not died before
such date, an immediate annuity for the life of the Participant with a survivor benefit for the
life of the Participant’s surviving Spouse which is not less than 50% nor more than 100% of the
annuity that is payable during the joint lives of the Participant and his or her Spouse and which
is the amount of benefit which can be purchased with the Participant’s Vested Aggregate Account
balance. The survivor benefit will be 50% unless a higher percentage is elected by the Participant
at the time that the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is to be distributed. With respect to a
Participant who is not married on the Annuity Starting Date and has not died before such date, the
term “Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity” means an immediate annuity for his or her life.
	 
	1.146	 	Qualified Matching Contribution. The term “Qualified Matching Contribution” means an Employer
contribution made to this or any other defined contribution plan on behalf of a Participant on
account of Elective Deferrals, Voluntary Employee Contributions, and/or Mandatory Employee
Contributions made by such Participant under a plan maintained by the Sponsoring Employer, that is
subject to the distribution (but financial hardship distributions are not permitted) and
nonforfeitability requirements of Code §401(k) when made to the Plan. Qualified Matching Contributions are available for either the ADP Test or the ACP Test.
Qualified Matching Contributions may be used to satisfy the Top Heavy Minimum Allocation
requirement pursuant to Section 3.14(e). Qualified Matching Contributions can only be
distributed upon the earliest to occur of the following dates: (a) a Participant Terminates
Employment (separates from service, for Plan Years beginning before 2002) with the Employer;
(b) a Participant dies; (c) a Participant suffers a Disability; (d) an event that is
described in Code §401(k)(10) occurs; or (e) a Participant reaches Age 591/2 (if on or before
such date, a pre-retirement in-service withdrawal of Qualified Matching Contributions is
elected in the Adoption Agreement). With respect to clause (d) of the prior sentence,
Qualified Matching Contributions can be distributed (in a lump sum only) upon termination of
the Plan, so long as the Sponsoring Employer (or an Affiliated Employer) does not maintain an
alternative defined contribution plan at any time during the period beginning on the date of
Plan termination and ending 12 months after all assets have been distributed from the
terminated Plan. However, if at all times during the 24-month period beginning 12 months
before the date of Plan’s termination, fewer than 2% of the Employees

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 31 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	 	who were eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan as of the date of Plan termination are
eligible to participate in the other defined contribution plan, then the other defined
contribution plan is not an alternative defined contribution plan. In addition, a defined
contribution plan is not an alternative defined contribution plan if the defined contribution
plan is an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code §4975(e)(7) or Code §409(a), a
simplified employee pension as defined in Code §408(k), a SIMPLE IRA plan as defined in Code
§408(p), a plan or contract that is described in Code §403(b), or a plan that is described in
Code §457(b) or Code §457(f).

	1.147	 	Qualified Matching Contribution Account. The term “Qualified Matching Contribution Account”
means the sub-account of a Participant’s Account to which his or her Qualified Matching
Contributions are allocated.
	 
	1.148	 	Qualified Non-Elective Contribution. The term “Qualified Non-Elective Contribution” means an
Employer contribution (other than a Matching Contribution or a Qualified Matching Contribution)
that is allocated to Participant’s Account and that satisfies the following requirements: (a) a
Qualified Non-Elective Contribution may be used for the purpose of satisfying either the ADP Test
or the ACP Test; (b) a Participant may not elect to receive a Qualified Non-Elective Contribution
in cash until distributed from the Plan; (c) a Qualified Non-Elective Contribution is subject to
the distribution (but financial hardship distributions are not permitted) and nonforfeitability
requirements of Code §401(k) when made to the Plan. Qualified Non-Elective Contributions may be
used to satisfy the Top Heavy Minimum Allocation requirement pursuant to Section 3.14(e). Any
allocation formula for a Qualified Non-Elective Contribution must satisfy the additional
requirements specified in Regulation §1.401(k)-2(a)(6) in order to be used in the ADP Test and
Regulation §1.401(m)-2(a)(6) in order to be used in the ACP Test. Qualified Non-Elective
Contributions can only be distributed upon the earliest to occur of the following dates: (a) a
Participant Terminates Employment (separates from service, for Plan Years beginning before 2002)
with the Employer; (b) a Participant dies; (c) a Participant suffers a Disability; (d) an event
that is described in Code §401(k)(10) occurs; or (e) a Participant reaches Age 591/2 (if on or before
such date, a pre-retirement in-service withdrawal of Qualified Non-Elective Contributions is
elected in the Adoption Agreement). With respect to clause (d) of the prior sentence, Qualified
Non-Elective Contributions can be distributed (in a lump sum only) upon termination of the Plan, so
long as the Sponsoring Employer (or an Affiliated Employer) does not maintain an alternative
defined contribution plan at any time during the period beginning on the date of Plan termination
and ending 12 months after all assets have been distributed from the terminated Plan. However, if
at all times during the 24-month period beginning 12 months before the date of Plan’s termination,
fewer than 2% of the Employees who were eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan as of the date
of the Plan’s termination are eligible to participate in the other defined contribution plan, then
the other defined contribution plan is not an alternative defined contribution plan. In addition, a
defined contribution plan is not an alternative defined contribution plan if the defined
contribution plan is an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code §4975(e)(7) or Code
§409(a), a simplified employee pension as defined in Code §408(k), a SIMPLE IRA plan as defined in
Code §408(p), a plan or contract that is described in Code §403(b), or a plan described in Code
§457(b) or §457(f).
	 
	1.149	 	Qualified Non-Elective Contribution Account. The term “Qualified Non-Elective Contribution
Account” means the sub-account of a Participant’s Account to which Qualified Non-Elective
Contributions are allocated.
	 
	1.150	 	Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity. The term “Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor
Annuity” means a survivor annuity for the life of a deceased Participant’s surviving Spouse which
is equal to the amount of benefit which can be purchased by such percentage as elected in the
Adoption Agreement (but not less than 50%) of the deceased Participant’s Vested Aggregate Account
determined at the date of death. In determining a Participant’s Vested Aggregate Account hereunder,
any security interest held by the Plan because of a loan outstanding to the Participant will be
taken into consideration and, if applicable, the Participant’s own deductible contributions made
for Plan Years prior to January 1, 1989 will be disregarded.
	 
	1.151	 	Reemployment Commencement Date. The term “Reemployment Commencement Date” means the first day
on which an Employee performs an Hour of Service for an Employer or an Affiliated Employer
following the Employee’s Termination of Employment.
	 
	1.152	 	Regulation. The term “Regulation” means any regulation as promulgated by the Secretary of the
Treasury or delegates of the Treasury Department, as amended and/or renumbered from time to time.
If this Plan references a regulation that is promulgated by any other Department, Agency,
Commission, or other federal entity, then the name of such Department, Agency, Commission, or other federal entity will
be referenced with such regulation.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 32 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	1.153	 	Representative Contribution Rate. The term “Representative Contribution Rate” means the
lowest Applicable Contribution Rate of any Participant who is a NHCE among a group of Participants
who are NHCEs that consists of half of all Participants who are NHCEs for the Plan Year (or, if
greater, the lowest Applicable Contribution Rate of any Participant who is a NHCE in the group of
all Participants who are NHCEs for the Plan Year and who is employed by the Sponsoring Employer on
the last day of the Plan Year).
	 
	1.154	 	Representative Matching Rate. The term “Representative Matching Rate” means the following:

	 	(a)	 	Matching Contributions With Respect to Elective Deferrals. If the Plan provides a
Matching Contribution with respect to a Participant’s Elective Deferrals, then the lowest
Matching Rate for any Participant who is a NHCE among a group of Participants who are NHCEs
that consists of half of all Participants who are NHCEs in the Plan for the Plan Year who
make Elective Deferrals for the Plan Year (or, if greater, the lowest Matching Rate for all
Participants who are NHCEs in the Plan who are employed by the Sponsoring Employer on the
last day of the Plan Year and who make Elective Deferrals for the Plan Year).
	 
	 	(b)	 	Matching Contributions With Respect to Elective Deferrals and Employee Contributions. If
the Plan provides a Matching Contribution with respect to the sum of a Participant’s Employee
Contributions and Elective Deferrals, then the lowest Matching Rate for any Participant who
is a NHCE among a group of Participants who are NHCEs that consists of half of all
Participants who are NHCEs in the Plan for the Plan Year who make either Employee
Contributions or Elective Deferrals for the Plan Year (or, if greater, the lowest Matching
Rate for all Participants who are NHCEs in the Plan who are employed by the Sponsoring
Employer on the last day of the Plan Year and who make either Employee Contributions or
Elective Deferrals for the Plan Year).
	 
	 	(c)	 	Matching Contributions With Respect to Employee Contributions. If the Plan provides a
Matching Contribution with respect to a Participant’s Employee Contributions (but not
Elective Deferrals), then the lowest Matching Rate for any Participant who is a NHCE among a
group of Participants who are NHCEs that consists of half of all Participants who are NHCEs
in the Plan for the Plan Year who make Employee Contributions for the Plan Year (or, if
greater, the lowest Matching Rate for all Participants who are NHCEs in the Plan who are
employed by the Sponsoring Employer on the last day of the Plan Year and who make Employee
Contributions for the Plan Year).

	1.155	 	Required Aggregation Group. The term “Required Aggregation Group” means a group consisting of
(a) each qualified plan of the Employer in which at least one Key Employee participates or
participated at any time during the Plan Year containing the Determination Date or any of the four
preceding Plan Years (regardless of whether the plan has terminated); and (b) any other qualified
plan of the Employer which enables a plan described in clause (a) to satisfy the requirements of
Code §401(a)(4) or §410.
	 
	1.156	 	Required Beginning Date. The term “Required Beginning Date” means, with respect to a
Participant who is a 5% owner as defined in Code §416(i)(1)(B)(i), April 1st of the calendar year
following the calendar year in which the Participant reaches Age 701/2. With respect to Participants
who are not 5% owners, the term “Required Beginning Date” means the date elected by the Sponsoring
Employer in Section 15.11(a) of the Adoption Agreement, subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c)
below.

	 	(a)	 	Election to Defer Distribution. If Section 15.11(a)(2) of the Adoption Agreement is
elected and this is an amended Plan, then any Participant (other than a 5% owner) who attains
Age 701/2 in years after 1995 may elect by April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar
year in which the Participant attains Age 701/2 (or by December 31, 1997 in the case of a
Participant who attains Age 701/2 in 1996), to defer distributions until April 1 of the
calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant retires. If no such
election is made, then the Participant will begin receiving distributions by April 1 of the
calendar year following the calendar year in which such Participant attains Age 701/2.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Election to Suspend Distribution. If Section 15.11(a)(2) of the Adoption Agreement is
elected and this is an amended Plan, then any Participant (other than a 5% owner) who attains
Age 701/2 in years prior to 1997 may elect to cease distributions and recommence distributions
by April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant retires.
In such an event, the Administrator may, on a uniform non-discriminatory basis, elect that a
new Annuity Starting Date will occur upon the distribution recommencement date.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 33 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(c)	 	Elimination of Pre-Retirement Age 701/2 Distribution Option. If Section 15.11(a)(2) of the
Adoption Agreement is elected and this is an amended Plan, then the pre-retirement Age 701/2
distribution option will only be eliminated for Employees who reach Age 701/2 in or after a
calendar year that begins after the later of December 31, 1998 or the adoption date of the
GUST restatement of this Plan. The pre-retirement Age 701/2 distribution option is an optional
form of benefit under which benefits payable in a particular distribution form (including any
modifications that may be elected after benefit commencement) begin at a time during the
period that begins on or after January 1st of the calendar year in which an Employee reaches
Age 701/2 and ends April 1 of the immediately following calendar year.

	1.157	 	Rollover. The term “Rollover” means a Rollover Contribution.
	 
	1.158	 	Rollover Contribution. The term “Rollover Contribution” means an amount which is eligible for
tax free rollover treatment and is transferred to this Plan from one or more of the plans the
Sponsoring Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement, which plans, effective as of January 1, 2002
(or such later date pursuant to written procedures established and adopted by the Administrator),
may include: a qualified plan under Code §401(a); a qualified annuity plan under Code §403(a); a
qualified annuity under Code §403(b); an individual retirement account under Code §408(a), without
regard to whether the individual retirement account is a “conduit individual retirement account”;
an individual retirement annuity under Code §408(b), without regard to whether the individual
retirement annuity is a “conduit individual retirement annuity”; and an eligible plan under Code
§457(b) which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or
instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state. If this Plan accepts a Rollover
Contribution of Roth Elective Deferrals, this Plan will separately account for the Roth Elective
Deferrals and for any prior (and subsequent) earnings or losses attributable to such Roth Elective
Deferrals. A direct or indirect transfer as defined in Code §401(a)(11) of assets from a defined
benefit plan, a money purchase plan, a target benefit plan, a stock bonus plan, or a profit sharing
plan that provided for a life annuity form of payment to the Participant will not be considered a
Rollover Contribution, but will be considered a Transfer Contribution. Similarly, any Elective
Deferrals (including QNECs, QMACs, and ADP Safe Harbor Contributions) which are transferred to this
Plan in a direct or indirect trustee-to-trustee transfer from another qualified plan and which are
subject to the limitations in Regulation §1.401(k)-1(d) will not be considered a Rollover
Contribution, but will be considered a Transfer Contribution.
	 
	1.159	 	Rollover Contribution Account. The term “Rollover Contribution Account” means the account to
which a Participant’s Rollover Contributions, if any, are allocated.
	 
	1.160	 	Rollover Participant. The term “Rollover Participant” means an Employee who has made a
Rollover Contribution into the Plan but who is not eligible to participate in any other component
of the Plan.
	 
	1.161	 	Roth Elective Deferral. The term “Roth Elective Deferral” means a Participant’s Elective
Deferral that (a) is includible in the Participant’s gross income at the time that the Elective
Deferral is deferred, and (b) has been irrevocably designated as a Roth Elective Deferral by the
Participant in his or her deferral election. A Participant’s Roth Elective Deferrals will be allocated to the Participant’s Roth Elective
Deferral Account.
	 
	1.162	 	Roth Elective Deferral Account. The term “Roth Elective Deferral Account” means the account
into which a Participant’s Roth Elective Deferrals are allocated and deposited. No contributions
other than Roth Elective Deferrals and properly attributable earnings will be credited to each
Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral Account; and gains, losses and other credits or charges will
be allocated on a reasonable and consistent basis to such Roth Elective Deferral Account. The Plan
will maintain a record of the amount of Roth Elective Deferrals in each Participant’s Roth Elective
Deferral Account. Distributions from a Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral Account (other than
corrective distributions) are not includible in the Participant’s gross income if the distribution
is made after 5 years and after the Participant’s death, disability, or age 591/2. Earnings on
corrective distributions of Roth Elective Deferrals are includible in the Participant’s gross
income in the same manner as earnings on corrective distributions of Pre-tax Elective Deferrals;
however, corrective distributions of Roth Elective Deferrals are not includible in the
Participant’s gross income.
	 
	1.163	 	Rule of Parity. The term “Rule of Parity” means a rule that is used for purposes of
determining an Employee’s eligibility to participate in the Plan, Vesting, and benefit
accrual/allocation (if applicable) to determine the Year(s) of Service or 1-Year Period(s) of
Service of a non-Vested Employee who Terminates
Employment and is subsequently reemployed by the Employer after incurring a Break in Service,
determined as follows: Year(s) of Service or 1-Year Period(s) of Service, as applicable, completed
prior to the Employee’s Break(s) in Service will not be counted if the Employee’s total number of
consecutive Break(s) in Service equals or exceeds the greater of

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 34 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	 	 	(a) five, or (b) the Employee’s aggregate number of Year(s) of Service or 1-Year Period(s) of
Service, as applicable, credited prior to incurring the Break(s) in Service. In computing an
Employee’s aggregate number of Year(s) of Service or 1-Year Period(s) of Service under this
Section, Year(s) of Service or 1-Year Period(s) of Service, as applicable, previously
disregarded under prior applications of the Rule of Parity will not be counted.

	1.164	 	Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation. The term “Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation” means an
Employee’s compensation as determined under Regulation §1.415-2(d)(10), to wit: Earned Income,
wages, salaries, fees for professional services and other amounts received (without regard to
whether or not an amount is paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered in the course of
employment with the Sponsoring Employer maintaining the Plan to the extent that the amounts are
includable in gross income (including, but not limited to, commissions paid salespersons,
compensation for services based on a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums,
tips, bonuses, fringe benefits, and reimbursements, or other expense allowances under a
non-accountable plan as described in Regulation §1.62-2(c)). Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation
includes amounts paid or made available to the Employee. An Employee’s Safe Harbor Code §415
Compensation will be determined in accordance with the following provisions:

	 	(a)	 	Exclusion of Certain Amounts. Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation does not include the
following: (1) Employer contributions made by the Employer to a plan of deferred compensation
to the extent that, before the application of the Code §415 limitations to that plan, the
contributions are not includible in the Employee’s gross income for the taxable year in which
contributed; Employer contributions made on behalf of an Employee to a simplified employee
pension described in Code §408(k) for the taxable year in which contributed; and any
distributions from a plan of deferred compensation for Code §415 purposes, regardless of
whether such amounts are includible in the Employee’s gross income when distributed; (2)
Amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified stock option, or when restricted stock
(or property) held by an Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject
to a substantial risk of forfeiture; (3) Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other
disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option; and (4) Other amounts which
receive special tax benefits, such as premiums for group-term life insurance (but only to the
extent that the premiums are not includible in the gross income of the employee), or
contributions made by an Employer (whether or not under a salary deferral agreement) towards
the purchase of an annuity described in Code §403(b) (regardless of whether such the
contributions are excludible from an Employee’s gross income).
	 
	 	(b)	 	Inclusion of Certain Amounts. Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation includes any elective
deferral as defined in Code §402(g)(3) and any amount which is contributed or deferred by the
Employer at the election of the Employee which are not includible in gross income by reason
of Code §125 (and if elected in the Adoption Agreement, Deemed Code §125 Compensation), Code
§132(f)(4), or Code §457.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Imputed Compensation when Participant Becomes Disabled. If elected in the Adoption
Agreement and a Participant becomes permanently and totally disabled (as defined in Code
§22(e)(3)) then notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, Safe Harbor Code
§415 Compensation will be imputed during the time that the Participant is permanently and
totally disabled for purposes of determining and allocating Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective
Contributions. The rate that Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation will be imputed to such
Participant is equal to the rate of Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation that was paid to the
Participant immediately before becoming permanently and totally disabled. The total period in
which Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation will be imputed to a Participant who becomes
permanently and totally disabled will be determined pursuant to a nondiscriminatory policy
established by the Administrator; however, if Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation is imputed
to a Participant who is a Highly Compensated -Employee pursuant to this paragraph, then the
continuation of Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions to such Participant will be for a
fixed or determinable period pursuant to Code §415(c)(3)(C). Any Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective
Contributions that are made on behalf of a Participant with respect to imputed Safe Harbor
Code §415 Compensation must be nonforfeitable when made.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Treatment of Post-Severance Compensation. Effective January 1, 2005, Safe Harbor Code
§415 Compensation includes Post-Severance Compensation.

	1.165	 	Safe Harbor 401(k) Contribution. The term “Safe Harbor 401(k) Contribution” means,
collectively or separately, depending on the context in which the term is used, an ACP Safe Harbor
Matching Contribution, an ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution, and/or an ADP Safe Harbor
Non-Elective Contribution.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 35 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	1.166	 	Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan. The term “Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan” means a 401(k) Plan which
automatically satisfies the ADP Test under Code §401(k), pursuant to Section 3.20.
	 
	1.167	 	Safe Harbor 401(m) Plan. The term “Safe Harbor 401(m) Plan” means a 401(m) Plan which
automatically satisfies the ACP Test under Code §401(m) , pursuant to Section 3.21.
	 
	1.168	 	Safe Harbor Notice. The term “Safe Harbor Notice” means a written notice provided by the
Employer to all Eligible Employees in accordance with Regulation §1.401(k)-3(d) and/or
§1.401(m)-3(e) and complies with the requirements of Section 3.20 and/or 3.21. In addition to any
other election periods that may be provided under the Plan, each Eligible Employee may make an
initial Elective Deferral election or modify a prior Elective Deferral election during the 30-day
period immediately following his or her receipt of a Safe Harbor Notice.
	 
	1.169	 	Safe Harbor Participant. The term “Safe Harbor Participant” means each Employee who satisfies
all of the following conditions: (a) the Employee is an Eligible Employee for Safe Harbor 401(k)
Contribution purposes under Sections 3.1(b) and/or (c) of the Adoption Agreement; (b) the Employee
has satisfied the age and/or service requirements for Safe Harbor 401(k) Contribution purposes
under Sections 3.2(b) and/or (c) of the Adoption Agreement (unless such requirements have been
waived with respect to the Employee under Sections 3.4(b) and/or (c) of the Adoption Agreement; (c)
the Employee has entered the Plan as a Participant for Safe Harbor 401(k) Contribution purposes
under Sections 3.3(b) and/or (c) of the Adoption Agreement; and (d) the Employee is eligible to
make an Elective Deferral to the Plan at any time during the Plan Year or would be eligible to make
Elective Deferrals but for a suspension due to a financial hardship distribution or a statutory
limitation (such as the limits of Code §402(g) or §415).
	 
	1.170	 	Self-Employed Individual. The term “Self-Employed Individual” means an individual who owns an
interest in the Employer (other than a stock interest) and has Earned Income for the taxable year
from the trade or business for which the Plan is established or would have had Earned Income but
for the fact that the trade or business had no net profits for the taxable year.

	 
	1.171	 	Service. The term “Service” means (a) Years of Service when the Counting of Hours Method is
being used and (b) Periods of Service when the Elapsed Time Method is being used.
	 
	1.172	 	Sponsoring Employer. The term “Sponsoring Employer” means the business entity named in
Section 1.2 of the Adoption Agreement that sponsors the Plan under the terms of the Adoption
Agreement (and any successor thereto that elects to assume sponsorship of this Plan).
	 
	1.173	 	Spousal. The term “Spousal” means of, or related to, a Spouse.
	 
	1.174	 	Spouse. The term “Spouse” means the person to whom a Participant is legally married, and, if
elected in the Adoption Agreement, the Participant must be married to such person throughout the
one year period ending on the earlier of the Annuity Starting Date or the Participant’s death in
order for the person to be considered the Participant’s Spouse. Furthermore, a former Spouse will
be treated as the Participant’s Spouse or surviving Spouse to the extent provided under a qualified
domestic relations order as described in Code §414(p).
	 
	1.175	 	Statutory Code §415 Compensation. The term “Statutory Code §415 Compensation” means, in
applying the Code §415 limits, an Employee’s compensation as determined under Regulation
§1.415-2(d)(2) and (3), to wit:

	 	(a)	 	Amounts includable as Statutory Code §415 Compensation. Statutory Code §415 Compensation
includes all of the following: (1) wages, salaries, fees for professional services and other
amounts received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash) for personal
services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Sponsoring Employer
maintaining the Plan to the extent that the amounts are includable in gross income
(including, but not limited to, commissions paid salespersons, compensation for services
based on a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe
benefits, and reimbursements, or other expense allowances under a non-accountable plan as
described in Regulation §1.62-2(c)); (2) in the case of a Self-Employed Individual, Earned
Income; (3) amounts described in Code §104(a)(3), §105(a) and 105(h), but only to the extent
these amounts are includible in the gross income of the Employee; (4) amounts paid or
reimbursed by the Employer for moving expenses incurred by the Employee, but only to the
extent that at the time of the payment it is reasonable to believe that these amounts are not
deductible by the Employee under Code §217; (5) the value of a non-qualified stock option
granted to an Employee by the Employer, but only to the extent that the value of the option
is includible in the gross

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 36 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	 	 	income of the Employee for the taxable year in which granted; and (6) the amount
includible in the gross income of an Employee upon making the election described in Code
§83(b). Clauses (1) and (2) above include foreign earned income (as defined in Code
§911(b)), regardless of whether excludible from gross income under Code §911.
Compensation determined under clause (1) above is to be determined without regard to the
exclusions from gross income in Code §931 and §933. Similar principles are to be applied
with respect to income subject to Code §931 and §933 in determining compensation
described in clause (2). Statutory Code §415 Compensation includes amounts paid or made
available to the Employee.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Exclusion of Certain Amounts. Statutory Code §415 Compensation does not include (1)
Employer contributions made by the Employer to a plan of deferred compensation to the extent
that, before the application of the Code §415 limitations to that plan, the contributions are
not includible in the Employee’s gross income for the taxable year in which contributed;
Employer contributions made on behalf of an Employee to a simplified employee pension
described in Code §408(k) for the taxable year in which contributed; and any distributions
from a plan of deferred compensation for Code §415 purposes, regardless of whether such
amounts are includible in the Employee’s gross income when distributed; (2) amounts realized
from the exercise of a non-qualified stock option, or when restricted stock (or property)
held by an Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a
substantial risk of forfeiture; (3) amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other
disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option; and (4) other amounts which
receive special tax benefits, such as premiums for group-term life insurance (but only to the
extent that the premiums are not includible in the gross income of the employee), or
contributions made by an Employer (whether or not under a salary deferral agreement) towards
the purchase of an annuity described in Code §403(b) (regardless of whether such the
contributions are excludible from an Employee’s gross income).
	 
	 	(c)	 	Inclusion of Certain Amounts. Statutory Code §415 Compensation includes any elective
deferral as defined in Code §402(g)(3) and any amount which is contributed or deferred by the
Employer at the election of the Employee which are not includible in gross income by reason
of Code §125 (and if elected in the Adoption Agreement, Deemed Code §125 Compensation), Code
§132(f)(4), or Code §457.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Imputed Compensation when Participant Becomes Disabled. If elected in the Adoption
Agreement and a Participant becomes permanently and totally disabled (as defined in Code
§22(e)(3)) then notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, Statutory Code §415
Compensation will be imputed during the time that the Participant is permanently and totally
disabled. The rate that Statutory Code §415 Compensation will be imputed to such Participant
is equal to the rate of Statutory Code §415 Compensation that was paid to the Participant
immediately before becoming permanently and totally disabled. The total period in which
Statutory Code §415 Compensation will be imputed to a Participant who becomes permanently and
totally disabled will be determined pursuant to a nondiscriminatory policy established by the
Administrator; however, if Statutory Code §415 Compensation is imputed to a Participant who
is a Highly Compensated Employee pursuant to this paragraph, then the continuation of
Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions to such Participant will be for a fixed or
determinable period pursuant to Code §415(c)(3)(C).
	 
	 	(e)	 	Treatment of Post-Severance Compensation. Effective January 1, 2005, Statutory Code §415
Compensation includes Post-Severance Compensation.

	1.176	 	Substantially Equal. The term “Substantially Equal” means a series of installment payments in
which a single installment payment is equal to the Participant’s Account balance as of the most
recent Valuation Date divided by the remaining duration of the installment payments; or such other
method to determine a series of installment payments that are substantially equal that may be
established by the Administrator.
	 
	1.177	 	Taxable Wage Base. The term “Taxable Wage Base” means the contribution and benefit base under
Social Security Act §230 (42 U.S.C. §430) in effect as of the beginning of the Plan Year.
	 
	1.178	 	Terminated (or Terminates) Employment. The terms “Terminated Employment” and “Terminates
Employment” mean that a person has incurred a Termination of Employment.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 37 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	1.179	 	Termination of Employment. The term “Termination of Employment” means that a person ceases to
be an Employee with the Employer or an Affiliated Employer, taking into account the following: (1)
the existence of a controlled group; (2) the existence of an affiliated service group; (3) whether
the person has gone to work for an Adopting Employer; (4) whether the person’s new employer has
been substituted as the sponsor of the Plan (or a spun-off portion of the Plan); and (5) whether
there has been a transfer of Plan assets and liabilities of the person’s benefits from this Plan to
a plan sponsored by the person’s new employer.
	 
	1.180	 	Terminated Participant. The term “Terminated Participant” means a Participant who has
Terminated Employment for reasons other than retirement, death or Disability.
	 
	1.181	 	Third-Step Integration Percentage. The term “Third-Step Integration Percentage” means (a)
2.7% if the Sponsoring Employer elects an integration percentage of 5.7% in the Adoption Agreement;
(b) 2.4% if the Sponsoring Employer elects an integration percentage of 5.4% in the Adoption
Agreement; and (c) 1.3% if the Sponsoring Employer elects an integration percentage of 4.3% in the
Adoption Agreement.
	 
	1.182	 	Top Heavy. The term “Top Heavy” means for the Plan Year containing the Determination Date
that (a) the Top Heavy Ratio for this Plan exceeds 60% and this Plan is not part of any Required
Aggregation Group or Permissive Aggregation Group; or (b) this Plan is a part of a Required
Aggregation Group but not part of a Permissive Aggregation Group and the Top Heavy Ratio for the
Required Aggregation Group exceeds 60%; or (c) this Plan is a part of a Required Aggregation Group
and part of a Permissive Aggregation Group and the Top Heavy Ratio for the Permissive Aggregation
Group exceeds 60%.
	 
	1.183	 	Top Heavy Minimum Allocation. The term “Top Heavy Minimum Allocation” means an amount of
Employer contributions and Forfeitures that is subject to the following rules:

	 	(a)	 	DB Plan not Part of Required Aggregation Group or Permissive Aggregation Group with This
Plan. If a defined benefit plan is not part of a Required Aggregation Group or a Permissive
Aggregation Group with this Plan, then the Top Heavy Minimum Allocation equals an Employee’s
Code §415(c)(3) Compensation multiplied by the lesser of (1) three percent (3%), or (2) the
largest percentage of Employer contributions (including any Elective Deferrals made on behalf
of a Key Employee to a 401(k) Plan maintained by the Employer) and Forfeitures that are
allocated to the Participant’s Account of a Key Employee for that Plan Year, expressed as a
percentage of such Key Employee’s Code §415(c)(3) Compensation.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Certain Contributions Cannot Be Used to Satisfy Top Heavy Minimum Allocation. Elective
Deferrals that are made on behalf of a Participant to a 401(k) Plan (and, for Plan Years
beginning before 2002, Matching Contributions) cannot be used to satisfy the Top Heavy
Minimum Allocation.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Social Security Contribution Disregarded. The Top Heavy Minimum Allocation is determined
without regard to any Social Security contribution.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Forfeiture of Top Heavy Minimum Allocation. The Top Heavy Minimum Allocation (to the
extent required to be nonforfeitable under Code §416(b)) may not be forfeited under Code
§411(a)(3)(B) or §411(a)(3)(D).

	1.184	 	Top Heavy Ratio. The term “Top Heavy Ratio” means for Plan Years beginning on or after
January 1, 2002, in determining if this Plan is Top Heavy, a ratio that is calculated in accordance
with the following provisions:

	 	(a)	 	Employer Only Maintains DC Plans. If the Employer maintains one or more defined
contribution plans (including any Simplified Employee Pension Plan) and the Employer has not
maintained any defined benefit plan which during the 5-year period ending on the
Determination Date(s) has or has had accrued benefits, then the Top Heavy Ratio for this Plan
alone, for the Required Aggregation Group, or for the Permissive Aggregation Group as
appropriate is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the Participant’s Account
balances of all Key Employees as of the Determination Date(s) (including any part of any
Participant’s Account balance distributed during the 1-year period ending on the
Determination Date(s); however, including any part of any Participant’s Account balance
distributed during the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date in the case of a
distribution made for a reason other than Termination of Employment, death, or Disability),
and the denominator of which is the sum of all Participant’s Account balances (including any
part of any Participant’s Account balance distributed in the 1-year period ending on the
Determination Date(s); however, including any part of any Participant’s Account balance
distributed during the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date in the case of a
distribution made for a reason

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 38 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	 	 	other than Termination of Employment, death, or Disability), both computed in accordance
with Code §416 and the Regulations thereunder. Both the numerator and denominator of the
Top Heavy Ratio are increased to reflect any contribution that is not actually made as of
the Determination Date, but which is required to be taken into account on that
Determination Date under Code §416 and the Regulations thereunder.

	 	(b)	 	Employer Maintains Both DC and DB Plans. If the Employer maintains one or more defined
contribution plans (including any Simplified Employee Pension Plan) and the Employer
maintains or has maintained one or more defined benefit plans which during the 5-year period
ending on the Determination Date(s) has or has had any accrued benefits, then the Top Heavy
Ratio for any Required Aggregation Group or for any Permissive Aggregation Group as
appropriate is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the Participant’s Account
balances under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all Key Employees,
determined in accordance with paragraph (a) above, and the present value of accrued benefits
under the aggregated defined benefit plan or plans for all Key Employees as of the
Determination Date(s), and the denominator of which is the sum of the Participant’s Account
balances under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all Participants,
determined in accordance with paragraph (a) above, and the present value of accrued benefits
under the defined benefit plan or plans for all Participants as of the Determination Date(s),
all determined in accordance with Code §416 and the Regulations thereunder. The accrued
benefits under a defined benefit plan in both the numerator and denominator of the Top Heavy
Ratio are increased for any distribution of an accrued benefit made in the 1-year period
ending on the Determination Date (or the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date in
the case of a distribution made for a reason other than Termination of Employment, death, or
Disability).
	 
	 	(c)	 	Value of Participant’s Account Balances and the Present Value of Accrued Benefits. For
purposes of paragraphs (a) and (b), the value of the Participant’s Account balances and the
present value of accrued benefits will be determined as of the most recent Valuation Date
that falls within or ends with the 12-month period ending on the Determination Date, except
as provided in Code §416 and the Regulations for the first and second Plan Years of a defined
benefit plan. The Participant’s Account balances and accrued benefits will be disregarded for
a Participant (1) who is not a Key Employee during the 12-month period ending on the
Determination Date but was a Key Employee in a prior year, or (2) who has not been credited
with at least one Hour of Service with any Employer maintaining the Plan at any time during
the 1-year period ending on the Determination Date. The calculation of the Top Heavy Ratio
and the extent to which distributions, Rollover Contributions, and Transfer Contributions are
taken into account will be made in accordance with Code §416 and the Regulations thereunder.
Deductible employee contributions will not be taken into account in computing the Top Heavy
Ratio. When aggregating plans, the value of the Participant’s Account balances and accrued
benefits will be calculated with reference to the Determination Dates that fall within the
same calendar year. The accrued benefit of a Participant other than a Key Employee will be
determined under (1) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under
all defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer, or (2) if there is no such method, then
as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the
fractional rule of Code §411(b)(1)(C).
	 
	 	(d)	 	Computing Present Values. In establishing the present value of accrued benefits to
compute the Top Heavy Ratio, benefits not in pay status are handled on the basis that
retirement occurs on the automatic vesting date or, if later, the date of reference. Benefits
are discounted only for interest and mortality. Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption
Agreement, the following factors apply: (1) with respect to the interest assumption: (i)
pre-retirement: 6% interest, and (ii) post-retirement: 5% interest; and (2) with respect to
the mortality assumption: (i) pre-retirement: no mortality assumption, and (ii)
post-retirement: the mortality assumption will be the 1994 Group Annuity Reserving Mortality
Table projected to 2002 based on a fixed blend of 50% of the unloaded Male mortality rates
and 50% of the unloaded Female mortality rates (the 1994 GAR
Mortality Table) as set forth in Revenue Ruling 2001-62.

	1.185	 	Transfer Contribution. The term “Transfer Contribution” means a non-taxable transfer of a
Participant’s benefit directly or indirectly from another qualified plan to this Plan. Transfer
Contributions include assets transferred to this Plan from another plan as a result of a merger or
similar transaction involving this Plan and the other plan. Any direct or indirect transfer as defined in Code §401(a)(11) of assets from a defined
benefit plan, a money purchase plan, a target benefit plan, a stock bonus plan, or a profit
sharing plan that provided for a life annuity form of payment to the Participant will be
considered a Transfer Contribution. Elective Deferrals (including

					
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 39 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	 	 	QNECs, QMACs, and ADP Safe Harbor Contributions) which are transferred to this Plan in a
direct or indirect trustee-to-trustee transfer from another qualified plan and which remain
subject to the limitations in Regulation §1.401(k)-1(d) will be considered a Transfer
Contribution. The assets that are transferred from another qualified plan in a plan-to-plan
elective transfer pursuant to Section 11.4 will also be considered a Transfer Contribution.

	1.186	 	Transfer Contribution Account. The term “Transfer Contribution Account” means the account to
which a Participant’s Transfer Contributions, if any, are allocated.
	 
	1.187	 	Trustee. The term “Trustee” means the persons or entity named as trustee or trustees of the
Trust.
	 
	1.188	 	Trust (or Trust Fund). The term “Trust” or “Trust Fund” means the assets of the Plan.
	 
	1.189	 	Valuation Calendar Year. The term “Valuation Calendar Year” means, for purposes of required
minimum distributions under Section 5.9, the calendar year immediately preceding a Distribution
Calendar Year.
	 
	1.190	 	Valuation Date. The term “Valuation Date” means the date when the Trustee determines the
value of the Trust Fund. A Valuation Date of the Trust Fund must occur as of the last day of each
Plan Year. However, the Administrator can value all or any portion of the assets of the Trust Fund
more frequently, including, but not limited to, semi-annually, quarterly, monthly, or daily; the
Administrator may implement any additional Valuation Dates for any reason. For purposes of
calculating the Top Heavy Ratio, the term “Valuation Date” means the date when the Participant’s
Account balances or accrued benefits are valued.
	 
	1.191	 	Vested Aggregate Account. The term “Vested Aggregate Account” means a Participant’s Vested
Interest in the aggregate value of his or her Participant’s Account and any accounts attributable
to the Participant’s own Plan contributions (including the Participant’s Rollover Contribution
Account and Transfer Contribution Account).
	 
	1.192	 	Vested, Vested Interest and Vesting. The terms “Vested,” “Vested Interest” and “Vesting” mean
a Participant’s nonforfeitable percentage in an account maintained on his or her behalf under the
Plan. A Participant’s Vested Interest in his or her Participant’s Account will be determined in
accordance with Section 4.6.
	 
	1.193	 	Vesting Computation Period. The term “Vesting Computation Period” means a period of twelve
(12) consecutive months, which is used for purposes of determining a Participant’s Vested Interest
in the Plan (or a component of the Plan). As elected in the Adoption Agreement, either (a) each
Vesting Computation Period will consist of each Plan Year; or (b) an Employee’s initial Vesting
Computation Period will begin on the Employee’s Employment Commencement Date, and each subsequent
Vesting Computation Period will begin on each anniversary of the Employee’s Employment Commencement
Date.
	 
	1.194	 	Voluntary Employee Contribution. The term “Voluntary Employee Contribution” means an Employee
Contribution which is made voluntarily to the Plan by a Participant.
	 
	1.195	 	Voluntary Employee Contribution Account. The term “Voluntary Employee Contribution Account”
means the sub-account to which a Participant’s Voluntary Employee Contributions, if any, are
allocated.
	 
	1.196	 	Year of Service. The term “Year of Service” means, with respect to any provision of the Plan
in which service is determined by the Counting of Hours Method, a 12-consecutive month computation
period during which an Employee is credited with the specified number of Hours of Service as
elected in the Adoption Agreement with the Employer or an Affiliated Employer (or any business
entity which was an Adopting Employer), determined in accordance with the following provisions:

	 	(a)	 	Year of Service for Eligibility. For any Plan Year in which the eligibility requirements
under Section 2.1 are based on Years of Service, then a Year of Service is an Eligibility
Computation Period during which an Employee is credited with at least the number of Hours of
Service (but not more than 1,000 Hours of Service) as elected in the Adoption Agreement. If
the Employee is credited with 1,000 Hours of Service (or such lesser number of Hours of
Service as elected in the Adoption Agreement) in both the initial Eligibility Computation
Period and the second Eligibility Computation Period, then the Employee will be credited with
two Years of Service for eligibility purposes. If any Eligibility Computation Period is less
than 12 months, then the Hours of Service requirement set forth herein will be
proportionately reduced (if the Hours of Service requirement is greater than one Hour of
Service) for purposes of determining whether an Employee is credited with a Year of Service
during such short Eligibility Computation Period. As elected in the

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 40 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	 	 	Adoption Agreement, in determining the eligibility requirements under Section 2.1 and the
applicable Entry Date under Section 2.2, an Employee will be deemed to have completed a
Year of Service on either (1) the last day of the applicable Eligibility Computation
Period during which the Employee is credited with the required Hours of Service; or (2)
the same date that the Employee is credited with the applicable Hours of Service
requirement, even if such date occurs before the last day of the Eligibility Computation
Period.

	 	(b)	 	Year of Service for Vesting. For any Plan Year in which a Participant’s Vested Interest
under Section 4.6 is based on Years of Service, then a Year of Service is a Vesting
Computation Period during which an Employee is credited with at least the number of Hours of
Service (but not more than 1,000 Hours of Service) as elected in the Adoption Agreement. If
any Vesting Computation Period is less than 12 months, then the Hours of Service requirement
set forth herein will be proportionately reduced (if the Hours of Service requirement is
greater than one Hour of Service) for purposes of determining whether an Employee is credited
with a Year of Service during such short Vesting Computation Period. Alternatively, with
respect to a short Vesting Computation Period, an Employee will be credited with a Year of
Service pursuant to Department of Labor Regulation §2530.203-2(c).
	 
	 	(c)	 	Year of Service for Benefit Accrual/Allocation Purposes. For any Plan Year in which a
Participant’s benefit accrual and/or allocations are based on Years of Service, a Year of
Service is a 12-consecutive month benefit accrual computation period during which an Employee
is credited with at least the number of Hours of Service (but not more than 1,000 Hours of
Service) as elected in the Adoption Agreement. The benefit accrual computation period will be
the Plan Year. If any benefit accrual computation period is less than 12 months, then the
Hours of Service requirement set forth herein will be proportionately reduced (if the Hours
of Service requirement is greater than one (1) Hour of Service) for purposes of determining
whether an Employee is credited with a Year of Service during such short benefit accrual
computation period.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Prior Service Credit. If the Employer maintains (or has ever maintained) any plan of a
predecessor employer, service during the existence of such predecessor plan with such
predecessor employer will be credited as Years of Service with the Employer. In addition, if
elected in Section 2.2 of the Adoption Agreement, predecessor service with the entity or
entities named in the Adoption Agreement will be credited as Years of Service with the
Employer for the purposes elected in the Adoption Agreement. For purposes of the prior
sentence, the following rules will apply: (1) if the Employer does not maintain (and has
never maintained) any plan of a predecessor employer and if predecessor service of that
predecessor employer is credited in a standardized Adoption Agreement, then such service will
be limited to five Years of Service pursuant to Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-5(a)(3); and (2) if
the Employer does not maintain (and has never maintained) any plan of a predecessor employer,
if predecessor service of that predecessor employer is credited in a non-standardized
Adoption Agreement and if such predecessor service exceeds five Years of Service, the
crediting of such service must comply with the requirements of Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-11(d).
	 
	 	(e)	 	Reemployment of an Employee Before a Break In Service and Before Eligibility Requirements
Are Satisfied. For any Plan Year in which the eligibility requirements under Section 2.1 are
based on Years of Service, if an Employee Terminates Employment with the Employer prior to
satisfying the eligibility requirements in Section 2.1 and the Employee is subsequently
reemployed by the Employer before incurring a Break in Service, then (1) the Employee’s
pre-termination Year(s) of Service (and Hours of Service during any computation period) will
be counted in determining the satisfaction of such eligibility requirements, and for all
other purposes, as applicable, and (2) the Eligibility Computation Period, Vesting
Computation Period, and/or benefit accrual computation period, as applicable, will remain
unchanged.
	 
	 	(f)	 	Reemployment of an Employee Before a Break In Service and After Eligibility Requirements
Are Satisfied. For any Plan Year in which the eligibility requirements under Section 2.1 are
based on Years of Service, if an Employee Terminates Employment with the Employer prior to
the Employee’s Entry Date in Section 2.2, the Employee had satisfied the eligibility
requirements in Section 2.1 as of the Employee’s Termination of Employment, and the Employee
is subsequently reemployed by the Employer before incurring a Break in Service, then (1) the
Employee will become a Participant as of the later of (A) the date that the Employee would
enter the Plan had he or she not Terminated Employment with the Employer, or (B) the
Employee’s Reemployment Commencement Date, (2) the Employee’s pre-termination Year(s) of
Service (and Hours of Service during any computation period) will be counted for all purposes, and (3) the Vesting
Computation Period and/or benefit accrual computation period, as applicable, will remain
unchanged.

					
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 41 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(g)	 	Reemployment of a Participant Before a Break In Service. For any Plan Year in which the
eligibility requirements under Section 2.1 are based on Years of Service, if an Employee
Terminates Employment after becoming a Participant and is subsequently reemployed by the
Employer before incurring a Break in Service, then (1) the reemployed Employee will reenter
the Plan as of the Employee’s Reemployment Commencement Date, (2) the Employee’s
pre-termination Year(s) of Service (and Hours of Service during any computation period) will
be counted for all purposes, as applicable, and (3) the Vesting Computation Period and/or
benefit accrual computation period, as applicable, will remain unchanged.
	 
	 	(h)	 	Reemployment of an Employee After a Break In Service and Before Entry Date. For any Plan
Year in which the eligibility requirements under Section 2.1 are based on Years of Service,
if an Employee Terminates Employment with the Employer either prior to or after satisfying
the eligibility requirements in Section 2.1 (but before the Employee’s Entry Date in Section
2.2) and the Employee is subsequently reemployed by the Employer after incurring a Break in
Service, then the Employee’s Year(s) of Service that were completed prior to the Break in
Service will be recognized, subject to the following provisions:

	 	(1)	 	Determination of Years of Service for Eligibility Purposes. The following provisions
apply to determining Year(s) of Service for eligibility purposes:

	 	(A)	 	One Year Holdout Rule. If the Sponsoring Employer elects the One Year Holdout
Rule in the Adoption Agreement, any Year(s) of Service completed prior to an
Employee’s Break(s) in Service will not be counted in determining an Employee’s
eligibility to participate in the Plan until the Employee satisfies the One Year
Holdout Rule. If the Employee has not satisfied the eligibility requirements in
Section 2.1 as of the Employee’s Reemployment Commencement Date and then satisfies
the One Year Holdout Rule, then the Employee will become a Participant in the Plan as
of the Entry Date in Section 2.2 after the Employee has satisfied the eligibility
requirements in Section 2.1 (including, if applicable, an Entry Date that may occur
during the One Year Holdout Rule period after the Employee’s Reemployment
Commencement Date). If the Employee has satisfied the eligibility requirements in
Section 2.1 as of the Employee’s Reemployment Commencement Date and then satisfies
the One Year Holdout Rule, then the reemployed Employee will enter the Plan as of the
first day of the Eligibility Computation Period in which the Employee completes one
Year of Service. Furthermore, if the Sponsoring Employer has elected the Rule of
Parity in the Adoption Agreement (in addition to the One Year Holdout Rule), then the
recognition of any Year(s) of Service that were completed prior to an Employee’s
Break(s) in Service will be subject to both the One Year Holdout Rule and the Rule of
Parity.
	 
	 	(B)	 	Rule of Parity. If the Sponsoring Employer elects the Rule of Parity in the
Adoption Agreement, any Year(s) of Service completed prior to an Employee’s Break(s)
in Service will not be counted in determining an Employee’s eligibility to
participate in the Plan if those Year(s) of Service are disregarded pursuant to the
Rule of Parity. If such former Employee’s Year(s) of Service are disregarded under
the Rule of Parity, then (A) the reemployed Employee will be treated as a new
Employee for purposes of Section 2.1 and (B) the Employee’s Eligibility Computation
Period will commence on the Employee’s Reemployment Commencement Date and subsequent
Eligibility Computation Periods will be based upon the provisions of the definition
of Eligibility Computation Period (with the Reemployment Commencement Date
substituted for the Employment Commencement Date, if applicable). If the Employee has
not satisfied the eligibility requirements in Section 2.1 as of the Employee’s
Reemployment Commencement Date and such former Employee’s Year(s) of Service are not
disregarded under the Rule of Parity, then the Eligibility Computation Periods will
remain unchanged. If the Employee has satisfied the eligibility requirements in
Section 2.1 as of the Employee’s Reemployment Commencement Date and such former
Employee’s Year(s) of Service are not disregarded under the Rule of Parity, the
reemployed Employee will enter the Plan as of the Employee’s Reemployment
Commencement Date.

	 	(2)	 	Determination of Years of Service for Vesting Purposes. The following provisions
apply to determining Year(s) of Service for Vesting purposes:

	 	(A)	 	One Year Holdout Rule. If the Sponsoring Employer elects the One Year Holdout
Rule in the Adoption Agreement, any Year(s) of Service completed prior to an
Employee’s Break(s) in Service will not be counted in determining an Employee’s
Vesting Interest in the Participant’s Account balance until the Employee satisfies
the One Year Holdout Rule. If the Employee satisfies the One

					
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 42 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	 	 	Year Holdout Rule, then the Employee’s Year(s) of Service for Vesting purposes
will include Year(s) of Service that were completed prior to an Employee’s
Break(s) in Service, retroactively to the first day of the Vesting Computation
Period in which the Employee completes one (1) Year of Service. Furthermore, if
the Sponsoring Employer has elected the Rule of Parity in the Adoption Agreement
(in addition to the One Year Holdout Rule), then the recognition of any Year(s)
of Service that were completed prior to an Employee’s Break(s) in Service will be
subject to both the One Year Holdout Rule and the Rule of Parity.

	 	(B)	 	Rule of Parity. If the Sponsoring Employer elects the Rule of Parity in the
Adoption Agreement, any Year(s) of Service completed prior to an Employee’s Break(s)
in Service will not be counted in determining an Employee’s Vesting Interest in the
Participant’s Account balance if those Year(s) of Service are disregarded pursuant to
the Rule of Parity. If such former Employee’s Year(s) of Service are disregarded
under the Rule of Parity and the Sponsoring Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement
that the Vesting Computation Period is based on an Employee’s 12-month employment
year, then the Employee’s Vesting Computation Period will commence on the Employee’s
Reemployment Commencement Date (and subsequent Vesting Computation Periods will
commence on anniversaries of the Employee’s Reemployment Commencement Date). If such
former Employee’s Year(s) of Service are not disregarded under the Rule of Parity,
then the Vesting Computation Periods will remain unchanged.

	 	(3)	 	Determination of Years of Service for Benefit Accrual/Allocation Purposes. The
following provisions apply to determining Year(s) of Service for benefit accrual or
allocation purposes:

	 	(A)	 	One Year Holdout Rule. If the Sponsoring Employer elects the One Year Holdout
Rule in the Adoption Agreement, any Year(s) of Service completed prior to an
Employee’s Break(s) in Service will not be counted for benefit accrual or allocation
purposes until the Employee satisfies the One Year Holdout Rule. If the Employee
satisfies the One Year Holdout Rule, the Employee’s Year(s) of Service for benefit
accrual or allocation purposes will include Year(s) of Service that were completed
prior to an Employee’s Break(s) in Service, retroactively to the first day of the
Plan Year in which the Employee completes one Year of Service. Furthermore, if the
Sponsoring Employer has elected the Rule of Parity in the Adoption Agreement (in
addition to the One Year Holdout Rule), then the recognition of any Year(s) of
Service that were completed prior to an Employee’s Break(s) in Service will be
subject to both the One Year Holdout Rule and the Rule of Parity.
	 
	 	(B)	 	Rule of Parity. If the Sponsoring Employer elects the Rule of Parity in the
Adoption Agreement, then any Year(s) of Service completed prior to an Employee’s
Break(s) in Service will not be counted for benefit accrual or allocation purposes if
those Year(s) of Service are disregarded pursuant to the Rule of Parity.

	 	(i)	 	Reemployment of a Participant After a Break In Service. For any Plan Year in which the
eligibility requirements under Section 2.1 are based on Years of Service, if an Employee (1)
was a Participant in the Plan, (2) Terminates Employment with the Employer, and (3) is
subsequently reemployed by the Employer after incurring a Break in Service, then the
Employee’s Year(s) of Service that were completed prior to the Break in Service will be
recognized, subject to the following provisions:

	 	(1)	 	Determination of Years of Service for Eligibility Purposes. The following provisions
apply to determining Year(s) of Service for eligibility purposes:

	 	(A)	 	One Year Holdout Rule. If the Sponsoring Employer elects the One Year Holdout
Rule in the Adoption Agreement, any Year(s) of Service completed prior to an
Employee’s Break(s) in Service will not be counted in determining an Employee’s
eligibility to participate in the Plan until the Employee satisfies the One Year
Holdout Rule. If the Employee satisfies the One Year Holdout Rule, then the
reemployed Employee will reenter the Plan as of the first day of the Eligibility
Computation Period in which the Employee completes one Year of Service. If the
Sponsoring Employer has elected the Rule of Parity in the Adoption Agreement (in
addition to the One Year Holdout Rule), the recognition of any Year(s) of Service
completed prior to an Employee’s Break(s) in Service will be subject to both the One
Year Holdout Rule and the Rule of Parity.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 43 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(B)	 	Rule of Parity. If the Sponsoring Employer elects the Rule of Parity in the
Adoption Agreement, any Year(s) of Service completed prior to an Employee’s Break(s)
in Service will not be counted in determining an Employee’s eligibility to
participate in the Plan if those Year(s) of Service are disregarded pursuant to the
Rule of Parity. If such former Employee’s Year(s) of Service are disregarded under
the Rule of Parity, then (A) the reemployed Employee will be treated as a new
Employee for purposes of Section 2.1 and (B) the Employee’s Eligibility Computation
Period will commence on the Employee’s Reemployment Commencement Date and subsequent
Eligibility Computation Periods will be based upon the provisions of the definition
of Eligibility Computation Period (with the Reemployment Commencement Date
substituted for the Employment Commencement Date, if applicable). If such former
Employee’s Year(s) of Service are not disregarded under the Rule of Parity, then the
reemployed Employee will reenter the Plan as of the Employee’s Reemployment
Commencement Date.

	 	(2)	 	Determination of Years of Service for Vesting Purposes. The following provisions
apply to determining Year(s) of Service for Vesting purposes:

	 	(A)	 	One Year Holdout Rule. If the Sponsoring Employer elects the One Year Holdout
Rule in the Adoption Agreement, any Year(s) of Service completed prior to an
Employee’s Break(s) in Service will not be counted in determining an Employee’s
Vesting Interest in the Participant’s Account balance until the Employee satisfies
the One Year Holdout Rule. If the Employee satisfies the One Year Holdout Rule, then
the Employee’s Year(s) of Service for Vesting purposes will include Year(s) of
Service that were completed prior to an Employee’s Break(s) in Service, retroactively
to the first day of the Vesting Computation Period in which the Employee completes
one (1) Year of Service. Furthermore, if the Sponsoring Employer has elected the Rule
of Parity in the Adoption Agreement (in addition to the One Year Holdout Rule), then
the recognition of any Year(s) of Service that were completed prior to an Employee’s
Break(s) in Service will be subject to both the One Year Holdout Rule and the Rule of
Parity.
	 
	 	(B)	 	Rule of Parity. If the Sponsoring Employer elects the Rule of Parity in the
Adoption Agreement, then any Year(s) of Service that were completed prior to an
Employee’s Break(s) in Service will not be counted for purposes of determining an
Employee’s Vesting Interest in the Participant’s Account balance if those Year(s) of
Service are disregarded pursuant to the Rule of Parity. If such former Employee’s
Year(s) of Service are disregarded under the Rule of Parity and the Sponsoring
Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement that the Vesting Computation Period is
based on an Employee’s 12-month employment year, then the Employee’s Vesting
Computation Period will commence on the Employee’s Reemployment Commencement Date
(and subsequent Vesting Computation Periods will commence on anniversaries of the
Employee’s Reemployment Commencement Date). If such former Employee’s Year(s) of
Service are not disregarded under the Rule of Parity, then the Vesting Computation
Periods will remain unchanged.

	 	(3)	 	Determination of Years of Service for Benefit Accrual/Allocation Purposes. The
following provisions apply to determining Year(s) of Service for benefit accrual or
allocation purposes:

	 	(A)	 	One Year Holdout Rule. If the Sponsoring Employer elects the One Year Holdout
Rule in the Adoption Agreement, any Year(s) of Service completed prior to an
Employee’s Break(s) in Service will not be counted for benefit accrual or allocation
purposes until the Employee satisfies the One Year Holdout Rule. If the Employee
satisfies the One Year Holdout Rule, the Employee’s Year(s) of Service for benefit
accrual or allocation purposes will include Year(s) of Service that were completed
prior to an Employee’s Break(s) in Service, retroactively to the first day of the
Plan Year in which the Employee completes one Year of Service. Furthermore, if the
Sponsoring Employer has elected the Rule of Parity in the Adoption Agreement (in
addition to the One Year Holdout Rule), then the recognition of any Year(s) of
Service that were completed prior to an Employee’s Break(s) in Service will be
subject to both the One Year Holdout Rule and the Rule of Parity.
	 
	 	(B)	 	Rule of Parity. If the Sponsoring Employer elects the Rule of Parity in the
Adoption Agreement, then any Year(s) of Service that were completed prior to an
Employee’s
Break(s) in Service will not be counted for benefit accrual or allocation purposes if
those Year(s) of Service are disregarded pursuant to the Rule of Parity.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 44 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(j)	 	Ignoring Service For Eligibility If Service Requirement Is More Than 1 Year Of Service.
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if this Plan (or a component of the
Plan) provides in the Adoption Agreement that an Employee must complete more than one (1)
Year of Service for eligibility purposes, and such Employee will have a 100% Vested Interest
in the Participant’s Account (or the sub-Account that relates to such component) upon
becoming a Participant in the Plan, then with respect to an Employee who incurs a Break in
Service before satisfying such eligibility requirement (1) the Employee’s Year(s) of Service
(and Hours of Service) that were completed prior to the Employee’s Break(s) in Service will
not be counted for eligibility purposes, and (2) the Employee’s Eligibility Computation
Period will commence on the Employee’s Reemployment Commencement Date and subsequent
Eligibility Computation Periods will be based upon the provisions of the definition of
Eligibility Computation Period (with the Reemployment Commencement Date substituted for the
Employment Commencement Date, if applicable).

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 45 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

Article 2
 Plan
Participation

	2.1	 	Eligibility Requirements. If this is an amended Plan, any Eligible Employee who is a
Participant on the day before the effective date in the Adoption Agreement will continue to
participate in the Plan. Otherwise, an Eligible Employee will be eligible to become a Participant
in the Plan upon satisfying the eligibility requirements as elected in the Adoption Agreement,
subject to the following provisions:

	 	(a)	 	Age and Service Requirements. An Eligible Employee must satisfy any age and/or service
requirements indicated in the Adoption Agreement for each applicable type of contribution. If
the Sponsoring Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement that the service requirement for
participation with respect to one or more components of the Plan is the lesser of 1 Year of
Service or a stated number of consecutive months, weeks, or days of employment, then an
Employee will only be deemed to have completed a month, week, or day of employment for any
calendar month, week, or day during which the Employee (1) is continuously employed with the
Employer or an Affiliated Employer without interruption for that entire calendar month, week,
or day except for those interruptions that are described in the definition of Hour of
Service, and (2) if elected in the Adoption Agreement, is credited with the number of Hours
of Service for that month, week, or day as indicated in the Adoption Agreement. For purposes
of the prior sentence, the determination of whether an Eligible Employee has satisfied the
stated number of consecutive months, weeks, or days of employment will be made on the basis
of an Eligibility Computation Period; if an Eligible Employee does not satisfy the stated
number of consecutive months, weeks, or days of employment during an Eligibility Computation
Period, then such Eligible Employee has not satisfied the stated number of consecutive
months, weeks, or days of employment, until satisfied during a subsequent Eligibility
Computation Period.

	 
	 	(b)	 	Eligible Employees. All Eligible Employees will be eligible to participate in the Plan
(or a component of the Plan); however, the following Employees are not Eligible Employees in
the Plan (or a component of the Plan), if elected in the Adoption Agreement:

	 	(1)	 	Union Employees. Employees whose employment is governed by a collective bargaining
agreement between Employee representatives and the Employer in which retirement benefits
were the subject of good faith bargaining unless such collective bargaining agreement
expressly provides for the inclusion of such Employees as Participants in the Plan.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Non-Resident Aliens. Employees who are non-resident aliens who do not receive earned
income (within the meaning of Code §911(d)(2)) from the Employer which constitutes income
from sources within the United States (within the meaning of Code §861(a)(3)).
	 
	 	(3)	 	“Merger and Acquisition” Employees. Persons who became Employees as the result of a
“Code §410(b)(6)(C) transaction”. These Employees will be excluded during the period
beginning on the date of the transaction and ending on the last day of the first Plan
Year beginning after the date of the transaction. A “Code §410(b)(6)(C)” transaction” is
an asset or stock acquisition, merger, or similar transaction involving a change in the
employer of the employees of a trade or business.
	 
	 	(4)	 	Highly Compensated Employees. Employees who are Highly Compensated Employees (or any
subgroup of Employees who are Highly Compensated Employees).
	 
	 	(5)	 	Leased Employees. For non-standardized plans only, any person who is considered a
Leased Employee but who (1) is not covered by a plan described in Code §414(n)(5), or (2)
is covered by a plan described in Code §414(n)(5) but Leased Employees constitute more
than 20% of the Employer’s non-highly compensated workforce.
	 
	 	(6)	 	Employees of Non-Adopting Affiliated Employers. For non-standardized plans only,
Employees who are employed by an Affiliated Employer which is not an Adopting Employer.
	 
	 	(7)	 	Key Employees. For non-standardized plans only, Employees who are Key Employees.
	 
	 	(8)	 	Employees Who Are Paid By Salary. For non-standardized plans only, Employees whose
Compensation is primarily in the form of a salary.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 46 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(9)	 	Employees Who Are Paid By the Hour. For non-standardized plans only, Employees whose
Compensation is primarily paid on an hourly basis.
	 
	 	(10)	 	Employees Who Are Paid In Commissions. For non-standardized plans only, Employees
whose Compensation is primarily in the form of commissions.
	 
	 	(11)	 	Other. For non-standardized plans only, any other Employees who are not Eligible
Employees as elected and specified in the Adoption Agreement.

	 	(c)	 	Participation By Employees Whose Status Changes. If an Employee who is not an Eligible
Employee with respect to a particular type of contribution (or a component of the Plan)
becomes an Eligible Employee for such contribution (or component), then the Employee will
participate in the Plan immediately with respect to that type of contribution (or component),
so long as (1) the Employee has satisfied the minimum age and service requirements for that
type of contribution (or component) and (2) the Employee would have previously become a
Participant with respect to that type of contribution (or component) had the Employee always
been an Eligible Employee for that type of contribution (or component). The participation of
a Participant who is no longer an Eligible Employee with respect to a particular type of
contribution (or component) will be suspended and such Participant will be entitled to an
allocation of that type of contribution (and any applicable Forfeitures) for the Allocation
Period only to the extent of any applicable Hours of Service or Periods of Service completed
while an Eligible Employee for that type of contribution (or component). In addition to
satisfying any other conditions, the Sponsoring Employer may elect in the Adoption Agreement
that the Employee must be an Eligible Employee on the last day of the Allocation Period in
which such participation is suspended. Upon again becoming an Eligible Employee with respect
to that type of contribution (or component), a suspended Participant will immediately resume
eligibility with respect to that type of contribution. Years of Service or Periods of Service
while an Employee is not an Eligible Employee will be recognized for purposes of determining
the Vested Interest of such Employee with respect to a particular type of contribution (or
component) in accordance with Section 4.6.

	2.2	 	Entry Date. An Eligible Employee who has satisfied the eligibility requirements as elected in
the Adoption Agreement will enter the Plan as a Participant on the “Entry Date” that is elected in
the Adoption Agreement.
Furthermore, if the Sponsoring Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement to waive the age
and/or service requirements for the Plan (or a component of the Plan) as of a specified date,
then an Eligible Employee will enter the Plan (or that component of the Plan) as of such
specified date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Eligible Employee who is also a Prevailing
Wage Employee will enter the Plan as a Participant with respect to Compensation received
under a Prevailing Wage Law on the date the Employee first receives such Compensation;
however, if the Sponsor Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement a later Entry Date with
respect to Prevailing Wage Contributions, then such later Entry Date will apply.
	 
	2.3	 	Waiver of Participation. A waiver of participation is not permitted except to the extent a
valid waiver was made under the terms of the prior Plan. If this is an amendment and restatement of
this Plan, then all prior irrevocable waivers will remain in effect after the adoption date of this
amendment and restatement. If a prior Plan document permitted revocable waivers of participation,
then any Eligible Employee who had previously waived participation on a revocable basis may revoke
such waiver and participate in the Plan; however, such Eligible Employee may not waive
participation again on or after the adoption date of this amendment and restatement.
	 
	2.4	 	Reemployment. If an Employee Terminates Employment and is subsequently reemployed by the
Employer or an Affiliated Employer, such Employee’s Years of Service and/or Periods of Service for
purposes of eligibility (as well as the time such Employee enters or reenters the Plan as a
Participant) will be determined in accordance with the rules described in the definition of Years
of Service and/or Periods of Service, as applicable.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 47 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

Article 3

Contributions and Allocations

	3.1	 	General Contribution and Allocation Provisions. The Employer intends to make contributions to
the Plan, unless the Plan is a frozen Plan, subject to the following provisions:

	 	(a)	 	Types and Amount of Contributions. The types (and, if applicable, the amount) of
contributions that may be made to the Plan are those that are elected in the Adoption
Agreement. The type and the amount of the contribution will be determined by the Employer,
and such determination by the Employer will be binding on the Trustee, Administrator and all
Participants and may not be reviewed in any manner.
	 
	 	(b)	 	No Guarantee. The Employer does not guarantee either the making of Employer contributions
or the payment of benefits under the Plan. The Employer reserves the right to reduce, suspend
or discontinue contributions for any reason at any time; however, if the Plan is deemed to be
terminated as a result of such reduction, suspension or discontinuance, then the provisions
of Article 9 will become effective.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Taxable Wage Base. If a contribution and/or allocation utilize the Taxable Wage Base,
then the Taxable Wage Base that is used for a Plan Year will be determined as of the
beginning of the Plan Year.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Effect of Waiver of Funding. If the Plan is a money purchase Plan and the Employer amends
the Plan because of a waiver of the minimum funding requirement under Code §412(d), then such
Plan will be considered to be an individually designed plan and will no longer be considered
a prototype plan.
	 
	 	(e)	 	Limitations on Contributions. Notwithstanding any provision of this Article, (1) no
Employer contribution will be made for any Participant who is not a Benefiting Participant
for an Allocation Period unless otherwise required by the Top Heavy Minimum Allocation
provisions in Section 3.14; and (2) if the Plan provides contributions or benefits for
Employees some or all of whom are owner-employees as defined in Code §401(c)(3), such
contributions or benefits can only be provided with respect to the Earned Income of such
owner-employees derived from the trade or business with respect to which the Plan is
established.
	 
	 	(f)	 	Frequency of Contributions and Allocations. Any Employer contribution that is made under
the terms of the Plan may, at the election of the Administrator, be contributed (1) each
payroll period; (2) each month; (3) each Plan quarter; (4) on an annual basis; or (5) on any
Allocation Period as determined by the Employer, provided that such Allocation Period does
not discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated Employees. The Employer may elect a different
Allocation Period for each type of Employer contribution. Employer contributions will be
allocated based on the applicable Allocation Period.
	 
	 	(g)	 	Form of Contribution. If the Plan is not subject to Code §412, the contribution is not
used to reduce an obligation or liability of an Employer to the Plan, and the contribution is
unencumbered and discretionary, then the contribution (if any) may consist of (1) cash; (2)
cash equivalencies (3) qualifying employer real property and/or qualifying employer
securities as defined in ERISA §407(d)(4) and ERISA §407(d)(5), provided the acquisition of
such qualifying employer real property and/or qualifying employer securities satisfies the
requirements of ERISA §408(e); or (4) any other property that is not prohibited under Code
§4975 and that is acceptable to the Trustee under the terms of the Trust agreement. If the
Plan is subject to Code §412, the contribution is used to reduce an obligation or liability
of an Employer, or the contribution is encumbered and not discretionary, then the
contribution will consist of (1) cash; or (2) cash equivalencies; such Employer’s
contribution will not consist of any non-cash or non-cash equivalency assets to the Trust.
	 
	 	(h)	 	Refund of Contributions. Contributions that are made to the Plan by the Employer can only
be returned to the Employer in accordance with the following provisions:

	 	(1)	 	Failure of Plan to Initially Qualify. If the Plan fails to initially satisfy the
requirements of Code §401(a) and the Employer declines to amend the Plan to satisfy such
requirements, then contributions that were made prior to the date such qualification is
denied must be returned to the Employer within one year of the date of such denial, but
only if the application for the qualification is made by the time prescribed by law for
filing the Employer’s tax return for the taxable year in which the Plan is adopted, or by
such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 48 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(2)	 	Contributions Made Under a Mistake of Fact. If a contribution is attributable in
whole or in part to a good faith mistake of fact, including a good faith mistake in
determining the deductibility of the contribution under Code §404, an amount may be
returned to the Employer equal to the excess of the amount that had been contributed over
the amount that would have been contributed if the mistake of fact had not occurred
(which excess will hereafter be known as a “Mistaken Contribution”). Earnings
attributable to a Mistaken Contribution will not be returned, but losses attributable to
the Mistaken Contribution will reduce the amount so returned. The Mistaken Contribution
will be returned within one year of the date the Mistaken Contribution was made or the
deduction disallowed, as the case may be.
	 
	 	(3)	 	Nondeductible Contributions. Except to the extent that an Employer may intentionally
make a nondeductible contribution, for example, to correct an administrative error or
restore a Forfeiture, Employer contributions are conditioned on deductibility and will
otherwise be returned to the Employer.
	 
	 	(4)	 	Prevailing Wage Contributions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Prevailing Wage
Contributions that would otherwise be returned to the Employer for the reasons described
in paragraphs (1) or (2) above will instead be distributed to the affected Participants.

	3.2	 	Elective Deferrals. If the Plan is a 401(k) Plan, then the Employer will contribute each
Participant’s Elective Deferrals to the Plan, determined in accordance with and subject to the
following provisions:

	 	(a)	 	Amount of Elective Deferrals. Each Participant may enter into and submit to the
Administrator at any time a Salary Deferral Agreement authorizing the Employer to withhold
all or a portion of the Participant’s Compensation, specifying the amount (either in whole
percentage increments of Compensation or in whole dollar amounts as designated by the
Participant; but the Administrator will have the right to direct that such increments of
Compensation be rounded to the next highest or lowest dollar or percentage) and type (either
Roth Elective Deferrals (if permitted by the Plan), Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals, or a specific
combination of Roth Elective Deferrals (if permitted by the Plan) and Pre-Tax Elective
Deferrals). The amount withheld will be deemed an Elective Deferral that the Employer will
contribute to the Plan on behalf of the Participant.
Such Salary Deferral Agreement will be effective as soon as administratively feasible
after receipt of the Salary Deferral Agreement, unless a later pay period is specified by
the Participant. A Participant’s Salary Deferral Agreement will remain in effect until
superseded by another Salary Deferral Agreement (subject to the Automatic Enrollment
provisions of paragraph (g) below). The Administrator, pursuant to an administrative
policy regarding Elective Deferrals that is promulgated under Section 8.6, will designate
the effective date of such elections that are submitted to the Administrator, and the
frequency of such elections (and the frequency of modifications to such elections) but
not less frequently than once per Plan Year. In addition, other Elective Deferral
provisions may be set forth in such administrative policy, including, but not limited to,
provisions that (1) set the maximum Elective Deferral percentage for Participants who are
Highly Compensated Employees (if such percentage is less than the maximum percentage set
forth above); (2) describe a program of automatic increases to a Participants’ Elective
Deferral percentage as elected by the Administrator and/or the Participant; and (3)
permit a Participant to identify separate components of the Participant’s Compensation
(such as base salary, bonuses, etc.) and to specify that a different Elective Deferral
percentage (or dollar amount) apply to each such component.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Cash or Deferred Option. For any Plan Year, the Employer may declare a Cash or Deferred
Contribution.
In such event, the Employer will provide each Participant who is entitled to this Cash or
Deferred Contribution the right to elect to receive as cash some or all of such
Participant’s Cash or Deferred Contribution. Any amount that a Participant elects not to
receive as cash will be deemed an Elective Deferral of the Participant, will be
contributed to the Plan within 21/2 months after the end of the Plan Year, and will be
allocated to the Participant’s Elective Deferral Account.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Roth Elective Deferrals. If elected in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant may elect to
classify all or a portion of an Elective Deferral as a Roth Elective Deferral.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Reclassification Not Permitted. An Elective Deferral contributed to the Plan as one type
of Elective Deferral (either a Roth Elective Deferral or a Pre-Tax Elective Deferral) may not
later be reclassified as the other type of Elective Deferral.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 49 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(e)	 	Catch-Up Contributions. If elected in the Adoption Agreement, Catch-Up Contributions are
permitted and Participants who are age 50 or over by the end of their taxable years will be
eligible. If this Plan is a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan, Catch-Up Contributions will be treated
as Elective Deferrals and will be matched in accordance with the Safe Harbor Matching
Contribution formula(s) elected in the Adoption Agreement. If this is a Non-Safe Harbor
401(k) Plan, Catch-Up Contributions will be matched in accordance with the Non-Safe Harbor
Matching Contribution formula (if any) elected in the Adoption Agreement unless the
Sponsoring Employer elects not to match Catch-Up Contributions in the Adoption Agreement.

	 
	 	(f)	 	Limitations on Elective Deferrals. In no event may Elective Deferrals be more than the
maximum dollar amount permitted for the Participant’s taxable year beginning in that calendar
year under Code §402(g).
Elective Deferrals that exceed the applicable Code §402(g) limit are Excess Elective
Deferrals and will be distributed to the affected Participants under Section 5.18. No
Participant will be permitted to have Elective Deferrals made under this Plan, or any
other plan, contract or arrangement maintained by the Sponsoring Employer, during any
calendar year, in excess of the dollar limit in Code §402(g) in effect for the
Participant’s taxable year beginning in such calendar year. The dollar limitation in Code
§402(g) is $11,000 for taxable years beginning in 2002, and increasing by $1,000 each
taxable year thereafter up to $15,000 for taxable years beginning in 2006 and later
years. After 2006, the $15,000 limit will be adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury
for cost-of-living increases under Code §402(g)(4). Adjustments will be in multiples of
$500. Catch-Up Contributions will not be used in determining the Code §402(g)
limitations.
	 
	 	(g)	 	Automatic Enrollment. If elected in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer may establish an
automatic enrollment program. The terms of the automatic enrollment program (which may
include, but are not limited to, the Elective Deferral percentage or amount, any automatic
increases that apply to that Elective Deferral percentage or amount, the portion of the
Elective Deferral which is considered a Pre-Tax Elective Deferral and, if available in this
Plan, the portion which is considered a Roth Elective Deferral, and the Participants to whom
the automatic enrollment program applies) will be set forth from time to time in an
administrative policy regarding Elective Deferrals that is promulgated under Section 8.6 by
the Administrator; if the Administrator does not adopt such administrative policy, then the
terms of the notice that is issued to Participants regarding the automatic enrollment program
will define the terms and conditions of the automatic enrollment program regarding Elective
Deferrals for the Plan Year.
	 
	 	(h)	 	Salary Deferral Agreement. Salary Deferral Agreements may be entered into as of such date
or dates (but at least once per Plan Year) as established by the Administrator in an
administrative policy regarding Elective Deferrals promulgated under Section 8.6. A
Participant may thereafter modify a Salary Deferral Agreement to increase or decrease the
percentage or amount being withheld as permitted under such administrative policy. The
Participant may also at any time suspend or cancel his or her Salary Deferral Agreement upon
reasonable written notice to the Administrator. If a Participant cancels or suspends his or
her Salary Deferral Agreement, the Participant will not be permitted to put a new Salary
Deferral Agreement into effect until such time as set forth in such administrative policy. If
necessary to insure that the Plan satisfies the ADP
Test or upon a Participant reaching the Elective Deferral limit of Code §402(g) with
respect to such Participant’s Elective Deferrals in the Plan, then the Sponsoring
Employer may temporarily suspend a Participant’s Salary Deferral Agreement upon notice to
the Participant. If a Participant has not elected in his or her Salary Deferral Agreement
to withhold at the maximum rate permitted by the Plan for a Plan Year and the Participant
wants to increase the total amount withheld for that Plan Year up to the maximum
permitted rate, then the Participant can make a supplemental election at any time during
the last two months of the Plan Year to withhold an additional amount for one or more pay
periods (including, if elected in the Adoption Agreement, Catch-Up Contributions not in
excess of the Catch-Up Contribution Limit). An Elective Deferral will constitute a
payroll deduction authorization for purposes of applicable state law. If automatic
enrollment is elected in the Adoption Agreement pursuant to paragraph (g) above, then the
Participant must be given an effective opportunity to elect a different amount (including
no amount).
	 
	 	(i)	 	ADP Testing. Elective Deferrals in a Non-Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan must satisfy the ADP
Test of Section 3.18 for a Plan Year, and Elective Deferrals in a Non-Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan
that do not satisfy the ADP
Test for a Plan Year will utilize the correction methods of such Section.
	 
	 	(j)	 	Distribution of Elective Deferrals. Elective Deferrals can only be distributed upon the
earliest to occur of the following dates: (1) a Participant Terminates Employment (separates
from service, for Plan Years beginning before 2002) with the Employer; (2) a Participant
dies; (3) a Participant suffers a Disability; (4) an event that is described in Code
§401(k)(10) occurs; (5) a Participant reaches Age 591/2 (if on or before such

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 50 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

date, a pre-retirement in-service withdrawal of Elective Deferrals is elected in the
Adoption Agreement); or (6) if financial hardship distributions are elected in the
Adoption Agreement, the Participant qualifies for a financial hardship distribution under
Section 5.16. With respect to clause (4) of the prior sentence, Elective Deferrals can be
distributed (in a lump sum only) upon termination of the Plan, so long as the Sponsoring
Employer (or an Affiliated Employer) does not maintain an alternative defined
contribution plan at any time during the period beginning on the date of Plan termination
and ending 12 months after all assets have been distributed from the terminated Plan.
However, if at all times during the 24-month period beginning 12 months before the date
of Plan’s termination, fewer than 2% of the Employees who were eligible to participate in
the 401(k) Plan as of the date of the Plan’s termination are eligible to participate in
the other defined contribution plan, the other defined contribution plan is not an
alternative defined contribution plan. A defined contribution plan is also not an
alternative defined contribution plan if the defined contribution plan is an employee
stock ownership plan as defined in Code §4975(e)(7) or Code §409(a), a simplified
employee pension as defined in Code §408(k), a SIMPLE IRA plan as defined in Code
§408(p), a plan or contract that is described in Code§ 403(b), or a plan that is
described in Code §457(b) or Code §457(f).

	 	(k)	 	Allocation of Elective Deferrals. Participant’s Pre-tax Elective Deferrals will be
allocated to the Participant’s Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account. Each Participant’s Roth
Elective Deferrals (if any) will be allocated to the Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral
Account.

	3.3	 	Mandatory Employee Contributions. If elected in the Adoption Agreement, then each Participant
must make Mandatory Employee Contributions under the terms and conditions as elected in the
Adoption Agreement, in order to receive an allocation of Employer contributions and Forfeitures for
an Allocation Period. Mandatory Employee Contributions will be allocated to a Participant’s
Mandatory Employee Contribution Account in which the Participant will have a 100% Vested Interest.
A Participant can elect to discontinue (or resume) Mandatory Employee Contributions in accordance
with procedures established by the Administrator. Mandatory Employee Contribution Accounts will be
administered as follows:

	 	(a)	 	Investment of Accounts. The Administrator may choose for investment purposes either to
segregate Mandatory Employee Contribution Accounts into separate interest bearing accounts or
to invest Mandatory Employee Contribution Accounts as part of the general Trust Fund (in
which case Mandatory Employee Contribution Accounts will share in net income and losses in
the manner elected in the Adoption Agreement), except for that portion of a Participant’s
Mandatory Employee Contribution Account which a Participant may be permitted to self-direct
pursuant to Section 7.4.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Discontinuance of Contributions in the Event of a Hardship Distribution. If a Participant
receives a financial hardship distribution under Section 5.16 (or receive a financial
hardship distribution under Regulation §1.401(k)-1(d)(3)(iv)(E) from any other Employer
maintained plan as defined in Regulation §1.401(k)-1(d)(3)(iv)(F)), he or she will be barred
from making Mandatory Employee Contributions for a period of 6 months after the distribution
or, such other period of time as set forth in an administrative policy regarding financial
hardship distributions promulgated under Section 8.6 by the Administrator.
	 
	 	(c)	 	ACP Testing. Any Mandatory Employee Contributions made for a Plan Year must satisfy the
ACP Test of Section 3.19 for a Plan Year. Mandatory Employee Contributions that do not
satisfy the ACP Test will utilize the correction methods of such Section.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Right to Make Each Rate of Mandatory Employee Contributions. The right to make each rate
of Mandatory Employee Contributions (determining the rate based on the Plan’s definition of
the Compensation out of which the Mandatory Employee Contributions are made (regardless of
whether that definition of Compensation satisfies Code §414(s)), and treating different rates
as existing if they are based on definitions of Compensation or other requirements or
formulas that are not substantially the same) must not discriminate in favor of Highly
Compensated Employees.

	3.4	 	Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. If the Plan is a 401(m) Plan, then the Employer may
make Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions as elected in the Adoption Agreement and/or in one or
more Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Addenda, subject to the following provisions:

	 	(a)	 	ACP Testing. Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions made for a Plan Year must satisfy the
ACP Test of Section 3.19 for a Plan Year. Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions that do not
satisfy the ACP Test will utilize the correction methods of such Section.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 51 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(b)	 	Treatment as QMACs. The Administrator may elect to treat all or any portion of a Non-Safe
Harbor Matching Contribution as a QMAC sufficient to satisfy the ADP Test, to the extent that
such QMAC is not used to satisfy the ACP Test (but, so long as the QMAC is not precluded from
being used in the ACP Test pursuant to Section 3.18(j)(4)(B)).
	 
	 	(c)	 	True-Ups. If (1) the Allocation Period for Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions is a
computation period that is less than the Plan Year, and (2) on the last day of any Plan Year,
the dollar amount of the Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions made on behalf of a
Benefiting Participant is less than the dollar amount that would have been made had the
Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions been contributed for an Allocation Period of a Plan
Year, then the Employer may elect, pursuant to the Employer’s discretion, for any Plan Year
to make an additional Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution so that the Non-Safe Harbor
Matching Contribution contributed for a Benefiting Participant is equal to the Non-Safe
Harbor Matching Contribution that would have been made had the Non-Safe Harbor Matching
Contributions been contributed for an Allocation Period of the Plan Year. However, any such
additional Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions can only be made to the Plan on a uniform,
nondiscriminatory basis. In order to determine the group of Participants who are eligible to
receive the additional Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions of this paragraph, the Employer
may impose allocation conditions that are different from the allocation conditions used to
determine Benefiting Participants for purposes of other Non-Safe Harbor Matching
Contributions.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Prorating the Code §401(a)(17) Compensation Limit for Each Allocation Period. If the
Allocation Period for Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions is a computation period that is
less than the Plan Year, then the Employer may elect, pursuant to the Employer’s discretion,
for any Plan Year to prorate the Code §401(a)(17) Compensation Limit to each Allocation
Period of the Plan Year. However, any prorating of the Code §401(a)(17) Compensation Limit
can only be made on a uniform, nondiscriminatory basis.
	 
	 	(e)	 	Excess Elective Deferrals and Excess Contributions Not Required to Be Matched.
Notwithstanding the above, to the extent Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions (including
Qualified Matching Contributions) are contributed on an annual basis, no Non-Safe Harbor
Matching Contribution (including Qualified Matching Contributions) will be required with
respect to that portion of an Elective Deferral which for that Plan Year is determined to be
either an Excess Elective Deferral (unless the Excess Elective Deferral is for a Non-Highly
Compensated Employee) or an Excess Contribution. Furthermore, Matching Contributions
(including Qualified Matching Contributions) that have been allocated to a Participant’s
Account must be forfeited if the contributions to which they relate are Excess Deferrals
(unless the Excess Elective Deferrals are for Non-Highly Compensated Employees), Excess
Contributions, or Excess Aggregate Contributions.
	 
	 	(f)	 	Discretionary Formulas. If the Sponsoring Employer elects a discretionary formula in
Section 6.1(a) of the 401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement (standardized or non-standardized), the
Sponsoring Employer’s discretion in establishing a formula for any Allocation Period
includes, but is not limited to, establishing the amount of the contributions, the rate of
match, as well as establishing a maximum Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution per
Participant (either as a dollar maximum per Participant, a maximum percentage of each
Participant’s Compensation, and/or a maximum amount of each Participant’s Elective Deferrals
that will be recognized for matching purposes). In addition, the Employer must, on or before
the due date (plus any extensions) for filing the Employer’s tax return, adopt a written
resolution (or other written action) which describes the rate of match and the maximum
limitations, if any, imposed on the Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution for the Allocation
Period. Any such Matching Contribution will then be allocated to each Benefiting
Participant’s Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account in the ratio that each such
Benefiting Participant’s Elective Deferrals for the Allocation Period bears to the total
Elective Deferrals of all such Benefiting Participants for the Allocation Period, subject to
any maximum limitations imposed on the allocation in the written resolution (or other written
action).
	 
	 	(g)	 	Right to Each Rate of Match. The right to each rate of Non-Safe Harbor Matching
Contributions (determining the rate using the amount of Non-Safe Harbor Matching
Contributions, Elective Deferrals, Voluntary Employee Contributions, and Mandatory Employee
Contributions determined after any corrections under Regulation §1.401(k)–2(b)(1)(i) and
§1.401(m)–2(b)(1)(i), and treating different rates as existing if they are based on
definitions of Compensation or other
requirements or formulas that are not substantially the same) must not discriminate in favor
of Highly Compensated Employees.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 52 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(h)	 	Allocation of Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. Non-Safe Harbor Matching
Contributions contributed on a Participant’s behalf will be allocated to the Participant’s
Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account. All such allocations will be made in the
manner elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Adoption Agreement and/or the Non-Safe
Harbor Matching Contribution Addendum. A Participant who makes an Elective Deferral during
the Allocation Period will be eligible to receive an allocation of Non-Safe Harbor Matching
Contributions for that Allocation Period as elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the
Adoption Agreement. If the Sponsoring Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement to impose a
service requirement (e.g., 1,000 Hours of Service) in order for a Participant to receive an
allocation of Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions for an Allocation and the Allocation
Period is less than 12 consecutive months, any such service requirement will be
proportionately reduced.

	3.5	 	Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions. The Employer may make Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective
Contributions as elected in the Adoption Agreement and/or in one or more Non-Safe Harbor
Non-Elective Contribution Addenda, subject to the following provisions:

	 	(a)	 	Allocation of Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions. A Participant will be eligible
to receive an allocation of the Employer’s Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions for
that Allocation Period as elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Adoption Agreement. If
the Sponsoring Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement to impose a service requirement
(e.g., 1,000 Hours of Service) in order for a Participant to receive an allocation of
Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions for an Allocation and the Allocation Period is
less than 12 consecutive months, any such service requirement will be proportionately
reduced.

	 	(1)	 	Allocations Using a Compensation Ratio. If the Sponsoring Employer elects in the
Adoption Agreement to allocate Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions using a
Compensation ratio, then the allocation will be made to each Benefiting Participant’s
Non-Elective Contribution Account in the ratio that his or her Compensation for the
Allocation Period bears to the total Compensation of all Benefiting Participants for the
Allocation Period.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Allocations Using the Per Capita Method. If the Sponsoring Employer elects in the
Adoption Agreement to allocate Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions on a per capita
basis, then the allocation will be made to each Benefiting Participant’s Non-Elective
Contribution Account in an equal dollar amount for the Allocation Period.
	 
	 	(3)	 	Allocations Using Points. If the Sponsoring Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement
to allocate Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions based on points awarded to a
Participant as elected in the Adoption Agreement, then the allocation will be made to
each Benefiting Participant’s Non-Elective Contribution Account in the ratio that each
Benefiting Participant’s allocation points for the Allocation Period bears to the total
allocation points of all Benefiting Participants for the Allocation Period.
	 
	 	(4)	 	Allocations Using Permitted Disparity. If the Sponsoring Employer elects in the
Adoption Agreement to allocate Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions using permitted
disparity, then the allocation will be made using either a 2-step method, a 4-step
method, or both, as elected in the Adoption Agreement, in accordance with the following
provisions:

	 	(A)	 	2-Step Method Only. If the Sponsoring Employer elects the 2-step method for all
Allocation Periods, then the contribution will be allocated in the following manner:

	 	(i)	 	Step 1. An amount will be allocated equal to the lesser of [a] the Maximum
Excess Percentage multiplied by a Benefiting Participant’s Excess Compensation;
or [b] as elected in the Adoption Agreement, either [1] the greater of 5.7% or
the OASI Percentage, [2] 5.4%, or [3] 4.3%, multiplied by a Benefiting
Participant’s Excess Compensation.
	 
	 	(ii)	 	Step 2. The balance of the Employer’s contribution will be allocated in the
ratio that his or her Compensation bears to the total Compensation of all
Benefiting Participants.

	 	(B)	 	4-Step Method Only. If the Sponsoring Employer elects the 4-step method for all
Allocation Periods, then the contribution will be allocated in the following manner:

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 53 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(i)	 	Step 1. First, an amount will be allocated in the ratio that his or her
Compensation bears to the total Compensation of all Benefiting Participants, but
the maximum amount allocated under this subparagraph will not exceed 3% of a
Benefiting Participant’s Compensation. Solely for purposes of the allocation made
under this subparagraph (i), the term Benefiting Participant also means any
Participant entitled to a Top Heavy Minimum Allocation under Section 3.14.
	 
	 	(ii)	 	Step 2. Next, an amount will be allocated in the ratio that a Benefiting
Participant’s Excess Compensation bears to the total Excess Compensation of all
Benefiting Participants, but the maximum amount allocated under this subparagraph
will not exceed 3% of a Benefiting Participant’s Excess Compensation.
	 
	 	(iii)	 	Step 3. Next, an amount will be allocated in the ratio that a Benefiting
Participant’s Compensation plus Excess Compensation bears to the total
Compensation plus Excess Compensation of all Benefiting Participants, but the
maximum amount allocated under this subparagraph will not exceed the Third-Step
Integration Percentage of a Benefiting Participant’s Compensation plus Excess
Compensation.
	 
	 	(iv)	 	Step 4. The balance of the contribution will be allocated in the ratio that
a Benefiting Participant’s Compensation bears to the total Compensation of all
Benefiting Participants.

	 	(C)	 	2-Step Method and 4-Step Method. If the Sponsoring Employer elects to use the
2-step method in non-Top Heavy Allocation Periods and the 4-step method in Top Heavy
Allocation Periods, then the contribution will be allocated as set forth in Section
3.5(a)(4)(A) during non-Top Heavy Allocation Periods and as set forth in Section
3.5(a)(4)(B) during Top Heavy Allocation Periods.

	 	(5)	 	Allocations Using Allocation Groups. If the Sponsoring Employer elects in the
Adoption Agreement to allocate Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions using
allocation groups, then the allocation for each Allocation Group will be made pursuant to
the “Allocation Group Addendum” that is attached to the Adoption Agreement; the
allocation for each Benefiting Participant will be made to each Benefiting Participant’s
Non-Elective Contribution Account. The Employer must notify the Trustee of the amount of
the Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution to be allocated each Allocation Group.

If the Sponsoring Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement to allocate Non-Safe
Harbor Non-Elective Contributions using allocation groups, the Sponsoring Employer
may elect in the “Allocation Group Addendum” either that each Benefiting Participant
of the Employer will constitute a “separate allocation group” or that specific
Benefiting Participants of the Employer will be grouped together in “separate
allocation groups” for purposes of allocating Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective
Contributions. However, only a limited number of Allocation Rates is permitted, and
the number of Allocation Rates cannot be greater than the maximum allowable number of
Allocation Rates. The maximum allowable number of Allocation Rates is equal to the
sum of the allowable number of Allocation Rates for eligible Non-Highly Compensated
Employees (eligible NHCEs) and the allowable number of Allocation Rates for eligible
Highly Compensated Employees (eligible HCEs). The allowable number of Allocation
Rates for eligible HCEs is equal to the number of eligible HCEs, limited to 25. The
allowable number of NHCE Allocation Rates depends on the number of eligible NHCEs,
limited to 25. If the Plan has only one or two eligible NHCEs, the allowable number
of NHCE Allocation Rates is one. If the Plan has 3 to 8 eligible NHCEs, then the
allowable number of NHCE Allocation Rates cannot exceed two. If the Plan has 9 to 11
eligible NHCEs, then the allowable number of NHCE Allocation Rates cannot exceed
three. If the Plan has 12 to 19 eligible NHCEs, then the allowable number of NHCE
Allocation Rates cannot exceed four. If the Plan has 20 to 29 eligible NHCEs, then
the allowable number of NHCE Allocation Rates cannot exceed five. If the Plan has 30
or more eligible NHCEs, then the allowable number of NHCE Allocation Rates cannot
exceed the number of eligible NHCEs divided by five (rounded down to the next whole
number if the result of dividing is not a whole number), but will not exceed 25.

The allocation will be made as follows: First, the total amount of Non-Safe Harbor
Non-Elective Contributions is allocated among the Deemed Aggregated Allocation Groups
in portions determined by the Employer. Second, within each Deemed Aggregated
Allocation
Group, the allocated portion is allocated to each Benefiting Participant in the ratio
that such Benefiting Participant’s Compensation, bears to the total Compensation of
all each Benefiting Participants in the group.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 54 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(6)	 	Allocations Using Age Weighting. If the Sponsoring Employer elects in the Adoption
Agreement to allocate Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions using age weighting,
then a Benefiting Participant’s Age Weighting Factor for any Plan Year will be determined
by multiplying the Benefiting Participant’s Compensation by the appropriate percentage
(based upon the Benefiting Participant’s Age) set forth in the “Age-Weighted Table
Addendum” that is attached to the Adoption Agreement. The allocation will be made to each
Benefiting Participant’s Non-Elective Contribution Account in the ratio that his or her
Age Weighting Factor for the Allocation Period bears to the total Age Weighting Factors
of all Benefiting Participants for the Allocation Period.

	 	(b)	 	Effect of Top Heavy on Allocation Method. Notwithstanding anything in the Section to the
contrary, if the Plan is Top Heavy for any Plan Year, and if the allocation method that is
elected in the Adoption Agreement (along with any other allocations that are permitted to be
used to satisfy the Top Heavy Minimum Allocation requirements of Section 3.14) does not
satisfy the Top Heavy Minimum Allocation requirements (because, for example, either a
Benefiting Participant’s Compensation that is used in the allocation method does not satisfy
Code §415(c)(3) Compensation, the Compensation Determination Period is other than the entire
Plan Year, or the allocation method is not sufficient to allocate the Top Heavy Minimum
Allocation to any Non-Key Employee), then the Top Heavy Minimum Allocation will be allocated
first before (or, simultaneous with, if no Key Employee has any Employer contributions
(including any Elective Deferrals made on behalf of a Key Employee to a 401(k) Plan
maintained by the Employer) or Forfeitures allocated to the Participant’s Account for that
Plan Year) any allocations under the allocation method. However, the allocation method may
take into account such Top Heavy Minimum Allocation.

	3.6	 	Prevailing Wage Contributions. If elected in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer will make
Prevailing Wage Contributions to the Plan for the Prevailing Wage Service of each Prevailing Wage
Employee, subject to the following provisions:

	 	(a)	 	Amount of Prevailing Wage Contributions. The Prevailing Wage Contribution for each
Prevailing Wage Employee will be based on the hourly contribution rate required under the
applicable Prevailing Wage Law for each such Employee’s employment classification at which
Prevailing Wage Law services are performed by each such Employee that are not being paid as
wages or being used to provide other benefits.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Frequency of Prevailing Wage Contributions. Prevailing Wage Contributions will be
contributed to the Plan as frequently as required under the applicable Prevailing Wage Law.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Allocation/Utilization of Prevailing Wage Contributions. Prevailing Wage Contributions
will be allocated/utilized in any (or all) of the following ways:

	 	(1)	 	Used as a Qualified Non-Elective Contribution for a 401(k) Plan and/or a 401(m) Plan.
If the Plan is a 401(k) Plan and/or a 401(m) Plan, then all or any portion of a
Participant’s Prevailing Wage Contributions can be used as a Qualified Non-Elective
Contribution.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Used as a Qualified Matching Contribution for a 401(k) Plan and/or a 401(m) Plan. If
the Plan is a 401(k) Plan and/or a 401(m) Plan, then all or any portion of a
Participant’s Prevailing Wage Contributions can be used as a Qualified Matching
Contributions, to the extent that the Participant has Elective Deferrals made to the Plan
on his or her behalf.
	 
	 	(3)	 	Allocated to the Prevailing Wage Account. All or any portion of a Participant’s
Prevailing Wage Contributions can be allocated to the Prevailing Wage Account of each
Participant eligible to share in the allocation of such Prevailing Wage Contributions;
and/or
	 
	 	(4)	 	Offset Other Contributions. All or any portion of a Participant’s Prevailing Wage
Contributions can be used first to offset any type(s) of Employer contributions (other
than Elective Deferrals). If Prevailing Wage Contributions remain after the offset(s) of
the prior sentence, then the remaining Prevailing Wage Contributions will be allocated to
the Prevailing Wage Account of each Participant eligible to share in the allocation of
such remaining Prevailing Wage Contributions.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 55 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	3.7	 	Qualified Matching Contributions. If the Plan is a 401(k) Plan or a 401(m) Plan, then the
Employer may make a Qualified Matching Contribution in such amount as the Employer, in its sole
discretion, may determine, subject to the following provisions:

	 	(a)	 	Contributions Treated as Qualified Matching Contributions. The Employer may elect to
treat all or any portion of a Matching Contribution as a Qualified Matching Contribution.
Furthermore, the Employer may elect to treat all or any portion of a Participant’s Prevailing
Wage Contribution as a Qualified Matching Contribution, to the extent that the Participant
has Elective Deferrals made on his or her behalf, in which event such Prevailing Wage
Contributions will be subject to same Vesting and distribution requirements that apply to
Qualified Matching Contributions.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Allocation of Qualified Matching Contributions. Qualified Matching Contributions (QMACs),
and any Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions that are treated as QMACs, will be allocated
to the Qualified Matching Contribution Account of each Eligible Participant for that
Allocation Period. Such contributions will be allocated in the manner elected by the
Administrator, subject to the following:

	 	(1)	 	Permissible Methods of Allocation. The Administrator may elect to make the allocation
from one of the following allocation methods: (A) pro-rata based on the Compensation of
each Eligible Participant; (B) pro-rata based on the Compensation of each Eligible
Participant starting with the Eligible Participant with the lowest amount of Compensation
and working up until the ADP Test or the ACP Test is satisfied; (C) pro-rata based on the
Elective Deferrals of each Eligible Participant starting with the Eligible Participant
with the lowest amount of Elective Deferrals and working up until the ADP Test or the ACP
Test is satisfied; (D) per capita to each Eligible Participant; (E) per capita based on
the Compensation of each Eligible Participant starting with the Eligible Participant with
the lowest amount of Compensation and working up until the ADP Test or the ACP Test is
satisfied; or (F) per capita based on the Elective Deferrals of each Eligible Participant
starting with the Eligible Participant with the lowest amount of Elective Deferrals and
working up until the ADP Test or the ACP Test is satisfied.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Maximum Permissible Allocation. Notwithstanding anything in this paragraph (b) to the
contrary, the Sponsoring Employer may limit the maximum amount of QMACs that will be
allocated for any Allocation Period to an Eligible Participant, to the limitation on
disproportionate QMACs as described in Section 3.18(j)(4)(B) for purposes of the ADP Test
or the limitation on disproportionate Matching Contributions as described in Section
3.19(h) or (i) for purposes of the ACP Test.
	 
	 	(3)	 	Eligible Participants. As used in this paragraph (b), the term “Eligible Participant”
means any Participant who is a NHCE and who makes an Elective Deferral during the
Allocation Period being tested. Furthermore, the Administrator may elect to limit the
allocations of QMACs only to Eligible Participants who are employed on the last day of
the Allocation Period. In addition, if this 401(k) Plan and/or this 401(m) Plan provides
that Otherwise Excludable Participants are eligible to participate and if the plan
applies Code §410(b)(4)(B) in determining whether the 401(k) Plan and/or the 401(m) Plan
meets the requirements of Code §410(b)(1), then the Administrator may elect to limit the
allocations of QMACs only to either: (A) Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated
Employees and who are Otherwise Excludable Participants; or (B) Participants who are
Non-Highly Compensated Employees and who are not Otherwise Excludable Participants. The
Administrator may also elect to allocate QMACs to one or more Participants who are Highly
Compensated Employees.

	3.8	 	Qualified Non-Elective Contributions. If the Plan is a Code §401(k) Plan or a Code §401(m)
Plan, then the Employer may make a Qualified Non-Elective Contribution to the Plan in such amount
as the Employer, in its sole discretion, may determine, subject to the following provisions:

	 	(a)	 	Contributions Treated as Qualified Non-Elective Contributions. The Employer may elect to
treat all or any portion of a Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution as a Qualified
Non-Elective Contribution. The Employer may also elect to treat all or any portion of a
Participant’s Prevailing Wage Contribution as a Qualified Non-Elective Contribution, in which
event such Prevailing Wage Contributions will be subject to same Vesting and distribution
requirements that apply to Qualified Non-Elective Contributions.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 56 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(b)	 	Allocation of Qualified Non-Elective Contributions. Qualified Non-Elective Contributions
(QNECS), Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions that are treated as QNECS, and Prevailing
Wage Contributions that are treated as QNECS will be allocated to the Qualified Non-Elective
Contribution Account of each Eligible Participant for that Allocation Period. Such
contributions will be allocated in the manner elected by the Administrator, subject to the
following:

	 	(1)	 	Permissible Methods of Allocation. The Administrator may elect to make the allocation
from one of the following allocation methods: (A) pro-rata based on the Compensation of
each Eligible Participant; (B) pro-rata based on the Compensation of each Eligible
Participant starting with the Eligible Participant with the lowest amount of Compensation
and working up until the ADP Test or the ACP Test is satisfied; (C) per capita to each
Eligible Participant; or (D) per capita based on the Compensation of each Eligible
Participant starting with the Eligible Participant with the lowest amount of Compensation
and working up until the ADP Test or the ACP Test is satisfied.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Maximum Permissible Allocation. Notwithstanding anything in this paragraph (b) to the
contrary, the Sponsoring Employer may limit the maximum amount of QNECs to be allocated
for any Allocation Period to an Eligible Participant, to the limitation on
disproportionate QNECs as described in paragraph 3.18(j)(4)(A) for purposes of the ADP
Test or Section 1.44(e)(4) for purposes of the ACP Test.
	 
	 	(3)	 	Eligible Participants. As used in this paragraph (b), the term “Eligible Participant”
means any Participant (A) who is a NHCE, and (B) who is eligible, in the Administrator’s
discretion, either to make an Elective Deferral (regardless of whether such Participant
actually makes an Elective Deferral) and/or to receive a Non-Safe Harbor Matching
Contribution (regardless of whether such Participant actually receives a Non-Safe Harbor
Matching Contribution) during the Allocation Period being tested.
Furthermore, the Administrator may elect to limit the allocations of QNECs only to
Eligible Participants who are employed on the last day of the Allocation Period. In
addition, if this 401(k) Plan and/or this 401(m) Plan provides that Otherwise
Excludable Participants are eligible to participate and if the plan applies Code
§410(b)(4)(B) in determining whether the 401(k) Plan and/or the 401(m) Plan meets the
requirements of Code §410(b)(1), then the Administrator may elect to limit the
allocations of QNECs only to either: (A) Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated
Employees and who are Otherwise Excludable Participants; or (B) Participants who are
Non-Highly Compensated Employees and who are not Otherwise Excludable Participants.
Lastly, the Administrator may elect to allocate QNECs to one or more Participants who
are Highly Compensated Employees.

	3.9	 	Rollover Contributions. If elected in the Adoption Agreement, then subject to any changes,
limitations, or effective dates adopted by written notice and/or procedures established and adopted
by the Administrator pursuant to Section 8.6, any Employee who is permitted to make Rollover
Contributions as elected in the Adoption Agreement may make such Rollover Contributions into the
Plan from the types of plans as elected in the Adoption Agreement. Rollover Contributions can also
include various types of rollovers as elected in the Adoption Agreement. Rollover Contributions
will be allocated to an Employee’s Rollover Contribution Account in which the Employee will have a
100% Vested Interest. If enumerated in the Effective Date Addendum, then this Plan will not permit
an Employee to make additional Rollover Contributions to the Plan on or after the date that is
enumerated in the Effective Date Addendum. However, any Rollover Contributions made before such
date will continue to be maintained in the Employee’s Rollover Contribution Account. The
Administrator may choose for investment purposes either to segregate Rollover Contribution Accounts
into separate interest bearing accounts or to invest Rollover Contribution Accounts as part of the
general Trust Fund, except for that portion of an Employee’s Rollover Contribution Account which he
or she may be permitted to self-direct under Section 7.4.

	 
	3.10	 	Safe Harbor 401(k) Contributions. If the Plan is a 401(k) Plan, then the Employer may make
Safe Harbor 401(k) Contributions as elected in the Adoption Agreement, subject to the following
provisions:

	 	(a)	 	ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions. If the Employer elects in the Adoption
Agreement (or to the extent the Employer amends the Plan either by amending the Adoption
Agreement or via the Safe Harbor Notice), then the Employer will make an ADP Safe Harbor
Non-Elective Contribution equal to 3% (or such higher percentage as elected by the Employer)
of the Compensation of each Safe Harbor Participant. The Employer may elect in the Adoption
Agreement to make this ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution to a money purchase plan
named in the
Adoption Agreement. For any Allocation Period in which the Employer elects to make an ADP
Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution to the named money purchase plan, an ADP
Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution will be made to this Plan in lieu of the ADP Safe
Harbor Non-

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 57 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

Elective Contribution to the money purchase plan unless each Safe Harbor Participant
under this Plan also participates in such other plan and such other plan has the same
Plan Year as this Plan. Such ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution will be subject to
the provisions of Section 3.20.

	 	(b)	 	ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. If elected in the Adoption Agreement, an ADP Safe
Harbor Matching Contribution (whether “Basic” or “Enhanced” as elected in the Adoption
Agreement) will be made that is equal to the amount specified in the Adoption Agreement,
subject to the provisions of Section 3.20.
	 
	 	(c)	 	ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. If elected in the Adoption Agreement, the
Employer may also make additional ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions for each Allocation
Period. Such ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution will be subject to the provisions of
Section 3.21.
	 
	 	(d)	 	True-Ups. If (1) the Allocation Period for either ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions
and/or ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions (which contributions, for purposes of this
paragraph, will hereafter be known as “Safe Harbor Matching Contributions”) is a computation
period that is less than the Plan Year, and (2) on the last day of any Plan Year, the dollar
amount of the Safe Harbor Matching Contributions made on behalf of a Benefiting Participant
is less than the dollar amount that would have been made had the Safe Harbor Matching
Contributions been contributed for an Allocation Period of a Plan Year, then the Employer may
elect, pursuant to the Employer’s discretion and subject to any Safe Harbor Notice
requirements, for any Plan Year to make an additional Safe Harbor Matching Contribution so
that the Safe Harbor Matching Contribution contributed for a Benefiting Participant is equal
to the Safe Harbor Matching Contribution that would have been made had the Safe Harbor
Matching Contributions been contributed for an Allocation Period of the Plan Year. However,
any such additional Safe Harbor Matching Contributions can only be made to the Plan on a
uniform, nondiscriminatory basis.
	 
	 	(e)	 	Prorating the Code §401(a)(17) Compensation Limit for Each Allocation Period. If the
Allocation Period for either ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions and/or ACP Safe Harbor
Matching Contributions is a computation period that is less than the Plan Year, then the
Employer may elect, pursuant to the Employer’s discretion and subject to any Safe Harbor
Notice requirements, for any Plan Year to prorate the Code §401(a)(17) Compensation Limit to
each Allocation Period of the Plan Year. However, any prorating of the Code §401(a)(17)
Compensation Limit can only be made on a uniform, nondiscriminatory basis.
	 
	 	(f)	 	Allocation of Safe Harbor 401(k) Contributions. Safe Harbor 401(k) Contributions will be
allocated as follows: (1) ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions will be allocated to a
Participant’s ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account; (2) ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective
Contributions will be allocated to a Participant’s ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution
Account; and (3) ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions will be allocated to a Participant’s
ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account.

	3.11	 	Voluntary Employee Contributions. If elected in the Adoption Agreement, each Participant may
make Voluntary Employee Contributions for a Plan Year, but no later than 30 days after the end of
the Plan Year for which such Voluntary Employee Contribution is deemed to be made. Such Voluntary
Employee Contributions will be allocated to a Participant’s Voluntary Employee Contribution Account
in which the Participant will have a 100% Vested Interest. If enumerated in the Effective Date
Addendum, then this Plan will not permit a Participant to make additional Voluntary Employee
Contributions to the Plan on or after the date that is enumerated in the Effective Date Addendum.
However, any Voluntary Employee Contributions made before such date will continue to be maintained
in the Participant’s Voluntary Employee Contribution Account. Voluntary Employee Contribution
Accounts will be administered in accordance with the following provisions:

	 	(a)	 	Investment of Accounts. The Administrator may choose for investment purposes either to
segregate Voluntary Employee Contribution Accounts into separate interest bearing accounts or
to invest Voluntary Employee Contribution Accounts as part of the general Trust Fund (in
which case Voluntary Employee Contribution Accounts will share in net income and losses in
the manner elected in the Adoption Agreement), except for that portion of a Participant’s
Voluntary Employee Contribution Account which a Participant may be permitted to self-direct
pursuant to Section 7.4.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 58 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(b)	 	Discontinuance of Contributions in the Event of a Financial Hardship Distribution. If a
Participant receives a financial hardship distribution under Section 5.16 (or receives a
financial hardship distribution from any other Employer maintained plan), he or she will be
barred from making Voluntary Employee Contributions for a period of 6 months after the
distribution, or such other period of time as set forth in an administrative policy regarding
financial hardship distributions promulgated by the Administrator.
	 
	 	(c)	 	ACP Testing. Any Voluntary Employee Contributions made for a Plan Year must satisfy the
ACP Test of Section 3.19 for a Plan Year. Voluntary Employee Contributions that do not
satisfy the ACP Test will utilize the correction methods of such Section.

	 
	 	(d)	 	Right to Make Each Rate of Voluntary Employee Contributions. The right to make each rate
of Voluntary Employee Contributions (determining the rate based on the Plan’s definition of
the Compensation out of which the Voluntary Employee Contributions are made (regardless of
whether that definition of Compensation satisfies Code §414(s)), and treating different rates
as existing if they are based on definitions of Compensation or other requirements or
formulas that are not substantially the same) must not discriminate in favor of Highly
Compensated Employees.

	3.12	 	Allocation of Earnings and Losses. As of each Valuation Date, amounts in Participants’
accounts/sub-accounts which have not been segregated from the general Trust Fund for investment
purposes (accounts which have been segregated include any Directed Investment Accounts established
under Section 7.4) and which have not been distributed since the prior Valuation Date will have the
net income of the Trust Fund that has been earned since the prior Valuation Date allocated in
accordance with such rules and procedures that are established by the Administrator and that are
applied in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner based upon the investments of the Trust Fund and
the Participants’ accounts/sub-accounts to which the net income is allocated. For purposes of this
Section, the term “net income” means the net of any interest, dividends, unrealized appreciation
and depreciation, capital gains and losses, and investment expenses of the Trust Fund determined on
each Valuation Date.
However, Participants’ accounts/sub-accounts which have been segregated from the general
Trust Fund for investment purposes (accounts which have been segregated include any Directed
Investment Accounts established under Section 7.4) will only have the net income earned
thereon allocated thereto. Policy dividends or credits will be allocated to the Participant’s
Account for whose benefit the Policy is held.
	 
	3.13	 	Forfeitures and Their Usage. The following provisions relate to Forfeitures and their usage
and allocation:

	 	(a)	 	Provisions Related to Forfeitures. The following provisions relate to Forfeitures:

	 	(1)	 	Distribution of Entire Vested Interest (or After 5 Consecutive Breaks in Service, If
Earlier). If the Sponsoring Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement that a Forfeiture
of the non-Vested portion of the Participant’s Account balance attributable to Employer
contributions will occur as of the earlier of: (A) the date that the Participant who
Terminated Employment receives a distribution of his or her Vested Interest under Article
5, or (B) the date that the Participant incurs five consecutive Breaks in Service after
Termination of Employment, then the provisions of this paragraph apply. Effective as of
the first day of Plan Year beginning in 2006 (or such earlier effective date as may be
provided in a separate amendment for implementing the final §401(k) Regulations and as
permitted by such Regulations) with respect to any 401(k) Plan, a Forfeiture of the
non-Vested portion of the Participant’s Account balance attributable to Employer
contributions will not occur pursuant to the provisions of clause (A) of the prior
sentence unless the entire Elective Deferral Account of the Participant who Terminated
Employment is or has been distributed. Furthermore, if a Participant’s Vested Interest in
the entire Participant’s Account balance attributable to Employer contributions is zero
on the date that the Participant Terminates Employment, then the Participant will be
deemed to have received a distribution of such Vested Interest on the date of such
Termination of Employment and a Forfeiture of the Participant’s Account attributable to
Employer contributions will occur pursuant to the provisions of clause (A) on the date of
such Termination of Employment.

	 
	 	(2)	 	Consecutive Breaks in Service. If the Sponsoring Employer elects in the Adoption
Agreement that a Forfeiture of the non-Vested portion of the Participant’s Account
attributable to Employer contributions will occur when a Participant incurs a specified
number of consecutive Breaks in Service (up to a maximum of five (5) consecutive Breaks
in Service) after Termination of Employment, then a Forfeiture will not occur prior to
such date, even if the
Participant receives a distribution of the entire Vested Interest in the Participant’s
Account balance attributable to Employer contributions prior to such date.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 59 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(b)	 	Usage and Allocation of Forfeitures. On each annual Valuation Date, the Administrator may
elect to use all or any portion of the Forfeiture Account to pay administrative expenses
incurred by the Plan. The portion of the Forfeiture Account that is not used to pay
administrative expenses will be used first to restore previous Forfeitures of Participants’
Accounts pursuant to Section 5.7 and/or to restore Participants’ Accounts pursuant to Section
5.13. The portion of the Forfeiture Account that is not used to pay administrative expenses
and is not used to satisfy the provisions of the previous sentence will then be
allocated/used as elected in the Adoption Agreement pursuant to either (1) or (2) as follows:

	 	(1)	 	Profit Sharing and Money Purchase Plans. For a profit sharing plan or money purchase
plan, the Forfeiture Account, as elected in the Adoption Agreement, will either (A) be
allocated to Participants in the manner elected; (B) be used to reduce the Employer’s
contribution; or (C) be added to the Employer’s contribution, to be allocated therewith
in the manner elected in the Adoption Agreement.
	 
	 	(2)	 	401(k) Plans. For a 401(k) Plan, the Forfeiture Account will, as elected in the
Adoption Agreement, either (A) be allocated to Participants in the manner elected; (B) be
used to reduce any Employer contribution (or combination of Employer contributions), as
determined by the Administrator; or (C) be added to any Employer contribution (or
combination of Employer contributions), as determined by the Administrator, to be
allocated therewith in the manner elected in the Adoption Agreement.

	3.14	 	Top Heavy Minimum Allocation. In any Plan Year in which the Plan is Top Heavy and a Key
Employee receives an allocation of Employer contributions or Forfeitures, each Participant who is
described in paragraph (a) below will receive a Top Heavy Minimum Allocation determined in
accordance with the following:

	 	(a)	 	Participants Who Must Receive the Top Heavy Minimum Allocation. The Top Heavy Minimum
Allocation will be made for each Participant who is a Non-Key Employee (and to any other
Participant (including any Key Employee), if elected in the Adoption Agreement) who is
employed by an Employer on the last day of the Plan Year, even if such Participant (1) fails
to complete any minimum Hours of Service or Period of Service that is required to receive an
allocation of Employer contributions or Forfeitures for the Plan Year; (2) fails to make
Elective Deferrals if this Plan is a 401(k) Plan; (3) fails to make a Mandatory Employee
Contribution to the Plan; or (4) receives Compensation that is less than a stated amount. The
Top Heavy Minimum Allocation is not required to be allocated to any Rollover Participant.

	 
	 	(b)	 	Participation in Multiple Defined Contribution Plans. If (1) this Plan is not part of a
Required Aggregation Group or a Permissive Aggregation Group with a defined benefit plan, (2)
this Plan is part of a Required Aggregation Group or a Permissive Aggregation Group with one
or more defined contribution plans, (3) a Participant who is described in paragraph (a)
participates in this Plan and in one or more defined contribution plans that are part of the
Required Aggregation Group or the Permissive Aggregation Group, and (4) the allocation of
Employer contributions and Forfeitures of each plan that is part of the Required Aggregation
Group or the Permissive Aggregation Group (when each plan is considered separately) is
insufficient to satisfy the Top Heavy Minimum Allocation requirement with respect to such
Participant, the Top Heavy Minimum Allocation requirement will nevertheless be satisfied if
the aggregate allocation of Employer contributions and Forfeitures that are made on behalf of
such Participant under this Plan and all other defined contribution plans that are part of
the Required Aggregation Group or the Permissive Aggregation Group (and any other defined
contribution plan that is sponsored by the Employer) is sufficient to satisfy the Top Heavy
Minimum Allocation requirement. However, if the aggregate allocation of Employer
contributions and Forfeitures that are made on behalf of a Participant under this Plan and
all other defined contribution plans that are part of the Required Aggregation Group or the
Permissive Aggregation Group (and any other defined contribution plan that is sponsored by
the Employer) is not sufficient to satisfy the Top Heavy Minimum Allocation requirement, then
the Employer will make an additional contribution on behalf of such Participant to this Plan
and/or to one or more defined contribution plans that are part of the Required Aggregation
Group or the Permissive Aggregation Group (or any other defined contribution plan that is
sponsored by the Employer) in order that the aggregate allocation of Employer contributions
and Forfeitures that are made on behalf of such Participant under this Plan and all defined
contribution plans that are part of the Required Aggregation Group or the Permissive
Aggregation Group (and any other defined
contribution plan that is sponsored by the Employer) satisfies the Top Heavy Minimum
Allocation requirement.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 60 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(c)	 	DB Plan Part of Required Aggregation Group or Permissive Aggregation Group. If this Plan
is part of a Required Aggregation Group or a Permissive Aggregation Group with a defined
benefit plan, then the Sponsoring Employer may, in the Sponsoring Employer’s discretion and
in a uniform non-discriminatory manner which is intended to satisfy the requirements of Code
§416(f) regarding the preclusion of required duplication and inappropriate omission of Top
Heavy minimum benefits or Top Heavy Minimum Allocations, determine to satisfy the
requirements of Code §416 with respect to each Participant described in paragraph (a) who
participates in this Plan and in the defined benefit plan which is part of the Required
Aggregation Group or the Permissive Aggregation Group, by any of the following methods:

	 	(1)	 	Defined Benefit Minimum Benefit. A defined benefit minimum, which is an accrued
benefit at any point in time equal to at least the product of (A) an Employee’s average
annual Code §415(c)(3) Compensation for the period of consecutive years (not exceeding
five) when the Employee had the highest aggregate Code §415(c)(3) Compensation from the
Employer and (B) the lesser of 2% per Year of Service or 1-Year Period of Service, as
applicable, with the Employer or 20%, subject to the rules of Code §416 and the
Regulations thereunder.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Floor Offset Arrangement. A floor offset approach, pursuant to Revenue Ruling 76-259,
under which the defined benefit minimum of the defined benefit plan that is provided
pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) is offset by the benefits provided under the defined
contribution plan.
	 
	 	(3)	 	Using Comparability. A demonstration, using a comparability analysis pursuant to
Revenue Ruling 81-202, that the plans are providing benefits at least equal to the
defined benefit minimum that is provided pursuant to paragraph (c)(1).
	 
	 	(4)	 	5% Defined Contribution Allocation. An allocation of Employer contributions and
Forfeitures that are made on behalf of such Participant under this Plan (or any defined
contribution plan that is sponsored by the Employer) equal 5% of an Employee’s Code
§415(c)(3) Compensation for each Plan Year that the Required Aggregation Group or the
Permissive Aggregation Group is Top Heavy.

	 	(d)	 	Frozen DB Plan after December 31, 2001. In determining Top Heavy minimum benefits or Top
Heavy Minimum Allocations in any Plan Year which begins after December 31, 2001, a defined
benefit plan in which no Key Employee and no former Key Employee benefits (within the meaning
of Code §410(b)) in the defined benefit plan during a Plan Year will be disregarded in
determining whether the defined benefit plan is part of a Required Aggregation Group or a
Permissive Aggregation Group with this Plan.
	 
	 	(e)	 	Contributions That Can Be Used to Satisfy Top Heavy Minimum. All Employer contributions
to the Plan (other than (1) Elective Deferrals that are made on behalf of a Participant to a
401(k) Plan and (2) for Plan Years beginning before 2002, Matching Contributions) will be
taken into account in determining if the Employer has satisfied the Top Heavy minimum benefit
and/or Top Heavy Minimum Allocation requirements of this Section. Furthermore, the following
Employer contributions that are made on behalf of a Participant to a 401(k) Plan may be taken
into account in determining whether the Top Heavy minimum benefit and/or Top Heavy Minimum
Allocation requirements have been satisfied: Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions;
Qualified Non-Elective Contributions; ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions; for Plan
Years beginning after 2001, Matching Contributions (including Qualified Matching
Contributions); and any other Employer contributions as may be permitted by law.
	 
	 	(f)	 	Safe Harbor Plan and SIMPLE 401(k) Plan Exceptions. The Top Heavy Minimum Allocation
requirements will not apply to the Plan for any Plan Year in which the Plan is a 401(k) Plan
that consists solely of Elective Deferrals, ADP Safe Harbor Contributions which meet the
requirements of Code §401(k)(12), and, if applicable, ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions
(including ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions) which meet the requirements of Code
§401(m)(11), so long as each Participant (1) who is a Non-Key Employee and (2) who is eligible to make Elective
Deferrals is also a Safe Harbor Participant for such Plan Year. Also, a SIMPLE 401(k) Plan is
not subject to the Top Heavy Minimum Allocation requirements.

	3.15	 	Failsafe Allocation. If elected in the Adoption Agreement and the Plan (or a component of the
Plan) for any Plan Year fails to satisfy the nondiscriminatory classification test of Code
§410(b)(2)(A)(i) and Regulation §1.410(b)-4 and/or the average benefit percentage test of Code
§410(b)(2)(A)(ii) and Regulation §1.410(b)-5, then certain allocations will be made under this
Section only to the extent necessary to insure that the Plan (or such component of the Plan) for
such Plan Year satisfies one of the tests set forth in either Code §410(b)(1)(A) (in

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 61 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	 	which the Plan initially fails to benefit at least 70% of the non-excludable NHCEs), or Code
§410(b)(1)(B) (in which the Plan initially fails to benefit a percentage of the
non-excludable NHCEs that is at least 70% of the percentage of the non-excludable HCEs),
pursuant to the following rules:

	 	(a)	 	Order of Accrual Groups. To satisfy one of the above tests for such Plan Year, an
allocation may be made to certain Employees in the following groups (hereafter know as
“Accrual Groups”) in the following order:

	 	(1)	 	First Accrual Group. First, an allocation may be made to that group of Employees who
were Participants for the Plan Year but who did not receive an allocation for the Plan
Year.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Second Accrual Group. Next, an allocation may be made to that group of Employees who
have not yet satisfied the eligibility requirements of Section 2.1 and who are Eligible
Employees.
	 
	 	(3)	 	Third Accrual Group. Next, an allocation may be made to that group of Employees who
have satisfied the eligibility requirements of Section 2.1 and who are not Eligible
Employees.
	 
	 	(4)	 	Fourth Accrual Group. Finally, an allocation may be made to that group of Employees
who have not yet satisfied the eligibility requirements of Section 2.1 and who are not
Eligible Employees.

	 	(b)	 	Priority within an Accrual Group. To determine each Employee’s priority within an Accrual
Group, Employees will be ranked as elected in the Adoption Agreement.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Employees Who Share and the Amount of Allocation. Only those Employees who are required
to benefit under the Plan (or the component of the Plan) for the Plan Year in order to
satisfy one of the above tests will be entitled to an allocation, even if the number of
Employees who are required to benefit is less than the total number of Employees within a
specific Accrual Group. Such allocation will be made on the same basis as, and using the same
allocation formula and method as, the allocation that is made to each Participant who is an
otherwise Benefiting Participant for such Plan Year with respect to the Plan (or such
component of the Plan). The right of an Employee who is eligible to receive an allocation
under this Section for a Plan Year will be fixed as of the last day of such Plan Year.

	3.16	 	SIMPLE 401(k) Provisions. If the Sponsoring Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement to have
the SIMPLE 401(k) provisions apply, the following provisions will apply each Year the election is in effect:

	 	(a)	 	Certain Conditions Which Must Be Satisfied. The following conditions must be satisfied
each Year (as defined in paragraph (b) below) in order for the terms of this Section to
apply: (1) the Employer adopting this amendment must be an Eligible Employer (as defined in
paragraph (b) below); (2) no contributions are made, or benefits accrued for services during the Year, on behalf of any
Eligible Employee (as defined in paragraph (b) below) under any other plan, contract,
pension, or trust described in Code §219(g)(5)(A) or (B), maintained by the Employer; and (3)
if the Sponsoring Employer has elected the SIMPLE 401(k) provisions in the Adoption
Agreement, then to the extent that any other provision of the Plan is inconsistent with the
provisions of this Section, the provisions of this Section will govern.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Definitions. The following terms have the following meanings for purposes of this
Section:

	 	(1)	 	Year. The term “Year” means the calendar year.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Eligible Employee. The term “Eligible Employee” means any Employee who is entitled to
make Elective Deferrals under the terms of this Section of the Plan.
	 
	 	(3)	 	Eligible Employer. The term “Eligible Employer” means, with respect to any Year, an
Employer that had no more than 100 Employees who received at least $5,000 of Compensation
from the Employer for the preceding Year. In applying the preceding sentence, all
Employees of controlled groups of corporations under Code §414(b), all Employees of
trades or businesses (whether incorporated or not) under common control under Code
§414(c), all Employees of affiliated service groups under Code §414(m), and Leased
Employees required to be treated as the Employer’s Employees under Code §414(n), are
taken into account. An Eligible Employer that adopts this amendment and fails to be an

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 62 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	 	 	Eligible Employer for any subsequent Year is treated as an Eligible Employer for the
2 Years following the last Year the Employer was an Eligible Employer. If the failure
is due to any acquisition, disposition, or similar transaction involving an Eligible
Employer, the preceding sentence applies only if the provisions of Code
§410(b)(6)(C)(i) are satisfied.
	 
	 	(4)	 	Compensation. The term “Compensation” means the sum of the wages, tips and other
compensation from the Employer subject to federal income tax withholding (as described in
Code §6051(a)(3)) and the Employee’s Elective Deferrals made under this or any other
401(k) Plan, and, if applicable, elective deferrals under a Code §408(p) SIMPLE plan, a
SARSEP, or a Code §403(b) annuity contract and compensation deferred under a Code §457
plan, required to be reported by the Employer on Form W-2 as described in Code
§6051(a)(8). For Self-Employed Individuals, the term “Compensation” means net earnings
from self-employment determined under Code §1402(a) prior to subtracting any
contributions made under this Plan on behalf of the individual. The Code §401(a)(17)
Compensation Limit applies to the Compensation under this Section except with respect to
Matching Contributions, if any, made in accordance with paragraph (f) below.

	 	(c)	 	Salary Reduction Election. Each Eligible Employee may make a salary reduction election to
have his or her Compensation reduced for the Year in any amount selected by the Eligible
Employee. The Employer will make a salary reduction contribution to the Plan, as an Elective
Deferral, in the amount by which the Eligible Employee’s Compensation has been reduced. The
limitation on salary reduction contributions is $7,000 for 2002 and increasing by $1,000 for
each Year thereafter up to $10,000 for 2005 and later Years. After 2005, the $10,000 limit
will be adjusted (but only in $500 increments) by the Secretary of the Treasury for
cost-of-living increases under Code §408(p)(2)(E). Beginning in 2002, the amount of an
Eligible Employee’s salary reduction contributions permitted for a Year is increased for
Eligible Employees aged 50 or over by the end of the Year by the amount of allowable Catch-Up
Contributions. The Catch-Up Contribution Limit in a SIMPLE 401(k) Plan is $500 for 2002,
increasing by $500 for each Year thereafter up to $2,500 for 2006. After 2006, the Catch-Up Contribution Limit of $2,500 will be adjusted by the Secretary
of the Treasury for cost-of-living increases under Code §414(v)(2)(C). Any such adjustments will be in multiples of $500. Catch-Up Contributions are otherwise treated the same as other
salary reduction contributions.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Election Period. In addition to any other election periods provided under the Plan, each
Eligible Employee may make or modify a salary reduction election during the 60-day period
immediately preceding each January 1st. For the Year that an Eligible Employee becomes
eligible to make Elective Deferrals under this Section, the 60-day election period
requirement of this Section is deemed satisfied if the Eligible Employee may make or modify a
salary reduction election during a 60-day period that includes either the date the Eligible
Employee becomes eligible or the day before. An Eligible Employee may terminate a salary
reduction election any time during the Year.
	 
	 	(e)	 	Notice Requirements. The Employer will notify each Eligible Employee prior to the 60-day
election period described in paragraph (d) that he or she can make a salary reduction
election or modify a prior election in that period. The notification will indicate whether
the Employer will provide a 3% Matching Contribution of paragraph (f) or a 2% Non-Elective
Contribution of paragraph (g).
	 
	 	(f)	 	Matching Contributions. If elected in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer will
contribute a Matching Contribution each Year on behalf of each Eligible Employee who makes a
salary reduction election under paragraph (c) above. The amount of the Matching Contribution
will be equal to the Eligible Employee’s Elective Deferrals up to, as elected in the Adoption
Agreement, either (1) a limit of 3% of the Eligible Employee’s Compensation for the full
calendar Year; or (2) a reduced limit, provided the following requirements are met: (A) The
limit is not reduced below 1%; (B) The limit is not reduced for more than 2 calendar Years
during the 5-Year period ending with the calendar Year the reduction is effective; and (C)
each Eligible Employee is notified of the reduced Matching Contribution limit within a
reasonable period of time before such Eligible Employee’s 60-day election period for that
calendar Year. For purposes of (B) above, the limit is not reduced for any Year that any
SIMPLE Plan of the Employer is not in effect or for any calendar Year with respect to which
the Employer makes Non-Elective Contributions to a SIMPLE Plan.
	 
	 	(g)	 	Non-Elective Contributions. If elected in the Adoption Agreement by the Sponsoring
Employer, the Employer will contribute a Non-Elective Contribution of 2% of Compensation for
the full calendar Year for each Eligible Employee who received at least $5,000 of
Compensation from the Employer for the Year, or such lesser amount of Compensation as elected
in the Adoption Agreement.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 63 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(h)	 	Limitation on Other Contributions. No Employer or Employee contributions may be made to
this Plan for the Year other than salary reduction contributions of paragraph (c) above,
Matching Contributions of paragraph (f) above, Non-Elective Contributions of paragraph (g)
above, and Rollover Contributions as described in Regulation §1.402(c)-2, Q & A-1(a).
	 
	 	(i)	 	Code §415 Limitations. The provisions of this Plan implementing the limitations of Code
§415 apply to Matching Contributions and Non-Elective Contributions.
	 
	 	(j)	 	Vesting. All benefits attributable to contributions made under this Section are 100%
Vested at all times and all previous contributions made under the Plan are 100% Vested as of
the beginning of the Year that the SIMPLE 401(k) provisions of this Section apply to the
Plan.
	 
	 	(k)	 	Top Heavy Rules. The Plan is not treated as a Top Heavy Plan under Code §416 for any Year
for which the provisions of this Section are effective and satisfied.
	 
	 	(l)	 	Nondiscrimination Tests. The Plan is treated as meeting the requirements of Code
§401(k)(3)(A)(ii) and §401(m)(2) for any Year for which the provisions of this Section are
effective and satisfied.

	3.17	 	Deemed IRA Contributions. If the Sponsoring Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement, then
each Participant may make Deemed IRA Contributions to the Plan and the following provisions will
apply:

	 	(a)	 	Limitations on Deemed IRA Contributions. No Deemed IRA Contributions will be accepted
unless such contributions are in cash. The total of such contributions will not exceed the
following annual cash contribution limit: (1) $3,000 for any taxable year beginning in 2002
through 2004; (2) $4,000 for any taxable year beginning in 2005 through 2007; and (3) $5,000
for any taxable year beginning in 2008 and years thereafter. After 2008, the annual cash
contribution limit of the prior sentence will be adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury
for cost-of-living increases under Code §219(b)(5)(C). Such adjustments will be in multiples
of $500. In the case of Participants who are age 50 or over by the end of their taxable
years, the annual cash contribution limit is increased by $500 for each taxable year
beginning in 2002 through 2005 and $1,000 for each taxable year beginning in 2006 and years
thereafter.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Investments of Contributions. A Participant’s Deemed IRA Contribution Account will be
invested in such assets as permitted by Code §408. If a Participant’s Deemed IRA Contribution
Account acquires collectibles within the meaning of Code §408(m) after December 31, 1981, then such assets of the Deemed IRA Contribution Account will be treated as a distribution in an amount equal to the cost of
such collectibles. No portion of a Participant’s Deemed IRA Contribution Account will be invested in life insurance contracts.
	 
	 	(c)	 	100% Vesting and Separate Records. An Employee will have a 100% Vested Interest in his or
her Deemed IRA Contribution Account at all times. Separate records will be maintained for
each Participant.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Application of Code §408(a)(6) to Participant’s Deemed IRA Contribution Account.
Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, the distribution of a
Participant’s interest in the Participant’s Deemed IRA Contribution Account will be made in
accordance with the requirements of Code §408(a)(6) and the Regulations thereunder, the
provisions of which are herein incorporated by reference. If distributions are made from an
annuity contract purchased from an insurance company, then distributions thereunder must
satisfy the requirements of Temporary Regulations §1.401(a)(9)-6T, Q&A-4, rather than
paragraphs (d)(1)(A), (d)(1)(B) and (d)(1)(C) below and Section 5.9. The required minimum
distributions calculated for this Deemed IRA Contribution Account may be withdrawn from
another IRA of the individual in accordance with Regulation §1.408-8, Q&A-9. Distribution of
a Participant’s interest in the Participant’s Deemed IRA Contribution Account will be made in accordance with the following:

	 	(1)	 	General Rules. All distributions from Participant’s Deemed IRA Contribution Account
will be made in accordance with the following general rules:

	 	(A)	 	Required Beginning Date. The entire value of the account of the individual for
whose benefit the account is maintained will commence to be distributed no later than
April 1st following the calendar year in which such individual attains age 701/2 (known
as the “Required Beginning Date”) over the life of such individual or the lives of
such individual and his or her designated beneficiary;

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 64 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(B)	 	Distributable Amount. The amount to be distributed each year, beginning with the
calendar year in which the individual attains age 701/2 and continuing through the year
of death, will not be less than the quotient obtained by dividing the value of the
Deemed IRA Contribution Account as of the end of the preceding year by the
distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table in Regulation §1.401(a)(9)-9, Q&A-2, using the individual’s
age as of his or her birthday in the year. However, if the individual’s sole
designated beneficiary is his or her surviving spouse and such spouse is more than 10
years younger than the individual, then the distribution period is determined under
the Joint and Last Survivor Table in Regulation §1.401(a)(9)-9, Q&A-3, using the ages
as of the individual’s and spouse’s birthdays in the year.
	 
	 	(C)	 	Timing of Distributions. The required minimum distribution for the year that the
individual attains age 701/2 can be made as late as April 1st of the following year.
The required minimum distribution for any other year must be made by the end of such
year.

	 	(2)	 	Required Minimum Distributions After the Participant’s Death. Required minimum
distributions will be made after a Participant’s death in accordance with the following
provisions:

	 	(A)	 	Death On or After Required Beginning Date. If the individual dies on or after the
Required Beginning Date, his or her remaining interest will be distributed at least
as rapidly as follows:

	 	(i)	 	Surviving Spouse Is Not Sole Designated Beneficiary. If the designated
beneficiary is someone other than the individual’s surviving spouse, the
remaining interest will be distributed over the remaining life expectancy of the
designated beneficiary, with such life expectancy determined using the
beneficiary’s age as of his or her birthday in the year following the year of the
individual’s death, or over the period described in paragraph (d)(2)(A)(iii)
below if longer.
	 
	 	(ii)	 	Surviving Spouse Is Sole Designated Beneficiary. If the individual’s sole
designated beneficiary is the individual’s surviving spouse, the remaining
interest will be distributed over such spouse’s life or over the period
described in paragraph (d)(2)(A)(iii) below if longer. Any interest remaining
after such spouse’s death will be distributed over such spouse’s remaining life
expectancy determined using the spouse’s age as of his or her birthday in the
year of the spouse’s death, or, if the distributions are being made over the
period described in paragraph (d)(2)(A)(iii) below, over such period.
	 
	 	(iii)	 	No Designated Beneficiary. If there is no designated beneficiary, or if
applicable by operation of paragraph (d)(2)(A)(i) or (d)(2)(A)(ii) above, the
remaining interest will be distributed over the individual’s remaining life
expectancy determined in the year of the individual’s death.
	 
	 	(iv)	 	Amount of Distribution. The amount to be distributed each year under
paragraph (d)(2)(A)(i), (d)(2)(A)(ii), or (d)(2)(A)(iii), beginning with the
calendar year following the calendar year of the individual’s death, is the
quotient obtained by dividing the value of the Deemed IRA Contribution Account as of the end of the preceding year by the remaining
life expectancy specified in such paragraph. Life expectancy is determined
using the Single Lifetime Table in Regulation §1.401(a)(9)-9, Q&A-1. If
distributions are being made to a surviving spouse as the sole designated
beneficiary, such spouse’s remaining life expectancy for a year is the number
in the Single Life Table corresponding to such spouse’s age in the year. In
all other cases, remaining life expectancy for a year is the number in the
Single Life Table corresponding to the beneficiary’s or individual’s age in
the year specified in paragraph (d)(2)(A)(i), (d)(2)(A)(ii), or
(d)(2)(A)(iii) and reduced by 1 for each subsequent year.

	 	(B)	 	Death Before Required Beginning Date. If the individual dies before the required
beginning date, his or her entire interest will be distributed at least as rapidly as
follows:

	 	(i)	 	Surviving Spouse Is Not Sole Designated Beneficiary. If the designated
beneficiary is someone other than the individual’s surviving spouse, the entire
interest will be distributed, starting by the end of the calendar year following
the calendar year of the individual’s death, over the remaining life expectancy
of the designated beneficiary, with such life expectancy determined using the age
of the beneficiary as of his or her birthday in the year following the year of
the individual’s death, or, if elected, in accordance with paragraph
(d)(2)(B)(iii) below.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 65 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(ii)	 	Surviving Spouse Is Sole Designated Beneficiary. If the individual’s sole
designated beneficiary is the individual’s surviving spouse, the entire interest
will be distributed, starting by the end of the calendar year following the
calendar year of the individual’s death (or by the end of the calendar year in
which the individual would have attained age 70 1/2, if later), over such
spouse’s life, or, if elected, in accordance with paragraph (d)(2)(B)(iii)
below. If the surviving spouse dies before distributions are required to begin,
the remaining interest will be distributed, starting by the end of the calendar
year following the calendar year of the spouse’s death, over the spouse’s
designated beneficiary’s remaining life expectancy in determined using such
beneficiary’s age as of his or her birthday in the year following the death of
the spouse, or, if elected, will be distributed in accordance with paragraph
(d)(2)(B)(iii) below. If the surviving spouse dies after distributions are
required to begin, any remaining interest will be distributed over the spouse’s
remaining life expectancy determined using the spouse’s age as of his or her
birthday in the year of the spouse’s death.
	 
	 	(iii)	 	No Designated Beneficiary. If there is no designated beneficiary, or if
applicable by operation of paragraph (d)(2)(B)(i) or (d)(2)(B)(ii) above, the
entire interest will be distributed by the end of the calendar year containing
the fifth anniversary of the individual’s death (or of the spouse’s death in the
case of the surviving spouse’s death before distributions are required to begin
under paragraph (d)(2)(B)(ii) above).
	 
	 	(iv)	 	Amount of Distribution. The amount to be distributed each year under
paragraph (d)(2)(B)(i) or (d)(2)(B)(ii) above is the quotient obtained by
dividing the value of the Deemed IRA Contribution Account as of the end of the preceding year by the remaining
life expectancy specified in such paragraph. Life expectancy is determined
using the Single Lifetime Table in Regulation §1.401(a)(9)-9, Q&A-1. If
distributions are being made to a surviving spouse as the sole designated
beneficiary, such spouse’s remaining life expectancy for a year is the number
in the Single Life Table corresponding to such spouse’s age in the year. In
all other cases, remaining life expectancy for a year is the number in the
Single Life Table corresponding to the beneficiary’s age in the year
specified in paragraph (d)(2)(B)(i) or (d)(2)(B)(ii) and reduced by 1 for
each subsequent year.

	 	(3)	 	Value of the Deemed IRA Contribution Account. The “value” of the Deemed IRA
Contribution Account includes the amount of any outstanding rollover, transfer and
recharacterization under Regulation §1.408-8, Q&A-7 and Q&A-8.
	 
	 	(4)	 	Spousal Treatment of Deemed IRA Contribution Account. If the sole designated
beneficiary is the surviving spouse, the spouse may elect to treat the Deemed IRA
Contribution Account as his or her own IRA. This election will be deemed to have been
made if such surviving spouse makes a contribution to the Deemed IRA Contribution Account
or fails to take required distributions as a beneficiary.

	 	(e)	 	No Commingling Permitted. The assets of the Deemed IRA Contribution Account will not be
commingled with other property except in a common trust fund or common investment fund.
	 
	 	(f)	 	Trustee to Furnish Information. The Trustee of a Deemed IRA Contribution Account will
furnish annual calendar-year reports concerning the status of the account and such
information concerning required minimum distributions as is prescribed by the IRS.
	 
	 	(g)	 	Substitution of Trustee. A non-bank Trustee or custodian will substitute another Trustee
or custodian if the non-bank Trustee or custodian receives notice from the IRS that such
substitution is required because it has failed to comply with the requirements of Regulation
§1.408-2(e).
	 
	 	(h)	 	Definition of Compensation for Deduction Limits. For purposes of determining the
deductible limits for Deemed IRA Contributions, the term “Compensation” means wages,
salaries, professional fees, or other amounts derived from or received for personal services
actually rendered (including, but not limited to commissions paid salesmen, compensation for
services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips,
and bonuses) and includes earned income, as defined in Code §401(c)(2) (reduced by the
deduction the self employed individual takes for contributions made to a self-employed
retirement plan). For purposes of this definition, Code §401(c) will be applied as if the
term trade or business for purposes of Code §1402 included services derived from or received
as earnings or profits from property

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 66 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	 	 	(including but not limited to interest and dividends) or amounts not includible in gross
income. Compensation also does not include any amount received as a pension or annuity or
as deferred compensation. The term “Compensation” will include any amount includible in
the individual’s gross income under Code §71 with respect to a divorce or separation
instrument described in Code §71(b)(2)(A).

	3.18	 	Actual Deferral Percentage Test and Correction. If a 401(k) Plan is subject to the Actual
Deferral Percentage Test (ADP Test) for a Plan Year, then the following rules will apply:

	 	(a)	 	The ADP Test. The ADP for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan
Year that is being tested and the ADP for Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated
Employees for the Applicable Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests:

	 	(1)	 	1.25 Test. The ADP for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan
Year that is being tested will not exceed the ADP for Participants who are Non-Highly
Compensated Employees for the Applicable Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or
	 
	 	(2)	 	Multiplied By 2 or 2% Test. The ADP for Participants who are Highly Compensated
Employees for the Plan Year that is being tested will not exceed the ADP for Participants
who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Applicable Plan Year multiplied by 2.0,
provided, that the ADP for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan
Year that is being tested does not exceed the ADP for Participants who are Non-Highly
Compensated Employees for the Applicable Plan Year by more than 2 percentage points.

	 	(b)	 	Testing Methods and Restriction. The Sponsoring Employer may elect either the Prior Year
Testing Method or Current Year Testing Method in the Adoption Agreement. However, once the
Sponsoring Employer has elected the Current Year Testing Method, the Sponsoring Employer can
elect the Prior Year Testing Method for a Plan Year only if the Plan has used the Current
Year Testing Method for each of the preceding five (5) Plan Years (or if lesser, the number
of Plan Years that the Plan has been in existence) or if, as a result of a merger or
acquisition described in Code §410(b)(6)(C)(i), the Employer maintains both a 401(k) plan
using the Prior Year Testing Method and a 401(k) plan using Current Year Testing Method and
the change is made within the transition period described in Code §410(b)(6)(C)(ii).
	 
	 	(c)	 	Prior Year Testing Method for the First Plan Year. If the Sponsoring Employer has elected
the Prior Year Testing Method for the first Plan Year that the Plan permits any Participant
to make Elective Deferrals (and this is not a successor plan), then the ADP for Participants
who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year will be the greater of (1)
three percent (3%), or (2) the ADP for Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees
for the first Plan Year.
	 
	 	(d)	 	HCEs as Sole Participants in Plan Year Being Tested. If the Sponsoring Employer has
elected the Prior Year Testing Method and if there are no Participants who were Non-Highly
Compensated Employees in the prior Plan Year, then the Plan will be deemed to satisfy the ADP
Test for the Plan Year that is being tested. Similarly, if the Sponsoring Employer has elected the Current Year Testing Method and if
there are no Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees in the current Plan
Year, then the Plan will be deemed to satisfy the ADP Test for the Plan Year that is
being tested. The provisions of this paragraph may be utilized with the permissive
disaggregation rule of Section 3.18(e)(2).
	 
	 	(e)	 	Special Rule for Early Participation. If this 401(k) Plan provides that Otherwise
Excludable Participants are eligible to participate and if the Plan applies Code
§410(b)(4)(B) in determining whether the 401(k) Plan meets the requirements of Code
§410(b)(1), then in determining whether the 401(k) Plan satisfies the ADP Test, the Sponsoring Employer may, in the Sponsoring Employer’s discretion (but is not
required to), either:

	 	(1)	 	Early Participation Rule. Pursuant to Code §401(k)(3)(F), perform the ADP Test for
the Plan (determined without regard to disaggregation under Regulation
§1.410(b)–7(c)(3)), by using the ADP for all Participants who are Highly Compensated
Employees for the Plan Year and the ADP for Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated
Employees for the Applicable Plan Year, disregarding all Otherwise Excludable
Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees; or

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 67 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(2)	 	Permissive Disaggregation Rule. Pursuant to Regulation §1.401(k)–1(b)(4),
disaggregate the Plan into separate plans and perform the ADP Test separately for all
Participants who are Otherwise Excludable Participants and for all Participants who are
not Otherwise Excludable Participants.

	 	(f)	 	HCEs and NHCEs for a Particular Plan Year. A Participant is a Highly Compensated Employee
for a particular Plan Year if that Participant meets the definition of a Highly Compensated
Employee in effect for that Plan Year. Similarly, a Participant is a Non-Highly Compensated
Employee for a particular Plan Year if the Participant does not meet the definition of a
Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year.
	 
	 	(g)	 	ADP for an HCE in Multiple CODAs of the Sponsoring Employer. The ADP for any Participant
who is a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and who is eligible to have Elective
Deferrals (and Qualified Non-Elective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or
both, if treated as Elective Deferrals for purposes of the ADP Test) allocated to such
Participant’s accounts under two or more cash or deferral arrangements (CODAs) described in
Code §401(k), that are maintained by the Sponsoring Employer, will be determined as if such
Elective Deferrals (and, if applicable, such Qualified Non-Elective Contributions or
Qualified Matching Contributions, or both) were made under a single arrangement. If a Highly
Compensated Employee participates in two or more CODAs of the Sponsoring Employer that have different plan years, all Elective Deferrals
made during the Plan Year under all such arrangements will be aggregated. For Plan Years
beginning prior to 2006 (or the year of such earlier effective date as may be provided in a
separate amendment for implementing the final §401(k) Regulations and as permitted by such
Regulations), all such CODAs ending with or within the same calendar year will be treated as
a single arrangement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans will be treated as
separate if mandatorily disaggregated under the §401(k) Regulations.
	 
	 	(h)	 	Plan Aggregation and Coverage Change Rules. If this Plan satisfies the requirements of
Code §401(k), §401(a)(4), or §410(b) only by being aggregated with one or more other plans of
the Sponsoring Employer, or if one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of Code
§401(k), §401(a)(4), or §410(b) only by being aggregated with this Plan, then this Section
will be applied by determining the ADP of the Employees as if all such plans (including this
Plan) were a single plan. If the Prior Year Testing Method is being used and if more than 10%
of the Employer’s NHCEs are involved in a plan coverage change as defined in Regulation
§1.401(k)-2(c)(4), then any adjustments to the Non-Highly Compensated Employees’ ADP for the
prior Plan Year will be made in accordance with such Regulations. Plans may be aggregated in
order to satisfy Code §401(k) only if they have the same Plan Year and use the same ADP
testing method (the Prior Year Testing Method or the Current Year Testing Method).
	 
	 	(i)	 	Contributions Must Be Made Within 12 Months. Elective Deferrals, Qualified Non-Elective
Contributions, and Qualified Matching Contributions must be made, for purposes of determining
the ADP Test, by the end of the 12-month period immediately following the Plan Year to which
the contributions relate.
	 
	 	(j)	 	Correction Methods for Failed ADP Test. If a 401(k) Plan is subject to the Actual
Deferral Percentage Test (ADP Test) for a Plan Year and the Plan fails to satisfy the ADP
Test for such Plan Year, then the Sponsoring Employer will use one or more of the following
correction methods to satisfy the ADP Test for such Plan Year (and the Sponsoring Employer
has the discretion to determine which one or more of the correct methods may be used to
satisfy the ADP Test):

	 	(1)	 	Distribution of Excess Contributions Plus Income or Loss. Excess Contributions of
Highly Compensated Employee(s), plus any income and minus any loss allocable to such
Excess Contributions, may be distributed pursuant to Section 5.19.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Recharacterization as Voluntary Employee Contributions. If the Sponsoring Employer
elects in the Adoption Agreement to permit Voluntary Employee Contributions and if
elected by a Participant, then, subject to the ACP Test and to the extent that the
recharacterization does not create Excess Aggregation Contributions, Elective Deferrals
allocated to a Highly Compensated Employee as Excess Contributions may be recharacterized
as Voluntary Employee Contributions. Such Participant will treat Excess Contributions
allocated to such Participant as an amount distributed to the Participant and then
contributed by the Participant to the Plan as Voluntary Employee Contributions.
Recharacterized amounts will remain nonforfeitable. Amounts may not be recharacterized by
a HCE to the extent that such amount in combination with other Voluntary Employee
Contributions made by that Employee would exceed any stated limit under the Plan on
Voluntary Employee Contributions. Recharacterization

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 68 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	 	 	must occur no later than 21/2 months after the last day of the Plan Year in which such
Excess Contributions arose and is deemed to occur no earlier than the date that the
last Highly Compensated Employee is informed in writing of the amount recharacterized
and the consequences thereof.

	 	(3)	 	Recharacterization as Catch-Up Contributions. If the Sponsoring Employer elects in
the Adoption Agreement to permit Catch-Up Contributions, then (i) to the extent that a
catch-up eligible Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee is to receive a distribution of
Excess Contributions, and (ii) to the extent that such catch-up eligible Participant has
not exceeded the Participant’s Catch-Up Contribution Limit, the Excess Contributions of
such Participant may be recharacterized as Catch-Up Contributions (to the extent that the
recharacterized Catch-Up Contributions do not cause the Catch-Up Contribution Limit to be
exceeded for the taxable year of the Participant).
	 
	 	(4)	 	QMACs and QNECs. The Sponsoring Employer may make Qualified Matching Contributions
pursuant to Section 3.7 and/or Qualified Non-Elective Contributions pursuant to Section
3.8 to satisfy the ADP Test., subject to the following limitations:

	 	(A)	 	Limitation on Disproportionate QNECs. Qualified Non-Elective Contributions cannot
be taken into account in the ADP Test of a Plan Year for a NHCE to the extent the
QNECs exceed the product of (i) that NHCE’s Code §414(s) Compensation, multiplied by
(ii) the greater of [a] 5% (or 10% of a NHCE’s Code §414(s) Compensation with respect
to an Employer’s obligation to make Prevailing Wage Contributions to the Plan), or
[b] two times the Plan’s Representative Contribution Rate. Any QNEC used in an ACP
Test under Regulation §1.401(m)–2(a)(6) (including the determination of the
Representative Contribution Rate for purposes of Regulation
§1.401(m)–2(a)(6)(v)(B)), cannot be used for purposes of the ADP Test (including the
determination of the Representative Contribution Rate for purposes of the ADP Test).
	 
	 	(B)	 	Limitation on QMACs. Qualified Matching Contributions are permitted to be used in
the ADP Test only to the extent that such Qualified Matching Contributions are
Matching Contributions that are not precluded from being taken into account under the
ACP Test for the Plan Year under the rules of Regulation §1.401(m)–2(a)(5)(ii).
	 
	 	(C)	 	Prohibition Against Double-Counting. Qualified Non-Elective Contributions and
Qualified Matching Contributions cannot be taken into account in the ADP Test to the
extent such contributions are taken into account for purposes of satisfying any other
ADP Test, any ACP Test, or the requirements of Regulation §1.401(k)–3, §1.401(m)–3
or §1.401(k)–4. Matching Contributions that are made pursuant to Regulation
§1.401(k)–3(c) cannot be taken into account under the ADP Test. Furthermore, if this
Plan switches from the Current Year Testing Method to the Prior Year Testing Method
pursuant to Regulation §1.401(k)–2(c), then Qualified Non-Elective Contributions
that are taken into account under the Current Year Testing Method for a Plan Year may
not be taken into account under the Prior Year Testing Method for the next Plan Year.

	3.19	 	Actual Contribution Percentage Test and Correction. If a 401(m) Plan is subject to the Actual
Contribution Percentage Test (ACP Test) for a Plan Year, then the following rules will apply:

	 	(a)	 	The ACP Test. The ACP for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan
Year that is being tested and the ACP for Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated
Employees for the Applicable Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests:

	 	(1)	 	1.25 Test. The ACP for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan
Year that is being tested will not exceed the ACP for Participants who are Non-Highly
Compensated Employees for the Applicable Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or
	 
	 	(2)	 	Multiplied By 2 or 2% Test. The ACP for Participants who are Highly Compensated
Employees for the Plan Year that is being tested will not exceed the ACP for Participants
who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Applicable Plan Year multiplied by 2.0,
provided, that the ACP for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan
Year that is being tested does not exceed the ACP for Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Applicable Plan Year by more than 2 percentage points.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 69 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(b)	 	Testing Methods and Restriction. The Sponsoring Employer may elect either the Prior Year
Testing Method or Current Year Testing Method in the Adoption Agreement. However, once the
Sponsoring Employer has elected the Current Year Testing Method, the Sponsoring Employer can
elect the Prior Year Testing Method for a Plan Year only if the Plan has used the Current
Year Testing Method for each of the preceding five (5) Plan Years (or if lesser, the number
of Plan Years that the Plan has been in existence) or if, as a result of a merger or
acquisition described in Code §410(b)(6)(C)(i), the Employer maintains both a 401(m) plan
using the Prior Year Testing Method and a 401(m) plan using Current Year Testing Method and
the change is made within the transition period described in Code §410(b)(6)(C)(ii).
	 
	 	(c)	 	Prior Year Testing Method for the First Plan Year. If the Sponsoring Employer has elected
the Prior Year Testing Method for the first Plan Year that the Plan permits any Participant
to make Employee Contributions, provides for Non-Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, or both
(and this is not a successor plan), then the ACP for Participants who are Non-Highly
Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year will be the greater of (1) three percent (3%),
or (2) the ACP for Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the first Plan
Year.
	 
	 	(d)	 	HCEs as Sole Participants in Plan Year Being Tested. If the Sponsoring Employer has
elected the Prior Year Testing Method and if there are no Participants who were Non-Highly
Compensated Employees in the prior Plan Year, then the Plan will be deemed to satisfy the ACP
Test for the Plan Year that is being tested. Similarly, if the Sponsoring Employer has elected the Current Year Testing Method and if
there are no Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees in the current Plan
Year, then the Plan will be deemed to satisfy the ACP Test for the Plan Year that is
being tested. The provisions of this paragraph may be utilized with the permissive
disaggregation rule of Section 3.19(e)(2).
	 
	 	(e)	 	Special Rule for Early Participation. If this 401(m) Plan provides that Otherwise
Excludable Participants are eligible to participate and if the Plan applies Code
§410(b)(4)(B) in determining whether the 401(m) Plan meets the requirements of Code
§410(b)(1), then in determining whether the 401(m) Plan satisfies the ACP Test, the Sponsoring Employer may, in the Sponsoring Employer’s discretion (but is not
required to), either:

	 	(1)	 	Early Participation Rule. Pursuant to Code §401(m)(5)(C), perform the ACP Test for
the Plan (determined without regard to disaggregation under Regulation
§1.410(b)–7(c)(3)), by using the ACP for all Participants who are Highly Compensated
Employees for the Plan Year and the ACP for Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated
Employees for the Applicable Plan Year, disregarding all Otherwise Excludable
Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees; or
	 
	 	(2)	 	Permissive Disaggregation Rule. Pursuant to Regulation §1.401(m)—1(b)(4),
disaggregate the Plan into separate plans and perform the ACP Test separately for all
Participants who are Otherwise Excludable Participants and for all Participants who are
not Otherwise Excludable Participants.

	 	(f)	 	HCEs and NHCEs for a Particular Plan Year. A Participant is a Highly Compensated Employee
for a particular Plan Year if that Participant meets the definition of a Highly Compensated
Employee in effect for that Plan Year. Similarly, a Participant is a Non-Highly Compensated
Employee for a particular Plan Year if the Participant does not meet the definition of a
Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year.
	 
	 	(g)	 	Plan Aggregation and Coverage Change Rules. If this Plan satisfies the requirements of
Code §401(m), §401(a)(4), or §410(b) only by being aggregated with one or more other plans of
the Sponsoring Employer, or if one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of Code
§401(m), §401(a)(4), or §410(b) only by being aggregated with this Plan, then this Section
will be applied by determining the ACP of the Employees as if all such plans (including this
Plan) were a single plan. If the Plan uses the Prior Year Testing Method and if more than 10%
of the Employer’s NHCEs are involved in a plan coverage change as defined in Regulation
§1.401(m)-2(c)(4), then any adjustments to the NHCEs’ ACP for the prior Plan Year will be
made in accordance with such Regulations. Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Code
§401(m) only if they have the same Plan Year and use the same ACP testing method (the Prior
Year Testing Method or the Current Year Testing Method).

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 70 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(h)	 	Disproportionate Matching Contributions With Respect to Elective Deferrals Excluded From
ACP Test. A Matching Contribution with respect to an Elective Deferral for a Participant who
is a Non-Highly Compensated Employee is not taken into account under the ACP Test for a
Plan Year to the extent that the Matching Contribution exceeds the greatest of (1) 5% of
such Participant’s Code §414(s) Compensation; (2) 100% of the Participant’s Elective
Deferrals for the Plan Year; and (3) the product of 2 times the Plan’s Representative
Matching Rate and the Participant’s Elective Deferrals for the Plan Year.
	 
	 	(i)	 	Disproportionate Matching Contributions With Respect to Employee Contributions Excluded
From ACP Test. If the Plan provides a Match Contribution with respect to the sum of a
Participant’s Employee Contributions and Elective Deferrals, then the sum of the
Participant’s Employee Contributions and Elective Deferrals is substituted for the amount of
the Participant’s Elective Deferrals in paragraph (h). Similarly, if the Plan provides a
Match Contribution with respect to a Participant’s Employee Contributions (but not Elective
Deferrals), then the Participant’s Employee Contributions are substituted for the amount of
the Participant’s Elective Deferrals in paragraph (h).
	 
	 	(j)	 	Matching Contributions Taken Into Account Under Safe Harbor Provisions. If this Plan
satisfies the ACP safe harbor requirements of Code §401(m)(11) for a Plan Year but
nonetheless must satisfy the ACP Test because the Plan provides for Employee Contributions for such Plan Year, then the
Sponsoring Employer is permitted (but is not required) to apply the ACP Test by
disregarding all Matching Contributions with respect to all Participants. In addition, if
this Plan satisfies the ADP safe harbor requirements of Regulation
§1.401(k)–3 for a
Plan Year using ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions but does not satisfy the ACP safe
harbor requirements of Code §401(m)(11) for such Plan Year, then the Sponsoring Employer
is permitted (but is not required) to apply the ACP Test by excluding Matching
Contributions with respect to all Participants that do not exceed 4% of each
Participant’s Code §414(s) Compensation. If the Plan disregards any Matching
Contributions pursuant to this paragraph, then this disregard must be applied to all
Participants.
	 
	 	(k)	 	Multiple Use Test. Effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, the
multiple use test is repealed and does not apply to this Plan, pursuant to EGTRRA §666.
	 
	 	(l)	 	Correction Methods for Failed ACP Test. If a 401(m) Plan is subject to the Actual
Contribution Percentage Test (ACP Test) for a Plan Year and the Plan fails to satisfy the ACP
Test for such Plan Year, then the Sponsoring Employer will use one or more of the following
correction methods to satisfy the ACP Test for such Plan Year (and the Sponsoring Employer
has the discretion to determine which one or more of the correct methods may be used to
satisfy the ACP Test):

	 	(1)	 	Distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions Plus Income or Loss. Excess Aggregate
Contributions of Highly Compensated Employee(s), plus any income and minus any loss
allocable to such Excess Aggregate Contributions, may be forfeited (if forfeitable) and
may be distributed (if non-forfeitable), pursuant to Section 5.20.
	 
	 	(2)	 	QNECs and QMACs. The Sponsoring Employer may make Qualified Matching Contributions
pursuant to Section 3.7 and/or Qualified Non-Elective Contributions pursuant to Section
3.8 to satisfy the ACP Test, subject to the following limitations: (A) Qualified Non-Elective Contributions
are permitted to be used in the ACP Test only to the extent that such Qualified
Non-Elective Contributions satisfy the limitations of Section 1.44(e); and (B)
Qualified Matching Contributions are permitted to be used in the ACP Test only to the
extent that such Qualified Matching Contributions satisfy the limitations of Sections
1.44(c), 1.44(f), 1.44(g), and either 3.19(h) or 3.19(i).

	3.20	 	ADP Safe Harbor Contributions. A 401(k) Plan that satisfies the ADP Safe Harbor Contribution
requirements of Code §401(k)(12) for a Plan Year is a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan if it satisfies the
following requirements:

	 	(a)	 	ADP Safe Harbor Contribution. The Sponsoring Employer makes an ADP Safe Harbor
Contribution on behalf of each Safe Harbor Participant, equal to either an ADP Safe Harbor
Non-Elective Contribution or an ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution, that satisfies the
following requirements:

	 	(1)	 	ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution. An ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective
Contribution equal to at least three percent (3%) of the Safe Harbor Participant’s
Compensation for the Plan Year; or

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 71 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(2)	 	ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution. An ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution in an
amount determined under either a basic matching formula or an enhanced matching formula,
that satisfies the following requirements:

	 	(A)	 	Basic Matching Formula. An ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution in an amount
equal to the sum of (i) 100% of the amount of the Safe Harbor Participant’s Elective
Deferrals that do not exceed 3% of the Safe Harbor Participant’s Compensation; plus
(ii) 50% of the amount of the Safe Harbor Participant’s Elective Deferrals that
exceed 3% of the Safe Harbor Participant’s Compensation but that do not exceed 5% of
the Safe Harbor Participant’s Compensation.
	 
	 	(B)	 	Enhanced Matching Formula. An ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution formula that,
at any rate of Safe Harbor Participant’s Elective Deferrals, provides an aggregate
amount of ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions that is at least equal to the
aggregate amount of ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions that would have been
provided under the basic matching formula of paragraph (a)(2)(A). Furthermore, the
ratio of a Safe Harbor Participant’s ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions under the
enhanced matching formula for a Plan Year to the Safe Harbor Participant’s Elective
Deferrals may not increase as the amount of a Safe Harbor Participant’s Elective
Deferrals increases.
	 
	 	(C)	 	Limitation on HCE Matching Contributions. The ratio of ADP Safe Harbor Matching
Contributions to Elective Deferrals of a Safe Harbor Participant who is a Highly
Compensated Employee must not exceed the ratio of ADP Safe Harbor Matching
Contributions to Elective Deferrals of any Safe Harbor Participant who is a
Non-Highly Compensated Employee with Elective Deferrals at the same percentage of
Compensation as any Highly Compensated Employee.
	 
	 	(D)	 	ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions on Employee Contributions. ADP Safe Harbor
Matching Contributions may be made on both Elective Deferrals and Employee
Contributions if the ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions are made with respect to
the sum of Elective Deferrals and Employee Contributions on the same terms as ADP
Safe Harbor Matching Contributions that are made with respect to Elective Deferrals
alone. Alternatively, ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions may be made on both
Elective Deferrals and Employee Contributions if the ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions on Elective Deferrals are not affected by the
amount of Employee Contributions.
	 
	 	(E)	 	Periodic Matching Contributions. If the Employer elects to contribute and
allocate separately ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions for an Allocation Period
of less than the Plan Year (e.g., each payroll period or with respect to all payroll
periods ending with or within each month or quarter of a Plan Year), then such ADP
Safe Harbor Matching Contributions with respect to any Elective Deferrals made during
a Plan Year quarter will be contributed to the Plan by the last day of the
immediately following Plan Year quarter.
	 
	 	(F)	 	Catch-Up Contributions. With respect to ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions,
Catch-Up Contributions will be treated as any other Elective Deferrals and will be
matched according to the ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution formula as if the
Catch-Up Contributions were any other Elective Deferrals.
	 
	 	(G)	 	Permissible Restrictions on Elective Deferrals by NHCEs. Elective Deferrals by
Safe Harbor Participants who are NHCEs cannot be restricted, except pursuant to the
following rules:

	 	(i)	 	Restrictions on Election Periods. The Plan may limit the frequency and
duration of periods in which Safe Harbor Participants may make or change cash or
deferred elections under the Plan. However, a Safe Harbor Participant must have a
reasonable opportunity (including a reasonable period after receipt of the Safe
Harbor Notice) to make or change a cash or deferred election for the Plan Year. A
30-day period is deemed to be a reasonable period to make or change a cash or
deferred election.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	 Page 72 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(ii)	 	Restrictions on Amount of Elective Deferrals. The Plan may limit the amount
of Elective Deferrals that may be made by a Safe Harbor Participant, provided
that each Safe Harbor Participant who is a NHCE is permitted (unless restricted
under paragraph (a)(2)(G)(iv)) to make Elective Deferrals in an amount that is at
least sufficient to receive the maximum amount of ADP Safe Harbor Matching
Contributions available under the Plan for the Plan Year, and the Safe Harbor
Participant who is a NHCE is permitted to elect any lesser amount of Elective
Deferrals. However, the Plan may limit cash or deferred elections to whole
percentages of Compensation or whole dollar amounts.
	 
	 	(iii)	 	Restrictions on Types of Compensation that May Be Deferred. The Plan may
limit the types of Compensation that may be deferred by a Safe Harbor
Participant, provided that each Safe Harbor Participant who is a Non-Highly
Compensated Employee is permitted to make Elective Deferrals under a definition
of Compensation that is a reasonable definition of compensation within the
meaning of Regulation §1.414(s)–1(d)(2). Therefore, the definition of
Compensation from which Elective Deferrals may be made is not required to satisfy
the nondiscrimination requirement of Regulation §1.414(s)–1(d)(3).
	 
	 	(iv)	 	Restrictions Due to Limitations Under the Code. The Plan may limit the
amount of Elective Deferrals made by an a Safe Harbor Participant under the Plan
either [a] because of the limitations of Code §402(g) or §415; or [b] because, on
account of a financial hardship distribution, the Safe Harbor Participant’s
ability to make Elective Deferrals has been suspended for 6 months in accordance
with Regulation §1.401(k)–1(d)(3)(iv)(E).

	 	(b)	 	Safe Harbor Notice. The Sponsoring Employer must give a Safe Harbor Notice to each Safe
Harbor Participant, which must satisfy the following content and timing requirements:

	 	(1)	 	Safe Harbor Notice Must Be Written. The Safe Harbor Notice must be in writing or in
such other form of communication as permitted by Regulation
§1.401(a)–21.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Content Requirements. The content requirement for a Safe Harbor Notice is satisfied
if the Safe Harbor Notice is sufficiently accurate and comprehensive to inform the Safe
Harbor Participant of the Safe Harbor Participant’s rights and obligations under the
plan; and the Safe Harbor Notice is written in a manner calculated to be understood by
the average Safe Harbor Participant in the Plan. A Safe Harbor Notice will satisfy this
content requirement if the Safe Harbor Notice accurately describes (A) the ADP
Safe Harbor Contribution formula used by the Plan (including a description of the
levels of ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, if any, available under the Plan);
(B) any other contributions under the Plan or Matching Contributions to another plan
on account of Elective Deferrals or Employee Contributions under this plan (including
the potential for discretionary Matching Contributions) and the conditions under
which such contributions are made; (C) the plan to which the ADP Safe Harbor
Contribution will be made (if different than this Plan); (D) the type and amount of
Compensation that may be deferred under the Plan; (E) how to make cash or deferred
elections, including any administrative requirements that apply to such elections;
(F) the periods available under the plan for making cash or deferred elections; (G)
the distribution and Vesting provisions applicable to contributions under the Plan;
and (H) information that makes it easy to obtain additional information about the
Plan (including an additional copy of the summary plan description) such as telephone
numbers, addresses and, if applicable, electronic addresses, of individuals or
offices from whom Safe Harbor Participants can obtain such Plan information. The Safe
Harbor Notice may cross-reference relevant portions of a summary plan description
that provides the same information that would be provided (or is concurrently
provided) to Safe Harbor Participants, with respect to information described in: (i)
paragraph (b)(2)(B) (relating to any other contributions under the Plan); (ii)
paragraph (b)(2)(C) (relating to the plan to which safe harbor contributions will be
made); and/or (iii) paragraph (b)(2)(D) (relating to the type and amount of
Compensation that may be deferred under the Plan).
	 
	 	(3)	 	Timing Requirement. The timing requirement for a Safe Harbor Notice is satisfied if
the Safe Harbor Notice is provided within a reasonable period before the beginning of the
Plan Year (or, in the Plan Year in which an Employee will become a Safe Harbor
Participant, within a reasonable period before the Employee becomes a Safe Harbor
Participant). The determination of whether a Safe Harbor Notice satisfies the timing
requirement is based on all of the relevant facts and circumstances. However, this timing
requirement is deemed to be satisfied if at least 30 days, but not more than 90 days, or
any other

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 73 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	 	 	reasonable period, before the beginning of a Plan Year, the Safe Harbor Notice is
given to each Safe Harbor Participant for the Plan Year. In the case of an Employee
who does not receive the Safe Harbor Notice within the period described in the
previous sentence because the Employee becomes a Safe Harbor Participant after the
90th day before the beginning of the Plan Year, the timing requirement is deemed to
be satisfied if the Safe Harbor Notice is provided no more than 90 days before the
Employee becomes a Safe Harbor Participant (and no later than the date that the
Employee becomes a Safe Harbor Participant). The preceding sentence would apply in
the case of any Employee who becomes a Safe Harbor Participant for the first Plan
Year under a newly established plan that provides for Elective Deferrals, or would
apply in the case of the first Plan Year in which an Employee becomes a Safe Harbor
Participant under an existing plan that provides for Elective Deferrals.

	 	(c)	 	Plan Year Requirement. Except as provided in this paragraph or paragraph (d), the
Sponsoring Employer must adopt ADP Safe Harbor Contribution provisions before the first day of the Plan
Year and remain in effect for an entire 12-month Plan Year. In addition, except as provided
in paragraph (e), if the Plan includes ADP Safe Harbor Contribution provisions, then the Plan
cannot be amended to change such provisions for that Plan Year. Moreover, if ADP Safe Harbor
Non-Elective Contributions or ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions will be made to another
plan for a Plan Year, provisions under that other plan that specify that the ADP Safe Harbor
Contributions will be made and provide that the contributions will be ADP Safe Harbor
Non-Elective Contributions or ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions must also be adopted
before the first day of that Plan Year. A 401(k) Plan will be considered to be a Safe Harbor
401(k) Plan for a Plan Year of less than 12 months, pursuant to the following rules:

	 	(1)	 	Initial Plan Year. If this Plan is a newly established plan (other than a successor
plan within the meaning of Regulation §1.401(k)–2(c)(2)(iii)), then the Plan Year may be
less than 12 months, provided that the Plan Year is at least 3 months long (or, in the
case of a newly established Employer that establishes the Plan as soon as
administratively feasible after the employer comes into existence, a shorter period).
Similarly, a cash or deferred arrangement may be added to an existing profit sharing,
stock bonus, or pre-ERISA money purchase pension plan for the first time during that
Plan Year, provided that (A) the Plan is not a successor plan; and (B) the cash or
deferred arrangement is made effective no later than 3 months prior to the end of the
Plan Year.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Change of Plan Year. If the Plan has a short Plan Year as a result of changing its
Plan Year, then the Plan Year may be less than 12 months, provided that (A) the Plan
satisfied the requirements of this Section for the immediately preceding Plan Year; and
(B) the Plan satisfies the requirements of this Section (determined without regard to
paragraph (e)) for the immediately following Plan Year (or for the immediately following
12 months if the immediately following Plan Year is less than 12 months).
	 
	 	(3)	 	Final Plan Year. If the Plan terminates during a Plan Year, then the final Plan Year
may be less than 12 months, provided that the Plan satisfies the requirement of this
Section through the date of termination and either (A) the Plan satisfies the
requirements of paragraph (e), treating the termination of the Plan as a reduction or
suspension of ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, other than the requirement that
Safe Harbor Participants have a reasonable opportunity to change their cash or deferred
elections and, if applicable, Employee Contribution elections; or (B) the Plan
termination is in connection with a transaction described in Code §410(b)(6)(C) or the
employer incurs a substantial business hardship comparable to a substantial business
hardship described in Code §412(d).

	 	(d)	 	Contingent ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions. Notwithstanding paragraph (c), if
the Plan that provides for the use of the Current Year Testing Method, then the Plan may be
amended after the first day of the Plan Year and no later than 30 days before the last day of
the Plan Year to adopt ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions for the Plan Year,
effective as of the first day of the Plan Year, but only if the Plan provides the contingent
Safe Harbor Notice and follow-up Safe Harbor Notice:

	 	(1)	 	Contingent Safe Harbor Notice Provided. The requirement to provide the contingent
Safe Harbor Notice is satisfied, if the Plan provides a Safe Harbor Notice that would
satisfy the requirements of paragraph (b), except that, in lieu of setting forth the ADP
Safe Harbor Contributions used under the Plan as set forth in paragraph (b)(2)(A), the
Safe Harbor Notice specifies that the Plan may be amended during the Plan Year to include
the ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution and that, if the Plan is amended, a
follow-up Safe Harbor Notice will be provided.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 74 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(2)	 	Follow-up Safe Harbor Notice Requirement. The requirement to provide the follow-up
Safe Harbor Notice is satisfied if, no later than 30 days before the last day of the Plan
Year, each Safe Harbor Participant is given a Safe Harbor Notice that states that the ADP
Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution will be made for the Plan Year. The Safe Harbor
Notice must be in writing or in such other form of communication as permitted by
Regulation §1.401(a)–21 and is permitted to be combined with a contingent Safe Harbor
Notice for the next Plan Year.

	 	(e)	 	Permissible Reduction or Suspension of ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. If the
Plan provides for ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions for a Plan Year, then the Plan may
be amended during the Plan Year to reduce or suspend ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions
on future Elective Deferrals (and, if applicable, Employee Contributions), provided that:

	 	(1)	 	Supplemental Notice. All Safe Harbor Participants are provided a supplemental notice
in writing or in such other form of communication as permitted by Regulation
§1.401(a)–21, that explains (A) the consequences of the amendment which reduces or
suspends ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions on future Elective Deferrals and, if
applicable, Employee Contributions; (B) the procedures for changing their cash or
deferred election and, if applicable, their Employee Contribution elections; and (C) the
effective date of the amendment.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Effective Date. The reduction or suspension of ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions
is effective no earlier than the later of (A) 30 days after Safe Harbor Participants are
provided the supplemental notice, or (B) the date that the amendment is adopted.
	 
	 	(3)	 	Opportunity to Change Deferral Elections. Safe Harbor Participants are given a
reasonable opportunity (including a reasonable period after receipt of the supplemental
notice) prior to the reduction or suspension of safe harbor matching contributions to
change their cash or deferred elections and, if applicable, their Employee Contribution
elections.
	 
	 	(4)	 	Satisfaction of ADP Test. The Plan is amended to provide that the ADP Test will be
satisfied for the entire Plan Year in which the reduction or suspension occurs using the
Current Year Testing Method.
	 
	 	(5)	 	Satisfaction through Effective Date. The Plan satisfies the requirements of this
Section (other than this paragraph) with respect to Elective Deferrals and/or Employee
Contributions through the effective date of the amendment.

	 	(f)	 	Additional Rules. The following additional rules apply to ADP Safe Harbor Contributions:

	 	(1)	 	ADP Safe Harbor Contributions Taken into Account. An ADP Safe Harbor Contribution is
taken into account for purposes of this Section for a Plan Year if the ADP Safe Harbor
Contribution would be taken into account for such Plan Year under the rules of Regulation
§1.401(k)–2(a) or §1.401(m)–2(a). Thus, an ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution must be made within 12 months after
the end of the Plan Year. Similarly, an Elective Deferral that would be taken into
account for a Plan Year under Regulation §1.401(k)–2(a)(4)(i)(B)(2) must be taken
into account for such Plan Year for purposes of this Section, even if the
Compensation would have been received after the close of the Plan Year.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Use of ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions for Other Non-Discrimination Tests.
ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions may also be taken into account for purposes of
determining whether the Plan satisfies Code §401(a)(4). Thus, ADP Safe Harbor
Non-Elective Contributions are not subject to the limitations on Qualified Non-Elective
Contributions under Regulation §1.401(k)–2(a)(6)(ii), but are subject to the rules generally applicable to
Non-Elective Contributions under Code §401(a)(4) and Regulation
§1.401(a)(4)–1(b)(2)(ii). However, pursuant to Code §401(k)(12)(E)(ii), ADP Safe Harbor
Matching Contributions and ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions may not be taken
into account under the Plan (or any other plan) for purposes of Code §401(l) (including
the imputation of permitted disparity under Regulation §1.401(a)(4)–7).
	 
	 	(3)	 	Early Participation Rule. The Plan is permitted to apply the rules of Code
§410(b)(4)(B) to treat the Plan as two separate plans for purposes of Code §410(b) and
apply the safe harbor requirements to one plan and apply the requirements of Regulation
§1.401(k)–2 to the other plan.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 75 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(4)	 	Satisfying ADP Safe Harbor Contribution Requirements under Another Plan. ADP Safe
Harbor Non-Elective Contributions or ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions may be made
to this Plan or to another defined contribution plan that satisfies Code §401(a) or
§403(a). If ADP Safe Harbor Contributions are made to another defined contribution plan,
then this Plan must specify the plan to which the ADP Safe Harbor Contributions are being
made and the ADP Safe Harbor Contribution requirements of paragraph (a) must be satisfied
in the other defined contribution plan in the same manner as if the ADP Safe Harbor
Contributions were made to this Plan. The plan to which the ADP Safe Harbor Contributions are being made must have the same Plan Year as this Plan,
and each Safe Harbor Participant under this Plan must be eligible under the same
conditions under the other defined contribution plan. The plan to which the ADP Safe
Harbor Contributions are being made need not be a plan that can be aggregated with
this Plan.
	 
	 	(5)	 	Contributions Used Only Once. ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions or ADP Safe
Harbor Matching Contributions cannot be used to satisfy the ADP Safe Harbor Contribution
requirements for more than one plan.

	3.21	 	ACP Safe Harbor Contributions. Matching Contributions (including, if applicable, ADP Safe
Harbor Matching Contributions) that satisfy the ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution requirements
of Code §401(m)(11) for a Plan Year are ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions in a Safe Harbor
401(m) Plan if such contributions (including, if applicable, ADP Safe Harbor Matching
Contributions) satisfy the following requirements:

	 	(a)	 	Satisfaction of ADP Safe Harbor Contribution Requirements. The Plan must satisfy the ADP
Safe Harbor Contribution requirements of Section 3.20 with either ADP Safe Harbor
Non-Elective Contributions (including contingent ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions
of Section 3.20(d)) or ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. Pursuant to Code
§401(k)(12)(E)(ii), the ADP Safe Harbor Contribution requirements must be satisfied without
regard to Code §401(l).
	 
	 	(b)	 	Limitation on Matching Contributions. The Plan that provides for ACP Safe Harbor Matching
Contributions must satisfy the following limitations:

	 	(1)	 	Matching Contribution Rate Must Not Increase. The ratio of Matching Contributions on
behalf of a Safe Harbor Participant for a Plan Year to the Safe Harbor Participant’s
Elective Deferrals and Employee Contributions, cannot not increase as the amount of a
Safe Harbor Participant’s Elective Deferrals and Employee Contributions increases;
	 
	 	(2)	 	Matching Contribution Cannot Be Made for Deferrals in Excess of 6% of Compensation.
Matching Contributions cannot be made with respect to Elective Deferrals or Employee
Contributions that exceed six percent (6%) of the Safe Harbor Participant’s Compensation;
	 
	 	(3)	 	Discretionary Matching Contribution Cannot Exceed 4% of Compensation. If Matching
Contributions are discretionary, then the Matching Contributions cannot exceed 4% of the
Safe Harbor Participant’s Compensation; and
	 
	 	(4)	 	Limitation on Rate of Match. The ratio of Matching Contributions on behalf of a Safe
Harbor Participant who is a HCE to his or her Elective Deferrals or Employee
Contributions (or to the sum thereof) for that Plan Year is no greater than the ratio of
Matching Contributions to Elective Deferrals or Employee Contributions (or the sum of
Elective Deferrals and Employee Contributions) that would apply with respect to any Safe
Harbor Participant who is a NHCE for whom the Elective Deferrals or Employee
Contributions (or the sum of Elective Deferrals and Employee Contributions) are the same
percentage of Compensation. The determination of the rate of Matching Contributions will
be made pursuant to the rules of Regulation §1.401(m)-3(d)(4) and §1.401(m)-3(d)(5).
	 
	 	(5)	 	Catch-Up Contributions. With respect to ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions,
Catch-Up Contributions will be treated as any other Elective Deferrals and will be
matched according to the ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution formula as if the Catch-Up Contributions were
Elective Deferrals.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 76 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(6)	 	Permissible Restrictions on Elective Deferrals or Employee Contributions by NHCEs.
Elective Deferrals and/or Employee Contributions by Safe Harbor Participants who are
NHCEs cannot be restricted, except pursuant to the rules of Section 3.20(a)(2)(G) (which
rules will apply to Elective Deferrals and/or Employee Contributions) and Regulation
§1.401(m)-3(d)(6).

	 	(c)	 	Safe Harbor Notice. The Sponsoring Employer must give a Safe Harbor Notice to each Safe
Harbor Participant that satisfies the content and timing requirements of Section 3.20(b) and
Reg. §1.401(k)-3(d).
	 
	 	(d)	 	Plan Year Requirement. The Sponsoring Employer must adopt ACP Safe Harbor Matching
Contributions provisions before the first day of the Plan Year and remain in effect for an
entire 12-month Plan Year, subject to the rules and exceptions of Section 3.20(c) (which will
apply to ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions) and Regulation §1.401(m)-3(f). For purposes
of an initial Plan Year of a Plan, the amendment providing for ACP Safe Harbor Matching
Contributions must be made effective at the same time as the adoption of a cash or deferred
arrangement that satisfies the requirements of Regulation §1.401(k)-3.
	 
	 	(e)	 	Permissible Reduction or Suspension of ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. If the
Plan provides for ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions for a Plan Year, then the Plan may
be amended during the Plan Year to reduce or suspend ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions
on future Elective Deferrals (and, if applicable, Employee Contributions), subject to the
rules of Section 3.20(e) (which rules will apply to ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions)
and Regulation §1.401(m)-3(h).
	 
	 	(f)	 	Additional Rules. The following additional rules apply to ACP Safe Harbor Matching
Contributions:

	 	(1)	 	ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions Taken into Account. An ACP Safe Harbor
Matching Contribution is taken into account for purposes of this Section for a Plan Year,
pursuant to the same rules of Section 3.20(f)(1) and Regulation §1.401(k)-3(h)(1).
	 
	 	(2)	 	Early Participation Rule. The Plan is permitted to apply the rules of Code
§410(b)(4)(B) to treat the 401(m) Plan as two separate plans for purposes of Code §410(b)
and apply the safe harbor requirements to one plan and apply the requirements of
Regulation §1.401(m)–2 to the other plan.
	 
	 	(3)	 	Satisfying ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Requirements Under Another Plan. ACP
Safe Harbor Matching Contributions may be made to this Plan or to another defined
contribution plan that satisfies Code §401(a) or §403(a), pursuant to the same rules of
Section 3.20(f)(4) and Regulation §1.401(k)-3(h)(4). Consequently, each Safe Harbor
Participant who is a NHCE under the plan providing for ACP Safe Harbor Matching
Contributions must be eligible under the same conditions under the other defined
contribution plan and the plan to which the contributions are made must have the same
Plan Year as the plan providing the ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions.
	 
	 	(4)	 	ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions Used Only Once. ACP Safe Harbor Matching
Contributions cannot be used to satisfy the ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution
requirements for more than one plan.
	 
	 	(5)	 	Plan Must Satisfy ACP Test With Respect to Employee Contributions. If this Plan
permits Employee Contributions, then in addition to satisfying the requirements of this
Section, the Plan must also satisfy the ACP Test. However, the ACP Test is permitted to
be performed disregarding some or all ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions when this
Section is satisfied with respect to the ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, pursuant
to Section 3.19(j) and Regulation §1.401(m)-2(a)(5)(iv).

	3.22	 	General Non-Discrimination Test Requirements. For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1,
2002, if the Sponsoring Employer applies the general test for non-discrimination as set forth in
Code §401(a)(4) based upon Equivalent Accrual Rates to demonstrate that a Non-Safe Harbor
Non-Elective Contribution that is made to this Plan is non-discriminatory, or if a Non-Safe Harbor
Non-Elective Contribution that is made to this Plan is aggregated with one or more other plans of
the Sponsoring Employer so that the Sponsoring Employer can apply the general test for
non-discrimination set forth in Code §401(a)(4) based upon Equivalent Accrual Rates for the defined
contribution plan(s) (including this Plan) to demonstrate that the plans (including this Plan) are
non-discriminatory, then the following rules will apply:

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 77 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(a)	 	Defined Contribution Rule. If this Plan (or any defined contribution plan(s) which are
aggregated with this Plan) is not aggregated with any defined benefit plan of the Sponsoring
Employer for purposes of applying the general test for non-discrimination based upon
Equivalent Accrual Rates for this Plan (or any defined contribution plan(s) which are
aggregated with this Plan), then any NHCE who is a Participant in this Plan (or, if any
defined contribution plan(s) are aggregated with this Plan, any NHCE who is a Participant in
this Plan or the other defined contribution plan(s)) and who receives an allocation of
Non-Elective Contributions and/or QNECs must receive an allocation of Non-Elective
Contributions and/or QNECs that is at least equal to the Minimum Allocation Gateway for the
Plan Year, subject to the following provisions:

	 	(1)	 	Circumstances When Minimum Allocation Gateway Not Required. The Minimum Allocation
Gateway requirement need not be satisfied if this Plan (or the group of any defined
contribution plan(s) which are aggregated with this Plan) has Broadly Available
Allocation Rates or a Gradually Increasing Age or Service Schedule.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Treatment of Otherwise Excludable Participants. For purposes of this paragraph (a),
Otherwise Excludable Participants will not be considered.

	 	(b)	 	Combination of Defined Benefit/Defined Contribution Rule. If this Plan (or any defined
contribution plan(s) which are aggregated with this Plan) is aggregated with any defined
benefit plan for purposes of applying the general test for non-discrimination based upon
Equivalent Accrual Rates for this Plan (or any defined contribution plan(s) which are
aggregated with this Plan), then the Aggregate Normal Allocation Rate of each Non-Highly
Compensated Employee in any plan that is part of the aggregated defined benefit plan(s) and
defined contribution plan(s) (including this Plan) must be at least equal to the Minimum
Aggregate Allocation Gateway for the Plan Year, subject to the following provisions:

	 	(1)	 	Circumstances When Minimum Aggregate Allocation Gateway Not Required. The Minimum
Aggregate Allocation Gateway requirement need not be satisfied if the aggregated
combination of defined benefit plan(s) and defined contribution plan(s) (including this
Plan) either is Primarily Defined Benefit in Character or consists of Broadly Available
Separate Plans.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Treatment of Otherwise Excludable Participants. For purposes of this paragraph (b),
Otherwise Excludable Participants will not be considered.

	3.23	 	Annual Overall and Cumulative Permitted Disparity Limit. In any Plan Year, if an Employee
benefits under more than one plan, then the annual overall permitted disparity limit of this
Section is satisfied only if an Employee’s Total Annual Disparity Fraction does not exceed one.
Furthermore, the cumulative permitted disparity limit for a Participant is 35 Total Cumulative
Permitted Disparity Years. The following rules apply in determining compliance with the two prior
sentences:

	 	(a)	 	Plans Taken into Account. All plans of the Employer are taken into account. In addition,
all plans of any other employer are taken into account for all Service with the other
employer for which the Employee receives credit for purposes of allocations/benefit accruals
under any plan of the current Employer.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Application of the Limit. The limit of this Section takes into account the disparity
provided under a section 401(l) plan, as defined in Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-12, and the
permitted disparity imputed under a plan that satisfies Code §401(a)(4) by relying on
Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-7.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Total Annual Disparity Fraction. The term “Total Annual Disparity Fraction” means the sum
of the Employee’s Annual Disparity Fractions for a Plan Year. An Employee’s Total Annual
Disparity Fraction is determined as of the end of each Plan Year, based on the Employee’s
Annual Disparity Fractions under all plans with plan years ending in the current Plan Year.
The following subparagraphs determine an Employee’s Annual Disparity Fractions:

	 	(1)	 	Annual Disparity Fraction for a Defined Contribution Plan. The Annual Disparity
Fraction for an Employee benefiting under a defined contribution plan that is a section
401(l) plan, as defined in Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-12, is a fraction: (A) the numerator
of which is the disparity provided under the plan for the Plan Year; and (B) the
denominator of which is the maximum excess allowance under Regulation §1.401(l)-2(b)(2)
for the Plan Year.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 78 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(2)	 	Annual Disparity Fraction for a Defined Benefit Excess Plan. The Annual Disparity
Fraction for an Employee benefiting under a defined benefit excess plan that is a section
401(l) plan, as defined in Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-12, is a fraction: (A) the numerator
of which is the disparity provided under the plan for the Plan Year; and (B) the
denominator of which is the maximum excess allowance under Regulation §1.401(l)-3(b)(2)
for the Plan Year.
	 
	 	(3)	 	Annual Disparity Fraction for a Defined Benefit Offset Plan. In general, the Annual
Disparity Fraction for an Employee benefiting under a defined benefit offset plan that is
a section 401(l) plan, as defined in Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-12, is a fraction: (A) the
numerator of which is the disparity provided under the plan for the Plan Year; and (B)
the denominator of which is the maximum offset allowance under Regulation
§1.401(l)-3(b)(3) for the Plan Year. However, if a defined benefit offset plan applies an
offset of a specified percentage of the employee’s PIA, as permitted under Regulation
§1.401(l)-3(c)(2)(ix), then the numerator of the prior sentence is the offset percentage
used in the Code §401(l) overlay under the plan.
	 
	 	(4)	 	Annual Disparity Fraction for a Plan that Imputes Disparity. The Annual Disparity
Fraction for an Employee benefiting under a plan that imputes permitted disparity with
respect to the Employee under Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-7 is one.
	 
	 	(5)	 	Annual Disparity Fraction for a Plan that Neither is a Section 401(l) Plan Nor
Imputes Disparity The Annual Disparity Fraction for an Employee benefiting under a plan that neither is
a section 401(l) plan as defined in Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-12 nor imputes permitted
disparity under Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-7 is zero.
	 
	 	(6)	 	Determination of Annual Disparity Fractions. Generally, a separate Annual Disparity
Fraction is determined for each plan under which the Employee benefits. If two plans are
aggregated and treated as a single plan for purposes of Code §401(a)(4), a single annual
disparity fraction applies to the aggregated plan. However, if a plan provides an
allocation or benefit equal to the sum of two or more formulas, then each formula is
considered a separate plan for purposes of this Section. If a plan provides an allocation
or benefit equal to the greater of two or more formulas, then an Annual Disparity
Fraction is calculated for the Employee under each formula and the largest of the
fractions is the Employee’s Annual Disparity Fraction under the plan.

	 	(d)	 	Adjustment to Plans if Total Annual Disparity Fraction Exceeds One. If (1) this Plan
utilizes the disparity provided under a section 401(l) plan as defined in Regulation
§1.401(a)(4)-12 and/or the permitted disparity imputed under a plan that satisfies Code
§401(a)(4) by relying on Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-7, and (2) the Total Annual Disparity
Fraction exceeds one, then the following provisions will apply in a uniform manner for all
Employees:

	 	(1)	 	Other Plan(s) have Adjustment Method. If the other plan(s) have a method to adjust
Employer-provided contributions or benefits to assure that the Total Annual Disparity
Fraction does not exceed one, then the adjustment method of the other plan(s) will apply.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Other Plan(s) do not have Adjustment Method. If the other plan(s) do not have a
method to adjust employer-provided contributions or benefits to assure that the Total
Annual Disparity Fraction does not exceed one, then the Sponsoring Employer will
establish an administrative policy that is promulgated under Section 8.6 that adjusts
Employer-provided contributions or benefits so that the Total Annual Disparity Fraction
does not exceed one.
	 
	 	(3)	 	Special Rule for Multiple Prototypes Using this Same Basic Plan. Notwithstanding
anything in this Section to the contrary, if multiple prototype plans (including this
Plan) utilize this same Prototype Basic Plan, then the Sponsoring Employer will establish
an administrative policy that is promulgated under Section 8.6 that adjusts
Employer-provided contributions or benefits so that the Total Annual Disparity Fraction
does not exceed one.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 79 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(e)	 	Cumulative Permitted Disparity Limit. Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1,
1995, the cumulative permitted disparity limit for a Participant is 35 Total Cumulative Permitted
Disparity Years. The term “Total Cumulative Permitted Disparity Years” means the number of Plan Years credited to
the Participant for allocation or accrual purposes under this Plan, and under any other qualified
plan or simplified employee pension plan (whether or not terminated) ever maintained by the
Employer. For purposes of determining the Participant’s cumulative permitted disparity limit, all
Plan Years ending in the same calendar year are treated as the same Plan Year. If the Participant
has not benefited under a defined benefit or target benefit plan for any Plan Year beginning on or
after January 1, 1994, then the Participant has no cumulative disparity limit. For purposes of the
prior sentence, a Participant is not treated as benefiting under a defined benefit plan for a Plan
Year if the defined benefit plan was not a section 401(l) plan within the meaning of Regulation
§1.401(a)(4)-12 for that Plan Year and did not impute permitted disparity under Regulation
§1.401(a)(4)-7 for that Plan Year.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 80 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

Article 4

Plan Benefits

	4.1	 	Benefit Upon Normal (or Early) Retirement. Every Participant who has reached Normal (or Early)
Retirement Age will be entitled upon subsequent Termination of Employment with the Employer to
receive his or her Vested Aggregate Account balance determined as of the most recent Valuation Date
coinciding with or immediately preceding the date of distribution. Distribution will be made under
Section 5.1.
	 
	4.2	 	Benefit Upon Late Retirement. A Participant who has reached Normal Retirement Age may elect to
remain employed by the Employer and retire at a later date. Such Participant will continue to
participate in the Plan and his or her Participant’s Account will continue to receive allocations
under Article 3. Upon actual retirement, the Participant will be entitled to his or her Vested
Aggregate Account balance determined as of the most recent Valuation Date coinciding with or
immediately preceding the date of distribution. In addition, if elected in the Adoption Agreement,
a Participant who elects late retirement may at any time (1) choose to have distributed prior to
actual retirement all or part of his or her Vested Aggregate Account balance determined as of the
most recent Valuation Date coinciding with or immediately preceding the date of distribution; or
(2) choose to have such Vested Aggregate Account balance transferred to another qualified
retirement plan maintained by the Employer. Upon actual retirement, the Participant will be
entitled to his or her undistributed Vested Aggregate Account balance determined as of the most
recent Valuation Date coinciding with or immediately preceding the date of distribution.
Distribution will be made under Section 5.1.
	 
	4.3	 	Benefit Upon Death. Upon the death of a Participant prior to Termination of Employment with the
Employer, or upon the death of a Terminated Participant prior to distribution of his or her Vested
Aggregate Account, his or her Beneficiary will be entitled to the Participant’s Vested Aggregate
Account balance determined as of the most recent Valuation Date coinciding with or immediately
preceding the date of distribution. If any Beneficiary who is living on the date of the
Participant’s death dies prior to receiving his or her entire death benefit, the portion of such
death benefit will be paid in a lump sum to the estate of such deceased Beneficiary. The
Administrator’s determination that a Participant has died and that a particular person has a right
to receive a death benefit will be final. Distribution will be made under Section 5.2.
	 
	4.4	 	Benefit Upon Disability. If a Participant suffers a Disability prior to Termination of
Employment with the Employer, or if a Terminated Participant suffers a Disability prior to
distribution of his or her Vested Aggregate Account, he or she will be entitled to his or her
Vested Aggregate Account balance determined as of the most recent Valuation Date coinciding with or
immediately preceding the date of distribution. Distribution will be made under Section 5.3.
	 
	4.5	 	Benefit Upon Termination of Employment. A Terminated Participant will be entitled to his or her
Vested Aggregate Account balance as of the most recent Valuation Date coinciding with or
immediately preceding the date of distribution. Distribution to a Terminated Participant who does
not die prior to distribution or who does not suffer a Disability prior to distribution will be
made under Section 5.4
	 
	4.6	 	Determination of Vested Interest. A Participant’s Vested Interest in his or her Participant’s
Account will be determined in accordance with the following provisions:

	 	(a)	 	100% Vesting Upon Retirement, Death or Disability. A Participant will have a 100% Vested
Interest in his or her Participant’s Account upon reaching Normal Retirement Age prior to
Termination of Employment. If elected in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant will also have
a 100% Vested Interest therein upon (1) his or her retirement at Early Retirement; (2) his or
her Disability prior to Termination of Employment; or (3) his or her death prior to
Termination of Employment.
	 
	 	(b)	 	100% Vesting of Elective Deferral Accounts and Certain Other Accounts. A Participant will
at all times have a 100% Vested Interest in his or her Elective Deferral Account, ADP Safe
Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account, ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account,
Qualified Matching Contribution Account, Qualified Non-Elective Contribution Account,
Voluntary Employee Contribution Account, Mandatory Employee Contribution Account and Deemed
IRA Contribution Account.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 81 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(c)	 	Vesting of All Other Contributions. A Participant’s Vested Interest in all Employer
contribution accounts not specified in paragraph (b) will be determined by the Vesting schedule or
schedules as elected in the Adoption Agreement. If the Counting of Hours Method is used for Vesting
purposes, then a Participant’s Vested Interest will be based on the Years of Service that are
credited to such Participant. If the Elapsed Time Method is used for Vesting purposes, then a
Participant’s Vested Interest will be based on the 1-Year Periods of Service that are credited to
the Participant. If elected in the Adoption Agreement, then in determining a Participant’s Vested
Interest under this paragraph, a Participant’s Years of Service or 1-Year Periods of Service will
be disregarded (1) during any period for which the Employer did not maintain this Plan or a
predecessor plan; (2) if the Counting of Hours Method is used for Vesting purposes, then before the
Vesting Computation Period in which the Participant attains Age 18; (3) if the Elapsed Time Method
is used for Vesting purposes, then before the 1-Year Period of Service in which the Participant
attains Age 18; (4) if the Counting of Hours Method is used for Vesting purposes, then during any
Vesting Computation Period for which the Participant fails to make Mandatory Employee Contributions
to the Plan, if applicable to the Plan; and/or (5) if the Elapsed Time Method is used for Vesting
purposes, then during any 1-Year Period of Service for which the Participant fails to make
Mandatory Employee Contributions to the Plan, if applicable to the Plan. For Plan Years beginning
before 2002, Matching Contributions could Vest according to any Vesting schedule that satisfied
Code §411(a)(2) (and Code §416(b) if the Plan was Top Heavy). The Vesting schedules available in
the Adoption Agreement are described in more detail below:

	 	(1)	 	7 Year Graded

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Years/Periods	 	Vested	 
	of Service	 	Percentage	 
	1
	 	 	0	%	 	 
	2
	 	 	0	%	 	 
	3
	 	 	20	%	 	 
	4
	 	 	40	%	 	 
	5
	 	 	60	%	 	 
	6
	 	 	80	%	 	 
	7
	 	 	100	%	 	 

	 	(2)	 	6 Year Graded

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Years/Periods	 	Vested	 
	of Service	 	Percentage	 
	1
	 	 	0	%	 	 
	2
	 	 	20	%	 	 
	3
	 	 	40	%	 	 
	4
	 	 	60	%	 	 
	5
	 	 	80	%	 	 
	6
	 	 	100	%	 	 

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 82 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(3)	 	5 Year Cliff

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Years/Periods	 	Vested	 	 
	of Service	 	Percentage	 	 
	1
	 	 	0	%	 	 
	2
	 	 	0	%	 	 
	3
	 	 	0	%	 	 
	4
	 	 	0	%	 	 
	5
	 	 	100	%	 	 

	 	(4)	 	3 Year Cliff

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Years/Periods	 	Vested	 	 
	of Service	 	Percentage	 	 
	1
	 	 	0	%	 	 
	2
	 	 	0	%	 	 
	3
	 	 	100	%	 	 

	 	(5)	 	Full and Immediate. A Participant’s Account will be 100% Vested upon entering the
Plan as a Participant and at all times thereafter.
	 
	 	(6)	 	Other. A Participant’s Account will be Vested in accordance with the schedule entered
on the Adoption Agreement; provided, however, that any schedule entered for a non-Top
Heavy Plan Year must be at least as favorable as either the 7 Year Graded Vesting
schedule of subparagraph (1) above or the 5 Year Cliff Vesting schedule of subparagraph
(3) above. Furthermore, any schedule entered for a Top Heavy Plan Year must be at least
as favorable as either the 6 Year Graded Vesting schedule of subparagraph (2) above or
the 3 Year Cliff Vesting schedule of subparagraph (3) above.

	 	(d)	 	Vesting in a Top Heavy Plan Year. In a Top Heavy Plan Year, a Participant’s Vested
Interest in all Employer contributions allocated to his or her Participant’s Account which
are subject to a non-Top Heavy Vesting schedule will be determined by the Top Heavy Vesting
schedule as elected in the Adoption Agreement. If this Plan ceases to be Top Heavy and the
non-Top Heavy Vesting schedule again becomes effective, a Participant’s Vested Interest as
determined under the Top Heavy Vesting schedule cannot be reduced. Furthermore, any such
reverting back to the non-Top Heavy Vesting schedule will be considered an amendment to this
Section and will be treated in accordance with paragraph (g) below pertaining to amendments
to a Vesting schedule. Only those Years/Periods of Service which are included in determining
a Participant’s Vested Interest in a non-Top Heavy Plan Year will be included in determining
a Participant’s Vested Interest in a Top Heavy Plan Year hereunder.
	 
	 	(e)	 	Vesting Requirement upon Complete Termination or Discontinuance of Contributions. Upon a
complete termination of the Plan, or, in the case of a Plan to which Code §412 does not
apply, upon a complete discontinuance of contributions under the Plan, then (1) any
Participant who is affected by such complete termination or, if applicable, such complete
discontinuance of contributions; (2) any Participant who has not Terminated Employment with
the Employer; (3) any Participant who has Terminated Employment with the Employer and has not
received a complete distribution of the Participant’s Vested Aggregate Account; and (4) any
Participant who has Terminated Employment but has not incurred five consecutive Breaks in
Service; will have a 100% Vested Interest in his or her unpaid Participant’s Account.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 83 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(f)	 	Vesting Requirement upon Partial Termination Upon partial termination of the Plan, only a
Participant who has Terminated Employment because of the event which causes the partial termination
but who has not incurred five consecutive Breaks in Service will have a 100% Vested Interest in his
or her unpaid Participant’s Account as of the date of partial termination.

	 	(g)	 	Amendments to the Vesting Schedule. No amendment to the Plan may directly or indirectly reduce
a Participant’s Vested Interest in his or her Participant’s Account. If the Plan is amended in any
way that directly or indirectly affects the computation of a Participant’s Vested Interest in his
or her Participant’s Account, or the Plan is deemed amended by an automatic change to or from a Top
Heavy Vesting schedule, then the following provisions will apply:

	 	(1)	 	Participant Election. Any Participant with at least three Years/Periods of Service may, by
filing a written request with the Administrator, elect to have the Vested Interest in his or
her Participant’s Account computed by the Vesting schedule in effect prior to the amendment. A
Participant who fails to make an election will have the Vested Interest computed under the new
schedule. The period in which the election may be made will begin on the date the amendment is
adopted or is deemed to be made and will end on the latest of (A) 60 days after the amendment
is adopted; (B) 60 days after the amendment becomes effective; or (C) 60 days after the
Participant is issued written notice of the amendment by the Employer or Administrator.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Preservation of Vested Interest. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, if the
vesting schedule is amended, then in the case of an Employee who is a Participant as of the
later of the date such amendment is adopted or the date it becomes effective, the Vested
Interest in his or her Participant’s Account determined as of such date will not be less than
his or her Vested Interest computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 84 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

Article 5

Distribution of Benefits

	5.1	 	Distribution of Benefit Upon Retirement. Unless a mandatory cash-out occurs under Section 5.5,
the retirement benefit a Participant is entitled to receive under Section 4.1 or 4.2 will be
distributed as follows:

	 	(a)	 	Normal Form of Distribution in a 401(k) Plan or Profit Sharing Plan. If the Plan is
either a 401(k) Plan or a profit sharing plan, then a Participant’s benefit will be
distributed in the form that is elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Adoption Agreement;
the permitted Normal Forms of Distribution are (1) a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity;
(2) a lump sum payment; or (3) Substantially Equal monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual
cash installment payments over a period certain which does not extend beyond the life of the
Participant; the joint lives of the Participant and a designated Beneficiary; or a period
certain not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Participant and a designated
Beneficiary. If the Normal Form of Distribution is Substantially Equal installment payments,
then the lump sum value of the Participant’s benefit either may be segregated and separately
invested and the Substantially Equal installments will be paid from the Plan; may remain
invested in the Trust’s assets and the Substantially Equal installments will be paid from the
Plan; or may be used to purchase a nontransferable immediate or deferred annuity that is
selected by the Employer and which complies with the terms of the Plan from an insurance
company to provide for such Substantially Equal installments.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Normal Form of Distribution in a Money Purchase Pension Plan. If the Plan is a money
purchase
pension plan, then the Normal Form of Distribution is a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity
if the Participant has not died before the Annuity Starting Date.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Optional Forms of Distribution. If elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Adoption
Agreement, then a Participant may waive the Normal Form of Distribution and elect to have his
or her benefit distributed in an Optional Form of Distribution. The permitted Optional Forms
of Distribution are (1) a lump sum payment; (2) Substantially Equal monthly, quarterly,
semi-annual or annual cash installment payments over a period certain which does not extend
beyond the life of the Participant, the joint lives of the Participant and a designated
Beneficiary, or a period certain not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Participant
and a designated Beneficiary. If an Optional Form of Distribution is Substantially Equal
installment payments, then the lump sum value of the Participant’s benefit either may be
segregated and separately invested and the Substantially Equal installments will be paid from
the Plan; may remain invested in the Trust’s assets and the Substantially Equal installments
will be paid from the Plan; or may be used to purchase a nontransferable immediate or
deferred annuity that is selected by the Employer and that complies with the terms of the
Plan from an insurance company to provide for such Substantially Equal installments; (3) a
non-transferable annuity which can be purchased from an insurance company and which complies
with the terms of the Plan; and/or (4) in designated sums from time to time as elected by the
Participant. All Optional Forms of Distribution that are elected by the Sponsoring Employer
in the Adoption Agreement are available on a non-discriminatory basis and are not subject to
the Administrator’s discretion.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Partial Distributions. If a Participant receives a distribution of less than 100% of his
or her Vested Aggregate Account balance, then the Administrator will determine the portion
(including zero) of the distribution that will be made from each of the Participant’s
sub-accounts, provided that any such determination is made in a uniform nondiscriminatory
manner.
	 
	 	(e)	 	Time of Distribution. Distribution will be made under this Section (1) within a
reasonable time after the Participant’s actual retirement at Normal Retirement Date (or Early
Retirement Date, if applicable), or (2) within a reasonable time after the date that a
Participant who elects late retirement under Section 4.2 requests payment as permitted
thereunder.

	5.2	 	Distribution of Benefit Upon Death. Unless a mandatory cash-out occurs under Section 5.5, the
death benefit a deceased Participant’s Beneficiary is entitled to receive under Section 4.3 will be
distributed as follows:

	 	(a)	 	Surviving Spouse. If a Participant has a surviving Spouse on the date of the
Participant’s death, then the deceased Participant’s surviving Spouse will be entitled to
receive a death benefit determined in accordance with the following provisions:

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 85 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(1)	 	Normal Form of Distribution Is a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. If the Normal
Form of Distribution elected under Section 5.1 is a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity,
a Participant dies before the Annuity Starting Date, and the Participant has a surviving
Spouse on the date of the Participant’s death, then notwithstanding any other Beneficiary
designation made by the Participant, the Participant’s surviving Spouse will receive a
minimum death benefit as a QPSA unless such QPSA has been waived in accordance with the
terms of Section 5.8. If the QPSA has been waived, then the benefit (and any additional
death benefit to which the surviving Spouse is entitled) will be distributed in the
alternate form(s) that are elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Adoption Agreement.
The alternate forms of distribution permitted under the Adoption Agreement are (A) a lump
sum payment; (B) Substantially Equal monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual cash
installment payments over a period certain which does not extend beyond the life of the
surviving Spouse (or beyond the life expectancy of the surviving Spouse). If an alternate
form of distribution is Substantially Equal installment payments, then the lump
sum value of the Participant’s benefit either may be segregated and separately invested
and the Substantially Equal installments will be paid from the Plan; may remain invested
in the Trust’s assets and the Substantially Equal installments will be paid from the
Plan; or may be used to purchase a nontransferable immediate or deferred annuity that is
selected by the Employer and that complies with the terms of the Plan from an insurance
company to provide for such Substantially Equal installments; (C) a non-transferable
annuity which can be purchased from an insurance company and complies with the terms of
the Plan; and/or (D) in designated sums from time to time as elected by the Beneficiary.
All alternate forms of distribution that are elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the
Adoption Agreement are available on a non-discriminatory basis and are not subject to the
Administrator’s discretion.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Normal Form of Distribution Is Not a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. If the
Normal Form of Distribution elected under Section 5.1 is not a Qualified Joint and
Survivor Annuity and the Participant has a surviving Spouse on the date of the
Participant’s death, then notwithstanding any other Beneficiary designation made by a
Participant, the deceased Participant’s surviving Spouse will be entitled to receive 100%
of the deceased Participant’s death benefit unless the surviving Spouse has waived that
right in accordance with the terms of Section 5.8. If the Normal Form of Distribution
elected under Section 5.1 has been waived, then the benefit will be distributed to the
surviving Spouse in the alternate form(s) that are elected by the Sponsoring Employer in
the Adoption Agreement. The alternate forms of distribution permitted under the Adoption
Agreement are (A) a lump sum payment; (B) Substantially Equal monthly, quarterly,
semi-annual or annual cash installment payments over a period certain which does not
extend beyond the life of the surviving Spouse (or beyond the life expectancy of the
surviving Spouse). If an alternate form of distribution is Substantially Equal
installment payments, then the lump sum value of the Participant’s benefit either may be
segregated and separately invested and the Substantially Equal installments will be paid
from the Plan; may remain invested in the Trust’s assets and the Substantially Equal
installments will be paid from the Plan; or may be used to purchase a nontransferable
immediate or deferred annuity that is selected by the Employer and that complies with the
terms of the Plan from an insurance company to provide for such Substantially Equal
installments; (C) a non-transferable annuity which can be purchased from an insurance
company and complies with the terms of the Plan; and/or (D) in designated sums from time
to time as elected by the Beneficiary. All alternate forms of distribution that are
elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Adoption Agreement are available on a
non-discriminatory basis and are not subject to the Administrator’s discretion.
	 
	 	(3)	 	Time of Distribution. Any death benefit payable to a surviving Spouse will be
distributed within a reasonable time after the death of the Participant, but not later
than December 31st of the calendar year which contains the fifth anniversary of the date
of the Participant’s death pursuant to Section 5.9(b)(2)(A), if required minimum
distributions to the Participant have not begun. However, if the Life Expectancy rule is
elected in the Adoption Agreement and the surviving Spouse elects the Life Expectancy
rule under Section 5.9(b)(2)(B), then the surviving Spouse may elect to defer
distribution of the death benefit, but distribution to the surviving Spouse must begin no
later than December 31st of the calendar year in which the deceased Participant would
have attained Age 701/2.
	 
	 	(4)	 	Death of Surviving Spouse Before Distribution Begins. If the surviving Spouse dies
before distribution begins, then distribution will be made as if the surviving Spouse
were the Participant. If the Normal Form of Distribution that is elected under Section
5.1 is a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and the QPSA has not been waived, or if the
Sponsoring Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement to permit a Participant (or, if no
election has been made by the Participant prior to the Participant’s death, then the
Participant’s surviving Spouse) to elect the Life Expectancy rule and the Participant
(or, if no

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 86 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	 	 	election has been made by the Participant prior to the Participant’s death, then the
Participant’s surviving Spouse) elects the Life Expectancy rule, then distribution
will be considered to have begun when the deceased Participant would have reached Age
701/2 even if payments have been made to the surviving Spouse before that date.
Furthermore, if distribution to the surviving Spouse commences in the form of an
irrevocable annuity over a period permitted under subparagraph (a)(1) above before
the deceased Participant would have reached Age 701/2, then distribution will be
considered to have begun on the actual annuity commencement date.

	 	(b)	 	Non-Spouse Beneficiary. Any death benefit payable to a non-Spouse Beneficiary will be
distributed to the Beneficiary in accordance with the following provisions:

	 	(1)	 	Form of Distribution. Any such death benefit will be distributed to the Beneficiary
in the form(s) that are elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Adoption Agreement. The
forms of distribution permitted under the Adoption Agreement are (A) a lump sum payment;
(B) Substantially Equal monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual cash installment
payments over a period certain which does not extend beyond the life of the Beneficiary
(or beyond the life expectancy of the Beneficiary). If a form of distribution is
Substantially Equal installment payments, then the lump sum value of the Participant’s
benefit either may be segregated and separately invested and the Substantially Equal
installments will be paid from the Plan; may remain invested in the Trust’s assets and
the Substantially Equal installments will be paid from the Plan; or may be used to
purchase a nontransferable immediate or deferred annuity that is selected by the Employer
and that complies with the terms of the Plan from an insurance company to provide for
such Substantially Equal installments; (C) a non-transferable annuity which can be
purchased from an insurance company and which complies with the terms of the Plan; and/or
(D) in designated sums from time to time as elected by the Beneficiary. All forms of
distribution that are elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Adoption Agreement are
available on a non-discriminatory basis and are not subject to the Administrator’s
discretion.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Time of Distribution. Any death benefit payable to a non-Spouse Beneficiary will be
distributed within a reasonable time after the death of the Participant, but not later
than December 31st of the calendar year which contains the fifth anniversary of the date
of the Participant’s death pursuant to Section 5.9(b)(2)(A), if required minimum
distributions to the Participant have not begun. However, if the Life Expectancy rule is
elected in the Adoption Agreement and the non-Spouse Beneficiary elects the Life
Expectancy rule pursuant to Section 5.9(b)(2)(B), then distribution of the death benefit
to a non-Spouse Beneficiary must begin no later than December 31st of the calendar year
immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died.

	 	(c)	 	Distribution If the Participant or Other Payee Is In Pay Status. If a Participant or
Beneficiary who has begun receiving distribution of his or her benefit dies before the entire
benefit is distributed, then the balance thereof will be distributed to the Participant’s
Beneficiary (or Beneficiary’s Beneficiary) at least as rapidly as under the method of
distribution being used on the date of the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s death.

	 	(d)	 	Payments to a Beneficiary of a Beneficiary. In the absence of a Beneficiary designation
or other directive from the deceased Participant to the contrary, any Beneficiary may name
his or her own Beneficiary to receive any benefits payable in the event of the Beneficiary’s
death prior to receiving the entire death benefit to which the Beneficiary is entitled; if a
Beneficiary has not named his or her own Beneficiary, then the Beneficiary’s estate will be
the Beneficiary. If any benefit is payable under this paragraph to a Beneficiary of the
deceased Participant’s Beneficiary, to the estate of the deceased Participant’s Beneficiary,
or to any other Beneficiary or the estate thereof, then subject to the limitations regarding
the latest dates for benefit payment of this Section and Section 5.9, the Administrator may
(1) continue to pay the remaining value of such benefits in the amount and form that has
already commenced, (2) pay such benefits in any other manner permitted under the Plan for

distribution of benefits upon death, and/or (3) if payments have not
already commenced, pay

such benefits in any other manner permitted under the Plan for distribution of benefits upon
death. Distribution to the Beneficiary of a Beneficiary must begin no later than the date
that a distribution would have been made to the Participant’s Beneficiary. The
Administrator’s determination under this paragraph will be final and will be applied in a
uniform manner that does not discriminate in favor of Participants who are Highly Compensated
Employees.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 87 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(e)	 	Partial Distributions. If a Participant’s Beneficiary receives a distribution of less
than 100% of the Participant’s Vested Aggregate Account balance, then the Administrator will
determine the portion (including zero) of the distribution that will be made from each of the
Participant’s sub-accounts, provided that any such determination is made in a uniform manner
that does not discriminate in favor of Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees.

	5.3	 	Distribution of Benefit Upon Disability. Unless a mandatory cash-out occurs under Section 5.5,
the Disability benefit a Participant is entitled to receive under Section 4.4 will be distributed
in the following manner:

	 	(a)	 	Normal Form of Distribution in a 401(k) Plan or Profit Sharing Plan. If the Plan is
either a 401(k) Plan or a profit sharing plan, then a Participant’s benefit will be
distributed in the form that is elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Adoption Agreement;
the permitted Normal Forms of Distribution are (1) a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity;
(2) a lump sum payment; or (3) Substantially Equal monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual
cash installment payments over a period certain which does not extend beyond the life of the
Participant; the joint lives of the Participant and a designated Beneficiary; or a period
certain not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Participant and a designated
Beneficiary. If the Normal Form of Distribution is Substantially Equal installment payments,
then the lump sum value of the Participant’s benefit either may be segregated and separately
invested and the Substantially Equal installments will be paid from the Plan; may remain
invested in the Trust’s assets and the Substantially Equal installments will be paid from the
Plan; or may be used to purchase a nontransferable immediate or deferred annuity that is
selected by the Employer and that complies with the terms of the Plan from an insurance
company to provide for such Substantially Equal installments.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Normal Form of Distribution in a Money Purchase Pension Plan. If the Plan is a money
purchase pension plan, then the Normal Form of Distribution is a Qualified Joint and Survivor
Annuity if the Participant has not died before the Annuity Starting Date.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Optional Forms of Distribution. If elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Adoption
Agreement, then a Participant may waive the Normal Form of Distribution and elect to have his
or her benefit distributed in an Optional Form of Distribution. The permitted Optional Forms
of Distribution are (1) a lump sum payment; (2) Substantially Equal monthly, quarterly,
semi-annual or annual cash installment payments over a period certain which does not extend
beyond the life of the Participant; the joint lives of the Participant and a designated
Beneficiary; or a period certain not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Participant
and a designated Beneficiary. If an Optional Form of Distribution is Substantially Equal
installment payments, then the lump sum value of the Participant’s benefit either may be
segregated and separately invested and the Substantially Equal installments will be paid from
the Plan; may remain invested in the Trust’s assets and the Substantially Equal installments
will be paid from the Plan; or may be used to purchase a nontransferable immediate or
deferred annuity that is selected by the Employer and that complies with the terms of the
Plan from an insurance company to provide for such Substantially Equal installments; (3) a
non-transferable annuity which can be purchased from an insurance company and which complies
with the terms of this Plan; and/or (4) in designated sums from time to time as elected by
the Participant. All Optional Forms of Distribution that are elected by the Sponsoring
Employer in the Adoption Agreement are available on a non-discriminatory basis and are not
subject to the Administrator’s discretion.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Partial Distributions. If a Participant receives a distribution of less than 100% of his
or her Vested Aggregate Account balance, then the Administrator will determine the portion
(including zero) of the distribution that will be made from each of the Participant’s
sub-accounts, provided that any such determination is made in a uniform nondiscriminatory
manner.
	 
	 	(e)	 	Time of Distribution. Distribution will be made under this Section (1) if elected in the
Adoption Agreement, within an administratively reasonable time after the date on which a
Participant who suffers a Disability Terminates Employment with the Employer on account of
the Disability; or (2) if elected in the Adoption Agreement, on the date that a distribution
is to be made to a Terminated Participant under Section 5.4

	5.4	 	Distribution of Benefit Upon Termination of Employment. Unless a mandatory cash-out occurs
under Section 5.5 or a distribution occurs under Section 5.1, 5.2, or 5.3, the benefit that a
Terminated Participant is entitled to receive under Section 4.5 will be distributed in the
following manner:

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 88 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(a)	 	Normal Form of Distribution in a 401(k) Plan or Profit Sharing Plan. If the Plan is
either a 401(k) Plan or a profit sharing plan, then a Participant’s benefit will be
distributed in the form that is elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Adoption Agreement;
the permitted Normal Forms of Distribution are (1) a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity;
(2) a lump sum payment; or (3) Substantially Equal monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual
cash installment payments over a period certain which does not extend beyond the life of the
Participant; the joint lives of the Participant and a designated Beneficiary; or a period
certain not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Participant and a designated
Beneficiary. If the Normal Form of Distribution is Substantially Equal installment payments,
then the lump sum value of the Participant’s benefit either may be segregated and separately
invested and the Substantially Equal installments will be paid from the Plan; may remain
invested in the Trust’s assets and the Substantially Equal installments will be paid from the
Plan; or may be used to purchase a nontransferable immediate or deferred annuity that is
selected by the Employer and that complies with the terms of the Plan from an insurance
company to provide for such Substantially Equal installments.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Normal Form of Distribution in a Money Purchase Pension Plan. If the Plan is a money
purchase pension plan, then the Normal Form of Distribution is a Qualified Joint and Survivor
Annuity if the Participant has not died before the Annuity Starting Date.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Optional Forms of Distribution. If elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Adoption
Agreement, then a Participant may waive the Normal Form of Distribution and elect to have his
or her benefit distributed in an Optional Form of Distribution. The permitted Optional Forms
of Distribution are (1) a lump sum payment; (2) Substantially Equal monthly, quarterly,
semi-annual or annual cash installment payments over a period certain which does not extend
beyond the life of the Participant; the joint lives of the Participant and a designated
Beneficiary; or a period certain not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Participant
and a designated Beneficiary. If an Optional Form of Distribution is Substantially Equal
installment payments, then the lump sum value of the Participant’s benefit either may be
segregated and separately invested and the Substantially Equal installments will be paid from
the Plan; may remain invested in the Trust’s assets and the Substantially Equal installments
will be paid from the Plan; or may be used to purchase a nontransferable immediate or
deferred annuity that is selected by the Employer and that complies with the terms of the
Plan from an insurance company to provide for such Substantially Equal installments; (3) a
non-transferable annuity which can be purchased from an insurance company and which complies
with the terms of this Plan; and/or (4) in designated sums from time to time as elected by
the Participant. All Optional Forms of Distribution that are elected by the Sponsoring
Employer in the Adoption Agreement are available on a non-discriminatory basis and are not
subject
to the Administrator’s discretion.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Partial Distributions. If a Participant receives a distribution of less than 100% of his
or her Vested Aggregate Account balance, then the Administrator will determine the portion
(including zero) of the distribution that will be made from each of the Participant’s
sub-accounts, provided that any such determination is made in a uniform nondiscriminatory
manner.
	 
	 	(e)	 	Time of Distribution. Distribution will be made under this Section within an
administratively reasonable time after the occurrence of the event as elected by the
Sponsoring Employer in the Adoption Agreement.

	5.5	 	Mandatory Cash-Out of Benefits. If elected in the Adoption Agreement, the Vested Aggregate
Account balance of a Participant who has Terminated Employment, who is entitled to a distribution
under Sections 5.1, 5.2, 5.3 or 5.4 and who satisfies the requirements set forth below will be
distributed without the Participant’s consent in accordance with the following provisions:

	 	(a)	 	General Rule. Distribution can only be made under this Section if a Participant’s Vested
Aggregate Account balance on or after the date of Termination of Employment does not exceed
the amount elected in the Adoption Agreement. Distribution will be made as soon as
administratively feasible after the Participant Terminates Employment.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Later Distribution if Account Falls to the Threshold. If a Participant would have
received a distribution under paragraph (a) but for the fact that his or her Vested Aggregate
Account exceeded the cash-out threshold elected in the Adoption Agreement, and if at a later
time the Participant’s Vested Aggregate Account is reduced to an amount not greater than the
cash-out threshold, the Administrator will distribute such Vested Aggregate Account in a lump
sum without the Participant’s consent as soon as administratively feasible after the date the
Participant’s Vested Aggregate Account no longer exceeds the cash-out threshold.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 89 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(c)	 	Cash-out Threshold and the Participant’s Rollover Contribution Account. If the cash-out
threshold elected in the Adoption Agreement is $5,000, then effective January 1, 2002, the
determination of whether a Participant’s Vested Aggregate Account exceeds $5,000 may be made
by excluding the Participant’s Rollover Contribution Account (if any). If the cash-out
threshold elected in the Adoption Agreement is any amount other than $5,000, the
determination of whether a Participant’s Vested Aggregate Account balance exceeds such amount
must be made by including the Participant’s Rollover Contribution Account (if any).

	 	(d)	 	Cash-out Threshold Exceeds $1,000. If the cash-out threshold exceeds $1,000 at any time,
then a mandatory cash-out distribution under this paragraph will, at the election of the
Participant, be made as a lump sum cash payment or as a direct rollover under Section 5.14.
Prior to March 28, 2005, if the Participant does not elect to have the distribution paid
directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the Participant in a direct rollover or
to receive the distribution as a lump sum cash payment, then the Administrator will pay the
distribution as a lump sum cash payment. However, if the cash-out threshold ever exceeds
$1,000 on or after March 28, 2005, the remaining provisions of this paragraph apply. In the
event of a mandatory cash-out distribution greater than $1,000, if the Participant does not
elect to have such distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the
Participant in a direct rollover or to receive the distribution as a lump sum cash payment,
the Administrator will pay the distribution in an automatic direct rollover to an individual
retirement plan designated by the Administrator. Such individual retirement plan, as defined
in Code §7701(a)(37), may be either an individual retirement account within the meaning of
Code §408(a) or an individual retirement annuity within the meaning of Code §408(b); either
of which will subsequently be referred to as an IRA. The Administrator will establish the IRA
at a qualified
financial institution by selecting an IRA trustee, custodian or issuer that is unrelated to
the Employer or the Administrator (unless subsequent rules or Regulations permit otherwise),
and will make the initial investment choices for the IRA.
An automatic direct rollover will occur not less than 30 days and not more than 90 days
(or such other time as permitted by law) after the Code §402(f) notice with the
explanation of the automatic direct rollover is provided to the Participant. The
determination of whether a mandatory cash-out distribution exceeds $1,000 will be made by
including the Participant’s Rollover Contribution Account (if any).
	 
	 	(e)	 	Cash-out Threshold Does Not Exceed $1,000. If the cash-out threshold is $1,000 or less at
any time, a mandatory cash-out distribution under this paragraph will, at the election of the
Participant, be made as a lump sum cash payment or as a direct rollover under Section 5.14.
If the Participant does not elect to have the distribution paid directly to an eligible
retirement plan specified by the Participant in a direct rollover or to receive the
distribution as a lump sum cash payment, the Administrator will pay the distribution as a
lump sum cash payment; any such lump sum cash payment will occur not less than 30 days and
not more than 90 days (or such other time as permitted by law) after the Code §402(f) notice
is provided to the Participant.

	5.6	 	Restrictions on Immediate Distributions. If a Participant’s Vested Aggregate Account balance
exceeds the amount set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section and is Immediately Distributable,
then such account can only be distributed in accordance with the following provisions:

	 	(a)	 	General Rule. If (1) the Vested Aggregate Account balance (effective January 1, 2002,
determined before taking into account the Participant’s Rollover Contribution Account) of a
Participant who has Terminated Employment exceeds $5,000, or if there are remaining payments
to be made with respect to a particular distribution option that previously commenced, and
(2) such amount is Immediately Distributable, then the Participant (and, with respect to any
portion of the Participant’s Account which is subject to the Qualified Joint and Survivor
Annuity requirements of Code §401(a)(11) and Code §417, the Participant’s Spouse, if any (or
where either the Participant or Spouse has died, the survivor)), must consent to any
distribution of such amount. If (1) the Vested Aggregate Account balance (effective January
1, 2002, determined before taking into account the Participant’s Rollover Contribution
Account) of a Participant who has Terminated Employment does not exceed $5,000, but (if
applicable) exceeds the cash-out threshold that the Sponsoring Employer elects in the
Adoption Agreement, and (2) such amount is Immediately Distributable, then only the
Participant (or where the Participant has died, the Participant’s Spouse or Beneficiary) must
consent to any distribution of such amount.
	 
	 	(b)	 	General Consent Requirement. The consent of the Participant (and, with respect to any
portion of the Participant’s Account which is subject to the Qualified Joint and Survivor
Annuity requirements of Code §401(a)(11) and Code §417, the Participant’s Spouse, if any (or
where either the Participant or Spouse has died, the survivor)) to any benefit that is
Immediately Distributable must be obtained in writing within the

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 90 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

90-day period (or such other period as may be required by law) ending on the Annuity
Starting Date. However, (1) with respect to any portion of the Participant’s Account
which is not subject to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements of Code
§401(a)(11) and Code §417, the Participant will not be required to consent to a
distribution that is required by Code §401(a)(9) or §415; and (2) with respect to any
portion of the Participant’s Account which is subject to the Qualified Joint and Survivor
Annuity requirements of Code §401(a)(11) and Code §417, (A) only the Participant must
consent to the distribution of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity while the benefit
is Immediately Distributable, and (B) neither the Participant (nor the Participant’s
Spouse, if any) will be required to consent to a distribution that is required under the
terms of Code §401(a)(9) or Code §415.

	 	(c)	 	Notification Requirement. The Administrator must notify the Participant (and, with
respect to any portion of the Participant’s Account which is subject to the Qualified Joint
and Survivor Annuity requirements of Code §401(a)(11) and Code §417, the Participant’s
Spouse) of the right to defer any distribution until it is no longer Immediately
Distributable. Notification will include a general explanation of the material features and
relative values of the optional forms of benefit available in a manner that would satisfy the
notice requirements of Code §417(a)(3); and will be provided no less than 30 days or more
than 90 days (or such other period as may be required by law) prior to the Annuity Starting
Date. Notwithstanding the other requirements of this Section, the respective notices
prescribed by this Section need not be given to a Participant if: (1) the Plan “fully
subsidizes” the costs of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or Qualified Pre-Retirement
Survivor Annuity;, and (2) the Plan does not allow the Participant to waive the Qualified
Joint and Survivor Annuity or Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity, and does not allow a
Participant who has a Spouse to designate a non-Spouse Beneficiary. For purposes of this
Section, a plan fully subsidizes the costs of a benefit if no increases in cost, or decreases
in benefits to the Participant may result from the Participant’s failure to elect another
benefit.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Waiver of 30-Day Requirement. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary,
distribution of a Participant’s benefit may begin less than 30 days after the notice
described in paragraph (c) is given if (1) the Administrator clearly informs the Participant
that the Participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving notice to
consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution; (2) the Participant, after
receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution (or a particular distribution
option); and (3) with respect to any portion of the Participant’s Account which is subject to
the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements of Code §401(a)(11) and Code §417, the
Participant does not revoke the election at any time prior to the expiration of the 7-day
period that begins on the date the notice is given.
	 
	 	(e)	 	Consent Not Needed on Plan Termination. If upon Plan termination neither the Employer nor
an Affiliated Employer maintains another defined contribution plan other than an employee
stock ownership plan (ESOP) as defined in Code §4975(e)(7) or §409(a), then the Participant’s
benefit will, without the Participant’s consent (and, with respect to any portion of the
Participant’s Account which is subject to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity
requirements of Code §401(a)(11) and Code §417, without the Spouse’s consent), be distributed
to the Participant. If the Employer or an Affiliated Employer maintains another defined
contribution plan other than an ESOP, then the Participant’s benefit will, without the
Participant’s consent (and, with respect to any portion of the Participant’s Account which is
subject to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements of Code §401(a)(11) and Code
§417, without the Spouse’s consent), be transferred to the other plan if the Participant does
not consent to an immediate distribution under this Section. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
this paragraph will not apply to any portion of the Participant’s Account which is subject to
the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements of Code §401(a)(11) and Code §417 if
the Plan, upon termination, offers an annuity option purchased from a commercial provider
with respect to such portion of the Participant’s Account.

	5.7	 	Accounts of Reemployed Participants. If a Participant who is not 100% Vested in his or her
Participant’s
Account Terminates Employment with the Employer, a Forfeiture of all or a portion of the
Participant’s Account of the Participant who has Terminated Employment may have occurred, and the
Participant is subsequently reemployed by the Employer, then the Participant’s Account of the
reemployed Participant will be administered in accordance with the following provisions:

	 	(a)	 	Reemployment of a Participant After 5 Consecutive Breaks in Service. If the Participant
is reemployed by the Employer after incurring five consecutive Breaks in Service, then any
previous Forfeiture of the Participant’s Account will not be restored under the terms of this
Plan.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 91 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(b)	 	Reemployment of a Non-Vested Participant Before 5 Consecutive Breaks in Service. If a
Participant’s Vested Interest in the entire Participant’s Account attributable to Employer
contributions is 0% on the date the Participant Terminates Employment, the Participant is
deemed to have received a distribution of such Vested Interest on the date of such
Termination of Employment pursuant to the Section 3.13(a)(1), a Forfeiture of the
Participant’s Account attributable to Employer contributions occurs on the date of such
Termination of Employment pursuant to the Section 3.13(a)(1), and the Participant is
subsequently reemployed by the Employer before incurring five consecutive Breaks in Service,
then the previous Forfeiture of such Participant’s Account attributable to Employer
contributions will be restored, calculated as of the date that the Forfeiture occurred
(unadjusted by subsequent gains and losses). Furthermore, if a Participant’s Vested Interest
in the entire Participant’s Account attributable to Employer contributions is 0% on the date
the Participant Terminates Employment, a Forfeiture of the Participant’s Account attributable
to Employer contributions occurs on the date that a Participant incurs the number of
consecutive Breaks in Service after Termination of Employment that the Sponsoring Employer
elects in the Adoption Agreement pursuant to the Section 3.13(a)(2), and the Participant is
subsequently reemployed by the Employer before incurring five consecutive Breaks in Service,
then the previous Forfeiture of such Participant’s Account attributable to Employer
contributions will be restored, calculated as of the date that the Forfeiture occurred
(unadjusted by subsequent gains and losses). Such restoration of the previous Forfeiture
attributable to Employer contributions will occur in the Plan Year that such Participant is
reemployed by the Employer.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Reemployment of a Vested Participant Before 5 Consecutive Breaks in Service. If a
Participant’s Vested Interest in the Participant’s Account balance attributable to Employer
contributions is less than a 100% (but greater than 0%) on the date that the Participant
Terminates Employment, a Forfeiture of the non-Vested portion of the Participant’s Account
balance attributable to Employer contributions of the Participant who has Terminated
Employment may have occurred, and the Participant is subsequently reemployed by the Employer
before incurring five consecutive Breaks in Service, then the following provisions will
apply:

	 	(1)	 	Distribution Has Occurred But No Forfeiture Has Occurred. If a Forfeiture of the
non-Vested portion of the Participant’s Account attributable to Employer contributions
has not occurred but a distribution of all or a portion of the Participant’s Account of
the Participant who has Terminated Employment has occurred, then a separate bookkeeping
account will be established for the Participant’s Account at the time of distribution;
the Participant’s Vested Interest in the separate bookkeeping account at any relevant
time will be an amount (“X”) determined according to the following formula: X = P(AB + (R
x D)) - (R x D)). In applying the formula, “P” is the Vested Interest at the relevant
time, “AB” is the respective account balance at the relevant time, “D” is the amount of
the distribution, and “R” is the ratio of the respective account balance at the relevant
time to the respective account balance after the distribution.
	 
	 	(2)	 	No Distribution Has Occurred But Forfeiture Has Occurred. If the Sponsoring Employer
elects in the Adoption Agreement that a Forfeiture will occur when a Participant who has
Terminated Employment incurs a specified number of consecutive Breaks in Service that is
less than five (5) consecutive Breaks in Service, a Forfeiture of the non-Vested portion
of the Participant’s
Account balance attributable to Employer contributions has occurred when a Participant
who Terminated Employment incurred the specified number of consecutive Breaks in Service,
and the Participant who has Terminated Employment is reemployed by the Sponsoring
Employer or an Affiliated Employer before incurring five (5) consecutive Breaks in
Service and before receiving any distribution of the Vested Interest in his or her
Participant’s Account balance attributable to Employer contributions, then the previous
Forfeiture of such Participant’s Account balance attributable to Employer contributions
will be restored, calculated as of the date that the Forfeiture occurred (unadjusted by
subsequent gains and losses). Such restoration of the previous Forfeiture of such
Participant’s Account balance attributable to Employer contributions will occur in the
Plan Year that such Participant is reemployed by the Employer.
	 
	 	(3)	 	Both Distribution and Forfeiture Have Occurred. If a distribution of all or a portion
of the Vested Interest in the Participant’s Account of a Participant who has Terminated
Employment has occurred and a Forfeiture of the non-Vested portion of the Participant’s
Account attributable to Employer contributions has occurred (which may not necessarily
occur at the same time that the distribution occurs), then the previous Forfeiture of
such Participant’s Account balance attributable to Employer contributions will be
restored, calculated as of the date the Forfeiture occurred (unadjusted by subsequent
gains and losses) and based upon the Sponsoring Employer’s decision whether the
Participant is required to repay to the Plan the full amount of all distribution(s) which
were attributable to Employer contributions (and if this Plan is a 401(k) Plan, then
effective as of the first day of Plan

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 92 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

Year beginning in 2006 (or such earlier effective date as may be provided in a
separate amendment for implementing the final §401(k) Regulations and as permitted by
such Regulations), including Elective Deferrals). With respect to such decision of
the Sponsoring Employer whether the Participant is required to repay to the Plan the
full amount of all distribution(s) which were attributable to Employer contributions
(and if this Plan is a 401(k) Plan, then effective as of the first day of Plan Year
beginning in 2006 (or such earlier effective date as may be provided in a separate
amendment for implementing the final §401(k) Regulations and as permitted by such
Regulations), including Elective Deferrals) in order to have the previous Forfeiture
of such Participant’s Account balance attributable to Employer contributions be
restored, the following provisions will apply:

	 	(A)	 	Precedent Established. Once such decision by the Sponsoring Employer has been
made, such decision will establish precedence for the Plan and cannot be changed,
altered or modified.
	 
	 	(B)	 	Time of Restoration If Repayment Is Not Required. If, based upon the Sponsoring
Employer’s decision, the Participant is not required to repay to the Plan the full
amount of all distribution(s) which were attributable to Employer contributions (and
if this Plan is a 401(k) Plan, then effective as of the first day of Plan Year
beginning in 2006 (or such earlier effective date as may be provided in a separate
amendment for implementing the final §401(k) Regulations and as permitted by such
Regulations), including Elective Deferrals) in order to have the previous Forfeiture
of such Participant’s Account balance attributable to Employer contributions be
restored, then such restoration will occur in the Plan Year in which the Participant
is reemployed by the Employer.
	 
	 	(C)	 	Time of Restoration If Repayment Is Required. If, based upon the Sponsoring
Employer’s decision, the Participant is required to repay to the Plan the full amount
of all distribution(s) which were attributable to Employer contributions (and if this
Plan is a 401(k) Plan, then effective as of the first day of Plan Year beginning in
2006 (or such earlier effective date as may be provided in a separate amendment for
implementing the final §401(k) Regulations and as permitted by such Regulations),
including Elective Deferrals) in order to have the
previous Forfeiture of such Participant’s Account balance attributable to Employer
contributions be restored, then, such repayment by the Participant must be made
before the earlier of (i) five years after the Participant’s Reemployment
Commencement Date, or (ii) the date on which the Participant incurs five consecutive
Breaks in Service following the date of distribution of either the entire or the
remaining Vested Interest in the Participant’s Account. Such restoration of the
previous Forfeiture of such Participant’s Account balance attributable to Employer
contributions will occur in the Plan Year that the Participant repays to the Plan the
full (or any remaining) amount of the distribution which was attributable to Employer
contributions (and if this Plan is a 401(k) Plan, then effective as of the first day
of Plan Year beginning in 2006 (or such earlier effective date as may be provided in
a separate amendment for implementing the final §401(k) Regulations and as permitted
by such Regulations), including Elective Deferrals).

	 	(d)	 	Sources of Restoration of Previously Forfeited Amounts. The sources to restore a previous
Forfeiture of the non-Vested portion of the Participant’s Account balance attributable to
Employer contributions pursuant to this Section will be made first by using available
Forfeitures to restore the previous Forfeiture and, if such available Forfeitures are
insufficient to restore the previous Forfeiture, by the Employer making a special Employer
contribution to the Plan to the extent necessary to restore the previous Forfeiture.

	5.8	 	Waiver of Benefits and Spousal Consent. If following provisions apply to a Participant’s (or,
where applicable, a Participant’s Spouse’s) waiver of benefits under the Plan:

	 	(a)	 	Normal Form of Distribution Is Not a QJSA. If the Normal Form of Distribution is not a
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, all distributions can be made from the Plan to a
Participant without the consent of the Participant’s Spouse, except for any portion of the
Participant’s Account which is subject to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity
requirements of Code §401(a)(11) and Code §417. Subject to the provisions of the next
sentence, with regard to a death benefit payable to a Spouse, a Spouse can elect to waive
such death benefit under Section 5.2 of the Plan, but the election will not be effective
unless (1) the election is in writing; (2) the election designates a specific Beneficiary or
form of benefit which may not be changed without Spousal consent (or the Spouse’s consent
expressly permits designations by the Participant without

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 93 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

any requirement of further Spousal consent); and (3) the Spouse’s consent acknowledges
the effect of the election and is witnessed by the Administrator or a notary public. With
regard to a distribution of any portion of a Participant’s Account which is subject to
the QJSA and QPSA requirements of Code §401(a)(11) and Code §417, the provisions set
forth in paragraph (b) below apply.

	 	(b)	 	Normal Form of Distribution Is a QJSA. If the Normal Form of Distribution is a Qualified
Joint and Survivor Annuity, or with respect to any portion of a Participant’s Account which
is subject to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements of Code §401(a)(11) and
§417, the following provisions apply:

	 	(1)	 	Election to Waive a QJSA. A married Participant’s election to waive a Qualified Joint
and Survivor Annuity, or an unmarried Participant’s election to waive a life annuity,
must be in writing and must be made during the 90-day period (or such other period as may
be required by law) ending on the Annuity Starting Date. The election may be revoked in
writing and a new election may be made at any time and any number of times during the
election period.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Election to Waive a QPSA. A married Participant’s election to waive a Qualified
Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity must be in writing and must be made during an election
period
beginning on the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant reaches Age 35 and
ending on the date of his or her death.
The election may be revoked in writing and a new election made at any time and any
number of times during the election period. A terminated Participant’s election
period concerning his or her Vested Aggregate Account before Termination of
Employment will not begin later than such date. If elected in the Adoption Agreement
and the Participant has not completed a designation form specifying the time and/or
form of payment of the Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity prior to the
Participant’s death, then the surviving Spouse may elect to receive the Qualified
Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity in any optional form of payment permitted in Section
5.2 and as elected in the Adoption Agreement.
	 
	 	(3)	 	Special Pre-Age 35 QPSA Election. A Participant who has not yet reached Age 35 as of
the end of any current Plan Year may make a special election to waive a Qualified
Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity for the period beginning on the date of such election and
ending on the first day of the Plan Year in which such Participant reaches Age 35. This
election will not be valid unless the Participant receives the same written explanation
of the Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity set forth in subparagraph (4). Qualified
Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity coverage will be automatically reinstated as of the first
day of the Plan Year in which the Participant reaches Age 35. A new election to waive a
Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity on or after such date is subject to the full
requirements of this Section.
	 
	 	(4)	 	Required Written Explanation. In the case of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity,
the Administrator will no less than 30 days and no more than 90 days (or such other
period as may be required by law) prior to the Annuity Starting Date provide to each
Participant a written explanation of: (A) the terms and conditions of a Qualified Joint
and Survivor Annuity; (B) the Participant’s right to make and the effect of an election
to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity form of benefit; (C) the rights of a
Participant’s Spouse; and (D) the right to make, and the effect of, a revocation of a
previous election to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. The Annuity Starting
Date for a distribution in a form other than a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity may
be less than 30 days after receipt of the written explanation described in the preceding
sentence provided: (A) the Participant has been provided with information that clearly
indicates that the Participant has at least 30 days to consider whether to waive the
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and elect (with Spousal consent) to a form of
distribution other than a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity; (B) the Participant is
permitted to revoke any affirmative distribution election at least until the Annuity
Starting Date or, if later, at any time prior to the expiration of the 7-day period that
begins the day after the explanation of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is
provided to the Participant; and (C) the Annuity Starting Date is a date after the date
that the written explanation was provided to the Participant. In the case of a Qualified
Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity, the Administrator will provide each Participant within
the Applicable Period as defined in paragraph (5) with a written explanation of the
Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity in such terms and in such manner as would be
comparable to the written explanation applicable to a Qualified Joint and Survivor
Annuity as set forth herein.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 94 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(5)	 	Applicable Period. The term “Applicable Period” means whichever of the following
periods ends last: (A) the period beginning with the first day of the Plan Year in which
the Participant attains Age 32 and ending with the close of the Plan Year preceding the
Plan Year in which the Participant attains Age 35; (B) a reasonable period after the
individual becomes a Participant in the Plan; (C) a reasonable period ending after the
requirements of Code §401(a)(11) apply to the Participant; or (D) a reasonable period
ending after the requirements of Code §417(a)(5) cease to apply with respect to the
Participant. For purposes of this paragraph, a reasonable period
means the end of the two year period beginning one year prior to the date the applicable
event occurs, and ending one year after that date.
	 
	 	(6)	 	Participants Who Terminate Before Age 35. If a Participant Terminates Employment
before the Plan Year in which he or she reaches Age 35, then the notice required under
subparagraph (4) will be provided within the two year period beginning one year prior to
such Termination of Employment and ending one year after such Termination of Employment.
If such Participant thereafter returns to employment with the Employer, then the
Applicable Period for such Participant will be redetermined.
	 
	 	(7)	 	Elections Must Have Spousal Consent. A Participant’s election not to receive a
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or a Participant’s election not to receive a
Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity will not be effective unless (A) the
Participant’s Spouse consents in writing to the election; (B) the election designates a
specific Beneficiary (or form of benefit) which may not be changed without Spousal
consent (or the consent of the Spouse expressly permits designations by the Participant
without any requirement of further Spousal consent); and (C) the Spouse’s consent
acknowledges the effect of the election and is witnessed by the Administrator or a notary
public.
	 
	 	(8)	 	Additional Requirements and Exceptions For Spousal Consent. Notwithstanding
subparagraph (7) above, a Spouse’s consent will not be required if there is no Spouse, if
the Spouse cannot be located, or if there are other circumstances (as set forth in the
Code or Regulations) which preclude the necessity of such Spouse’s consent. Any consent
by a Participant’s Spouse (or establishment that consent cannot be obtained) will be
effective only with respect to such Spouse. A consent that permits designations by the
Participant without any requirement of further Spousal consent must acknowledge that the
Spouse has the right to limit consent to a specific Beneficiary, and a specific form of
benefit where applicable, and that the Spouse voluntarily elects to relinquish either or
both of such rights. A revocation of a prior election may be made by a Participant
without the Spouse’s consent at any time before benefits begin.
No Spouse’s consent obtained under subparagraph (7) will be valid unless the
Participant has received notice as provided in subparagraph (4) above.

	5.9	 	Required Minimum Distributions. All distributions from the Plan will be determined and made in
accordance with the final and temporary Regulations under Code §401(a)(9) on April 17, 2002.
Pursuant to those Regulations, all distributions will be determined in accordance with the
following provisions:

	 	(a)	 	General Rules. All distributions hereunder will be made in accordance with the following
general rules:

	 	(1)	 	Effective Date. Unless an earlier effective date is specified in the Adoption
Agreement, the provisions of this Section will apply for purposes of determining required
minimum distributions for calendar years beginning with the 2003 calendar year.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Coordination with Minimum Distribution Requirements Previously in Effect. If the
Adoption Agreement specifies an effective date of this Section that is earlier than
calendar years beginning with the 2003 calendar year, then required minimum distributions
for 2002 under this Section will be determined as follows: If the total amount of 2002
required minimum distributions under the Plan made to the distributee prior to the
effective date of this Section equals or exceeds the required minimum distributions
determined under this Section, then no additional distributions will be required to be
made for 2002 on or after such date to the distributee. If the total amount of 2002
required minimum distributions under the plan made to the distributee prior to the
effective date of this Section is less than the amount determined under this Section,
then required minimum distributions for 2002 on and after such date will be
determined so that the total amount of required minimum distributions for 2002 made to
the distributee will be the amount determined under this Section.
	 
	 	(3)	 	Precedence. The requirements of this Section will take precedence over any
inconsistent provisions of the Plan and any prior Plan amendments.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 95 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(4)	 	Requirements of Regulations Incorporated. All distributions required under this
Section will be determined and made in accordance with the Regulations under Code
§401(a)(9).
	 
	 	(5)	 	TEFRA §242(b)(2) Elections. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section,
distributions may be made under a designation made before January 1, 1984, in accordance
with Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act (TEFRA) §242(b)(2) and the provisions of
the Plan that relate to TEFRA §242(b)(2).

	 	(b)	 	Time and Manner of Distribution. All required minimum distributions will be made from the
Plan in the following time and in the following manner:

	 	(1)	 	Required Beginning Date. The Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or
begin to be distributed, to the Participant no later than the Participant’s Required
Beginning Date.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin. If the Participant dies before
distribution begins, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed (or begin to
be distributed) not later than as follows:

	 	(A)	 	5-Year Rule Applies to All Distributions to Designated Beneficiaries. If the
Participant dies before distributions begin and there is a Designated Beneficiary,
the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed to the Designated Beneficiary
by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the
Participant’s death. If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole
Designated Beneficiary and the surviving Spouse dies after the Participant but before
distributions to either the Participant or the surviving Spouse begin, this
subparagraph will apply as if the surviving Spouse were the Participant. This
subparagraph also applies to all distributions.
	 
	 	(B)	 	Life Expectancy Rule. Notwithstanding subparagraph (b)(2)(A), if the Sponsoring
Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement to permit a Participant (or, if no election
has been made by the Participant prior to the Participant’s death, then the
Participant’s Designated Beneficiary) to elect the Life Expectancy rule, then a
Participant (or, if no election has been made by the Participant prior to the
Participant’s death, then the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary) may elect on an
individual basis whether the Life Expectancy rule applies to distributions after the
death of a Participant who has a Designated Beneficiary. The election must be made no
later than September 30th of the calendar year in which distribution would be
required to begin under this subparagraph (b)(2)(B). If neither the Participant nor
the Beneficiary makes an election under this subparagraph (or the election is
received later than September 30th of the calendar year in which distribution would
be required to begin under this subparagraph (b)(2)(B)), then distributions will be
made in accordance with the 5-Year rule of subparagraph (b)(2)(A) above. The
following provisions relate to the Life Expectancy rule under this subparagraph
(b)(2)(B):

	 	(i)	 	Surviving Spouse Is the Sole Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant’s
surviving Spouse is the sole Designated Beneficiary, then distributions to the
surviving Spouse will begin by the later of [a] December 31 of the calendar year
immediately following
the calendar year in which the Participant died, or [b] December 31 of the
calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 701/2.
	 
	 	(ii)	 	Surviving Spouse Is Not the Sole Designated Beneficiary. If the
Participant’s surviving Spouse is not the sole Designated Beneficiary, then
distributions to the Designated Beneficiary will begin by December 31 of the
calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant
died.
	 
	 	(iii)	 	No Designated Beneficiary. If there is no Designated Beneficiary as of
September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, then the
Participant’s entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar
year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.
	 
	 	(iv)	 	Surviving Spouse Dies Before Distributions Begin. If the Participant’s
surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary and the
surviving Spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to the
surviving Spouse begin, then this subparagraph (b)(2)(B), other than subparagraph
(b)(2)(B)(i), will apply as if the surviving Spouse were the Participant.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 96 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(v)	 	Election to Allow Designated Beneficiary Receiving Distributions Under 5-Year
Rule to Elect Life Expectancy Distributions. A Designated Beneficiary who is
receiving payments under the 5-Year rule may make a new election to receive
payments under the Life Expectancy rule until December 31, 2003, provided that
all amounts that would have been required to be distributed under the Life
Expectancy rule for all Distribution Calendar Years before 2004 are distributed
by the earlier of December 31, 2003 or the end of the 5-Year period.

	 	(C)	 	Date Distributions Are Deemed To Begin. For purposes of this subparagraph (b)(2)
and paragraph (d), unless subparagraph (b)(2)(B)(iv) above applies, distributions are
considered to begin on the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. If subparagraph
(b)(2)(B)(iv) above applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date
distributions are required to begin to the surviving Spouse under subparagraph
(b)(2)(B)(i) above. If distributions under an annuity purchased from an insurance
company irrevocably commence to the Participant before the Participant’s Required
Beginning Date (or to the Participant’s surviving Spouse before the date
distributions are required to begin to the surviving Spouse under subparagraph
(b)(2)(B)(i)), then the date distributions are considered to begin is the date
distributions actually commence.

	 	(3)	 	Forms of Distribution. Unless the Participant’s interest is distributed as an annuity
purchased from an insurance company or in a single sum on or before the Required
Beginning Date, as of the first Distribution Calendar Year distributions will be made in
accordance with paragraphs (c) and (d). If the Participant’s interest is distributed as
an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will be made in
accordance with the requirements of Code §401(a)(9) and the Regulations.

	 	(c)	 	Required Minimum Distributions During the Participant’s Lifetime. The amount of required
minimum distributions during a Participant’s lifetime will be determined as follows:

	 	(1)	 	Amount of Required Distribution for Each Distribution Calendar Year. During the
Participant’s lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed each Distribution
Calendar Year is the lesser of (A) the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s
Account Balance by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in
Regulation §1.401(a)(9)-9, using
the Participant’s age as of the Participant’s birthday in the Distribution Calendar Year;
or (B) if the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary for the Distribution Calendar
Year is the Participant’s Spouse, then the quotient obtained by dividing the
Participant’s Account Balance by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set
forth in Regulation §1.401(a)(9)-9, using the Participant’s and Spouse’s attained ages as
of the Participant’s and Spouse’s birthdays in the Distribution Calendar Year.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Required Minimum Distributions Continue Through Year of Participant’s Death. Required
minimum distributions will be determined under this paragraph (c) beginning with the
first Distribution Calendar Year and up to and including the Distribution Calendar Year
that includes the Participant’s date of death.

	 	(d)	 	Required Minimum Distributions After the Participant’s Death. Required minimum
distributions will be made after a Participant’s death in accordance with the following
provisions:

	 	(1)	 	Death On or After Distributions Begins. If a Participant dies on or after the date
distribution begins, then the amount of a required minimum distribution will be
determined as follows:

	 	(A)	 	Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or
after the date distributions begin and there is a Designated Beneficiary, then the
minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after the
year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the
Participant’s Account Balance by the longer of the remaining Life Expectancy of the
Participant or the remaining Life Expectancy of the Designated Beneficiary,
determined in accordance with the following provisions:

	 	(i)	 	Calculation of Participant’s Remaining Life Expectancy. The Participant’s
remaining Life Expectancy is calculated using the age of the Participant in the
year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 97 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(ii)	 	Surviving Spouse Is Sole Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant’s
surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, then the
remaining Life Expectancy of the surviving Spouse is calculated for each
Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death using the
surviving Spouse’s age as of the Spouse’s birthday in that Distribution Calendar
Year. For Distribution Calendar Years after the year of the surviving Spouse’s
death, the remaining Life Expectancy of the surviving Spouse is calculated using
the age of the surviving Spouse as of the Spouse’s birthday in the calendar year
of the Spouse’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year.
	 
	 	(iii)	 	Surviving Spouse Is Not Sole Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant’s
surviving Spouse is not the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, then the
Designated Beneficiary’s remaining Life Expectancy is calculated using the age of
the Beneficiary in the year following the year of the Participant’s death,
reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year.

	 	(B)	 	No Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or after the date
distributions begin and there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the
year after the year of the Participant’s death, then the minimum amount that will be
distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s
death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account Balance by the
Participant’s remaining Life Expectancy calculated using the age of the Participant
in the year of death, reduced by one each subsequent year.

	 	(2)	 	Death Before the Date Distribution Begins. If a Participant dies before the date
distribution begins, then the amount of a required minimum distribution will be
determined as follows:

	 	(A)	 	Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If (i) the Sponsoring Employer
elects in the Adoption Agreement to permit a Participant (or, if no election has been
made by the Participant prior to the Participant’s death, then the Participant’s
Designated Beneficiary) to elect the Life Expectancy rule of subparagraph (b)(2)(B);
(ii) the Participant dies before the date distributions begin; and (iii) there is a
Designated Beneficiary, then the minimum amount that will be distributed for each
Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient
obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account Balance by the remaining Life
Expectancy of the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary, determined as provided in
subparagraph (d)(1).
	 
	 	(B)	 	No Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies before the date distributions
begin and there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following
the year of the Participant’s death, then distribution of the Participant’s entire
interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth
anniversary of the Participant’s death.
	 
	 	(C)	 	Death of Surviving Spouse Before Distributions to Surviving Spouse Are Required
to Begin.
If (i) the Sponsoring Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement to permit a
Participant (or, if no election has been made by the Participant prior to the
Participant’s death, then the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary) to elect the
Life Expectancy rule of subparagraph (b)(2)(B); (ii) the Participant dies before
the date distributions begin; (iii) the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the
Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary; and (iv) the surviving Spouse dies
before distributions are required to begin to the surviving Spouse under
subparagraph (b)(2)(B)(i), then this subparagraph (d)(2) will apply as if the
surviving Spouse were the Participant.

	5.10	 	Statutory Commencement of Benefits. Unless the Participant otherwise elects, distribution of a
Participant’s benefit must begin no later than the 60th day after the latest of the close of the
Plan Year in which the Participant (a) reaches the earlier of Age 65 or Normal Retirement Age; (b)
reaches the 10th anniversary of the year that the Participant commenced Plan participation; or (c)
Terminates Employment with the Employer. However, the failure of a Participant (and, with respect
to any portion of the Participant’s Account which is subject to the Qualified Joint and Survivor
Annuity requirements of Code §401(a)(11) and Code §417, the Participant’s Spouse) to consent to a
distribution while a benefit is Immediately Distributable will be deemed to be an election to defer
the payment (or the commencement of the payment) of any benefit sufficient to satisfy this Section.
In addition, if this Plan provides for an Early Retirement Date, then a Participant who satisfied
the service requirement (if applicable) for Early Retirement Age prior to Termination of Employment
will be entitled to receive his or her Vested Aggregate Account balance, if any, upon (a) the
satisfaction of the age requirement (if applicable) for Early Retirement Age, and (b) reaching the
Participant’s Early Retirement Date.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 98 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	5.11	 	Post-Termination Earnings. As of the Valuation Date coinciding with or next following the date
a Participant Terminates Employment with the Employer for any reason, the Administrator will, until
a distribution is made to the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary in accordance with
Sections 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, or 5.5, direct the Trustee in a uniform nondiscriminatory manner to
either (a) invest the Participant’s Vested Aggregate Account balance determined as of such
Valuation Date in a separate interest bearing account; or (b) leave the Participant’s Vested
Aggregate Account balance as part of the general Trust Fund. If the Participant’s Vested Aggregate
Account balance remains as part of the general Trust Fund, then such account will either (a) share
in the allocation of net earnings and losses under Section 3.12 as a non-segregated account, or (b)
be granted interest at a rate consistent with the interest bearing investments of the Trust Fund.
	 
	5.12	 	Distribution in the Event of Legal Incapacity. If any person entitled to benefits (the
“Payee”) is under any legal incapacity by virtue of age or mental condition, then payments may be
made in one or more of the following ways as directed by the Administrator: (a) to a
court-appointed guardian of the Payee; (b) to the person or entity that has a valid power of
attorney of the Payee or the Payee’s estate; (c) any other person or entity authorized under State
(or Commonwealth) law to receive benefits on behalf of the Payee; or (d) if the Payee is a minor,
to the authorized person or entity of the Payee (e.g., custodian or guardian) under any State’s (or
Commonwealth’s) Uniform Transfers to Minors Act or Uniform Gifts to Minors Act.
	 
	5.13	 	Missing Payees and Unclaimed Benefits. With respect to a Participant or Beneficiary who has
not claimed any benefit (the “missing payee”) to which such missing payee is entitled, and with
respect to any Participant or Beneficiary who has not satisfied the administrative requirements for
benefit payment, the Administrator may elect to either (a) to segregate the benefit into an
interest bearing account, in which event an annual maintenance fee as may be set from time to time
in a policy established by the Sponsoring Employer may be assessed against the segregated account;
(b) subject to a policy established by the Administrator, distribute the benefit at any time in any
manner which is sanctioned by the Internal Revenue Service and/or the Department of Labor, which
may include (but not be limited to) (1) distribute the benefit in a automatic direct rollover to an
individual retirement plan designated by the Administrator; such individual retirement plan, as
defined in Code §7701(a)(37), may be either an individual retirement account within the meaning of
Code §408(a) or an individual retirement annuity within the meaning of Code §408(b); or (2)
distribute the benefit to the Pension Benefit Guarantee Corporation or any other authorized Federal
Department or agency; (c) distribute the benefit to any person or entity who is appointed under
State (or Commonwealth) law to act as a duly authorized guardian, legal representative,
conservator, or power of attorney; or (d) treat the entire benefit as a Forfeiture. If a missing
payee whose benefit has been forfeited is located, or if a payee whose benefit has been forfeited
for failure to satisfy the administrative requirements for benefit payment subsequently satisfies
such administrative requirements and claims his or her benefit, and if the Plan has not terminated
(or if the Plan has terminated, all benefits have not yet been paid), then the benefit will be
restored. The Administrator, on a case by case basis, may elect to restore the benefit by the use
of earnings from non-segregated assets of the Fund, by Employer contributions, by available
Forfeitures of the Forfeiture Account, or by any combination thereof. However, if any such payee
has not been located (or satisfied the administrative requirements for benefit payment) by the time
the Plan terminates and all benefits have been distributed from the Plan, then the Forfeiture of
such unpaid benefit will not be restored.
	 
	5.14	 	Direct Rollovers. This Section applies to distributions made after December 31, 2001.
Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a
distributee’s election, a distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the
Plan, to have any portion of an eligible rollover distribution that is equal to at least $500 paid
directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee in a direct rollover. If an
eligible rollover distribution is less than $500, then a distributee may not make the election
described in the preceding sentence to rollover a portion of the eligible rollover distribution.

	 	(a)	 	Definition of Eligible Rollover Distribution. The term “eligible rollover distribution”
means any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the distributee,
except that an eligible rollover distribution does not include (1) any distribution that is
one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually)
made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives (or joint life
expectancies) of the distributee and the distributee’s designated beneficiary, or for a
specified period of ten years or more; (2) any distribution to the extent such distribution
is required under Code §401(a)(9); (3) the portion of any distribution that is not includible
in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation
with respect to Employer securities); (4) the portion of any distribution which is
attributable to a financial hardship distribution; and (5) any other distribution that is
reasonably expected to total less than $200 during a year.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 99 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(b)	 	Voluntary and Mandatory Employee Contributions as Eligible Rollover Distributions.
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, with respect to distributions made
after December 31, 2001, an eligible rollover distribution may include either Voluntary
Employee Contributions or Mandatory Employee Contributions which are not includible in gross
income; however, the portion of an eligible rollover distribution attributable to Voluntary
Employee Contributions or Mandatory Employee Contributions can be paid only to an individual
retirement account or annuity described in Code §408(a) or (b), or to a qualified defined
contribution plan described in Code §401(a) or §403(a) that agrees to separately account for
amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution
which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so
includible. Furthermore, in accordance with the Job Creation and Worker Assistance Act of
2002, when a distribution includes either Voluntary Employee Contributions or Mandatory
Employee Contributions which are not includible in gross income, the amount that is rolled
over will first be attributed to amounts includible in gross income.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Definition of Eligible Retirement Plan. With respect to distributions made after December
31, 2001, the term “eligible retirement plan” means an individual retirement account
described in Code §408(a); an individual retirement annuity described in Code §408(b); an
annuity plan described in Code §403(a); an annuity contract described in Code §403(b); a
qualified trust described in Code §401(a); or an eligible deferred compensation plan under
Code §457(b) which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency
or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to
separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan. This definition of
eligible retirement plan will also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving Spouse,
or to a Spouse or former Spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic
relation order, as defined in Code §414(p); such distribution will be made in the same manner
as if the Spouse was the Employee. If any portion of an eligible rollover distribution is
attributable to payments or distributions from an individual’s Roth Elective Deferral Account
(or the segregated portion of an individual’s Rollover Contribution Account that is
attributable to Roth Elective Deferrals), then an eligible retirement plan with respect to
such portion will only be either another plan’s designated Roth account of the individual
from whose account the payments or distributions were made, or such individual’s Roth IRA.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Definition of Distributee. The term “distributee” means an Employee or former Employee.
In addition, an Employee’s or former Employee’s surviving Spouse and an Employee’s or former
Employee’s Spouse or former Spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic
relations order as defined in Code §414(p), are distributees with regard to the interest of
the Spouse or former Spouse. With respect to any portion of a distribution that is made after
December 31, 2006 from an eligible retirement plan of a deceased Employee, a distributee for
purposes of a direct trustee-to trustee transfer will include an individual who is the
Designated Beneficiary of the Employee and who is not the surviving Spouse of the Employee.
	 
	 	(e)	 	Definition of Direct Rollover. The term “Direct Rollover” means a payment by the Plan to
the eligible retirement plan that is specified by the distributee.
	 
	 	(f)	 	Direct Rollover Rules for Roth Elective Deferral Account. The Plan will not provide for a
direct rollover for distributions from a Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral Account if the
amount of the distributions that are eligible rollover distributions are reasonably expected
to total less than $200 during a year. In addition, any distribution from a Participant’s
Roth Elective Deferral Account is not taken into account in determining whether distributions
from the other Participant’s Account(s) are reasonably expected to total less than $200
during a year. Furthermore, the provision of this Section that allows a Participant to elect
a direct rollover of only a portion of an eligible rollover distribution (but only if the
amount rolled over is at least $500) is applied by treating any amount distributed from the
Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral Account as a separate distribution from any amount
distributed from the other Participant’s Account(s) in the Plan, even if the amounts are
distributed at
the same time.

	5.15	 	Distribution of Property. The determination to pay any distribution in property will be made
by the Administrator in its sole discretion applied in a nondiscriminatory manner that does not
discriminate in favor of Participants who are HCEs. However, if this is an amended or restated
Plan, then the payee will have the right to elect a full or partial distribution in property
pursuant to and limited by the provisions of Section 11.1(e).

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 100 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	5.16	 	Financial Hardship Distributions. If the Plan is a profit sharing plan or a 401(k) Plan, and
if elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Adoption Agreement, then a Participant who is still an
Employee may make a written request to the Administrator that a distribution be made to the
Participant because of his or her immediate and heavy financial hardship. Any such distribution
will be made in accordance with the provisions of an administrative policy regarding financial
hardship distributions that is promulgated under Section 8.6 by the Administrator; such
administrative policy will include (but not be limited to): (a) the Participant’s accounts (or
sub-accounts) that are available for financial hardship distributions; (b) the maximum percentages
of such accounts (or sub-accounts) that may be distributed for financial hardships; and (c) the
standards that will be used for determining whether a Participant has incurred a financial hardship
for purposes of financial hardship distributions from accounts (or sub-accounts) other than
Elective Deferrals. Such standards must be based on non-discriminatory and objective criteria. If
the Plan is a 401(k) Plan, then any distribution under this Section of a Participant’s Pre-Tax
Elective Deferrals may include any allocable earnings that are credited to such Participant’s
Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account as of the later of December 31, 1988 or the end of the last Plan
Year ending before July 1, 1989, any Qualified Non-Elective Contributions (and allocable earnings)
as of the later of December 31, 1988 or the end of the last Plan Year ending before July 1, 1989,
and any Qualified Matching Contributions (and allocable earnings) as of the later of December 31,
1988 or the end of the last Plan Year ending before July 1, 1989. If the Normal Form of
Distribution as elected in the Adoption Agreement is a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, then
any distribution under this Section is subject to the Spousal consent requirements of Code
§401(a)(11) and §417, pursuant to Section 5.8. If the Plan is a 401(k) Plan, then any financial
hardship distribution of Elective Deferrals from the Plan will comply with the following
provisions:

	 	(a)	 	Immediate and Heavy Financial Needs. The following are the only financial needs
considered immediate and heavy: (1) expenses incurred or necessary for medical care,
described in Code §213(d), of the Employee, the Employee’s Spouse or dependents; (2) the
purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal residence for the Employee; (3) payment
of tuition and related educational fees for the next 12 months of post-secondary education
for the Employee, the Employee’s Spouse, the Employee’s children or the Employee’s
dependents; (4) payments necessary to prevent the eviction of the Employee from, or a
foreclosure on the mortgage of, the Employee’s principal residence; (5) payments for funeral
or burial expenses for the Employee’s deceased parent, Spouse, children, or dependents (as
defined in Code §152, and for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2005, without
regard to Code §152(d)(1)(B)); or (6) expenses for the repair of damage to the Employee’s
principal residence that would qualify for a casualty loss deduction under Code §165
(determined without regard to whether the loss exceeds 10% of adjusted gross income). Clauses
(5) and (6) above only apply to Plan Years beginning after 2005.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Necessary to Satisfy an Immediate and Heavy Financial Need. A financial hardship
distribution will be considered as necessary to satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need
of the Employee only if: (1) The distribution is not in excess of the amount of the immediate
and heavy financial need (including amounts necessary to pay any federal, state or local
income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution); (2) the
Employee has obtained all distributions, other than financial hardship distributions, and all
nontaxable loans under all plans maintained by the Employer; and (3) effective as of January
1, 2002, all plans maintained by the Employer provide that the Employee’s Elective Deferrals
(and Employee Contributions) will be suspended for 6 months after the receipt of the
financial hardship distribution.

	5.17	 	In-Service Distributions. If the Plan is a profit sharing plan or a 401(k) plan, and if
elected in the Adoption Agreement, and subject to the minimum Age and/or Service and/or
participation requirements elected in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant who is still an
Employee may request in writing to the Administrator that up to 100% of the Participant’s Vested
Interest in the accounts elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Adoption Agreement be
distributed to the Participant, subject to the following provisions:

	 	(a)	 	Amount and Form of Distribution. The amount of a Participant’s Vested Interest for
distribution under this Section will be determined as of the Valuation Date which coincides
with or immediately precedes the date of distribution. Any distribution under this Section
will be made to the Participant
in a single payment; however, if the Normal Form of Distribution as elected in the Adoption
Agreement is a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, then any distribution under this Section
is subject to the Spousal consent requirements of Code §401(a)(11) and §417, pursuant to
Section 5.8. When feasible, any such distribution will be paid at the Participant’s direction
within 60 days of his or her request, but not later than a date as soon as administratively
practical following the next Valuation date after the Administrator’s receipt of such
request.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 101 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(b)	 	Frequency of In-Service Distributions. The frequency of in-service distributions to any
Participant under this Section will be determined pursuant to an administrative policy
regarding in-service distributions that is promulgated under Section 8.6 by the
Administrator.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Provisions Applicable to 401(k) Plans. If the Plan is a 401(k) plan, the minimum attained
age requirement which can be elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Adoption Agreement
with respect to the distribution of amounts attributable to a Participant’s Elective
Deferrals, QNECs, QMACs, ADP Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions and/or ADP Safe Harbor
Matching Contributions is age 591/2.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Participants Who Are Not 100% Vested. If a distribution is made under this Section at a
time when the Participant has less than a 100% Vested Interest in his or her Non-Safe Harbor
Non-Elective Contribution sub-account and Matching Contribution sub-account and such Vested
Interest may increase, a separate account will be established for the Participant’s Non-Safe
Harbor Non-Elective Contribution sub-account balance and the Participant’s Matching
Contribution sub-account balance at the time of distribution, and at any relevant time the
Participant’s Vested Interest in the separate account will be equal to an amount (“X”)
determined by the following formula: X = P(AB + (R x D)) — (R x D). In applying the formula,
“P” is the Vested Interest at the relevant time, “AB” is the respective account balance at
the relevant time, “D” is the amount of the distribution, and “R” is the ratio of the
respective account balance at the relevant time to the respective account balance after
distribution.
	 
	 	(e)	 	Restriction on Certain Transfer Contribution Accounts. Notwithstanding anything in this
Section to the contrary, no pre-retirement distribution can be made under this Section with
respect to Transfer Contribution Accounts (including post-transfer earnings thereon) that are
transferred into this Plan from a money purchase plan or target benefit plan (other than any
portion thereof which is attributable to Voluntary Employee Contributions). Furthermore, if
the Transfer Contributions are Elective Deferrals (including QNECs, QMACs, and ADP Safe
Harbor Contributions) which are transferred to this Plan in a direct or indirect
trustee-to-trustee transfer from another qualified plan and which are subject to the
limitations in Regulation §1.401(k)-1(d), then the distribution of such Transfer
Contributions (including post-transfer earnings thereon) will be subject to the limitations
in Regulation §1.401(k)-1(d).

	5.18	 	Distribution of Excess Elective Deferrals. Excess Elective Deferrals, plus any income and
minus any loss allocable thereto, will be distributed no later than April 15th to any Participant
to whose account Excess Elective Deferrals were allocated for the preceding taxable year or
calendar year and who claims Excess Elective Deferrals for such taxable year or calendar year.
Distribution of Excess Elective Deferrals will be made in accordance with the following provisions:

	 	(a)	 	Assignment of Excess Elective Deferrals. A Participant may assign to this Plan any Excess
Elective Deferrals made during a taxable year of the Participant by notifying the
Administrator on or before March 15th (or such later date as established by the
Administrator) of the subsequent year of the amount of the Excess Elective Deferrals to be
assigned to the Plan. A Participant will be deemed to notify the Administrator of any Excess
Elective Deferrals that arise by taking into account only those Elective Deferrals made to
this Plan and any other plan, contract or arrangement of the Sponsoring Employer.
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, Excess Elective Deferrals, plus any
income and minus any loss allocable to such Excess Elective Deferrals, will be
distributed no later than April 15 to any Participant to whose account Excess Elective
Deferrals were assigned for the preceding year and who claims Excess Elective Deferrals
for such taxable year or calendar year.

	 	(b)	 	Determination of Income or Loss. Excess Elective Deferrals will be adjusted for any
income or loss up to the last day of the Plan Year, without considering the gap period or any
adjustment for income or loss during the gap period (the period between the end of the
Participant’s taxable year and the date of distribution). The Plan may use any reasonable
method for computing income or loss allocable to Excess Elective Deferrals, provided such
method is used consistently for all Participants and for all corrective distributions under
the Plan for the Plan Year, and is used by the Plan for allocating income or loss to
Participants’ Accounts.

	 	(c)	 	Source of Distribution. Distribution of Excess Elective Deferrals will be taken from a
Participant’s investment options (if any) based on rules established by the Administrator. In
addition, for years beginning after 2005, unless a different rule is established by the
Administrator, distribution of Excess Elective

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 102 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

Deferrals will first be made from a Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral Account before
the Participant’s Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account, to the extent Roth Elective
Deferrals were made for the year, unless the Administrator permits the Participant to
specify otherwise.

	5.19	 	Distribution of Excess Contributions. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, Excess
Contributions, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, will be distributed no later
than 12 months after a Plan Year to Participants to whose accounts such Excess Contributions were
allocated for such Plan Year, except to the extent such Excess Contributions are classified as
Catch-up Contributions.

	 	(a)	 	Allocation to Highly Compensated Employees. Excess Contributions will be allocated to the
Highly Compensated Employees with the largest amounts of Employer contributions taken into
account in calculating the ADP Test for the Plan Year in which the Excess Contributions
arose, beginning with the Highly Compensated Employee with the largest amount of such
Employer contributions and continuing in descending order until all the Excess Contributions
have been allocated. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the “largest amount” is
determined by including and excluding such Employer contributions actually paid over to the
Trust on behalf of such Participant for the Plan Year that are described in Section 1.6. To
the extent a Highly Compensated Employee has not reached his or her Catch-Up Contribution
Limit, Excess Contributions allocated to such Highly Compensated Employee are Catch-Up
Contributions and will not be treated as Excess Contributions. Excess Contributions will be
treated as Annual Additions, even if such Excess Contributions are distributed.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Distribution of Excess Contributions After 21/2 Months. If Excess Contributions (other than
Catch-up Contributions) are distributed more than 21/2 months (or such later time as may be
granted by future governmental guidance) after the last day of the Plan Year in which such
Excess Contributions arose, then a 10% excise tax will be imposed on the Sponsoring Employer
with respect to such Excess Contributions.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Determination of Net Income or Loss. For Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 2006
(or such earlier effective date as may be provided in a separate amendment implementing the
final §401(k) Regulations and as permitted by such Regulations), Excess Contributions will be
adjusted for any income or loss up to the end of the Plan Year and, at the discretion of the
Administrator, may be adjusted for income or loss during the period, if any, between the end
of the Plan Year and the actual
date of distribution (the “gap period”).
However, effective as of the first day of the first Plan Year beginning on or after
January 1, 2006 (or such earlier effective date as may be provided in a separate
amendment implementing the final §401(k) Regulations and as permitted by such
Regulations), Excess Contributions will be adjusted for any income or loss up to the end
of the Plan Year and during the gap period. Any adjustment for income or loss during the
gap period will be allocated in a consistent manner to all Participants, and to all
corrective distributions made for the Plan Year, and will be the amount determined by one
of the methods set forth either in subparagraph (1), subparagraph (2), or subparagraph
(3) below, as elected by the Administrator:

	 	(1)	 	Method 1. The amount determined by multiplying the income or loss allocable to the
Participant’s Elective Deferrals (and QNECs or QMACs, or both, if such contributions are
used in the ADP Test) for the Plan Year and the gap period, by a fraction, the numerator
of which is the Participant’s Excess Contributions for the Plan Year and the denominator
of which is the Participant’s Elective Deferral Account balance (and QNECs or QMACs, or
both, if such contributions are used in the ADP Test) as of the beginning of the Plan
Year plus any Elective Deferrals (and QNECs or QMACs, or both, if such contributions are
used in the ADP Test) allocated to the Participant during the Plan Year and gap period.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Method 2. The sum of (A) and (B): (A) the amount determined by multiplying the income
or loss allocable to the Participant’s Elective Deferrals (and QNECs or QMACs, or both,
if such contributions are used in the ADP Test) for the Plan Year, by a fraction, the
numerator of which is the Participant’s Excess Contributions for the Plan Year and the
denominator of which is the Participant’s Elective Deferral Account balance (and QNECs or
QMACs, or both, if such contributions are used in the ADP
Test) as of the beginning of the Plan Year plus any Elective Deferrals (and QNECs or
QMACs, or both, if such contributions are used in the ADP Test) allocated to the
Participant during such Plan Year; plus (B) the amount of gap period income or loss
equal to 10% of the amount determined under clause (A) above multiplied by the number
of whole months between the end of the Plan Year and the distribution date, counting
the month of distribution if the distribution occurs after the 15th day of such
month.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 103 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(3)	 	Method 3. The amount determined by any reasonable method of allocating income or loss
to the Participant’s Excess Contributions for the Plan Year and the gap period, provided
the method used is the same method used for allocating income or losses to Participants’
Accounts. This Plan will not fail to use a reasonable method for computing the income
allocable to Excess Contributions merely because the income allocable to such Excess
Contributions is determined on a date that is no more than 7 days before the
distribution.

	 	(d)	 	Accounting for Excess Contributions. Excess Contributions allocated to a Participant will
be distributed from the Participant’s Elective Deferral Account and QMAC Account in
proportion to the Participant’s Elective Deferrals and QMACs (to the extent used in the ADP
Test) for the Plan Year. Excess Contributions will be distributed from the Participant’s QNEC
Account only to the extent that the Excess Contributions exceed the balance in the
Participant’s Elective Deferral Account and QMAC Account.
	 
	 	(e)	 	Source and Ordering of Distribution. Distribution of Excess Contributions will be taken
from a Participant’s investment options (if any) based on rules established by the
Administrator. For purposes of determining the sources of a distribution of Excess
Contributions, the sources will be distributed in the following order (unless a policy for
the order of the sources to distribute Excess
Contributions is established by the Administrator and such policy will control): (1)
unmatched Elective Deferrals, (2) matched Elective Deferrals, (3) Qualified Matching
Contributions (that are tested in the ACP Test and that are utilized in (or shifted into) the
ADP Test), and (4) Qualified Non-Elective Contributions (to the extent that such
contributions are utilized in the ADP Test). In addition, for Plan Years beginning after
2005, unless a different rule is established by the Administrator, distribution of Elective
Deferrals that are Excess Contributions will first be made from a Participant’s Roth Elective
Deferral Account before the Participant’s Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account, to the extent
that Roth Elective Deferrals were made for the Plan Year, unless the Administrator permits
the Participant to specify otherwise.

	5.20	 	Distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions. Excess Aggregate Contributions, plus any
income and minus any loss allocable thereto, will be forfeited, if forfeitable, or if not
forfeitable, distributed no later than 12 months after a Plan Year to Participants to whose
Accounts such Excess Aggregate Contributions were allocated for such Plan Year. Distribution will
be made in accordance with the following provisions:

	 	(a)	 	Allocation to Highly Compensated Employees. Excess Aggregate Contributions will be
allocated to the Highly Compensated Employees with the largest Contribution Percentage
Amounts taken into account in calculating the ACP Test for the Plan Year in which the Excess
Aggregate Contributions arose, beginning with the Highly Compensated Employee with the
largest amount of such Contribution Percentage Amounts and continuing in descending order
until all the Excess Aggregate Contributions have been allocated. For purposes of the
preceding sentence, the “largest amount” is determined by including and excluding such
Employer contributions and allocations that are described in the definition of “Contribution
Percentage Amounts.” Excess Aggregate Contributions will be treated as Annual Additions, even
if such Excess Aggregate Contributions are distributed.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions After 21/2 Months. If Excess Aggregate
Contributions are distributed more than 21/2 months after the last day of the Plan Year in
which such Excess Aggregate Contributions arose, then a ten percent (10%) excise tax will be
imposed on the Sponsoring Employer maintaining the Plan with respect to such Excess Aggregate
Contributions.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions. Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate
Contributions will be used and/or allocated pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.13(b).
	 
	 	(d)	 	Determination of Net Income or Loss. For Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 2006
(or such earlier effective date as may be provided in a separate amendment implementing the
final §401(m) Regulations and as permitted by such Regulations), Excess Aggregate
Contributions will be adjusted for any income or loss up to the end of the Plan Year and, at
the discretion of the Administrator, may be adjusted for income or loss during the period, if
any, between the end of the Plan Year and the actual date of distribution (the “gap period”).
However, effective as of the first day of the first Plan Year beginning on or after January
1, 2006 (or such earlier effective date as may be provided in a separate amendment
implementing the final §401(m) Regulations and as permitted by such Regulations), Excess
Aggregate Contributions will be adjusted for any income or loss up to the end of the Plan
Year and during the gap period. Any adjustment for income or loss

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 104 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

during the gap period will be allocated in a consistent manner to all Participants, and
to all corrective distributions made for the Plan Year, and will be the amount determined
by one of the methods set forth either in subparagraph (1), subparagraph (2), or
subparagraph (3) below, as elected by the Administrator:

	 	(1)	 	Method 1. The amount determined by multiplying the income or loss allocable to the
Participant’s Voluntary Employee Contributions, Mandatory Employee Contributions,
Matching Contributions (if not used in the ADP Test), QNECs (if not used in the ADP Test)
and, to the
extent applicable, Elective Deferrals for the Plan Year and the gap period, by a
fraction, the numerator of which is such Participant’s Excess Aggregate Contributions for
the Plan Year and the denominator of which is the Participant’s Account balance(s)
attributable to Contribution Percentage Amounts as of the beginning of the Plan Year,
plus any additional amounts attributable to Contribution Percentage Amounts allocated to
the Participant during such Plan Year and the gap period.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Method 2. The sum of (A) and (B) as follows: (A) the amount determined by multiplying
the income or loss allocable to the Participant’s Voluntary Employee Contributions,
Mandatory Employee Contributions, Matching Contributions (if not used in the ADP Test),
QNECs (if not used in the ADP
Test) and, to the extent applicable, Elective Deferrals for the Plan Year, by a
fraction, the numerator of which is such Participant’s Excess Aggregate Contributions
for the Plan Year and the denominator of which is the Participant’s Account
balance(s) attributable to Contribution Percentage Amounts as of the beginning of the
Plan Year, plus any additional amounts attributable to Contribution Percentage
Amounts allocated to the Participant during such Plan Year; plus (B) the amount of
gap period income or loss equal to 10% of the amount determined under clause (A)
above multiplied by the number of whole months between the end of the Plan Year and
the distribution date, counting the month of distribution if the distribution occurs
after the 15th day of such month.
	 
	 	(3)	 	Method 3. The amount determined by any reasonable method of allocating income or loss
to the Participant’s Excess Aggregate Contributions for the Plan Year and for the gap
period, provided the method used is the same method used for allocating income or losses
to Participants’ Accounts. This Plan will not fail to use a reasonable method for
computing the income allocable to Excess Aggregate Contributions merely because the
income allocable to such Excess Aggregate Contributions is determined on a date that is
no more than 7 days before the distribution.

	 	(e)	 	Accounting for Excess Aggregate Contributions. Excess Aggregate Contributions that are
allocated to a Participant will be forfeited, if forfeitable, or will be distributed on a
pro-rata basis from the Participant’s Voluntary Employee Contribution Account, Mandatory
Employee Contribution Account, Matching Contribution Account and Qualified Matching
Contribution Account (and if applicable, from the Participant’s Qualified Non-Elective
Contribution Account, Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account, Roth Elective Deferral Account, or
any combination thereof).
	 
	 	(f)	 	Source and Ordering of Distribution. Distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions will
be taken from a Participant’s investment options (if any) based on rules established by the
Administrator. For purposes of determining the sources of a distribution of Excess Aggregate
Contributions, the sources will be distributed in the following order (unless a policy for
the order of the sources to distribute Excess Aggregate Contributions is established by the
Administrator and such policy will control): (1) unmatched Voluntary Employee Contributions,
(2) unmatched Mandatory Employee Contributions, (3) unmatched Elective Deferrals (that are
tested in the ADP Test and that are utilized in (or shifted into) the ACP Test), (4) matched
Voluntary Employee Contributions and the Matching Contributions that relate to such Voluntary
Employee Contributions, (5) matched Mandatory Employee Contributions and the Matching
Contributions that relate to such Mandatory Employee Contributions, (6) matched Elective
Deferrals (that are tested in the ADP Test and that are utilized in (or shifted into) the ACP
Test) and the Matching Contributions that relate to such Elective Deferrals, (7) Non-Safe
Harbor Matching Contributions, (8) ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions (to the extent such
contributions are subject to the ACP Test), (9) ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions (to
the extent such contributions are subject to the ACP Test), (10) Qualified Matching
Contributions, and (11) Qualified Non-Elective Contributions (to the extent that such
contributions are utilized in the ACP Test). With respect to Elective Deferrals that are
tested in the ADP Test, that are utilized in (or shifted into) the ACP Test, and that become
Excess Aggregate Contributions, then
for Plan Years beginning after 2005, unless a different rule is established by the
Administrator, distribution of Elective

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 105 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

Deferrals that are Excess Aggregate Contributions will first be made from a Participant’s
Roth Elective Deferral Account before the Participant’s Pre-Tax Elective Deferral
Account, to the extent that Roth Elective Deferrals were made for the Plan Year, unless
the Administrator permits the Participant to specify otherwise.

	5.21	 	Distribution of an Employee’s Rollover Contribution Account. An Employee’s Rollover
Contribution Account will be distributed from the Plan in accordance with the following provisions:

	 	(a)	 	Time of Distribution. An Employee may request in writing a withdrawal of all or any
portion of his or her Rollover Contribution Account at any time prior to becoming a
Participant, and thereafter upon the earlier of (1) the date the Employee is entitled to a
distribution of his or her Participant’s benefits under the provisions of Article 5, or (2)
the soonest possible administratively practical date after the Participant’s Termination of
Employment. In addition, an Employee may also withdraw all or any portion of his or her
Rollover Contribution Account at such other time as elected in the Adoption Agreement. The
Administrator may require advance notice of a reasonable period not to exceed 60 days prior
to the requested date of withdrawal. Any amount withdrawn can only be redeposited to the
Employee’s Rollover Contribution Account if so elected in the Adoption Agreement and if the
withdrawn distribution continues to be deemed a Rollover (except for the fact that the amount
originated from this Plan). A withdrawal of all or any portion of an Employee’s Rollover
Contribution Account will not prevent an Employee from accruing any future benefit
attributable to Employer contributions. The Administrator may establish rules or procedures
regarding withdrawals from an Employee’s Rollover Contribution Account.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Spousal Consent Requirements Upon Withdrawal. The following provisions apply to the
requirement of consent by the Employee’s Spouse with respect to a withdrawal of all or any
portion of an Employee’s Rollover Contribution Account:

	 	(1)	 	Normal Form of Distribution Is a QJSA. If the Plan is a money purchase pension plan
or the Normal Form of Distribution as elected in the Adoption Agreement is a Qualified
Joint and Survivor Annuity, then a withdrawal of all or any portion of an Employee’s
Rollover Contribution Account will be subject to the Spousal consent requirements in
Section 5.8 (pursuant to Revenue Ruling 2004-12), unless the distribution is made in the
form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Normal Form of Distribution Is Not a QJSA. If the Plan is not a money purchase
pension plan or the Normal Form of Distribution as elected in the Adoption Agreement is
not a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, then all or any portion of an Employee’s
Rollover Contribution Account can be withdrawn from the Plan without the consent of the
Employee’s Spouse.

	 	(c)	 	Form of Distribution. The following provisions apply to the form of distribution with
respect to any withdrawal from the Rollover Contribution Account:

	 	(1)	 	Normal Form of Distribution Is a QJSA. If the Plan is a money purchase pension plan
or the Normal Form of Distribution as elected in the Adoption Agreement is a Qualified
Joint and Survivor Annuity, then a withdrawal of all or any portion of an Employee’s
Rollover Contribution Account will be subject to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity
(QJSA) and Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity (QPSA) requirements of this Article 5
(even if the Rollover Contribution was not previously subject to the QJSA and QPSA
rules); a withdrawal of all or any portion of an Employee’s Rollover Contribution Account
may also be made in a
lump-sum or in the same manner as the Participant Account under the other provisions of
this Article 5, subject to the Spousal consent requirements of paragraph (b)(1).
	 
	 	(2)	 	Normal Form of Distribution Is Not a QJSA. If the Plan is not a money purchase
pension plan or the Normal Form of Distribution as elected in the Adoption Agreement is
not a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, then a withdrawal of all or any portion of an
Employee’s Rollover Contribution Account prior to the time that the Employee is entitled
to a distribution of his or her Participant Account will only be distributed in a single
payment. Any amount remaining in an Employee’s Rollover Contribution Account at the time
the Employee is entitled to a distribution of his or her Participant Account will be
distributed, at the election of the Participant, in a lump-sum or in the same manner as
the Participant Account under the other provisions of this Article 5.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 106 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	5.22	 	Distribution of a Participant’s Transfer Contribution Account. A Participant’s Transfer
Contribution Account will be distributed from the Plan at the same time and in the same manner as
the Participant’s Account is distributed under Section 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, or 5.4, subject to the
following rules:

	 	(a)	 	Spousal Consent Requirements Upon Withdrawal. The following provisions apply to the
requirement of consent by the Participant’s Spouse with respect to a withdrawal of all or any
portion of a Participant’s Transfer Contribution Account:

	 	(1)	 	Transfer Was Subject to Code §401(a)(11). If the Transfer Contribution was a direct
or indirect transfer as defined in Code §401(a)(11) from a defined benefit plan, a money
purchase plan, a target benefit plan, a stock bonus plan, or a profit sharing plan that
provided for a life annuity form of payment to the Participant, then a withdrawal of all
or any portion of such Transfer Contribution (and post-transfer earnings thereon) will be
subject to the Spousal consent requirements set forth in Section 5.8.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Transfer Was Not Subject to Code §401(a)(11). If the Transfer Contribution was not a
direct or indirect transfer as defined in Code §401(a)(11) from a defined benefit plan; a
money purchase plan; a target benefit plan; or a stock bonus plan or a profit sharing
plan that provided for a joint and survivor annuity or a life annuity form of payment to
the Participant, then all or any portion of such Transfer Contribution (and post-transfer
earnings thereon) can be withdrawn without the consent of the Participant’s Spouse.

	 	(b)	 	Form of Distribution. A withdrawal of all or any portion of a Participant’s Transfer
Contribution Account will be made in the same manner as the Participant’s Account under the
other provisions of this Article 5, subject to the Spousal consent requirements set forth in
paragraph (a) above and Section 5.8. However, notwithstanding the foregoing sentence to the
contrary, if the Transfer Contribution was a direct or indirect transfer as defined in Code
§401(a)(11) from a defined benefit plan; a money purchase plan; a target benefit plan; or a
stock bonus plan or a profit sharing plan that provided for a joint and survivor annuity or a
life annuity form of payment to the Participant, then regardless of the Normal Form of
Distribution, a withdrawal of all or any portion of such Transfer Contribution will be
subject to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor
Annuity requirements of Code §401(a)(11) and Code §417, and will be distributed in accordance
with following provisions:

	 	(1)	 	Distributions Other Than Death. If the Participant is married on the Annuity Starting
Date and has not died before such date, then such portion of the Participant’s Transfer
Contribution Account will be distributed in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor
Annuity. If the Participant is unmarried on the Annuity Starting Date and has not died
before such date, then such portion of the Participant’s Transfer Contribution Account
will be distributed as a life
annuity. If a Participant elects not to receive the annuity form of payment described
above, then such portion of the Participant’s Transfer Contribution Account will be
distributed in the manner described in Sections 5.1 through 5.4, as applicable. Any such
election by a Participant not to receive the annuity form of benefit described in this
paragraph must be made in accordance with the provisions set forth in Section 5.8(b).
	 
	 	(2)	 	Distributions Upon Death. Notwithstanding any other Beneficiary designation made by a
Participant, if a Participant is married on the date of his or her death and dies before
the Annuity Starting Date, then with respect to such portion of a deceased Participant’s
Transfer Contribution Account, the Participant’s surviving Spouse will receive a minimum
death benefit as a Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity unless such annuity has been
waived under Section 5.8(b) of the Plan, in which event such death benefit will be
distributed to the surviving Spouse in the manner described in Section 5.2.

	 	(c)	 	Special Rule for Withdrawal of Elective Deferral Transfers. Notwithstanding anything in
this Section to the contrary, if the Transfer Contributions are Elective Deferrals (including
QNECs, QMACs, and ADP Safe Harbor Contributions) which are transferred to this Plan in a
direct or indirect trustee-to-trustee transfer from another qualified plan and which are
subject to the limitations in Regulation §1.401(k)-1(d), then the distribution of such
Transfer Contributions (including post-transfer earnings thereon) will be subject to the
limitations in Regulation §1.401(k)-1(d).

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 107 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	5.23	 	Distribution of Voluntary Employee Contributions. A Participant’s Voluntary Employee
Contributions will be distributed from the Plan in accordance with the following provisions:

	 	(a)	 	Time of Distribution. A Participant’s Voluntary Employee Contribution Account will be
distributed no later than the earlier of (1) the date the Employee is entitled to a
distribution of his or her Participant’s Account balance under the provisions of Article 5,
or (2) the soonest possible administratively practical date after the Participant’s
Termination of Employment. In addition, an Employee may also withdraw all or any portion of
his or her Voluntary Employee Contribution Account at such other time as elected in the
Adoption Agreement. The Administrator may require advance notice of a reasonable period not
to exceed 60 days prior to the requested date of withdrawal. Withdrawals from a Voluntary
Employee Contribution Account will not prohibit a Participant from accruing any future
benefit from Employer contributions. A Participant’s request to make a withdrawal from his or
her Voluntary Employee Contribution Account must satisfy the applicable Spousal consent
requirements in Section 5.8. A withdrawal attributable to pre-1987 Voluntary Employee
Contributions need not include earnings thereon.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Special Rule for Withdrawal of Post-1986 Contributions. Any distribution made under
paragraph (a) which is attributable to post-1986 Voluntary Employee Contributions can only be
made along with a portion of the earnings thereon, such earnings to be determined by the
following formula: DA [1-(V - V+E)]. For purposes of applying the aforementioned formula, the
term DA means the distribution amount, the term V means the amount of Voluntary Employee
Contributions, and the term V+E means the amount of Voluntary Employee Contributions plus the
earnings attributable thereto.

	5.24	 	Distribution of Mandatory Employee Contributions. A Participant’s Mandatory Employee
Contributions will only be distributed after his or her Termination of Employment, will be used to
provide additional benefits to the Participant, and will be distributed in the time and manner
described in the other provisions of this Article 5.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 108 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

Article 6

Code §415 Limitations

	6.1	 	Maximum Annual Additions. Subject to Sections 6.2 and 6.3, the maximum Annual Additions made to
a Participant’s various accounts maintained under the Plan for any Limitation Year will not exceed
the lesser of the Dollar Limitation of paragraph (a) or the Compensation Limitation of paragraph
(b) below, as follows:

	 	(a)	 	Dollar Limitation. For Limitation Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, the Dollar
Limitation is $40,000 as adjusted in accordance with Code §415(d).
	 
	 	(b)	 	Compensation Limitation. For Limitation Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, the
Compensation Limitation is an amount equal to 100% of the Participant’s Code §415(c)(3)
Compensation. However, this limitation will not apply to any contribution made for medical
benefits within the meaning of Code §401(h) or Code §419A(f)(2) after Termination of
Employment which is otherwise treated as an Annual Addition under Code §415(l)(1) or Code
§419A(d)(2).

	6.2	 	Adjustments to Maximum Annual Additions. In applying the limitation on Annual Additions set
forth in Section 6.1, the following adjustments must be made:

	 	(a)	 	Short Limitation Year. If a Limitation Year is less than 12 months, then the Dollar
Limitation of Section 6.1(a) will be adjusted by multiplying the Dollar Limitation by a
fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months (including any fractional parts of a
month) in the short Limitation Year and the denominator of which is 12.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Multiple Defined Contribution Plans. If a Participant participates in multiple defined
contribution plans sponsored by the Employer which have different Anniversary Dates, the
maximum Annual Addition in this Plan for the Limitation Year will be reduced by the Annual
Additions credited to the Participant’s accounts in the other defined contribution plans
during the Limitation Year unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement. If a
Participant participates in multiple defined contribution plans sponsored by the Employer
which have the same Anniversary Date, then (1) if only one of the plans is subject to Code
§412, Annual Additions will first be credited to the Participant’s accounts in the plan
subject to Code §412; and (2) if none of the plans are subject to Code §412, the maximum
Annual Addition in this Plan for a given Limitation Year will either (A) equal the product of
(i) the maximum Annual Addition for such Limitation Year minus any other Annual Additions
previously credited to the Participant’s account(s), multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the
numerator of which is the Annual Additions which would be credited to a Participant’s
accounts hereunder without regard to the Annual Additions limitation of Section 6.1 and the
denominator of which is the Annual Additions for all plans described in this paragraph, or
(B) be reduced by the Annual Additions credited to the Participant’s accounts in the other
defined contribution plans for such Limitation Year, or (C) be reduced as elected otherwise
in the Adoption Agreement.

	6.3	 	Multiple Plans and Multiple Employers. All defined contribution plans (whether terminated or
not) sponsored by the Employer will be treated as one defined contribution plan. In addition, all
Affiliated Employers will be considered a single Employer.
	 
	6.4	 	Adjustment for Excess Annual Additions. For any Limitation Year, if the Annual Additions
allocated to a Participant’s Account exceeds the Annual Additions limitation of Section 6.1 because
of an allocation of Forfeitures, a reasonable error in estimating a Participant’s Compensation, a
reasonable error in determining the amount of elective contributions (within the meaning of Code
§402(g)(3)), or because of other limited facts and circumstances that the Commissioner finds
justify the availability of the rules set forth in this Section, then such Participant’s Account will be adjusted as follows in order to reduce the Excess
Annual Additions:

	 	(a)	 	Catch-Up Contributions. First, if Catch-Up Contributions are permitted, a catch-up
eligible Participant who has Excess Annual Additions which include Elective Deferrals and who
has not reached his or her Catch-Up Contribution Limit can recharacterize such Excess Annual
Additions as Catch-Up Contributions.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 109 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(b)	 	Return of Employee Contributions and Elective Deferrals. Then, Voluntary Employee
Contributions, if any, then Mandatory Employee Contributions, if any, and then, the amount of
Elective Deferrals and corresponding Employer Matching Contributions, if any, to the extent that
they would reduce the Excess Annual Additions, will be calculated. Such Voluntary Employee
Contributions, Mandatory Employee Contributions, and Elective Deferrals plus attributable gains,
will be distributed to the Participant. Any Employer Matching Contribution amount as determined
above will be applied as described in (c) or (d) below, depending on whether the Participant is
covered by the Plan at the end of the Limitation Year.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Excess Used To Reduce Employer Contributions If Participant Is Still Covered By The Plan. If,
after the application of paragraphs (a) and (b), Excess Annual Additions still exist and the
Participant is covered by the Plan at the end of the Limitation Year, the Excess Annual Additions
in the Participant’s Account will be used to reduce Employer contributions (including any
allocation of Forfeitures) for such Participant in the next Limitation Year, and in each succeeding
Limitation Year if necessary.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Excess Used To Reduce Employer Contributions If Participant Is Not Covered By The Plan. If,
after the application of paragraphs (a) and (b), Excess Annual Additions still exist and the
Participant is not covered by the Plan at the end of a Limitation Year, the Excess Annual Additions
will be held unallocated in a suspense account. The suspense account will be applied to reduce
future Employer contributions (including the allocation of any Forfeitures) for all remaining
Participants in the next Limitation Year, and in each succeeding Limitation Year if necessary.
	 
	 	(e)	 	Suspense Account. If a suspense account is in existence at any time during a Limitation Year
pursuant to this Section, then such suspense account will not participate in the allocation of the
Trust’s investment gains and losses. If a suspense account is in existence at any time during a
particular Limitation Year, then all amounts in the suspense account must be allocated and
reallocated to Participants’ Accounts before any Employer Contributions or any Employee
contributions may be made to the Plan for that Limitation Year. A suspense account may not be
distributed to Participants or former Participants.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 110 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

Article 7

Loans, Insurance and Directed Investments

	7.1	 	Loans to Participants. If elected in the Adoption Agreement, loans may be made from the Trust
Fund to Participants and Beneficiaries. If loans are available, then a Participant or Beneficiary
may make application to the Administrator requesting a loan. The Administrator will have the sole
right to approve or disapprove the application. All loans must be evidenced by a legally
enforceable agreement (which may include more than one document) set forth in writing or in such
other form as may be approved by the Internal Revenue Service, and the terms of such agreement must
specify the amount and term of the loan, and the repayment schedule. Loans will only be made in
accordance with a separate written loan program which satisfies the requirements of Code §72(p) and
the Regulations promulgated thereunder, and the following provisions:

	 	(a)	 	General Rules. Loans (1) will be made available to all Participants and Beneficiaries on
a reasonably equivalent, non-discriminatory basis; (2) will not be made available to HCEs in
an amount greater than the amount made available to other Employees; (3) must be adequately
secured and bear a reasonable interest rate; and (4) cannot exceed the present value of the
Participant’s Vested Aggregate Account.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Spousal Consent. If the Plan is subject to Code §401(a)(11) and Code §417, then a
Participant must obtain the consent of his or her Spouse, if any, as set forth in Section 5.8
of the Plan, Code §401(a)(11), and Code §417 in order to use the remaining Vested Interest of
the Participant’s Account balance as security for the loan. Spousal consent will be obtained
no earlier than the beginning of the 90-day period that ends on the date on which the loan is
to be so secured. The consent must be in writing, must acknowledge the effect of the loan,
and must be witnessed by a Plan representative or notary public. Such consent will thereafter
be binding upon the consenting Spouse or any subsequent Spouse with respect to that loan. A
new consent will be required if the remaining Participant’s Account balance is used for
renegotiation, extension, renewal, or other revision of the loan. If valid Spousal consent
has been obtained in accordance with this paragraph, then, notwithstanding any other
provision of this Plan to the contrary, the Vested portion of the Participant’s Account
balance that is used as a security interest held by the Plan by reason of a loan that is
outstanding to the Participant will be taken into account in determining the amount of the
Vested portion of the Participant’s Account balance payable at the time of death or
distribution, but only if the reduction is used as repayment of the loan. If less than 100%
of the Participant’s Account (determined without regard to the preceding sentence) is payable
to the surviving Spouse, then the death benefit will be adjusted by first reducing the Vested
portion of the Participant’s Account balance by the amount of the security that is used for
the loan.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Maximum Loan Amount. No loan to a Participant or Beneficiary can be made to the extent
such loan, when added to the outstanding balance of all other loans to the Participant or
Beneficiary, would exceed the lesser of (1) $50,000 reduced by the excess (if any) of the
highest outstanding balance of loans during the one-year period ending on the day before the
loan is made, over the outstanding balance of loans from the Plan on the date the loan is
made; or (2) one-half the present value of the Vested Portion of the Participant’s Vested
Aggregate Account. However, notwithstanding the limitation in clause (2) of the preceding
sentence, the written loan policy may permit a Participant whose Vested Aggregate Account
balance is $20,000 or less to borrow an amount that does not exceed the lesser of $10,000 or
100% of the Participant’s Vested Aggregate Account balance if adequate security is provided
on the loan amount in excess of that determined under clause (2). For the purpose of the
limitations set forth in this paragraph, all loans from the plans (including this Plan) of
the Sponsoring Employer and other Affiliated Employers are aggregated.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Minimum Loan Amount. The written loan policy may provide for a minimum loan not to exceed
$1,000.
	 
	 	(e)	 	Loan Repayments. Any loan by its terms will require that repayment (of both principal and
interest) be amortized in level payments, not less frequently than quarterly, over a period
not extending beyond five years from the date of the loan, unless such loan is used to
acquire a dwelling unit which within a reasonable time (determined at the time the loan is
made) will be used as the principal residence of the Participant. In the event of default,
then foreclosure on the note and attachment of security will not occur until a distributable
event occurs in the Plan. However, notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, loan
repayments will be suspended as permitted under Code §414(u)(4).
	 
	 	(f)	 	Assignments and Pledges Treated as Loans. An assignment or pledge of any portion of the
Participant’s interest in the Plan and a loan, pledge, or assignment with respect to any
insurance contract purchased under the Plan, will be treated as a loan under this Section.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 111 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(g)	 	Certain Restrictions Eliminated. Effective for Plan loans made after December 31, 2001,
any prior Plan provisions that prohibited or otherwise restricted loans to any owner-employee
(as defined in Code §401(c)(3)) or shareholder-employee (as defined in Code §4975(f)(6)(C))
will cease to apply. For this purpose, a shareholder-employee means an Employee or officer of
an electing small business (Subchapter S) corporation who owns (or is considered as owning
within the meaning of Code §318(a)(1)), on any day during the taxable year of such
corporation, more than 5% of the outstanding stock of the corporation.

	7.2	 	Insurance on Participants. If elected in the Adoption Agreement, and pursuant to any rules or
procedures that are promulgated under Section 8.6 by the Administrator, the Trustee may purchase
life insurance Policies on the life of a Participant and/or the Participant’s Spouse in accordance
with the following:

	 	(a)	 	Ownership of Policies. All life insurance Policies will be vested exclusively in the
Trustee and will be payable to the Trustee, subject to the rights of the Beneficiaries
hereunder unless the Trustee permits the designation of a named beneficiary other than the
Trustee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Trustee who is also a Participant may, except in a
fiduciary capacity, exercise any ownership rights with respect to any Policy insuring the
life of such Trustee in his or her capacity as a Participant.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Primary Limit on Premiums. At the direction of the Administrator and/or the Participant,
the Trustee will purchase Policies on the life of the Participant, provided that the
aggregate premiums on ordinary life Policies must be less than 50% of the Participant’s
Account balance; (2) the aggregate premiums on term Policies, universal Policies and all
other Policies which are not ordinary life insurance Policies must be less than 25% of the
Participant’s Account balance; and (3) the sum of one-half of the premiums on ordinary life
insurance Policies and the total of all other life insurance premiums cannot exceed 25% of
the Participant’s Account balance. For purposes of this Section, an ordinary life insurance
Policy is an insurance policy that has a non-decreasing death benefit and also has a
non-increasing premium.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Alternate Limit on Premiums for Money Purchase Plans. Notwithstanding paragraph (b)
above, if this is a money purchase pension plan, a Participant may, with the consent of the
Administrator, elect that up to 100% of his or her Rollover Contribution Account and
Voluntary Employee Contribution Account be used to purchase life insurance Policies on the
life of the Participant, on the life of the Participant’s Spouse, and/or on the joint lives
of the Participant and his or her Spouse.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Alternate Limit on Premiums for 401(k) and Profit Sharing Plans. Notwithstanding
paragraph (b) above, if this is a 401(k) plan or a profit sharing plan, a Participant may
elect that up to 100% of his or her Rollover Contribution Account and Voluntary Employee
Contribution Account, and up to 100% of the portion of his or her Vested Participant’s
Account that has accumulated in the Plan for at least 2 years and is no longer subject to the
distribution restrictions set forth in Code §401(k)(2)(B), be used to purchase Policies on
the life of the Participant, the life of the Participant’s Spouse, and/or the joint lives of
the Participant and the Participant’s Spouse. Likewise, a Participant who has participated in
the Plan for at least 5 years may elect that up to 100% of his or her Rollover Contribution
Account and Voluntary Employee Contribution Account, and up to 100% of his or her Vested
Participant’s Account balance that is no longer subject to the distribution restrictions set
forth in Code §401(k)(2)(B), be used to purchase Policies on the life of the Participant, the
life of the Participant’s Spouse, and/or the joint lives of the Participant and his or her
Spouse.
	 
	 	(e)	 	Payment of Premiums. If Employer contributions are inadequate to pay premiums on
Policies, the Trustees may, at the direction of the Administrator, utilize other amounts
remaining in the Trust Fund to pay the premiums, allow the Policies to lapse, reduce the
Policies to a level at which they may be maintained, or borrow against the Policies on a
prorated basis if borrowing does not discriminate in favor of Policies issued on the lives of
Highly Compensated Employees. The Trustees may also pay premiums from the loan values of the Policies themselves if (1) any
loan is made against all of the Policies in proportion to their respective cash surrender
values, and (2) all loans are repaid in proportion to the cash surrender value of such
Policies.
	 
	 	(f)	 	Policy Dividends. Any insurer payments which are paid to the Trustee on account of
experience credits, dividends, or surrender or cancellation credits, will be applied by the
Employer within the current or next succeeding Plan Year toward premiums due.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 112 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(g)	 	Disposition of Policies at Retirement. When a Participant retires, the Trustee, at the
direction of the Administrator, must, with respect to any Policies that have been purchased
on the life of such Participant under this Section, either (1) transfer them to the
Participant, (2) with the Participant’s consent, borrow their cash surrender values and
transfer them to the Participant subject to the loan, or (3) surrender them for their cash
surrender values. If options (2) or (3) are elected, the cash surrender values will be added
to the Participant’s Account for distribution in accordance with Section 5.1.
	 
	 	(h)	 	Disposition of Policies Upon Termination. If a Terminated Participant’s Vested Interest
equals or exceeds the cash surrender value of any Policies issued on his life, the Trustee,
with the consent of both the Administrator and the Terminated Participant, will transfer such
Policies to the Terminated Participant, together with any restrictions the Administrator may
impose concerning the Terminated Participant’s right to surrender, assign, or otherwise
realize cash on such Policies prior to his Normal Retirement Date. If the Terminated
Participant’s Vested Interest is less than the cash surrender values of such Policies, the
Administrator may permit him or her to pay the Trustee the sum required to make distribution
equal to the value of the Policies being assigned or transferred, or the Trustee may borrow
the cash surrender values of the Policies from the insurer and then assign the Policies to
the Terminated Participant. Under no circumstances will the Trust (or custodial account)
retain any part of the insurance Policy proceeds. If applicable to this Plan, then the
provisions of this paragraph also apply to a Participant who Terminates Employment because of
Disability.
	 
	 	(i)	 	Protection of Fiduciaries and Insurers. Neither the Trustee, the Employer, the
Administrator, nor any fiduciary (including any Named Fiduciary) will be responsible for the
validity of any Policy or the failure of any insurer to make payments thereunder, or for the
action of any person which may delay payment or render a Policy void in whole or in part. No
insurer will be deemed a party to this Plan for any purpose or to be responsible for its
validity; nor will it be required to look into the terms of the Plan nor to question any
action of the Trustee. The obligations of the insurer will be determined solely by the
Policy’s terms and any other written agreements between it and the Trustee. The insurer will
act only at the written direction of the Trustee, and will be discharged from all liability
with respect to any amount paid to the Trustee. The insurer will not be obligated to see that
any money paid by it to the Trustee or any other person is properly applied.
	 
	 	(j)	 	Non-Trusteed Plan. If the Plan is a non-trusteed Plan (a Plan designated only with
Policies), then this paragraph applies to the Plan. No Policy will be purchased under the
Plan unless such Policy or a separate definite written agreement between the Employer and the
insurer provides that no value under Policies providing benefits under the Plan or credits
determined by the insurer (on account of dividends, earnings, or other experience rating
credits; or surrender or cancellation credits) with respect to such Policies may be paid or
returned to the Employer or diverted to or used for other than the exclusive benefit of the
Participants or their Beneficiaries. However, any contribution made by the Employer because
of a mistake of fact must be returned to the Employer within one year of the contribution. If
the Plan is funded by Policies that provide a Participant’s benefit under the Plan, such
Policies will constitute the Participant’s Account balance. If the Plan is funded by group
Policies, under a group annuity or group insurance Policy, then premiums or other
consideration received by the insurance company must be allocated to Participants’ Accounts
under the Plan.
	 
	 	(k)	 	Conflict With Plan. If the provisions of any Policy purchased hereunder conflict with the
terms of this Plan, the Plan provisions will control.

	7.3	 	Key Man Insurance. The Administrator may instruct the Trustee to purchase insurance Policies on
the life of any Participant whose employment is deemed to be key to the Employer’s financial
success. Such key man Policies will be deemed to be an investment of the Trust Fund and will be
payable to the Trust Fund as the beneficiary thereof. The Trustee may exercise any and all rights
granted under such Policies. Neither the Trustee, Employer, Administrator, nor any fiduciary
(including any Named Fiduciary) will be responsible for the validity of any Policy or the failure
of any insurer to make payments thereunder, or for the action of any person which delays payment or
renders a Policy void in whole or in part. No insurer which issues a Policy will be deemed to be a
party to this Plan for any purpose or to be responsible for its validity; nor will any such insurer
be required to look into the terms of the Plan nor to question any action of the Trustee. The
obligations of the insurer will be determined solely by the Policy’s terms and any other written
agreements between it and the Trustee. The insurer will act only at the written direction of the
Trustee, and will be discharged from all liability with respect to any amount paid to the Trustee.
The insurer will not be obligated to see that any money paid by it to the Trustee or any other
person is properly distributed or applied.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 113 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	7.4	 	Directed Investment Accounts. Pursuant to any rules or procedures promulgated under Section 8.6
by the Administrator, Participants can direct the investment of a portion of (or all of) one or
more of their accounts (hereafter called Directed Investment Accounts) established under the terms
of the Plan. Investment directives will only be given in accordance with an administrative policy
regarding Directed Investment Accounts that is promulgated under Section 8.6 by the Administrator.
With respect to any Participant who fails to exercise the right to direct the investment of his or
her Directed Investment Accounts, such Directed Investment Accounts will be invested by the Trustee
at the direction of the Administrator in a “default investment” which has been selected by the
Administrator and which is expected to produce a favorable rate of return and that minimizes the
overall risk of losing money. With respect to Directed Investment Accounts, fiduciaries will only
be protected by ERISA §404(c) for a Plan Year if all of the requirements of ERISA §404(c) and the
Department of Labor Regulations promulgated thereunder are complied with on each day of the Plan
Year.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 114 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

Article 8

Duties of the Administrator

	8.1	 	Appointment, Resignation, Removal and Succession. The Sponsoring Employer will serve as the
Administrator, unless the Sponsoring Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement to appoint another
Administrator. Each Administrator that is appointed will continue until his death, resignation, or
removal, and any Administrator may resign by giving 30 days written notice to the Sponsoring
Employer. If an Administrator dies, resigns, or is removed, his successor will be appointed as
promptly as possible, and such appointment will become effective upon its acceptance in writing by
such successor. Pending the appointment and acceptance of any successor Administrator, any then
acting or remaining Administrator will have full power to act.
	 
	8.2	 	General Powers and Duties. The powers and duties of the Administrator include (a) appointing
the Plan’s attorney, accountant, actuary, or any other party needed to administer the Plan; (b)
directing the Trustees with respect to payments from the Trust Fund; (c) deciding if a Participant
is entitled to a benefit; (d) communicating with Employees regarding their participation and
benefits under the Plan, including the administration of all claims procedures; (e) filing any
returns and reports with the Internal Revenue Service, Department of Labor, or any other
governmental agency; (f) reviewing and approving any financial reports, investment reviews, or other reports prepared by any party under clause (a)
above; (g) establishing a funding policy and investment objectives consistent with the purposes of
the Plan and the ERISA; (h) construing and resolving any question of Plan interpretation; and (i)
making any findings of fact the Administrator deems necessary to proper Plan administration.
Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Plan, benefits under this Plan will be paid only if
the Administrator decides in its discretion that the applicant is entitled to them. The
Administrator’s interpretation of Plan provisions, and any findings of fact, including eligibility
to participate and eligibility for benefits, are final and will not be subject to “de novo” review
unless shown to be arbitrary and capricious.
	 
	8.3	 	Functioning of the Committee. If a Committee is established, a member of the Committee will
serve until his or her death, disability, removal by the Sponsoring Employer, or resignation. In
the event of any vacancy arising from the death, disability, removal, or resignation of a member of
the Committee, the Sponsoring Employer may, but is not required to, appoint a successor to serve in
his or her place. The Committee will select a chairman and secretary from among its members.
Members of the Committee will serve without compensation. The Committee will act by majority vote.
The proper expenses of the Committee, and the compensation of its agents, if any, that are
appointed pursuant to Section 8.7, will be paid directly by the Employer.
	 
	8.4	 	Multiple Administrators. If more than one Administrator has been appointed by the Sponsoring
Employer, the Administrators may delegate specific responsibilities among themselves, including the
authority to execute documents unless the Sponsoring Employer revokes such delegation. The
Sponsoring Employer and Trustee will be notified in writing of any such delegation of
responsibilities, and the Trustee thereafter may rely upon any documents executed by the
appropriate Administrator.
	 
	8.5	 	Correcting Administrative Errors. The Administrator will take such steps as the Administrator
considers necessary and appropriate to remedy administrative or operational errors, including, but
not be limited to, the following: (a) any action pursuant to (1) any Employee Plans Compliance
Resolution System (EPCRS) that is issued by the Internal Revenue Service, (2) any asset management
or fiduciary conduct error correction program that is issued by the Department of Labor, or (3) any
other correction program issued by any Department or governmental agency; (b) a reallocation of
Plan assets; (c) an adjustment in the amount of future payments to any Participant, Beneficiary or
Alternate Payee; and (d) the institution, prosecution, and/or settlement of legal actions to
recover benefit payments made in error or on the basis of incorrect or incomplete information.
	 
	8.6	 	Promulgating Notices and Procedures. The Sponsoring Employer and Administrator are given the
power and responsibility to promulgate certain written notices, policies and/or procedures under
the terms of the Plan and disseminate them to Participants, and the Administrator may satisfy such
responsibility by the preparation of any such notice, policy and/or procedure in a written form
which can be published and communicated to a Participant in one or more of the following ways: (a)
by distribution in hard copy; (b) through distribution of a summary plan description or summary of
material modifications thereto which sets forth the policy or procedure with respect to a right,
benefit or feature offered under the Plan; (c) by e-mail, either to a Participant’s personal e-mail
address or his or her Employer-maintained e-mail address; and (d) by publication on a web-site
accessible by the Participant, provided the Participant is notified of said web-site publication.
Any notice, policy and/or procedure

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 115 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	 	provided through an electronic medium will only be valid if the electronic medium which is
used is reasonably designed to provide the notice, policy and/or procedure in a manner no
less understandable to the Participant than a written document, and under such medium, at the
time the notice, policy and/or procedure is provided, the Employee may request and receive
the notice, policy and/or procedure on a written paper document at no charge.

	8.7	 	Employment of Agents and Counsel. The Administrator may appoint such actuaries, accountants,
custodians, counsel, agents, consultants, service companies and other persons deemed necessary or
desirable in connection with the administration and operation of the Plan. Any person or company so
appointed will exercise no discretionary authority over investments or the disposition of Trust
assets, and their services and duties will be ministerial only and will be to provide the Plan with
those things required by law or by the terms of the Plan without in any way exercising any
fiduciary authority or responsibility under the Plan. The duties of a third party Administrator
will be to safe-keep the individual records for all Participants and to prepare all required
actuarial services and disclosure forms under the supervision of the Administrator and any
fiduciaries of the Plan. It is expressly stated that the third party Administrator’s services are
only ministerial in nature and that under no circumstances will such third party Administrator (a)
exercise any discretionary authority whatsoever over Plan Participants, Plan investments, or Plan
benefits; or (b) be given any authority or discretion concerning the management and operation of
the Plan that would cause them to become fiduciaries of the Plan.
	 
	8.8	 	Compensation and Expenses. The Administrator may receive such compensation as agreed upon
between the Sponsoring Employer and the Administrator, provided that any person who already
receives full-time pay from the Employer may not receive any fees from the Plan for services to the
Plan as Administrator or in any other capacity, except for reimbursement for expenses actually and
properly incurred. The Sponsoring Employer will pay all “settlor” expenses (as described in
Department of Labor Advisory Opinion 2001-01-A) incurred by the Administrator, the Committee or any
party that is appointed under Section 8.7 in the performance of their duties. The Sponsoring Employer may pay, but is not required to pay, all “non-settlor” expenses
incurred by the Administrator, the Committee, or any party that is appointed under Section
8.7 in the performance of their duties. Any “non-settlor” expenses incurred by the
Administrator, the Committee or any party that is appointed under Section 8.7 that the
Sponsoring Employer elects not to pay will be reimbursed from Trust Fund assets. Any expenses
paid from the Trust Fund will be charged to each Adopting Employer in the ratio that each
Adopting Employer’s Participants’ Accounts bears to the total of all the Participants’
Accounts maintained by this Plan, or in any other reasonable method elected by the
Administrator.
	 
	8.9	 	Claims Procedures. The claims procedure required under ERISA §503 and Department of Labor
Regulations thereunder is set forth in an administrative policy regarding claims procedures that is
promulgated under Section 8.6 by the Administrator. Such administrative policy will be the sole and
exclusive remedy for an Employee, Participant or Beneficiary (“Claimant”) to make a claim for
benefits under the Plan.
	 
	8.10	 	Qualified Domestic Relations Orders. A Qualified Domestic Relations Order, or QDRO, is a
signed domestic relations order issued by a State or a Commonwealth court which creates, recognizes
or assigns to an alternate payee(s) the right to receive all or part of a Participant’s Plan
benefit. An alternate payee is a Spouse, former Spouse, child, or other dependent of a Participant
who is treated as a Beneficiary under the Plan as a result of the QDRO. The Administrator will
determine if a domestic relations order received by the Plan is a Qualified Domestic Relations
Order based on an administrative policy regarding Qualified Domestic Relations Orders that is
promulgated under Section 8.6 by the Administrator.
	 
	8.11	 	Appointment of an Investment Manager. The Administrator, with the consent of the Sponsoring
Employer, may appoint an Investment Manager to manage and control the investment of all or any
portion of the assets of the Trust. Each Investment Manager must be a person (other than the
Trustee) who (a) has the power to manage, acquire, or dispose of Plan assets, (b) is an investment
adviser, a bank, or an insurance company as described in ERISA §3(38)(B), and (c) acknowledges
fiduciary responsibility to the Plan in writing. The Administrator will enter into an agreement
with an Investment Manager that specifies the duties and compensation of the Investment Manager and
specifies any other terms and conditions under which the Investment Manager will be retained. The
Trustee is not liable for any act or omission of an Investment Manager and is not liable for
following an Investment Manager’s advice with respect to duties delegated by the Administrator to
the Investment Manager. The Administrator can determine the portion of the Plan’s assets to be invested by a
designated Investment Manager and can establish investment objectives and guidelines for the Investment
Manager to follow.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 116 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

Article 9

Trustee Provisions

	9.1	 	Appointment, Resignation, Removal and Succession. The Trust established under the Plan will
have one or more individual Trustees, a corporate Trustee, or any combination thereof, appointed as
follows:

	 	(a)	 	Appointment. Each Trustee will be appointed and will serve until a successor has been
named or until such Trustee’s resignation, death, incapacity, or removal, in which event the
Sponsoring Employer will name a successor Trustee. The term Trustee will include the original
and any successor Trustees.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Resignation. A Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Sponsoring
Employer, unless such notice is waived by the Sponsoring Employer. The Sponsoring Employer
may remove a Trustee at any time by giving such Trustee written notice. Such removal may be
with or without cause. Unless waived in writing by the Sponsor, if any Trustee who is an
Employee or an elected or appointed official resigns or terminates employment with the
Sponsoring Employer or an Adopting Employer, such termination will constitute an immediate
resignation as a Trustee of the Plan.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Successor Trustee. Each successor Trustee will succeed to the title to the Trust by
accepting the appointment in writing and by filing such written acceptance with the former
Trustee and the Sponsoring Employer. The former Trustee, upon receipt of such acceptance,
will execute all documents and perform all acts necessary to vest the Trust Fund’s title of
record in any successor Trustee. No successor Trustee will be personally liable for any act
or failure to act of any predecessor Trustee.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Merger. If any corporate Trustee, before or after qualification, changes its name,
consolidates or merges with another corporation, or otherwise reorganizes, any resulting
corporation that succeeds to the retirement plan trustee business of such Trustee will become
a Trustee hereunder in lieu of such corporate Trustee.

	9.2	 	Powers and Duties of the Trustee. The specific powers and duties of the Trustee will be
governed under the terms of a separate trust instrument entered into between the Sponsoring
Employer and the Trustee.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 117 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

Article 10

Adopting Employers

	10.1	 	Plan Contributions. Unless otherwise agreed to by the parties, or unless otherwise required by
law, no Employer will have any obligation to make contributions to this Plan for or on behalf of
the Employees of any other Employer. If an Employee is employed by more than one Employer, any
contributions made on his or her behalf will be prorated between those Employers on the basis of
the Compensation that the Employee received from each Employer. If any Employer is unable to make a
contribution for any Plan Year, any Employer which is an Affiliated Employer of such Employer may
make an additional contribution to the Plan on behalf of any Employee of the non-contributing
Employer.
	 
	10.2	 	Plan Amendments. Any amendment to this Plan that is adopted by the Sponsoring Employer, at any
time, will be deemed to be accepted by any Adopting Employer, unless such Adopting Employer is not
an Affiliated Employer and elects not to adopt a discretionary Plan amendment.
	 
	10.3	 	Plan Expenses. Any expenses paid from the Trust will be charged to each Adopting Employer in
the ratio that each Adopting Employer’s Participants’ Accounts bears to the total of all the
Participants’ Accounts maintained by this Plan, or in any other reasonable method elected by the
Administrator.
	 
	10.4	 	Employee Transfers. An Employee’s transfer to or from an Employer or Adopting Employer will
not affect his or her Participant’s Account balance and total Years of Service or Periods of
Service.
	 
	10.5	 	Multiple Employer Provisions Under Code §413(c). Notwithstanding any other provision in the
Plan, unless the Plan is a collectively bargained plan under Regulation §1.413-1(a), the following
provisions apply to any Adopting Employer that is not also an Affiliated Employer:

	 	(a)	 	Instances of Separate Employer Testing. Employees of any such Adopting Employer will be
treated separately for testing under Code §401(a)(4), §401(k), §401(m) and, if the Sponsoring
Employer and the Adopting Employer do not share Employees, Code §416. Furthermore, the terms
of Code §410(b) will be applied separately on an employer-by-employer basis by the Sponsoring
Employer (and the Adopting Employers which are part of the Affiliated Group which includes
the Sponsoring Employer) and each Adopting Employer that is not an Affiliated Employer of the
Sponsoring Employer, taking into account the generally applicable rules described in Code
§401(a)(5), §414(b) and §414(c).
	 
	 	(b)	 	Instances of Single Employer Testing. Employees of the Adopting Employer will be treated
as part of a single Employer plan for purposes of eligibility to participate under Article 2
and under the provisions of Code §410(a). Furthermore, the terms of Code §411 relating to
Vesting will be applied as if all Employees of all such Adopting Employers and the Sponsoring
Employer were employed by a single Employer, except that the rules regarding Breaks in
Service will be applied under the Department of Labor Regulations.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Common Trust. Contributions made by any Adopting Employer will be held in a common Trust
Fund with contributions made by the Sponsoring Employer, and all such contributions will be
available to pay the benefits of any Participant (or Beneficiary thereof) who is an Employee
of the Sponsoring Employer or any such Adopting Employer.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Common Disqualification Provision. The failure of the Sponsoring Employer or an Adopting
Employer to satisfy the qualification requirements under the provisions of Code §401(a), as
modified by the provisions of Code §413(c), will result in the disqualification of the Plan
for all such Employers maintaining the Plan.
	 
	 	(e)	 	Plan Becomes Individually Designed. If the combination of the Sponsoring Employer and/or
any Adopting Employer creates a multiple employer plan as defined in Code §413(c) and any
applicable transition period of Code §410(b)(6)(C) has expired, then this Plan will be deemed
to be an individually designed plan.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 118 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	10.6	 	Termination of Adoption. An Adopting Employer may terminate its adoption of the Plan by
delivering written notice to the Sponsoring Employer, to the Administrator and to the Trustee (but
in accordance with Article 11, only the Sponsoring Employer can terminate the Plan). Upon any such
termination of adoption by an Adopting Employer, the Adopting Employer may request a transfer of
Trust Fund assets attributable to its Employees from this Plan to a successor qualified retirement
plan maintained by the Adopting Employer or its successor. If such request is not made by the
Adopting Employer, or if the Administrator refuses to make the transfer because in its opinion a
transfer would operate to the detriment of any Participant, would jeopardize the continued
qualification of the Plan, or would not comply with any requirements of the Code, Regulations, or
rules promulgated by the Department of Treasury or Internal Revenue Service, then termination of adoption by an Adopting Employer as described in this Section
will not be considered a distributable event; distribution of a Participant’s Account of an
Employee of the Adopting Employer will be made in accordance with the provisions of Article 5 upon
the death, retirement, Disability, or the Termination of Employment from the Adopting Employer or
former Adopting Employer, as if such termination of adoption by the Adopting Employer had not
occurred.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 119 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

Article 11

Amendment, Termination, Merger and Elective Transfers

	11.1	 	Plan Amendment. The Basic Plan and Adoption Agreements can be amended at any time, and from
time to time, in accordance with the following provisions:

	 	(a)	 	Amendment by the Mass Submitter. Subject to the requirements and limitations set forth in
paragraphs (d) and (e) below, the Mass Submitter may amend any part of the Basic Plan and the
Adoption Agreements. For purposes of this Plan, the Mass Submitter is AccuDraft, Inc.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Amendment by the Prototype Sponsor. Subject to the requirements and limitations set forth
in paragraphs (d) and (e) below, the Prototype Sponsor may amend any part of the Basic Plan
and Adoption Agreements on behalf of each Employer maintaining the Plan at the time of the
amendment. Any amendment to the Basic Plan does not require consent of an Employer, nor does
an Employer have to reexecute its Adoption Agreement with respect to an amendment. The
Prototype Sponsor will provide each Employer a copy of the amended Basic Plan (either by
providing substitute or additional pages, or by providing a restated Basic Plan). An
amendment by the Prototype Sponsor to an Adoption Agreement offered under the Prototype Plan
is not effective with respect to an Employer’s Plan unless the Employer reexecutes the
amended Adoption Agreement. For purposes of amendments made by the Prototype Sponsor, the
Mass Submitter will be recognized as the agent of the Prototype Sponsor. If the Prototype
Sponsor does not adopt the amendments made by the Mass Submitter, it will no longer be
identical to or a minor modifier of the Mass Submitter plan.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Amendment by the Sponsoring Employer. Subject to the requirements and limitations set
forth in paragraphs (d) and (e) below, the Sponsoring Employer may amend any part of the
Basic Plan and the Adoption Agreements in accordance with the following provisions:

	 	(1)	 	Permissible Amendments. The Sponsoring Employer will have the right at any time to
amend the Adoption Agreement in the following manner without affecting the Plan’s status
as a Prototype Plan: (A) the Sponsoring Employer may change any optional selections under
the Adoption Agreement; (B) the Sponsoring Employer may add additional language where
authorized under the Adoption Agreement, including language necessary to satisfy Code
§415 or Code §416 due to the aggregation of multiple plans; (C) the Sponsoring Employer
may change the addendums to the Adoption Agreement from time to time without having to
reexecute the signature page of the Adoption Agreement; (D) the Sponsoring Employer may
adopt any model, sample and/or “good faith” amendments promulgated/suggested by the IRS,
for which the IRS has provided guidance that their adoption will not cause the Plan to be
treated as an individually designed plan; (E) the Sponsoring Employer may adopt any
amendments that it deems necessary to resolve qualification failures under any Employee
Plans Compliance Resolution System (EPCRS) that is promulgated by the Internal Revenue
Service; and (F) the Sponsoring Employer may adopt an amendment to cure a coverage or
nondiscrimination testing failure, as permitted under applicable Regulations. The
Sponsoring Employer may also amend the Plan at any time for any other reason, including a
waiver of the minimum funding requirement under Code §412(d); however, such an amendment
will cause the Plan to lose its status as a Prototype Plan and become an individually designed plan. The ability to amend
the Plan as authorized under this Section applies only to the Sponsoring Employer that
executes the signature page of the Adoption Agreement. Any amendment to the Plan by the
Sponsoring Employer under this Section applies to any Affiliated Employer that
participates under the Plan as an Adopting Employer. The Sponsoring Employer’s amendment
of the Plan from one type of defined contribution plan (e.g., a money purchase plan) into
another type of defined contribution plan (e.g., a profit sharing plan) will not result
in a partial termination or any other event that would require full Vesting of some or
all Plan Participants.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Manner of Amending Adoption Agreements. The Sponsoring Employer can at any time
change any election previously made in an Adoption Agreement (or any addendum previously
attached thereto) by (A) substituting pages with the new elections (or new addendum) and
executing an “Amendment By Page Substitution” and attaching it as part of the Adoption
Agreement; (B) executing an “Amendment By Section Replication” in which the Section or
Sections (or addendum or addendums) to be changed

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 120 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	 	 	are reproduced with the new elections selected, and attaching it as part of the
Adoption Agreement; (C) executing a properly worded resolution, certificate of
action, or meeting minutes and attaching it as part of the Adoption Agreement; or (D)
creating and distributing a Safe Harbor Notice (other than a contingent Safe Harbor
Notice as described in Section 3.20(d)) to Safe Harbor Participants.

	 	(d)	 	General Requirements. An amendment of the Basic Plan or Adoption Agreement by the Mass
Submitter, the Prototype Sponsor, or the Sponsoring Employer must be in writing. However, no
such amendment or modification (1) can increase the responsibilities of the Trustee or
Administrator without their written consent; (2) can deprive any Participant or Beneficiary
of the benefits to which he or she is entitled from the Plan; (3) can result in a decrease in
the amount of any Participant’s Account except as may be permitted under the terms of Code
§412(c)(8) if applicable; or (4) can, except as otherwise provided, permit any part of the
Trust Fund (other than as required to pay taxes and administration expenses) to be used for
or diverted to purposes other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants or their
Beneficiaries, or cause or permit any portion of the Trust Fund to revert to or become the
property of the Employer. In addition, unless the provisions of paragraph (e) are satisfied,
no amendment to the Plan will have the effect of eliminating or restricting the ability of a
Participant or other payee to receive payment of his or her Account balance or benefit
entitlement under a particular optional form of benefit provided under the Plan.
	 
	 	(e)	 	Elimination of Optional Forms of Benefit. No Plan amendment will be effective to
eliminate or restrict an optional form of benefit. The preceding sentence will not apply to a
Plan amendment that eliminates or restricts the ability of a Participant to receive payment
of the Participant’s Account balance under a particular optional form of benefit (including
annuities and installments) if the amendment provides a single-sum distribution form that is
otherwise identical to the optional form of benefit being eliminated or restricted. For this
purpose, a single-sum distribution form is otherwise identical only if the single-sum
distribution form is identical in all respects to the eliminated or restricted optional form
of benefit (or would be identical except that it provides greater rights to the Participant)
except with respect to the timing of payments after commencement. With respect to the
modification or elimination of an optional form of benefit under which benefits are
distributable to a Participant in a medium other than cash, the following provisions will
apply:

	 	(1)	 	Eliminating Distributions Payable in Marketable Securities (other than Employer
Securities). If the Plan includes an optional form of benefit under which benefits are
distributed in the form of Marketable Securities (other than Securities of the Employer),
then that optional form of benefit may be eliminated by a Plan amendment (or the Plan’s
amendment and restatement) by substituting cash for the Marketable Securities as the
medium of distribution.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Amendments to Specify Medium of Distribution. If the Plan includes an optional form
of benefit under which benefits are distributable to a Participant in a medium other than
cash, then the Plan may be amended (or may be amended and restated) to limit the types of
property in which distributions may be made to the Participant to the types of property
specified in the amendment (or the amendment and restatement). For this purpose, the
types of property specified in the amendment (or the amendment and restatement) must
include all types of property (other than marketable securities that are not securities
of the Employer) that are allocated to the Participant’s Account on the effective date of
the amendment (or the amendment and restatement) and in which the Participant would be
able to receive a distribution immediately before the effective date of the amendment (or
the amendment and restatement) if a distributable event occurred. In addition, a Plan
amendment (or the Plan’s amendment and restatement) may provide that the Participant’s
right to receive a distribution in the form of specified types of property is limited to
the property allocated to the Participant’s Account at the time of distribution that
consists of property of those specified types.
	 
	 	(3)	 	In-Kind Distributions after Plan Termination. If the Plan includes an optional form
of benefit under which benefits are distributed in specified property, then that optional
form of benefit may be modified for distributions after Plan termination by substituting
cash for the specified property as the medium of distribution to the extent that, on Plan
termination, an Employee has the opportunity to receive the optional form of benefit in
the form of the specified property. However, if the Employer that maintains the
terminating Plan also maintains another plan that provides an optional form of benefit
under which benefits are distributed in the specified property, then this exception is
not available.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 121 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(4)	 	Definitions of Marketable Securities and Securities of the Employer. For purposes of
this paragraph, the term “Marketable Securities” means marketable securities as defined
in Code §731(c)(2). The term “Securities of the Employer” means securities of the
Employer as defined in Code §402(e)(4)(E)(ii).

	 	(f)	 	Certain Corrective Amendments. To satisfy the minimum coverage requirements of Code
§410(b), the nondiscriminatory amount requirement of Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-1(b)(2), or the
nondiscriminatory plan amendment requirement of Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-1(b)(4), a corrective
amendment or change of the choice of options in the Adoption Agreement may retroactively
increase allocations for Employees who benefited under the Plan during the Plan Year being
corrected, or may grant allocations to Employees who did not benefit under the Plan during
the Plan Year being corrected. To satisfy the nondiscriminatory current availability
requirement of Regulation §1.401(a)(4)-4(b) for benefits, rights or features, a corrective
amendment or change of the choice of options in the Adoption Agreement may make a benefit,
right or feature available to Employees to whom it was previously not available. A corrective
amendment or change of the choice of options in the Adoption Agreement will not be effective
prior to the date of adoption unless it satisfies the applicable requirements of Regulation
§1.401(a)(4)-11(g)(3)(ii) through (vii), including the requirement that, in order to be
effective for the preceding Plan Year, such amendment or change of the choice of options in
the Adoption Agreement must be adopted by the 15th day of the 10th month after the close of
the preceding Plan Year.

	11.2	 	Termination of the Plan. The Sponsoring Employer at any time can terminate the Plan and Trust
in whole or in part in accordance with the following provisions:

	 	(a)	 	Termination of Plan. The Sponsoring Employer can terminate the Plan and Trust by filing
written notice thereof with the Administrator and Trustee and by completely discontinuing
contributions to the Plan. Upon any such termination, the Trust Fund will continue to be
administered until complete distribution has been made to the Participants and other payees,
which distribution must occur as soon as administratively feasible after the termination of the Plan, and must be made in
accordance with the provisions of Article 5 of the Plan, including Section 5.6 where
applicable. However, the Administrator may elect not to distribute the Accounts of
Participants and other payees upon termination of the Plan but instead to transfer the entire
Trust Fund assets and liabilities attributable to this terminated Plan to another qualified
plan maintained by the Employer or its successor.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Vesting Requirement upon Complete Termination or Discontinuance of Contributions. Upon a
complete termination of the Plan, or, in the case of a Plan to which Code §412 does not
apply, upon a complete discontinuance of contributions under the Plan, then (1) any
Participant who is affected by such complete termination or, if applicable, such complete
discontinuance of contributions; (2) any Participant who has not Terminated Employment with
the Employer; (3) any Participant who has Terminated Employment with the Employer and has not
received a complete distribution of the Participant’s Vested Aggregate Account; and (4) any
Participant who has Terminated Employment but has not incurred five consecutive Breaks in
Service; will have a 100% Vested Interest in his or her unpaid Participant’s Account.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Vesting Requirement upon Partial Termination Upon partial termination of the Plan, only a
Participant who has Terminated Employment because of the event which causes the partial
termination but who has not incurred five consecutive Breaks in Service will have a 100%
Vested Interest in his or her unpaid Participant’s Account as of the date of partial
termination.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Discontinuance of Contributions. The Sponsoring Employer may at any time completely
discontinue contributions to the Plan but continue the Plan in operation in all other
respects, in which event the Trust Fund will continue to be administered until eventual full
distribution of all benefits has been made to the Participants and other payees in accordance
with Article 5 after their Termination of Employment for any reason. Discontinuance of
contributions without an additional notice of termination from the Sponsoring Employer to the
Administrator and Trustee will not constitute a termination of the Plan.

	11.3	 	Merger or Consolidation. This Plan and Trust may not be merged or consolidated with, nor may
any of its assets or liabilities be transferred to, any other plan, unless the benefits payable to
each Participant if the Plan was terminated immediately after such action would be equal to or
greater than the benefits to which such Participant would have been entitled if this Plan had been
terminated immediately before such action. For purposes of this Section, the term “Code
§410(b)(6)(C) Transaction” means an asset or stock acquisition, merger, or similar

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 122 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	 	transaction involving a change in the employer of the employees of a business. If the
Employer acquires another company in a Code §410(b)(6)(C) Transaction, employees of the
acquired company may be excluded from this Plan regardless of the provisions of Sections 2.1
and 2.2 of the Plan and the Adoption Agreement during the period beginning on the date of the
transaction and ending on the last day of the Plan Year that begins after the date of the
Code §410(b)(6)(C) Transaction.

	11.4	 	Plan-to-Plan Elective Transfers. To permit Participants to consolidate all qualified defined
contribution plan accounts into a single plan for investments, distributions, loans and other
administrative purposes, the Sponsoring Employer may permit Participants to transfer amounts to and
from this Plan under the following rules:

	 	(a)	 	Transfers to This Plan. If permitted by the Sponsoring Employer and subject to the
provisions of this Section, then a Participant may request that such Participant’s entire
account balance (both the vested interest and the non-vested interest) in another qualified
defined contribution plan maintained by the Sponsoring Employer (or an Adopting Employer) be
transferred in cash or in property into this Plan. Such transferred amount into this Plan
will be considered a Transfer Contribution.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Transfers from This Plan. If permitted by the Sponsoring Employer, then a Participant may
request that such Participant’s Account balance (both the Vested Interest and the Non-Vested
Interest) in this Plan be transferred in cash or in property into another qualified defined
contribution plan of the Sponsoring Employer (or an Adopting Employer).
	 
	 	(c)	 	Limitation on Transfers. A transfer into or from this Plan pursuant to this Section is
only permitted if the Participant is ineligible to actively participate at the same time in
the Sponsoring Employer’s (or an Adopting Employer’s) plan from which the transfer is being
made (the transferor plan) and the Sponsoring Employer’s (or an Adopting Employer’s) plan
into which the transfer is being made (the transferee plan).
	 
	 	(d)	 	Plan Accounts. Transfer Contributions from another qualified defined contribution plan
into this Plan will maintain their identity as Elective Deferrals, Matching Contributions,
Voluntary Employee Contributions, Deductible Employee Contributions, Non-Elective
Contributions, Qualified Non-Elective Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions, Safe
Harbor 401(k) Contributions, and Rollover Contributions in this Plan. Such Transfer
Contributions will be accounted for separately in this Plan.
	 
	 	(e)	 	Protected Benefits. Any Transfer Contributions into this Plan that have benefits, rights
and features (including, but not limited to, certain optional forms of benefit payments, such
as annuities) required to be preserved by Code §411(d)(6) will continue to be preserved and
protected in this Plan to the extent required by Code §411(d)(6). The Sponsoring Employer (or
an Adopting Employer) reserves the right to eliminate any benefits, rights and features
(including, but not limited to, certain optional forms of benefit payments) of any Transfer
Contributions into this Plan, to the extent permitted under Code §411(d)(6).
	 
	 	(f)	 	Vesting. Transfer Contributions into this Plan must Vest at least as rapidly under this
Plan (the transferee plan) as they would Vest under the plan from which the transfer is being
made (the transferor plan), as if the transfer had not occurred. If this Plan is the
transferee plan and the Vesting schedule under the transferor plan for a specific source of
transferred amounts (Matching Contributions or Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions) is
less favorable than the Vesting schedule that applies to the same component (Matching
Contributions or Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions) in this Plan, the Administrator
may apply, in a non-discriminatory manner, the Vesting schedule of this Plan’s component
(Matching Contributions or Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions) to that portion of the
Transfer Contributions.
	 
	 	(g)	 	Transfer Requests Subject to Administrative Approval. Any transfer into or from this Plan
must be made in cash or property acceptable to the Trustee. Any benefits, rights and features
of a Transfer Contribution required to be protected by Code §411(d)(6) must be acceptable to
and approved by the Administrator.
	 
	 	(h)	 	Application of This Section’s Rules. The provisions of this Section will apply to all
Transfer Contributions, regardless of whether a Transfer Contribution was an elective
transfer initiated by the Participant.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 123 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

Article 12

Miscellaneous Provisions

	12.1	 	No Contract of Employment. Except as otherwise provided by law, neither the establishment of
this Plan, any modification hereto, the creation of any fund or account, nor the payment of any
benefits, will be construed as giving any Participant or other person any legal or equitable rights against the
Employer, any officer or Employee thereof, or the Trustee, except as herein provided. Further,
under no circumstances will the terms of employment of any Participant be modified or otherwise
affected by this Plan.
	 
	12.2	 	Title to Assets. No Participant or Beneficiary will have any right to, or any interest in, any
assets of the Trust upon separation from service with the Employer, Affiliated Employer, or
Adopting Employer, except as otherwise provided by the terms of the Plan.
	 
	12.3	 	Qualified Military Service. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary,
contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be
provided in accordance with Code §414(u).
	 
	12.4	 	Domestic Partner’s Rights. If elected in the Adoption Agreement, then a Domestic Partner will
be afforded the same rights as a Spouse for purposes of this Plan. However, until such time as
ERISA recognizes Federal enforcement rights of a Domestic Partner, enforcement of these rights by a
Domestic Partner will be based on a State’s (or Commonwealth’s) contract law (without the necessity
of proving adequate consideration or actual damages under contract law) or other applicable law.
	 
	12.5	 	Fiduciaries and Bonding. Fiduciaries (including Named Fiduciaries) of the Plan will have only
those powers and duties specifically given to them under the terms of this Plan. Every fiduciary
other than a bank, an insurance company, or a fiduciary of an Employer which has no common-law
employees, will be bonded in an amount not less than 10% of the amount of funds under the
fiduciary’s supervision, but the bond will not be less than $1,000 or more than $500,000 or such
other amount that may be required by law. The bond will provide protection to the Plan against any
loss for acts of fraud or dishonesty by a fiduciary acting alone or in concert with others. The
cost of such bond will be an expense of either the Employer or the Trust, at the election of the
Sponsoring Employer.
	 
	12.6	 	Severability of Provisions. If any Plan provision is held invalid or unenforceable, such
invalidity or unenforceability will not affect any other provision of this Plan, and this Plan will
be construed and enforced as if such provision had not been included.
	 
	12.7	 	Interpretation of the Plan and Trust. The following provisions apply to the interpretation of
the Plan and Trust:

	 	(a)	 	Names. Names that are used in this Plan should be used consistently in any appendixes,
policies, procedures, and/or any other documents which are legally binding upon the Plan.
However, in documents that are not considered to be part of this Plan, appendixes, policies
or procedures that are not legally binding upon the Plan; and that may be are distributed to
individuals (such as the SPDs, SMMs, notices, and election forms), names may use plain
English terms. These terms include, but are not limited to, the following: in the case of a
profit sharing plan, the Non-Elective Contribution may be called the Employer contribution or
the profit sharing contribution. Similarly, the Non-Elective Contribution Account may be
called the Participant’s Account or the Participant’s profit sharing account.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Gender. Words that are used in the masculine gender may be construed as though they are
also used in the feminine or neuter gender, where applicable (and vice versa).
	 
	 	(c)	 	Number. Words that are used in the singular form may be construed as though they are also
used in the plural form, where applicable (and vice versa).
	 
	 	(d)	 	Headings and Subheadings. Headings and subheadings are inserted for convenience of
reference. Headings and subheadings constitute no part of this Plan and/or Trust and are not to be
considered in its construction or interpretation.
	 
	 	(e)	 	Single Subparagraphs. This Plan and/or Trust may have Sections and/or paragraphs that
contain a single subparagraph; such document construction will not constitute a Scrivener’s
error.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 124 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(f)	 	Application of Law. This Plan and/or Trust will be construed and interpreted in
accordance with the Code and ERISA. However, if the Plan needs to be construed and
interpreted according to a State’s or Commonwealth’s laws (to the extent that such laws are
not preempted by the provisions of the Code and ERISA), this Plan will be construed and
interpreted according to the laws of the State or Commonwealth in which the Sponsoring
Employer maintains its principal place of business. Unless the Trust otherwise provides, if
the Trust needs to be construed and interpreted according to a State’s or Commonwealth’s laws
(to the extent that such laws are not preempted by the provisions of the Code and ERISA), the
Trust will be construed and interpreted according to the laws of the State or Commonwealth in
which the Sponsoring Employer maintains its principal place of business.
	 
	 	(g)	 	Effective Dates. This Plan and Trust contains various effective dates, which include, but
are not limited to: (1) the effective date of the Plan and, if applicable, the effective date
of the amended and restated Plan; (2) the effective dates of legally required or permitted
provisions; (3) the effective dates of various provisions in the Adoption Agreement; and (4)
the effective dates of the Effective Date Addendum (including, but not limited to, the
effective date of the freezing of the Plan, if applicable).

	12.8	 	Costs and Expenses of Legal Action. Unless otherwise prohibited by law, either the Sponsoring
Employer or the Trust, in the sole discretion of the Sponsoring Employer, will reimburse the
Trustee and/or the Administrator for all costs, attorneys fees and other expenses associated with
any claim, suit or proceeding.
	 
	12.9	 	Qualified Plan Status. This Plan, the related Trust agreement and the related Adoption
Agreement are intended to be a qualified retirement plan under the provisions of Code §401(a) and
§501(a).
	 
	12.10	 	Mailing of Notices to Administrator, Employer or Trustee. Notices, documents or forms
required to be given to or filed with the Administrator, the Employer or the Committee will be
either hand delivered or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, to the Committee or the
Employer, at the Employer’s principal place of business. Any notices, documents or forms required
to be given to or filed with the Trustee will be either be hand delivered or mailed by first class
mail, postage prepaid, to the Trustee at its principal place of business.
	 
	12.11	 	Participant Notices and Waivers of Notices. Whenever written notice is required to be given
under the terms of this Plan, such notice will be deemed to be given on the date that such written
notice is either hand delivered to the recipient or deposited at a United States Postal Service
Station, first class mail, postage paid. Notice may be waived by any party entitled to receive
written notice concerning any matter under the terms of this Plan.
	 
	12.12	 	No Duplication of Benefits. There will be no duplication of benefits under the Plan because
of employment by more than one participating Employer.
	 
	12.13	 	Evidence Furnished Conclusive. Anyone required to give evidence under the terms of the Plan
may do so by certificate, affidavit, document or other information that the person to act in
reliance may consider pertinent, reliable and genuine, and to have been signed, made or presented
by the proper party or parties. The fiduciaries of the Plan will be fully protected in acting and
relying upon any evidence described under this Section.
	 
	12.14	 	Release of Claims. Any payment to a Participant or Beneficiary, his or her legal
representative, or to a guardian or committee appointed for such Participant or Beneficiary, will, to the extent thereof,
be in full satisfaction of all claims hereunder against the Administrator and the Trustee, either
of whom may require such Participant, legal representative, Beneficiary, guardian or committee, as
a condition precedent to such payment, to execute a receipt and release thereof in such form as
determined by the Administrator or the Trustee.
	 
	12.15	 	Deductible Employee Contributions. This Plan will not permit a Participant to make Deductible
Employee Contributions to the Plan for any Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1987, but any
Deductible Employee Contributions which were made to the Plan prior to such date will continue to
be maintained in the Participant’s Deductible Employee Contributions Account in which the
Participant will have a 100% Vested Interest. Except for that portion which a Participant
self-directs pursuant to Section 7.4, the Administrator may choose for investment purposes to
either segregate such accounts into separate interest bearing accounts or invest them as part of
the general Trust Fund, in which case such accounts will share in the allocation of earnings and
losses under Section 3.12 as non-segregated accounts. However, no portion of a Participant’s
Deductible Employee Contributions can be invested in life insurance Policies under Section 7.2. A
Participant may withdraw amounts from his or her Deductible Employee Contributions Account only if
all other amounts credited to the Plan on his

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 125 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

		 	or her behalf, other than his Participant’s Account, have been distributed to the
Participant. Distributions will be made pursuant to Article 5. Notwithstanding anything in
this Section to the contrary, if elected in the Adoption Agreement, then each Participant may
make Deemed IRA Contributions to the Plan, pursuant to Section 3.17.

	12.16	 	Discontinued Contributions. Any Participants’ Accounts (or sub-Accounts) that were
established for specific contributions to the Plan which are (or were) subsequently discontinued
will continue to be administered in accordance with the Vesting and Forfeiture provisions of the
Plan in effect on the date that such contributions are (or were) discontinued.
	 
	12.17	 	Multiple Copies of Plan, Trust and/or Adoption Agreement. This Plan, the related Trust
agreement and the related Adoption Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of
which will be deemed an original, but all of which will constitute one and the same agreement or
Trust agreement, as the case may be, and will be binding on the respective successors and assigns
of the Employer and all other parties.
	 
	12.18	 	Loss of Prototype Status. If the Prototype Sponsor terminates the services of the Mass
Submitter, then this Plan will no longer qualify as a Prototype Plan and will be considered an
individually-designed plan.
	 
	12.19	 	Limitation of Liability and Indemnification. In addition to and in furtherance of any other
limitations provided in the Plan, and to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Employer will
indemnify and hold harmless its board of directors (collectively and individually), if any, the
Administrative/Advisory Committee (collectively and individually), if any, and its officers,
Employees, and agents against and with respect to any and all expenses, losses, liabilities, costs,
and claims, including legal fees to defend against such liabilities and claims, arising out of
their good-faith discharge of responsibilities under or incident to the Plan, excepting only
expenses and liabilities resulting from willful misconduct. This indemnity will not preclude such
further indemnities as may be available under insurance purchased by the Employer or as may be
provided by the Employer under any by-law, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested
directors, or otherwise, as such indemnities are permitted under state law. Payments with respect
to any indemnity and payment of expenses or fees under this Section will be made only from assets
of the Employer, and will not be made directly or indirectly from assets of the Trust.
	 
	12.20	 	Written Elections and Forms. Whenever the word “written” or the words “in writing” are used,
such words will include any method of communication permitted by the DOL with respect to such
documentation. In a similar manner, the word “form” will include any other method of election
permitted under current law. Such alternative methods will include, but not be limited to,
electronic modes to the extent permitted by law.
	 
	12.21	 	Assignment and Alienation of Benefits. Except as may otherwise be permitted under Code
§401(a)(13)(C), as may otherwise be permitted under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order as
provided in Section 8.10, or as may otherwise be permitted under Section 7.1 relating to loans to
Participants, no right or claim to, or interest in, any part of the Trust Fund, or any payment
therefrom, will be assignable, transferable, or subject to sale, mortgage, pledge, hypothecation,
commutation, anticipation, garnishment, attachment, execution, or levy of any kind, and the
Trustees will not recognize any attempt to assign, transfer, sell, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate,
commute, or anticipate the same, except to the extent required by law.
	 
	12.22	 	Exclusive Benefit Rule. All contributions made by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer to
the Trust Fund will be used for the exclusive benefit of the Participants who are Employees of the
Employer or Affiliated Employer and for their Beneficiaries and will not be used for nor diverted
to any other purpose except the payment of the costs of maintaining the Plan. All contributions
made by an Adopting Employer who is not an Affiliated Employer will be used for the exclusive
benefit of the Participants who are Employees of the Adopting Employer and for their Beneficiaries
and will not be used for nor diverted to any other purpose except the payment of the Adopting
Employers’ proportionate costs of maintaining the Plan.
	 
	12.23	 	Prior Provisions of Amended and Restated Plans. If the Plan’s effective date is prior to the
first day of the first Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 2002 and this is an amendment and
restatement of the Plan, then the provisions of the prior Plan document in effect prior to the
first day of the first Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 2002 will apply to this Plan;
however, if any provisions of the prior Plan document contradict any provisions of this Plan, then
the provisions of this Plan will apply.
	 
	12.24	 	Dual and Multiple Trusts. Plan assets may be held in two or more separate trusts, or in trust
and by an insurance company or by a trust and under a custodial agreement. Plan assets may also be
held in a common trust.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	DC Basic Plan #01
	 	Page 126 of 126
	 	July 2008

 

 

Post-EGTRRA “Good Faith” Amendment

For The AccuDraft

Prototype Defined Contribution Retirement Plan

			
	 	 	 
	Post-EGTRRA Amendment
	 	July 2008

 

 

Table of Contents

	 	 	 	 	 
	Article 1
	 	 	1	 
	Post-EGTRRA Provisions Effective 2006 And Earlier
	 	 	1	 

									
	 	1.1	 	 	Bonding Requirements
	 	 	1	 
	 	1.2	 	 	Service for Vesting Purposes When Previously Frozen Plan Resumes Allocations
	 	 	1	 
	 	1.3	 	 	Eliminating Forms of Distribution
	 	 	2	 
	 	1.4	 	 	Application of Code §411(a) With Respect to Protected Benefits
	 	 	3	 
	 	1.5	 	 	Financial Hardship Distributions
	 	 	3	 
	 	1.6	 	 	Distribution to a Qualified Reservist
	 	 	4	 
	 	1.7	 	 	Hurricane Provisions
	 	 	4	 
	 	1.8	 	 	Retroactive Revocation of Prior Amendment on account of the Heinz Decision
	 	 	9	 
	 	1.9	 	 	Certain Employees of Tax Exempt Entity Excluded From 401(k) Plan or 401(m) Plan
	 	 	10	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	Article 2
	 	 	11	 
	Post-EGTRRA Provisions Effective 2007
	 	 	11	 

									
	 	2.1	 	 	Notice and Consent Requirements
	 	 	11	 
	 	2.2	 	 	Direct Rollovers
	 	 	13	 
	 	2.3	 	 	Qualified Domestic Relations Orders
	 	 	15	 
	 	2.4	 	 	Determination Whether Partial Termination of the Plan Has Occurred
	 	 	15	 
	 	2.5	 	 	Code §415 Limitations Under the Final Code §415 Regulations
	 	 	16	 
	 	2.6	 	 	Vesting of Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Accounts
	 	 	23	 
	 	2.7	 	 	Diversification
	 	 	24	 
	 	2.8	 	 	Calculation of Gap Period Income for Excess Elective Deferrals
	 	 	25	 
	 	2.9	 	 	Rollover by a Non-Spouse Designated Beneficiary
	 	 	26	 
	 	2.10	 	 	Money Purchase or Target Benefit Plan In-Service Distributions
	 	 	26	 
	 	2.11	 	 	Qualified Default Investment Alternative
	 	 	26	 
	 	2.12	 	 	Modification to Normal Retirement Age
	 	 	29	 
	 	2.13	 	 	Mid-Year Changes Permitted for Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan
	 	 	30	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	Article 3
	 	 	31	 
	Post-EGTRRA Provisions Effective 2008
	 	 	31	 

									
	 	3.1	 	 	Elimination of Gap Period Income for Excess Contributions
	 	 	31	 
	 	3.2	 	 	Elimination of Gap Period Income for Excess Aggregate Contributions
	 	 	31	 
	 	3.3	 	 	Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement
	 	 	31	 
	 	3.4	 	 	Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement
	 	 	34	 
	 	3.5	 	 	Eligible Participant’s Election for Permissible Withdrawal
	 	 	35	 
	 	3.6	 	 	Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity
	 	 	36	 

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Post-EGTRRA Amendment
	 	Page 1 of 36
	 	July 2008

 

 

Introduction

This Post-EGTRRA “Good Faith” Amendment (the “Amendment”) to the AccuDraft Prototype Defined
Contribution Retirement Plan is intended as good faith compliance with various post-EGTRRA
provisions, including the Pension Protection Act of 2006 and various changes to the Regulations,
and is adopted by the Mass Submitter as of June 30, 2008, subject to elections made by either the
Prototype Sponsor or the Sponsoring Employer.

This Amendment supersedes any conflicting provisions of the Plan, any administrative policy, the
Plan’s funding policy, and/or any previously-adopted “good faith” amendment of the same subject
matter, as applicable. If this Amendment establishes/memorializes an Automatic Contribution Arrangement, then
this Amendment supersedes any State (or Commonwealth) law that would directly or indirectly
prohibit or restrict the inclusion of an Automatic Contribution Arrangement in the Plan, pursuant
to ERISA §514(e)(1) and Department of Labor Regulation §2550.404c–5(f).

This Amendment is a “good faith” amendment, is not part of the pre-approved EGTRRA document, and
has not been reviewed by the IRS for compliance with post-EGTRRA statutory and Regulatory changes.
Furthermore, pursuant to Revenue Procedure 2007-44, this Amendment does not affect the status of
reliance upon the Plan.

The Amendment consists of this document (the Post-EGTRRA “Good Faith” Amendment) and the
Post-EGTRRA “Good Faith” Amendment Election Form (the “Election Form”). Each Article of the
Amendment is based upon the earliest effective year that a specific Section (or specific paragraph
of a Section) can apply to the Plan, but the effective year of an Article is used for reference
purposes only. The actual effective date of (a) a specific Section of this Amendment, (b) a
specific paragraph in a Section of this Amendment, or (c) a specific Section of the Election Form,
applies to the Plan and overrides any conflict with the effective year of an Article. Furthermore,
the rules of the Plan’s Section entitled “Interpretation of the Plan and Trust” apply to this
Amendment.

Article 1

Post-EGTRRA Provisions Effective 2006 And Earlier

	1.1	 	Bonding Requirements. Paragraph (a) below is effective as of the first day of the first Plan
Year beginning after August 17, 2006. Furthermore, paragraph (b) below is effective as of the first
day of the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2007.

	 	(a)	 	Determination of Amount. Every Plan fiduciary other than a bank, an insurance company, a
broker-dealer who is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 §15(b) and who is
subject to the fidelity bond requirements of a self-regulatory organization as defined in
ERISA §412(a) as amended by PPA, or a fiduciary of a Sponsoring Employer that has no
common-law employees, will be bonded in an amount that is not less than 10% of the amount of
funds under such Plan fiduciary’s direct or indirect control; however, such bond will not be
less than $1,000 nor more than $500,000 (or such other amount as may be required by law). The
bond will provide protection to the Plan against any loss for acts of fraud or dishonesty by
a Plan fiduciary acting alone or in concert with others. The cost of such bond will be an
expense of either the Sponsoring Employer or the Plan, at the election of the Sponsoring
Employer.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Investment in Employer Securities. If the Plan holds employer securities as defined in
ERISA §407(d)(1), the maximum bond described in paragraph (a) is increased to $1,000,000
unless the Department of Labor prescribes a larger amount after notice and an opportunity for
interested parties to be heard.

	1.2	 	Service for Vesting Purposes When Previously Frozen Plan Resumes Allocations. If (a) the Plan
becomes frozen; (b) the freezing of allocations under the Plan causes a partial termination of the
Plan to occur; and (c) allocations later resume under the previously-frozen Plan, then all Years of
Service or 1-Year Periods of Service, as applicable, after the Plan was established must be
recognized for Vesting purposes. In addition, if allocations are made under a new plan maintained
by the same Employer and if the new plan is merged with the frozen Plan, then all Years of Service
or 1-Year Periods of Service, as applicable, after the frozen Plan was established must be
recognized for Vesting purposes for any allocations under the new plan after the merger. The
provisions of this Section comply with Revenue Ruling 2003-65.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Post-EGTRRA Amendment
	 	Page 1 of 36
	 	July 2008

 

 

	1.3	 	Eliminating Forms of Distribution. In addition to rules that are enumerated by Regulations and
other guidance concerning the modification of the Plan’s Normal Form of Distribution and the
modification and/or the elimination of the Plan’s Optional Forms of Distribution, for any applicable Plan
amendment that is adopted on or after August 12, 2005 (except as otherwise provided), the Plan may
be amended to eliminate a form of distribution, subject to the following rules:

	 	(a)	 	General Rule for Eliminating a Form of Distribution. The Plan may eliminate a form of
distribution previously available to Participants, so long as:

	 	(1)	 	Single Sum Available. A single sum payment is available to Participants at the same
time or times as the form of distribution being eliminated;
	 
	 	(2)	 	Same or Greater Portion of Participant’s Account. Such single sum payment is based
upon the same or greater portion of the Participant’s Account as the form of distribution
being eliminated; and
	 
	 	(3)	 	Single Sum Otherwise Identical. Such single-sum distribution form is otherwise
identical to the form of benefit being eliminated or restricted. For purposes of this
subparagraph, a single-sum distribution form is otherwise identical to the form of
benefit that is eliminated or restricted only if the single-sum distribution form is
identical in all respects to the eliminated or restricted form of distribution (or would
be identical except that it provides greater rights to the Participant) except with
respect to the timing of payments after commencement. However, an otherwise identical
distribution form need not retain rights or features of the form of benefit that is
eliminated or restricted to the extent that those rights or features would not be
protected from elimination or restriction under Code §411(d)(6).

	 	(b)	 	Eliminating Optional Forms of Distribution Through Utilization Test. If the Plan is a
money purchase plan or a target benefit plan, then in addition to the provisions of paragraph
(a) above, for any applicable Plan amendment adopted after December 31, 2006, the Plan may
eliminate any/all Optional Forms of Distribution that comprise a Generalized Optional Form
for a Participant with respect to allocations that occurred before the Applicable Amendment
Date under the “Utilization Test” of Regulation §1.411(d)-3(f). The elimination of Optional
Forms of Distribution of this paragraph (b) is subject to the following:

	 	(1)	 	Not a Core Benefit. The Optional Forms of Distribution being eliminated cannot be a
Core Option.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Timeframe for Amendment. The Plan amendment is not applicable with respect to an
Optional Form of Distribution with an Annuity Starting Date that is earlier than the
number of days in the maximum Applicable Election Period after the date that the
amendment is adopted.
	 
	 	(3)	 	Requirements. During the Look-Back Period, (1) the Generalized Optional Form has been
available to at least the Applicable Number of Participants; and (2) no Participant has
elected any Optional Form of Distribution that is part of the Generalized Optional Form
with an Annuity Starting Date that is within the Look-Back Period.

	 	(c)	 	Definitions. As used in this Section, the following words and phrases have the following
meanings:

	 	(1)	 	Applicable Amendment Date. The term “Applicable Amendment Date” means the later of
the effective date of the amendment or the date that the amendment is adopted.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Applicable Election Period. The term “Applicable Election Period” means the period
described in Code §417(a)(6), to wit: with respect to an election to waive the Qualified
Joint and Survivor Annuity, the period that begins not later than 180 days prior to the
Annuity Starting Date (unless future guidance requires/permits otherwise).
	 
	 	(3)	 	Applicable Number of Participants. The term “Applicable Number of Participants” means
50 Participants. However, the Applicable Number of Participants may include Participants
Taken Into Account who elected an Optional Form of Distribution that included a
single-sum distribution that applied with respect to at least 25% of the Participant’s
Account, but only if the Applicable Number of Participants is increased to 1,000
Participants.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Post-EGTRRA Amendment
	 	Page 2 of 36
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(4)	 	Core Option. The term “Core Option” means (A) a straight life annuity Generalized
Optional Form under which the Participant is entitled to a level life annuity with no
benefit payable after the Participant’s death; (B) a 75% joint and contingent annuity
Generalized Optional Form under which the Participant is entitled to a life annuity with
a survivor annuity for any individual designated by the Participant (including a
non-Spousal contingent annuitant) that is 75% of the amount payable during the
Participant’s life; (C) a 10-year term certain and life annuity Generalized Optional Form
under which the Participant is entitled to a life annuity with a guarantee that payments
will continue to any person designated by the Participant for the remainder of a fixed
period of 10 years if the Participant dies before the end of the 10-year period; and (D)
the most valuable option for a Participant with a short life expectancy, as defined in
Regulation §1.411(d)-3(g)(5)(iii). The rules of Regulation §1.411(d)-3(g)(5) apply to the
determination of Core Options.
	 
	 	(5)	 	Generalized Optional Form. The term “Generalized Optional Form” means a group of
Optional Forms of Distribution that are identical except for differences due to actuarial
factors used to determine the amount of the distributions under those Optional Forms of
Distribution and the Annuity Starting Dates.
	 
	 	(6)	 	Look-Back Period. The term “Look-Back Period” means the period that includes: (A) the
portion of the Plan Year in which such Plan amendment is adopted that precedes the date
of adoption (known as the “Pre-Adoption Period”); and (B) the 2 Plan Years immediately
preceding the Pre-Adoption Period. With regard to the Look-Back Period, the following
rules apply: (A) in the Look-Back Period, at least 1 of the Plan Years must be a 12-month
Plan Year; (B) the Plan may exclude, pursuant to an administrative policy that is
promulgated by the Administrator, the calendar month in which the amendment is adopted
from the Look-Back Period and the preceding 1 or 2 calendar months to the extent those
preceding months are contained within the Pre-Adoption Period; and (C) in order to have a
Look-Back Period that satisfies the requirement of the minimum Applicable Number of
Participants, the Look-Back Period may be expanded pursuant to an administrative policy
that is promulgated by the Administrator, to include the 3, 4, or 5 Plan Years
immediately preceding the Plan Year in which the amendment is adopted. However, if the
Plan does not satisfy the requirement of the minimum Applicable Number of Participants
using the Pre-Adoption Period and the immediately preceding 5 Plan Years, then the Plan
is not permitted to be amended in accordance with the Utilization Test of this Section.
	 
	 	(7)	 	Participant Taken Into Account. The term “Participant Taken Into Account” means a
Participant who was eligible to elect to commence payment of an Optional Form of
Distribution that is part of the Generalized Optional Form being eliminated with an
Annuity Starting Date that is within the Look-Back Period. A Participant is not a
Participant Taken Into Account if the Participant (A) did not elect any Optional Form of
Distribution with an Annuity Starting Date that was within the Look-Back Period; (B)
elected an Optional Form of Distribution that included a single-sum distribution that
applied with respect to at least 25% of the Participant’s Account; (C) elected an
Optional Form of Distribution that was only available during a limited period of time and
that contained a retirement-type subsidy where the subsidy that is part of the
Generalized Optional Form being eliminated was not extended to any Optional Form of
Distribution with the same Annuity Starting Date; or (D) elected an Optional Form of
Distribution with an Annuity Starting Date that was more than 10 years before Normal
Retirement Age.

	1.4	 	Application of Code §411(a) With Respect to Protected Benefits. Any applicable Plan amendment
adopted after August 9, 2006 which decreases a Participant’s Account balance, or otherwise places
greater restrictions or conditions on a Participant’s rights to Code §411(d)(6) protected benefits
is not permitted, even if the Plan amendment merely adds a restriction or condition that is
permitted under the Vesting rules in Code §411(a)(3) through (11). However, a Plan amendment does
not violate Code §411(d)(6) to the extent that the amendment applies to allocations after the
Applicable Amendment Date. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this Section, a Plan amendment
that satisfies the requirements of Department of Labor Regulation 2530.203–2(c) (relating to
Vesting Computation Periods) does not violate the requirements of Code §411(d)(6) even though the
Plan amendment changes the Plan’s Vesting Computation Periods. For purposes of this Section, the
term “Applicable Amendment Date” means the later of the effective date of the amendment or the date
the amendment is adopted.
	 
	1.5	 	Financial Hardship Distributions. If the Plan is either a profit sharing plan or a 401(k) Plan
and if elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, then this Section is effective as
of the effective date elected in the Election Form, and the following provisions apply to the Plan:

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Post-EGTRRA Amendment
	 	Page 3 of 36
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(a)	 	Revised Definition of Financial Hardship. With respect to financial hardship
distributions made on or after the effective date of this Section, the determination of any
deemed immediate and heavy financial need described in Regulation §1.401(k)-1(d)(3)(iii)(B)
will be expanded to include any immediate and heavy financial need (expenses described in
Regulation §1.401(k)-1(d)(3)(iii)(B)(1), (3), or (5), which relate to medical, tuition, and
funeral expenses, respectively) of a Participant’s Primary Beneficiary. For purposes of this
Section, the term “Primary Beneficiary” means the individual(s) who is named and designated
as a Beneficiary under the terms of the Plan and who has an unconditional right to all or a
portion of the Participant’s Account balance upon the Participant’s death.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Amounts to Which the Revised Definition of Financial Hardship Applies. The provisions of
this Section apply to financial hardship distributions under the provisions of an
administrative policy regarding financial hardship distributions that is promulgated by the
Administrator.

	1.6	 	Distribution to a Qualified Reservist. If the Plan is a 401(k) Plan and if elected by the
Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, then this Section is effective with respect to any
Qualified Reservist Distribution that is taken after September 11, 2001 but before December 31,
2007, as follows:

	 	(a)	 	Qualified Reservist Distribution Permitted for Any Reason. A Qualified Reservist
Distribution may be made to a Qualified Reservist under any circumstance and/or for any
reason without violating the distribution restrictions of Code §401(k)(2)(B)(i).
	 
	 	(b)	 	Qualified Reservist Distribution Not Subject To Excise Tax and May Be Repaid To an IRA.
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, to the extent that any distribution
is a Qualified Reservist Distribution, the otherwise applicable 10% excise tax of Code
§72(t)(1) on early distributions will not apply. In addition, at any time during the
two-year period beginning on the day after the last day of the Qualified Reservist’s
active duty (but the two-year period will end no earlier than August 17, 2008), a
Qualified Reservist who has received one or more Qualified Reservist Distributions may
make one or more repayment contributions to an IRA in an aggregate amount not to exceed
the total amount of such Qualified Reservists Distributions. The dollar or compensation
limitations otherwise applicable to contributions to an IRA will not apply to a repayment
contribution of Qualified Reservist Distributions. No deduction is allowed for a
repayment contribution of Qualified Reservist Distributions.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Definitions. As used in this Section, the following words and phrases have the following
meanings:

	 	(1)	 	Qualified Reservist. The term “Qualified Reservist” means an individual who is a
member of a reserve component, as defined in §101 of title 37, United States Code, and
who is ordered or called to active duty after September 11, 2001 and before December 31,
2007 either for a period in excess of 179 days or for an indefinite period.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Qualified Reservist Distribution. The term “Qualified Reservist Distribution” means a
distribution of Elective Deferrals to a Qualified Reservist that is made during the
period beginning on the date that the Qualified Reservist is ordered or called to duty
and ending on the last day of active duty.

	1.7	 	Hurricane Provisions. If elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Post-EGTRRA “Good Faith”
Amendment Election Form, then except as otherwise provided in paragraphs (c) through (f) below,
this Section applies to any Participant in the Plan that was affected by Hurricanes Katrina, Rita,
or Wilma:

	 	(a)	 	Qualified Hurricane Distributions. The following provisions apply to Qualified Hurricane
Distributions:

	 	(1)	 	Qualified Hurricane Distribution Not Subject to Code §72(t). Any Qualified Hurricane
Distribution will not be subject to Code §72(t). The aggregate amount of distributions
received by an individual which may be treated as Qualified Hurricane Distributions for
any taxable year shall not exceed the excess (if any) of (A) $100,000, minus (B) the
aggregate amounts treated as Qualified Hurricane Distributions received by such
individual for all prior taxable years.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Post-EGTRRA Amendment
	 	Page 4 of 36
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(2)	 	Clarification of Qualified Hurricane Distribution. If a distribution to an individual
would (without regard to subparagraph (c)(1)) be a Qualified Hurricane Distribution, then
this Plan shall not be treated as violating any requirement of subparagraph (c)(1) merely
because the Plan treats such distribution as a Qualified Hurricane Distribution, unless
the aggregate amount of such distributions from all plans (including this Plan)
maintained by the Sponsor Employer (and any Affiliated Employer of the Sponsoring
Employer) to such individual exceeds $100,000.
	 
	 	(3)	 	Exemption of Qualified Hurricane Distributions from Trustee to Trustee Transfer and
Withholding Rules. For purposes of Code §401(a)(31), §402(f), and §3405, Qualified
Hurricane Distributions shall not be treated as eligible rollover distributions.
	 
	 	(4)	 	Qualified Hurricane Distributions Treated as Meeting Plan Distribution Requirements.
A Qualified Hurricane Distribution will be treated as meeting the requirements of Code
§401(k)(2)(B)(i), §403(b)(7)(A)(ii), §403(b)(11), and §457(d)(1)(A).

	 	(b)	 	Procedural Requirements. Any otherwise applicable procedural requirements that are
imposed by the Plan, any administrative policy, or any procedure may be disregarded with
respect to any provision of this Section, so long as the Administrator makes a good-faith
effort under the circumstances to comply with such requirements of the Plan, administrative
policy, or procedure and makes a reasonable attempt to assemble any required documentation as
soon as practical including, if applicable, Spousal consent.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Special Financial Hardship Distributions on Account of Hurricane Disasters. If elected by
the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, then regardless of any other distribution
provisions in the Plan to the contrary, a Participant or former Participant (1) whose
Principal Place of Abode is/was located in the Hurricane Katrina Disaster Area, Hurricane
Rita Disaster Area, or Hurricane Wilma Disaster Area; (2) whose place of employment is/was
located in the Hurricane Katrina Disaster Area, Hurricane Rita Disaster Area, or Hurricane
Wilma Disaster Area; or (3) whose lineal ascendant or descendant, dependent or Spouse has/had
a Principal Place of Abode or place of employment in the Hurricane Katrina Disaster Area,
Hurricane Rita Disaster Area, or Hurricane Wilma Disaster Area; and the Participant or former
Participant, or the Participant’s (or former Participant’s) lineal ascendant or descendant, dependent, or Spouse faces an immediate and
heavy financial need, may receive a special financial hardship distribution on or after
August 29, 2005 and not later than March 31, 2006 of the Participant’s Elective Deferrals (as
well as the Participant’s Vested Interest in the Participant’s Account or any sub-account of
the Participant’s Account that is not prohibited by law or Regulation from being distributed
as a hardship distribution). The determination of whether a Participant or former
Participant, or the Participant’s (or former Participant’s) lineal ascendant or descendant,
dependent, or Spouse has an immediate and heavy financial need will be made by the
Administrator, subject to the following provisions:

	 	(1)	 	Immediate and Heavy Financial Need. The determination by the Administrator of an
immediate and heavy financial need will be based upon such severity that a Participant or
former Participant, or the Participant’s (or former Participant’s) lineal ascendant or
descendant, dependent, or Spouse is confronted or endangered by present or impending
financial ruin, present or impending want, or privation. The Administrator will determine
whether an immediate and heavy financial need exists based on all relevant facts and
circumstances in a nondiscriminatory manner, and will not be limited to the circumstances
enumerated in subparagraph (2) below. The Participant or former Participant must
demonstrate the immediate and heavy financial need with positive evidence submitted to
the Administrator, if positive evidence is readily available. However, the Administrator
may rely upon representations from the Participant or former Participant as to the need
for and amount of a financial hardship distribution, unless the Administrator has actual
knowledge to the contrary.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Deemed Immediate and Heavy Financial Need. A distribution is deemed to be on account
of an immediate and heavy financial need of a Participant or former Participant, or the
Participant’s (or former Participant’s) lineal ascendant or descendant, dependent, or
Spouse if the distribution is for (A) expenses for (or necessary to obtain) medical care
that would be deductible under Code §213(d) (determined without regard to whether the
expenses exceed 7.5% of adjusted gross income); (B) costs directly related to the
purchase of a principal residence (excluding mortgage payments); (C) payment of tuition,
related educational fees, and room and board expenses, for up to the next 12 months of
post-secondary education; (D) payments necessary to prevent the eviction from the
principal residence or foreclosure on

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Post-EGTRRA Amendment
	 	Page 5 of 36
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	 	 	the mortgage on that residence; (E) payments for burial or funeral expenses; or (F)
expenses for the repair of damage to the principal residence that would qualify for
the casualty deduction under Code §165 (determined without regard to whether the loss
exceeds 10% of adjusted gross income).
	 
	 	(3)	 	Certain Restrictions Do Not Apply to Special Financial Hardship Distributions. If
this Plan (or any other plan of the Sponsoring Employer) is a 401(k) Plan or permits
Voluntary Employee Contributions, then a Participant who receives a special financial
hardship distribution of Elective Deferrals pursuant to this paragraph (c) is not
prohibited from making Elective Deferrals or Voluntary Employee Contributions to the Plan
(or any other plan of the Sponsoring Employer) at any time after receipt of the special
financial hardship distribution.

	 	(d)	 	Participant Loans. If elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, then the
following provisions apply to a Qualified Individual with respect to loans made during the
Applicable Period:

	 	(1)	 	Increase in Limit on Loans Not Treated as Distributions. In the case of any
Participant loan to a Qualified Individual made during the Applicable Period, the
following Participant loan limits that are contained in the separate written loan program
are increased as follows: (A) the $50,000 aggregate limit on a Participant’s loans of
Code §72(p)(2)(A)(i) is increased to $100,000; and (B) the aggregate amount of a
Participant’s loans which is limited to 50% of the Participant’s Vested Account balance
of Code §72(p)(2)(A)(ii) is increased to 100% of the Participant’s
Vested Account balance.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Adequate Security. The requirements of ERISA with respect to adequate loan security
are not enforced with respect to any Participant loan to a Qualified Individual during
the Applicable Period.
	 
	 	(3)	 	Delay of Repayment. In the case of a Qualified Individual with an outstanding
Participant loan from this Plan on or after the Qualified Beginning Date, the following
will apply: (A) (A) if the due date for any repayment with respect to such Participant
loan pursuant to Code §72(p)(2)(B) and (C) occurs during the period beginning on the
Qualified Beginning Date and ending on December 31, 2006, then such due date for any
repayment will be delayed for one (1) year. Such 1-year delay period will not trigger a
deemed distribution of the Participant loan under the Plan or the Regulations; (B) in
determining the 5-year period (assuming that the Participant loan is not a principal
residence loan) and the term of a Participant loan under Code §72(p)(2)(B) and (C), the
1-year delay period described in subparagraph (A) shall be disregarded; and (C) any
subsequent repayments with respect to any such Participant loan will be appropriately
adjusted to reflect the delay in the due date for any repayment under subparagraph (A)
and any interest accruing during such delay. After the 1-year period described in
subparagraph (A), the Participant loan shall be repaid by amortizing the outstanding
balance (including accrued interest) in substantially level installments over the
remaining period of the Participant loan (i.e., five (5) years from the date of the
origination of the Participant loan (assuming that the Participant loan is not a
principal residence loan) plus the 1-year delay period).
	 
	 	(4)	 	Applicable Period and Qualified Beginning Date. In applying this paragraph (d), the
following will apply: (A) in the case of any Qualified Hurricane Katrina Individual, the
Applicable Period is the period beginning on September 24, 2005 and ending on December
31, 2006 and the Qualified Beginning Date is August 25, 2005; (B) in the case of any
Qualified Hurricane Rita Individual, the Applicable Period is the period beginning on
December 21, 2005 and ending on December 31, 2006 and the Qualified Beginning Date is
September 23, 2005; and (C) in the case of any Qualified Hurricane Wilma Individual, the
Applicable Period is the period beginning on December 21, 2005 and ending on December 31,
2006 and the Qualified Beginning Date is October 23, 2005.

	 	(e)	 	Re-Contribution of Prior Qualified Hurricane Distributions to the Plan. If elected by the
Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, then the following provisions apply to the
re-contribution of Qualified Hurricane Distributions to the Plan:

	 	(1)	 	Re-Contribution of Qualified Hurricane Distribution. Any individual who receives a
Qualified Hurricane Distribution may make, at any time during the 3-year period beginning
on the day after the date on which such distribution was received, one or more
re-contributions in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount of such Qualified
Hurricane Distribution to this Plan (which is an eligible

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Post-EGTRRA Amendment
	 	Page 6 of 36
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	 	 	retirement plan as defined in Code §402(c)(8)(B)), so long as such individual is a
beneficiary of the Plan and such Qualified Hurricane Distribution is (or is deemed to
be, pursuant to subparagraph (2)) an eligible rollover distribution as described in
Code §402(c)(4) from the Plan.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Treatment of Repayments of Distributions from Eligible Retirement Plan. If a
re-contribution is made pursuant to subparagraph (1) with respect to a Qualified
Hurricane Distribution from an eligible retirement plan, then the individual will, to the
extent of the amount of the re-contribution, be treated as having received the Qualified
Hurricane Distribution in an eligible rollover distribution (as defined in Code
§402(c)(4)) and as having transferred the amount to the eligible retirement plan in a direct trustee to trustee transfer within 60 days of
distribution. The following rules apply to any such re-contribution of a prior Qualified
Hurricane Distribution: (A) required minimum distributions of Code §401(a)(9) are not
permitted to be re-contributed to this Plan or any eligible retirement plan; (B) any
Qualified Hurricane Distribution paid to an individual as a Beneficiary of a Participant
(other than the surviving Spouse of a Participant) cannot be re-contributed to the Plan.
However, any Qualified Hurricane Distribution paid to the surviving Spouse of a
Participant can be re-contributed to the Plan (unless prohibited by clause (A) above);
and (C) any financial hardship distribution that is a Qualified Hurricane Distribution
will not be treated as being made on account of hardship for purposes of the Plan and the
Code; any portion of such financial hardship distribution is permitted to be
re-contributed to this Plan.

	 	(f)	 	Re-Contribution of Prior Qualified Distributions for Home Purchases to the Plan. If
elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, then this paragraph (f) apply to the
re-contribution of prior Qualified Distributions. Any individual who received a Qualified
Distribution may, during the Applicable Period, make one or more re-contributions to this
Plan (which is an eligible retirement plan as defined in Code §402(c)(8)(B)) in an aggregate
amount not to exceed the amount of such Qualified Distribution, so long as such individual is
a beneficiary in the Plan and such Qualified Distribution is (or is deemed to be, pursuant to
subparagraph (e)(2)) an eligible rollover distribution as described in Code §402(c)(4). Rules
similar those in subparagraph (e)(2) will apply to such re-contributions. For purposes of
this paragraph, the term “Applicable Period” means (1) with respect to any Qualified Katrina
Distribution, the period beginning on August 25, 2005 and ending on February 28, 2006; (2)
with respect to any Qualified Rita Distribution, the period beginning on September 23, 2005
and ending on February 28, 2006; and (3) with respect to any Qualified Wilma Distribution,
the period beginning on October 23, 2005 and ending on February 28, 2006.
	 
	 	(g)	 	Definitions. As used in this Section, the following words and phrases have the following
meanings:

	 	(1)	 	Hurricane Katrina Disaster Area. The term “Hurricane Katrina Disaster Area” means an
area with respect to which a major disaster has been declared by the President before
September 14, 2005 by reason of Hurricane Katrina, including the states of Louisiana,
Mississippi, Alabama, and Florida.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Hurricane Rita Disaster Area. The term “Hurricane Rita Disaster Area” means an area
with respect to which a major disaster has been declared by the President before October
6, 2005 by reason of Hurricane Rita.
	 
	 	(3)	 	Hurricane Wilma Disaster Area. The term “Hurricane Wilma Disaster Area” means an area
with respect to which a major disaster has been declared by the President before November
14, 2005 by reason of Hurricane Wilma.
	 
	 	(4)	 	Principal Place of Abode. The term “Principal Place of Abode” means the household
where a Qualified Individual lives. A temporary absence by a Qualified Individual from
the Principal Place of Abode due to special circumstances, such as illness, education,
business, vacation, or military service, will not change a Qualified Individual’s
Principal Place of Abode. The following provisions apply to a Qualified Individual’s
Principal Place of Abode:

	 	(A)	 	Hurricane Katrina. If a Qualified Individual’s Principal Place of Abode was in
the Hurricane Katrina Disaster Area immediately before August 28, 2005, and the
Qualified Individual evacuated because of Hurricane Katrina, then the Qualified
Individual’s Principal Place of Abode will be considered to be in the Hurricane
Katrina Disaster Area on August 28, 2005.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Post-EGTRRA Amendment
	 	Page 7 of 36
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(B)	 	Hurricane Rita. If a Qualified Individual’s Principal Place of Abode was in the
Hurricane Rita Disaster Area immediately before September 23, 2005, and the Qualified
Individual evacuated because of Hurricane Rita, then the Qualified Individual’s
Principal Place of Abode will be considered to be in the Hurricane Rita Disaster Area
on September 23, 2005.
	 
	 	(C)	 	Hurricane Wilma. If a Qualified Individual’s Principal Place of Abode was in the
Hurricane Wilma Disaster Area immediately before October 23, 2005, and the Qualified
Individual evacuated because of Hurricane Wilma, then the Qualified Individual’s
Principal Place of Abode will be considered to be in the Hurricane Wilma Disaster
Area on October 23, 2005.

	 	(5)	 	Qualified Distribution. The term “Qualified Distribution” means any Qualified Katrina
Distribution, Qualified Rita Distribution, and Qualified Wilma Distribution. For purposes
of this definition:

	 	(A)	 	Qualified Katrina Distribution. The term “Qualified Katrina Distribution” means
any distribution (i) described in Code §401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV), §403(b)(7)(A)(ii) (but
only to the extent it relates to financial hardship), §403(b)(11)(B), or
§72(t)(2)(F); (ii) received after February 28, 2005 and before August 29, 2005; and
(iii) which was to be used to purchase or construct a principal residence in the
Hurricane Katrina Disaster Area, but which was not so purchased or constructed on
account of Hurricane Katrina.
	 
	 	(B)	 	Qualified Rita Distribution. The term “Qualified Rita Distribution” means any
distribution (other than a Qualified Katrina Distribution) (i) described in Code
§401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV), §403(b)(7)(A)(ii) (but only to the extent it relates to
financial hardship), §403(b)(11)(B), or §72(t)(2)(F); (ii)received after February 28,
2005 and before September 24, 2005; and (iii) which was to be used to purchase or
construct a principal residence in the Hurricane Rita Disaster Area, but which was
not so purchased or constructed on account of Hurricane Rita.
	 
	 	(C)	 	Qualified Wilma Distribution. The term “Qualified Wilma Distribution” means any
distribution (other than a Qualified Katrina Distribution or a Qualified Rita
Distribution) (i) described in Code §401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV), §403(b)(7)(A)(ii) (but only
to the extent it relates to financial hardship), §403(b)(11)(B), or §72(t)(2)(F);
(ii) received after February 28, 2005 and before October 24, 2005; and (iii) which
was to be used to purchase or construct a principal residence in the Hurricane Wilma
Disaster Area, but which was not so purchased or constructed on account of Hurricane
Wilma.

	 	(6)	 	Qualified Hurricane Distribution. The term “Qualified Hurricane Distribution” means
(A) any distribution from an eligible retirement plan made on or after August 25, 2005
and before January 1, 2007, to an individual whose Principal Place of Abode on August 28,
2005 is located in the Hurricane Katrina Disaster Area and who has sustained an economic
loss by reason of Hurricane Katrina; (B) any distribution which is not described in
subparagraph (A) from an eligible retirement plan made on or after September 23, 2005 and
before January 1, 2007, to an individual whose Principal Place of Abode on September 23,
2005 is located in the Hurricane Rita Disaster Area and who has sustained an economic
loss by reason of Hurricane Rita; and (C) any distribution which is not described in
subparagraphs (A) or (B) from an eligible retirement plan made on or after October 23,
2005 and before January 1, 2007, to an individual whose Principal Place of Abode on
October 23, 2005 is located in the Hurricane Wilma Disaster Area and who has sustained an
economic loss by reason of Hurricane Wilma. An individual is permitted to designate any
distribution as a Qualified Hurricane Distribution. Qualified Hurricane Distributions are
permitted to be periodic payments and required minimum distributions. A Qualified
Hurricane Distribution is permitted to be a distribution received by an individual as a
Beneficiary.
	 
	 	(7)	 	Qualified Individual. The term “Qualified Individual” means any Qualified Hurricane
Katrina Individual, any Qualified Hurricane Rita Individual, and any Qualified Hurricane Wilma
Individual. For purposes of this definition:

	 	(A)	 	Qualified Hurricane Katrina Individual. A “Qualified Hurricane Katrina
Individual” means an individual whose Principal Place of Abode on August 28, 2005,
was located in the Hurricane Katrina Disaster Area and who has sustained an economic
loss by reason of Hurricane Katrina.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Post-EGTRRA Amendment
	 	Page 8 of 36
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(B)	 	Qualified Hurricane Rita Individual. A “Qualified Hurricane Rita Individual”
means an individual (other than a Qualified Hurricane Katrina Individual) whose
Principal Place of Abode on September 23, 2005, was located in the Hurricane Rita
Disaster Area and who has sustained an economic loss by reason of Hurricane Rita.
	 
	 	(C)	 	Qualified Hurricane Wilma Individual. A “Qualified Hurricane Wilma Individual”
means an individual (other than a Qualified Hurricane Katrina Individual or a
Qualified Hurricane Rita Individual) whose Principal Place of Abode on October 23,
2005, was located in the Hurricane Wilma Disaster Area and who has sustained an
economic loss by reason of Hurricane Wilma.

	1.8	 	Retroactive Revocation of Prior Amendment on account of the Heinz Decision. If elected by the
Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, then this Section is effective as of the effective date
elected in the Election Form. This Section is based upon the Supreme Court decision of Central Laborers’ Pension Fund v.
Heinz, et al. that was decided on June 7, 2004 and Regulation §1.411(d)-3(b)(4) that became
effective June 7, 2004. The Plan is subject to the following rules and provisions:

	 	(a)	 	Retroactive Revocation. As elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, the
Original Amendment is hereby revoked retroactively with respect to either (1) all accrued
benefits, which are allocations that had accrued as the Applicable Amendment Date and
allocations that have accrued after the Applicable Amendment Date; or (2) only accrued
benefits as the Applicable Amendment Date, which are allocations that had accrued as the
Applicable Amendment Date. Allocations that have accrued after the Applicable Amendment Date
will continue to be subject to the restrictions with respect to the form or timing of
distributions from the Plan as enumerated in the Original Amendment.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Effect of Revocation on Benefits to Affected Participants. Benefit payments (including
any appropriate interest or actuarial increase) will resume to Affected Participants on the
execution date of this Section in the applicable optional form of benefit.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Opportunity for Eligible Participants. An Eligible Participant must be given an
opportunity to elect retroactively the commencement of payment of benefits as of the first
date on which (1) this Section is effective and (2) the Participant was eligible to commence
receipt of benefits. The following provisions apply to Eligible Participants:

	 	(1)	 	Election Period. The election period begins within a reasonable time period after
Eligible Participants have received notification of the option in accordance with
paragraph (2) below and ends no sooner than six months after notification. Reasonable
efforts must be taken to notify all Eligible Participants, including the use of the
Internal Revenue Service Letter Forwarding Program.

	 	(2)	 	Notification Requirement. The Plan must provide notice of the option set forth in
this paragraph to each Eligible Participant. In addition to satisfying generally
applicable notice requirements, the notice of the option to commence payment of benefits
must be designed to be readily understood by the average Participant, and it must explain the period for making
the election as described in subparagraph (1).

	 	(d)	 	Definitions. As used in this Section, the following words and phrases have the following
meanings:

	 	(1)	 	Affected Participant. The term “Affected Participant” means either (A) a Participant
who commenced receipt of benefits and whose benefit payments had ceased as a result of
the Original Amendment, or (B) a Participant who had applied for benefits (including
election of the optional form of benefit) and whose application for benefits (including
the form of payment) either was approved but benefits were suspended before payments
commenced as a result of the Original Amendment, or was denied as a result of the
Original Amendment.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Applicable Amendment Date. The term “Applicable Amendment Date” means the later of
the effective date of the Original Amendment or the date that the Original Amendment was
adopted.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Post-EGTRRA Amendment
	 	Page 9 of 36
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(3)	 	Eligible Participant. The term “Eligible Participant” is a Participant who (A) at any
time after the Applicable Amendment Date, was eligible to commence the receipt of
benefits under the Plan, determined without regard to the suspension of benefit
provisions of the Original Amendment; (B) at the same time, engaged in service for which
benefits were not permitted to commence, as determined taking into account the Original
Amendment; and (C) is not an Affected Participant (e.g., is a Participant who did not
apply for benefits).
	 
	 	(4)	 	Original Amendment. The term “Original Amendment” means a previously-executed
amendment that impermissibly restricted the form or timing of distributions from the
Plan.

	1.9	 	Certain Employees of Tax Exempt Entity Excluded From 401(k) Plan or 401(m) Plan. If (a) the
Plan is a Code §401(k) Plan and/or a Code §401(m) Plan; (b) the Sponsoring Employer and/or an
Adopting Employer is a tax-exempt entity described in Code §403(b)(1)(A)(i); (c) the Plan excludes
Employees who participate in a Code §403(b) plan; and (d) if elected by the Sponsoring Employer in
the Election Form, then this Section is effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996.
Employees of the tax-exempt Employer who are eligible to make Elective Deferrals to a Code §403(b)
plan are treated as excludable with respect to the Code §401(k) Plan and/or the Code §401(m) Plan
that is provided under the same general arrangement as the Code §401(k) Plan, pursuant to
Regulation §1.410(b)-6(g)(3) that was modified July 21, 2006, provided (a) Employees of the
tax-exempt Employer are not Eligible Employees in the Code §401(k) Plan and/or the Code §401(m)
Plan; and (b) at least 95% of the Employees who are not Employees of the tax-exempt Employer are
Eligible Employees in the Code §401(k) Plan and/or the Code §401(m) Plan.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Post-EGTRRA Amendment
	 	Page 10 of 36
	 	July 2008

 

 

Article 2

Post-EGTRRA Provisions Effective 2007

	2.1	 	Notice and Consent Requirements. This Section applies to any Notices/Forms and Participant
Elections under the Plan and is effective as of January 1, 2007:

	 	(a)	 	Right to Defer Distribution. Notices/Forms that relate to distributions will include a
description of a Participant’s right (if any) to defer receipt of a distribution and will
describe the consequences of failing to defer receipt of the distribution, pursuant to the
Regulations and other guidance provided by the Treasury and/or Labor. Notices/Forms that are
delivered to Participants before the 90th day after the issuance of Regulations (unless
future guidance requires otherwise) will include at a minimum: (1) a description indicating
the investment options available under the Plan (including fees) that will be available if
the Participant defers distribution; and (2) the portion of the summary plan description that
contains any special rules that might materially affect a Participant’s decision to defer.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Electronic Notice and Consent. The use of an electronic medium to provide Notices/Forms
and to make Participant Elections with respect to the Plan is permitted pursuant to the rules
of this Section.

	 	(1)	 	Requirements of Electronic System. The following rules relate to the design of an
electronic system used to deliver Forms/Notices and to make Participant Elections:

	 	(A)	 	Understandable as Paper Document. The electronic system must be reasonably
designed to provide the information in the Form/Notice to a Recipient in a manner
that is no less understandable to the Recipient than a written paper document.
	 
	 	(B)	 	Significance of Form/Notice. The electronic system must be designed to alert the
Recipient, at the time that a Form/Notice is provided, to the significance of the
information in the Form/Notice (including identification of the subject matter of the
Form/Notice), and provide any instructions needed to access the Form/Notice, in a
manner that is readily understandable.

	 	(2)	 	Consumer Consent Requirements. With respect to a Notice/Form, the following consumer
consent requirements must be satisfied and, in accordance with E-SIGN §101(c)(6), the
Notice/Form is not provided through the use of oral communication or a recording of an
oral communication:

	 	(A)	 	Consent to Electronic Delivery. The Recipient must affirmatively consent to the
delivery of the Notice/Form using an electronic medium. This consent must be either
(i) made electronically in a manner that reasonably demonstrates that the Recipient
can access the Notice/Form in the electronic medium in the form that will be used to
provide the notice; or (ii) made using a written paper document (or any other
permitted form under the Regulations), but only if the Recipient confirms the consent
electronically in a manner that reasonably demonstrates that the Recipient can access
the Notice/Form in the electronic medium in the form that will be used to provide the
notice.
	 
	 	(B)	 	Withdrawal of Consumer Consent. The consent under paragraph (A) to receive
electronic delivery of Notices/Forms may be withdrawn by the Recipient at any time,
and subsequent Notices/Forms cannot be delivered electronically.
	 
	 	(C)	 	Required Disclosure Statement. The Recipient, prior to consenting under paragraph
(A),
must be provided with a clear and conspicuous statement containing the following
disclosures:

	 	(i)	 	Right to Receive Paper Document. The statement informs the Recipient
[a] of any right to have the Notice/Form provided using a written paper document or
other non-electronic form; and [b] how, after having provided consent to receive the
Notice/Form electronically, the Recipient may, upon request, obtain a paper copy of
the Notice/Form and whether any fee will be charged for such copy.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Post-EGTRRA Amendment
	 	Page 11 of 36
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(ii)	 	Right to Withdraw Consumer Consent. The statement informs the Recipient of
the right to withdraw consent to receive electronic delivery of a Notice/Form on
a prospective basis at any time and explains the procedures for withdrawing that
consent and any conditions, consequences, or fees in the event of the withdrawal.
	 
	 	(iii)	 	Scope of Consumer Consent. The statement informs the Recipient whether the
consent to receive electronic delivery of a Notice/Form applies only to the
particular transaction that gave rise to the Notice/Form or to other identified
transactions that may be provided or made available during the course of the
parties’ relationship. The statement may provide that a Recipient’s consent to
receive electronic delivery will apply to all future Forms/Notices of the
Recipient relating to the Plan until the Recipient is no longer a Participant in
the Plan (or withdraws the consent).
	 
	 	(iv)	 	Description of the Contact Procedures. The statement describes the
procedures to update information needed to contact the Recipient electronically.
	 
	 	(v)	 	Hardware or Software Requirements. The statement describes the hardware and
software requirements needed to access and retain the Notice/Form.

	 	(D)	 	Post-Consent Change in Hardware or Software Requirements. If there is a change in
the hardware or software requirements needed to access or retain the Notice/Form
after a Recipient provides consent to receive electronic delivery and such change
creates a material risk that the Recipient will not be able to access or retain the
Notice/Form in electronic format, then (i) the Recipient must receive a statement of
[a] the revised hardware or software requirements for access to and retention of the
Notice/Form; and [b] the right to withdraw consent to receive electronic delivery
without the imposition of any fees for the withdrawal and without the imposition of
any condition or consequence that was not previously disclosed in paragraph (C); and
(ii) The Recipient must reaffirm consent to receive electronic delivery in accordance
with subparagraph (A).
	 
	 	(E)	 	Exemption from Consumer Consent Requirements. If the requirements of this
paragraph (E) are satisfied, then the other requirements of paragraph (2) do not
apply. This paragraph (E) constitutes an exemption from the Consumer Consent
Requirements of E-SIGN §101(c).

	 	(i)	 	Effective Ability to Access. The electronic medium used to provide a
Notice/Form must be a medium that the Recipient has the effective ability to
access; and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	Free Paper Copy of Notice/Form. At the time that the Notice/Form
is provided, the Recipient must be advised that he or she may request and receive
the Notice/Form in writing on paper at no charge, and, upon request, that
Notice/Form must be provided to the Recipient at no charge.

	 	(3)	 	Participant Elections via Electronic Delivery. Participant Elections may be made
electronically, subject to the following rules:

	 	(A)	 	Effective Ability to Access. The electronic medium used to make a Participant
Election must be a medium that the person eligible to make the election is
effectively able to access. If the appropriate individual is not effectively able to
access the electronic medium for making the Participant Election, then the
Participant Election will not be treated as made available to that individual.
	 
	 	(B)	 	Authentication. The electronic system used in making Participant Elections must
be reasonably designed to preclude any person other than the appropriate individual
from making the election, based upon the facts and circumstances, including, but not
limited to, whether the Participant Election has the potential for a conflict of
interest between the individuals involved in the election.
	 
	 	(C)	 	Opportunity to Review. The electronic system used in making Participant Elections
must provide the person making the Participant Election with a reasonable opportunity
to review, confirm, modify, or rescind the terms of the election before the election
becomes effective.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Post-EGTRRA Amendment
	 	Page 12 of 36
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(D)	 	Confirmation of Action. The person making the Participant Election must receive,
within a reasonable time, a confirmation of the effect of the election through a
written paper document or an electronic medium under a system that satisfies the
requirements of subparagraph (2) above.
	 
	 	(E)	 	Witnessing by a Plan Representative or Notary Public. If a Participant Election
is required to be witnessed by a Plan representative or a notary public (such as a
spousal consent under Code §417), then the signature of the individual making the
Participant Election must be witnessed in the physical presence of a Plan
representative or a notary public. An electronic notarization acknowledging a
signature (in accordance with E-SIGN §101(g) and state law applicable to notary
publics) will be given legal effect if the signature of the individual is witnessed
in the physical presence of a notary public. Future guidance by the Treasury will
apply to this paragraph, without the necessity of amending this paragraph.

	 	(4)	 	Non-applicability of Rules. The rules of this Section do not apply to any notice,
election, consent, disclosure, or obligation required under the provisions of Title I or
IV of ERISA, over which the Department of Labor or the Pension Benefit Guaranty
Corporation has interpretative and enforcement authority. The rules in this Section also
do not apply to Code §411(a)(3)(B) (relating to suspension of benefits) or any other Code
provision over which Department of Labor or the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation has
similar interpretative authority.
	 
	 	(5)	 	Retention of Electronic Records. If an electronic record of a Notice/Form or a
Participant Election is not maintained in a form that is capable of being retained and
accurately reproduced for later reference, then the legal effect, validity, or
enforceability of such electronic record may be denied, pursuant to E-SIGN §101(e).

	 	(c)	 	Notification Period. With respect to any Notice/Form that describes the Normal Form of
Distribution and/or the Optional Forms of Distribution, and any Participant Election with
respect to any distribution delivered to a Participant, the window for giving such
Notice/Forms and Participant Elections will begin not later than 180 days and not earlier
than 30 days prior to the Annuity Starting Date (unless future guidance requires/permits
otherwise). Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, distribution of a
benefit may begin less than 30 days after such Notice/Form and/or Participant Election is
given if (1) the Administrator clearly informs the Participant that he or she has a right to
a period of at least 30 days after receiving such Notice/Form and/or Participant Election to
consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution; (2) the Participant, after
receiving such Notice/Form and/or Participant Election, affirmatively elects a distribution
(or a particular
distribution option); and (3) if the Plan is a money purchase plan or the Normal Form of
Distribution is a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, the Participant does not revoke the
election at any time prior to the expiration of the 7-day period that begins on the date such
Notice/Form and/or Participant Election is given.

	 	(d)	 	Definitions. As used in this Section, the following words and phrases have the following
meanings:

	 	(1)	 	Notice/Form. The term “Notice/Form” means any notice, report, statement, or other
document required to be provided to a Recipient under this Plan.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Participant Election. The term “Participant Election” includes any consent, election,
request, agreement, or similar communication made by or from a Participant, Beneficiary,
alternate payee, or an individual entitled to benefits under the Plan.
	 
	 	(3)	 	Recipient. The term “Recipient” means a Plan Participant, Beneficiary, Employee,
alternate payee, or any other person to whom a Notice/Form is to be provided.

	2.2	 	Direct Rollovers. This Section is effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2006
except as otherwise provided. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would
otherwise limit a Distributee’s election, a Distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner
prescribed by the Plan, to have any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution that is equal to
at least $500 paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in a Direct
Rollover. If an Eligible Rollover Distribution is less than $500, a Distributee cannot make the
election described in the preceding sentence to rollover a portion of the Eligible Rollover
Distribution.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Post-EGTRRA Amendment
	 	Page 13 of 36
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(a)	 	Voluntary and Mandatory Employee Contributions as Eligible Rollover Distributions. An
Eligible Rollover Distribution may include Voluntary Employee Contributions, Mandatory
Employee Contributions, or other nontaxable amounts which are not includible in gross income;
however, the portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution attributable to Voluntary Employee
Contributions, Mandatory Employee Contributions, or other nontaxable amounts can be paid only
in a direct Trustee-to-trustee transfer to (1) an individual retirement account or annuity
described in Code §408(a) or Code §408(b); (2) a qualified defined contribution plan
described in Code §401(a) or Code §403(a); (3) effective for tax years beginning after
December 31, 2006, a qualified defined benefit plan described in Code §401(a) or Code
§403(a); or (4) effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2006, to an annuity
contract described in Code §403(b).
Such transferee plan, trust, IRA or contract must provide separate accounting for amounts
so transferred (and earnings thereon), including separately accounting for the portion of
such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such
distribution which is not so includible. Furthermore, in accordance with the Job Creation
and Worker Assistance Act of 2002, when a distribution includes Voluntary Employee
Contributions, Mandatory Employee Contributions, or other nontaxable amounts which are
not includible in gross income, the amount that is rolled over will first be attributed
to amounts includible in gross income.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Direct Rollover Rules for Roth Elective Deferral Account. If the Plan permits Roth
Elective Deferrals to be made on behalf of Participants, then the provisions of this
paragraph apply to the Plan. The Plan will not provide for a Direct Rollover for
distributions from a Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral Account if the amount of the
distributions that are Eligible Rollover Distributions are reasonably expected to total less
than $200 during a year. In addition, any distribution from a Participant’s Roth Elective
Deferral Account is not taken into account in determining whether distributions from the
other Participant’s Account(s) are reasonably expected to total less than $200
during a year. Furthermore, the provision of this Section that allows a Participant to elect
a Direct Rollover of only a portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution (but only if the
amount rolled over is at least $500) is applied by treating any amount distributed from the
Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral Account as a separate distribution from any amount
distributed from the other Participant’s Account(s) in the Plan, even if the amounts are
distributed at the same time.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Definitions. As used in this Section, the following words and phrases have the following
meanings:

	 	(1)	 	Direct Rollover. The term “Direct Rollover” means a payment by the Plan to the
Eligible Retirement Plan that is specified by the Distributee.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Distributee. The term “Distributee” means an Employee or former Employee. In
addition, an Employee’s or former Employee’s surviving Spouse and an Employee’s or former
Employee’s Spouse or former Spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic
relations order as defined in Code §414(p), are Distributees with regard to the interest
of the Spouse or former Spouse.
	 
	 	(3)	 	Eligible Retirement Plan. The term “Eligible Retirement Plan” means, with respect to
any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution that is paid in a Direct Rollover: (A)
an individual retirement account described in Code §408(a); (B) an individual retirement
annuity described in Code §408(b); (C) an annuity plan described in Code §403(a); (D) an
annuity contract described in Code §403(b); (E) a qualified trust described in Code
§401(a); (F) an eligible deferred compensation plan under Code §457(b) which is
maintained by a State (or Commonwealth), a political subdivision of a State (or
Commonwealth), or any agency or instrumentality of a State (or Commonwealth) or political
subdivision of a State (or Commonwealth); and which agrees to separately account for
amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan; or (G) effective January 1, 2008, a
Roth individual retirement account as described in Code §408A(b), subject to the
restrictions of Code §408A(c)(3)(B) for tax years beginning prior to January 1, 2010.
This definition of Eligible Retirement Plan will also apply in the case of a distribution
to a surviving Spouse, or to a Spouse or former Spouse who is the alternate payee under a
qualified domestic relation order, as defined in Code §414(p); such distribution will be
made in the same manner as if the Spouse was the Employee. If any portion of an Eligible
Rollover Distribution is attributable to payments or distributions from an individual’s
Roth Elective Deferral Account (or the segregated portion of an individual’s Rollover
Contribution Account that is attributable to Roth Elective Deferrals), then an Eligible
Retirement Plan with respect to such portion will only be either another plan’s
designated Roth account of the individual from whose account the payments or
distributions were made, or such individual’s Roth individual retirement account as
described in Code §408A(b).

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Post-EGTRRA Amendment
	 	Page 14 of 36
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(4)	 	Eligible Rollover Distribution. The term “Eligible Rollover Distribution” means any
distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the Distributee,
except that an Eligible Rollover Distribution does not include: (A) any distribution that
is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than
annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives
(or joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributee’s designated
beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; (B) any distribution to the
extent that such distribution is a required minimum distribution under Code §401(a)(9);
(C) if applicable to the Plan, the portion of any distribution that is not includible in
gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation
with respect to Employer securities); (D) if applicable to the Plan, corrective
distributions of: (i) Excess Deferrals as described in
Regulation §1.402(g)–1(e)(3)
including any income allocable to such corrective distributions; (ii) Excess
Contributions under a 401(k) Plan described in Regulation
§1.401(k)–1(f)(4) including
any income allocable to such corrective
distributions; and (iii) Excess Aggregate Contributions described in Regulation
§1.401(m)–2(b)(2) including any income allocable to such distributions; (E) if
applicable to the Plan, loans that are treated as deemed distributions pursuant to Code
§72(p) (F) if applicable to the Plan, dividends paid on Employer securities as described
in Code §404(k); (G) if applicable to the Plan, the costs of life insurance coverage
(P.S. 58 costs); (H) if applicable to the Plan, prohibited allocations that are treated
as deemed distributions pursuant to Code §409(p); (I) if applicable to the Plan, the
portion of any distribution which is attributable to a financial hardship distribution;
(J) if applicable to the Plan, effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1,
2008, a distribution that is a permissible withdrawal from an eligible automatic
contribution arrangement within the meaning of Code §414(w); and (K) any other
distribution that is reasonably expected to total less than $200 during a year.

	2.3	 	Qualified Domestic Relations Orders. This Section is effective as of April 6, 2007. The term
“Qualified Domestic Relations Order” or “QRDO” is amended to include (a) an order that is issued
with respect to another domestic relations order or QDRO, including an order that revises or amends
a prior order; (b) an order issued after the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date or death; or (c)
an order that names as the alternate payee a person deemed financially dependent upon the
Participant, provided that the other requirements for a QDRO as set forth in the Plan’s QDRO
procedure and/or as defined in Code §414(p) are satisfied.
	 
	2.4	 	Determination Whether Partial Termination of the Plan Has Occurred. The determination of
whether a partial termination of the Plan has occurred under Code §411(d)(3) depends on the facts
and circumstances, pursuant to Revenue Ruling 2007-43. This determination is based upon the
following provisions:

	 	(a)	 	Extent to which Participants have a Termination of Employment. If the Turnover Rate is at
least 20 percent, there is a presumption that a partial termination of the Plan has occurred.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Transfer to Affiliated Employer. Employees who have a Termination of Employment with the
Employer on account of a transfer to an Affiliated Employer are not considered as having a
Termination of Employment for purposes of calculating the Turnover Rate, if those Employees
continue to be covered by the Plan or a plan that is a continuation of the Plan under which
they were previously covered.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Facts and Circumstances. Whether a partial termination of the Plan occurs on account of
Participant turnover (and the time of such event) depends on all the facts and circumstances
in a particular case. Facts and circumstances indicating that the Turnover Rate for an
Applicable Period is routine for the Employer favor a finding that there is no partial
termination for that Applicable Period. For this purpose, information as to the Turnover Rate
in other Applicable Periods and the extent to which Employees who Terminated Employment were
actually replaced, whether the new Employees performed the same functions, had the same job
classification or title, and received comparable Compensation are relevant to determining
whether the turnover is routine for the Employer.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Effect of Partial Termination. If a partial termination occurs on account of turnover
during an Applicable Period, then all Participants who had a Termination of Employment during
the Applicable Period must be fully Vested in the amounts credited to their Participant’s
Accounts.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Post-EGTRRA Amendment
	 	Page 15 of 36
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(e)	 	Other Circumstances that May Trigger Partial Termination. A partial termination of the
Plan can also occur for reasons other than turnover. A partial termination can occur due to
Plan amendments that adversely affect the rights of Employees to Vest in benefits under the
Plan, or Plan amendments that exclude a group of Employees who have previously been covered
by the Plan.
	 
	 	(f)	 	Definitions. As used in this Section, the following words and phrases have the following
meanings:

	 	(1)	 	Applicable Period. The term “Applicable Period” means a period that depends upon the
facts and circumstances: the Applicable Period is a Plan Year (or, if a Plan Year that is
less than 12 consecutive months, then the Plan Year plus the immediately preceding Plan
Year) or a longer period if there are a series of related Terminations of Employment.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Employer-Initiated Termination of Employment. The term “Employer-Initiated
Termination of Employment” means generally any Termination of Employment other than a
Termination of Employment on account of death, Disability, or retirement on or after
Normal Retirement Age. An Employee’s Termination of Employment is an Employer-Initiated
Termination of Employment even if it is caused by an event outside of the Employer’s
control, such as Termination of Employment due to depressed economic conditions. In
certain situations, the Employer may be able to verify that a Termination of Employment
is not an Employer-Initiated Termination of Employment; a claim that a Termination of
Employment is purely voluntary can be supported through items such as information from
personnel files, Employee statements, and other corporate records.
	 
	 	(3)	 	Turnover Rate. The term “Turnover Rate” means the percentage equal to the number of
Participants who had an Employer-Initiated Termination of Employment during the
Applicable Period, divided by the sum of (A) all Participants at the start of the
Applicable Period, plus (B) the Employees who became Participants during the Applicable
Period. All Participants are taken into account in calculating the Turnover Rate,
including Vested Participants and non Vested Participants.

	2.5	 	Code §415 Limitations Under the Final Code §415 Regulations. This Section is effective as of
the first day of the first Limitation Year beginning on or after July 1, 2007 except as may
otherwise be provided herein, and this Section applies for all Plan purposes.

	 	(a)	 	Maximum Annual Addition. The maximum Annual Addition made to a Participant’s Account
maintained under the Plan for any Limitation Year will not exceed the lesser of the Dollar
Limitation set forth in paragraph (a)(1) or the Compensation Limitation set forth in
paragraph (a)(2), as adjusted in the remainder of this Section (a), as follows:

	 	(1)	 	Dollar Limitation. The Dollar Limitation is $40,000, as adjusted by the Treasury in
accordance with Code §415(d).
	 
	 	(2)	 	Compensation Limitation. The Compensation Limitation is an amount equal to 100% of
the Participant’s Code §415(c)(3) Compensation for the Limitation Year. However, this
limitation will not apply to any contribution made for medical benefits within the
meaning of Code §401(h) or Code §419A(f)(2) after separation from service which is
otherwise treated as an Annual Addition under Code §415(l)(1) or Code §419A(d)(2).
	 
	 	(3)	 	Adjustments to Maximum Annual Addition. In applying the limitation on Annual
Additions set forth herein, the following adjustments must be made:

	 	(A)	 	Short Limitation Year. In a Limitation Year of less than 12 months, the Defined
Contribution Dollar Limitation in paragraph (a)(1) will be adjusted by multiplying it
by the ratio that the number of months in the short Limitation Year bears to 12.
	 
	 	(B)	 	Plans with Different Limitation Years. If a Participant participates in multiple
Defined Contribution Plans sponsored by the Employer with different Limitation Years,
the maximum Annual Addition in this Plan for the Limitation Year will be reduced by
the
Annual Additions credited to the Participant’s accounts in the other plans for such
Limitation Year.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Post-EGTRRA Amendment
	 	Page 16 of 36
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(C)	 	Plans with the Same Limitation Year. If a Participant participates in multiple
Defined Contribution Plans sponsored by the Employer which have the same Limitation
Year, then (i) if only one of the plans is subject to Code §412, Annual Additions
will first be credited to the Participant’s accounts in the plan so subject; and (ii)
if none of the plans are subject to Code §412, the maximum Annual Addition in this
Plan for a given Limitation Year will either [a] equal the product of the maximum
Annual Addition for such Limitation Year minus any other Annual Additions previously
credited to the Participant’s account, multiplied by the ratio that the Annual
Additions which would be credited to a Participant’s accounts hereunder without
regard to the limitations regarding the Aggregation of Plans in paragraph (b) bears
to the Annual Additions for all plans described in this paragraph, or [b] be reduced
by the Annual Additions credited to the Participant’s accounts in the other plans for
such Limitation Year.
	 
	 	(D)	 	Adjustment for Excessive Annual Additions. If for any Limitation Year the Annual
Additions allocated to a Participant’s Account exceeds the maximum Annual Addition
permitted under this Section, then the Sponsoring Employer will follow the rules of
any Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System (EPCRS) that is issued by the
Internal Revenue Service.

	 	(b)	 	Aggregation of Plans. This Section (b) aggregates plans for purposes of applying the
provisions of this Section and the rules of Regulation §1.415(f)-1.

	 	(1)	 	General Rule. Except as provided in this Section and Regulation §1.415(f)-1, for
purposes of applying the limitations of this Section and Code §415(c) applicable to a
Participant for a particular Limitation Year (A) all Defined Contribution Plans (without
regard to whether a plan has been terminated) ever maintained by the Employer (or a
predecessor Employer) under which the Participant receives Annual Additions are treated
as one Defined Contribution Plan; and (B) all 403(b) annuity contracts purchased by an
Employer (including plans purchased through salary reduction contributions) for the
Participant are treated as one 403(b) annuity contract.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Affiliated Employers and Leased Employees. All Employees of all Affiliated Employers
are treated as employed by a single Employer for Code §415 purposes. Any Defined
Contribution Plan maintained by any Affiliated Employer is deemed maintained by all
Affiliated Employers. Furthermore, under Code §414(n), with respect to any recipient for
whom a Leased Employee performs services, the Leased Employee is treated as an Employee
of the recipient, but contributions or benefits provided by the leasing organization that
are attributable to services performed for the recipient are treated as provided under
the plan maintained by the recipient. However, under Code §414(n)(5), the rule of the
previous sentence does not apply to a Leased Employee with respect to services performed
for a recipient if (A) the Leased Employee is covered by a plan that is maintained by the
leasing organization and that meets the requirements of Code §414(n)(5)(B); and (B)
Leased Employees do not constitute more than 20% of the recipient’s non-highly
compensated workforce.
	 
	 	(3)	 	Formerly Affiliated Plan of an Employer. A Formerly Affiliated Plan of an Employer is
taken into account for purposes of applying the aggregation rules of this Section to the
Employer, but the Formerly Affiliated Plan of an Employer is treated as if it had
terminated immediately prior to the cessation of affiliation, and had purchased annuities
to provide benefits. For purposes of this paragraph, the term “Formerly Affiliated Plan
of an Employer” means a plan that, immediately prior to the Cessation of Affiliation, was
actually maintained by one or more of the entities that constitute the Employer (as
determined under the employer affiliation rules described in Regulation §1.415(a)-1(f)(1)
and (2)), and immediately after the Cessation of Affiliation, is not actually maintained
by any of the entities that constitute the Employer (as determined under the employer
affiliation rules described in Regulation §1.415(a)-1(f)(1) and (2)). For purposes of
this paragraph, the term “Cessation of Affiliation” means the event that
causes an entity to no longer be aggregated with one or more other entities as a single
Employer under the employer affiliation rules described in Regulation §1.415(a)-1(f)(1)
and (2) (such as the sale of a subsidiary outside a controlled group), or that causes a
plan to not actually be maintained by any of the entities that constitute the Employer
under the employer affiliation rules of Regulation §1.415(a)-1(f)(1) and (2) (such as a
transfer of plan sponsorship outside of a controlled group).

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Post-EGTRRA Amendment
	 	Page 17 of 36
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(4)	 	Predecessor Employer. For purposes of Code §415 and Regulations promulgated
thereunder, a former employer is a predecessor employer with respect to a Participant in
the Plan maintained by the Employer if the Employer maintains the Plan under which the
Participant had accrued a benefit while performing services for the former employer (for
example, the Employer assumed sponsorship of the former employer’s plan, or the Plan
received a transfer of benefits from the former employer’s plan), but only if that
benefit is provided under the Plan maintained by the Employer. In applying the
limitations of Code §415 to a Participant in the Plan maintained by the Employer, the
Plan must take into account benefits provided to the Participant under plans that are
maintained by the predecessor employer and that are not maintained by the Employer; the
Employer and predecessor employer constituted a single Employer under the rules described
in Regulation §1.415(a)-1(f)(1) and (2) immediately prior to the cessation of affiliation
(as if they constituted two, unrelated employers under the rules described in Regulation
§1.415(a)-1(f)(1) and (2) immediately after the cessation of affiliation) and cessation
of affiliation was the event that gives rise to the predecessor employer relationship,
such as a transfer of benefits or plan sponsorship. However, with respect to the Employer
of the Participant, a former entity that antedates the Employer is a predecessor employer
with respect to the Participant if, under the facts and circumstances, the Employer
constitutes a continuation of all or a portion of the trade or business of the former
entity. This occurs where formation of the Employer constitutes a mere formal or
technical change in the employment relationship and continuity otherwise exists in the
substance and administration of the business operations of the former entity and the
Employer.
	 
	 	(5)	 	Nonduplication. In applying the limitations of Code §415 to the Plan maintained by an
Employer, if the Plan is aggregated with another plan pursuant to the aggregation rules
of this Section, then a Participant’s benefits are not counted more than once in
determining the Participant’s aggregate Annual Additions, pursuant to the rules of
Regulation §1.415(f)-1(d)(1).
	 
	 	(6)	 	Previously Unaggregated Plans. The following rule applies to situations in which two
or more existing plans, which previously were not required to be aggregated pursuant to
Code §415(f), are aggregated during a particular Limitation Year and, as a result, the
limitations of Code §415(b) or (c) are exceeded for that Limitation Year. Two or more
Defined Contribution Plans that are not required to be aggregated pursuant to Code
§415(f) as of the first day of a Limitation Year satisfy the requirements of Code §415
with respect to a Participant for the Limitation Year if they are aggregated later in
that Limitation Year, provided that no Annual Additions are credited to the Participant’s
Account after the date on which the plans are required to be aggregated.
	 
	 	(7)	 	Multiple Plan Fraction. The provisions of Code §415(e) shall not apply to this Plan
for Limitation Years beginning on or after January 1, 2000 (or, if later, the first day
of the Limitation Year in which Code §415(e) is not applicable to the Plan in whole or in
part, pursuant to the provisions of the prior Plan document or separate Plan amendment).

	 	(c)	 	Definitions. As used in this Section and for all Plan purposes, the following words and
phrases have the following meanings:

	 	(1)	 	Annual Additions. The term “Annual Additions” means the sum of the following amounts
credited to a Participant’s Account for the Limitation Year:

	 	(A)	 	Amounts That Are Included. The following amounts are included as Annual
Additions: (i) Employer contributions, even if such contributions are Excess
Contributions (as described in Code §401(k)(8)(B)) or Excess Aggregate Contributions
(as described in Code §401(m)(6)(B)), or such Excess Contributions or Excess
Aggregate Contributions are corrected through distribution; (ii) Employee
Contributions, including Mandatory Employee Contributions (as defined in Code
§411(c)(2)(C) and the Regulations thereunder) and Voluntary Employee Contributions;
(iii) Forfeitures; (iv) contributions allocated to any individual medical account, as
defined in Code §415(l)(2), which is part of a pension or annuity plan established
pursuant to Code §401(h) and maintained by the Employer; (v) amounts attributable to
post-retirement medical benefits allocated to a separate account for a Key Employee
(any Employee who, at any time during the plan year or any preceding plan year, is or
was a Key Employee pursuant to Code §419A(d)), maintained by the Employer; and (vi)
effective as of the first day of the first Limitation Year beginning on or after

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Post-EGTRRA Amendment
	 	Page 18 of 36
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	 	 	July 1, 2007, the difference between the value of any assets transferred to the
Plan and the consideration, where an Employee or the Employer transfers assets to
the Plan in exchange for consideration that is less than the fair market value of
the assets transferred to the Plan.

	 	(B)	 	Amounts That Are Not Included. Notwithstanding subparagraph (A), a Participant’s
Annual Additions do not include the following: (i) the restoration of an Employee’s
accrued benefit by the Employer under Code §411(a)(3)(D) or Code §411(a)(7)(C) or
resulting from the repayment of cashouts (as described in Code §415(k)(3)) under a
governmental plan (as defined in Code §414(d)) for the Limitation Year in which the
restoration occurs, regardless of whether the Plan restricts the timing of repayments
to the maximum extent allowed by Code §411(a); (ii) Catch-Up Contributions made under
Code §414(v) and Regulation §1.414(v)-1; (iii) effective as of the first day of the
first Limitation Year beginning on or after July 1, 2007, a Restorative Payment that
is allocated to a Participant’s Account. For purposes of this clause, the term
“Restorative Payment” means a payment made to restore some or all of the Plan’s
losses resulting from an action (or a failure to act) by a fiduciary for which there
is reasonable risk of liability for breach of a fiduciary duty (other than a breach
of fiduciary duty arising from failure to remit contributions to the Plan) under
ERISA or under other applicable federal or state law, where Participants who are
similarly situated are treated similarly with respect to the payments. This includes
payments to the Plan made pursuant to a Department of Labor order, the Department of
Labor’s Voluntary Fiduciary Correction Program, or a court-approved settlement, to
restore losses to a qualified Defined Contribution Plan. Payments made to the Plan to
make up for losses due merely to market fluctuations and other payments that are not
made on account of a reasonable risk of liability for breach of a fiduciary duty
under Title I of ERISA are not Restorative Payments and generally constitute
contributions that give rise to Annual Additions; (iv) Excess Elective Deferrals that
are distributed in accordance with Regulation §1.402(g)-1(e)(2) or (3); (v) Rollover
Contributions (as described in Code §401(a)(31), §402(c)(1), §403(a)(4), §403(b)(8),
§408(d)(3), and §457(e)(16)); (vi) repayments of loans made to a Participant from the
Plan; (vii) repayments of prior Plan distributions described in Code §411(a)(7)(B)
(in accordance with Code §411(a)(7)(C)) and Code §411(a)(3)(D) or repayment of
contributions to a governmental plan (as defined in Code §414(d)) as described in
Code §415(k)(3); (viii) Transfer Contributions from a qualified plan to a Defined
Contribution Plan; (ix) the reinvestment of dividends on Employer securities under an
employee stock ownership plan pursuant to Code §404(k)(2)(A)(iii)(II); and (x)
Employee contributions to a qualified cost of living arrangement within the meaning
of
Code §415(k)(2)(B).

	 	(2)	 	Code §415(c)(3) Compensation. The term “Code §415(c)(3) Compensation” means, for the
specific purposes and as elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, either
Form W-2 Compensation, Code §3401 Compensation, Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation, or
Statutory Code §415 Compensation during the entire Compensation Determination Period that
statutorily applies, subject to the following rules:

	 	(A)	 	Exclusions to Compensation Do Not Apply. Code §415(c)(3) Compensation includes
any amounts that may be excluded from Compensation for purposes of allocation
purposes.
	 
	 	(B)	 	Inclusion of Certain Amounts. Code §415(c)(3) Compensation includes any Elective
Deferral as defined in Code §402(g)(3) and any amount which is contributed or
deferred by the Employer at the election of the Employee which are not includible in
gross income by reason of Code §125 (and Deemed Code §125 Compensation), Code
§132(f)(4), or Code §457.
	 
	 	(C)	 	Treatment of Post-Severance Compensation. Effective January 1, 2005, Code
§415(c)(3) Compensation includes Post-Severance Compensation.
	 
	 	(D)	 	Code §401(a)(17) Annual Compensation Limit. Effective as of the first day of the
first Limitation Year beginning on or after July 1, 2007, Code §415(c)(3)
Compensation for any Limitation Year shall not exceed the Code §401(a)(17)
Compensation Limit that applies to that Limitation Year. If the Limitation Year is
not the calendar year, then the Code §401(a)(17) Compensation Limit that applies to
such Limitation Year is the Code §401(a)(17) Compensation Limit in effect for the
respective calendar year in which such Limitation Year begins.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Post-EGTRRA Amendment
	 	Page 19 of 36
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(E)	 	Compensation Earned in Limitation Year but Paid in Next Limitation Year. If
elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, then effective as of the
first day of the first Limitation Year beginning on or after July 1, 2007, Code
§415(c)(3) Compensation for any Limitation Year will include any amounts earned
during that Limitation Year but not paid during that Limitation Year solely because
of the timing of pay periods and pay dates if: (i) these amounts are paid during the
first few weeks of the next Limitation Year; (ii) the amounts are included on a
uniform and consistent basis with respect to all similarly situated Employees; and
(iii) no Code §415(c)(3) Compensation is included in more than one Limitation Year.

	 	(3)	 	Defined Contribution Plan. The term “Defined Contribution Plan” means a defined
contribution plan within the meaning of Code §414(i) (including the portion of a plan
treated as a defined contribution plan under the rules of Code §414(k)) that is (A) a
plan described in Code §401(a) which includes a trust which is exempt from tax under Code
§501(a); (B) an annuity plan described in Code §403(a); (C) a simplified employee pension
described in Code §408(k); (D) an arrangement which is treated as a Defined Contribution
Plan for purposes of this Section, Code §415 and the Regulations promulgated thereunder,
according to the following rules: (i) Mandatory Employee Contributions (as defined in
Code §411(c)(2)(C) and Regulation §1.411(c)-1(c)(4), regardless of whether the Plan is
subject to the requirements of Code §411) to a defined benefit plan, are treated as
contributions to a Defined Contribution Plan. For this purpose, contributions that are
picked up by the Employer as described in Code §414(h)(2) are not considered Employee
Contributions; (ii) contributions allocated to any individual medical benefit account
which is part of a pension or annuity plan established pursuant to Code §401(h) are
treated as contributions to a Defined Contribution Plan pursuant to Code §415(l)(1);
(iii)
amounts attributable to post-retirement medical benefits allocated to an account
established for a Key Employee (any Employee who, at any time during the plan year or any
preceding plan year, is or was a Key Employee pursuant to Code §419A(d)(1)) are treated
as contributions to a Defined Contribution Plan pursuant to Code §419A(d)(2); and (iv)
Annual Additions under an annuity contract described in Code §403(b) are treated as
Annual Additions under a Defined Contribution Plan.
	 
	 	(4)	 	Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation. The term “Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation”
means an Employee’s compensation determined under Regulation §1.415(c)-2(d)(2), to wit:
the Employee’s wages, salaries, fees for professional services, and other amounts
received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash) for personal
services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Employer maintaining the
Plan, to the extent that the amounts are includible in gross income (or to the extent
amounts would have been received and includible in gross income but for an election under
Code §125(a), 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 402(k), or 457(b)). These amounts
include, but are not limited to, commissions paid to salespersons, compensation for
services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums,
tips, bonuses, fringe benefits, and reimbursements or other expense allowances under a
non-accountable plan as described in Regulation §1.62-2(c); and in the case of an
Employee who is an Employee within the meaning of Code §401(c)(1) and Regulations
promulgated under Code §401(c)(1), the Employee’s Earned Income (as described in Code
§401(c)(2) and Regulations promulgated under Code §401(c)(2)), plus amounts deferred at
the election of the Employee that would be includible in gross income but for the rules
of Code §402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 402(k), or 457(b); An Employee’s Safe Harbor Code §415
Compensation will be determined in accordance with the following provisions:

	 	(A)	 	Exclusion of Certain Amounts. Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation does not include
(1) Contributions (other than elective contributions described in Code §402(e)(3),
§408(k)(6), §408(p)(2)(A)(i), or §457(b)) made by the Employer to a plan of deferred
compensation (including a simplified employee pension described in Code §408(k) or a
simple retirement account described in Code §408(p), and whether or not qualified) to
the extent that the contributions are not includible in the gross income of the
Employee for the taxable year in which contributed. In addition, any distributions
from a plan of deferred compensation (whether or not qualified) are not considered
Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation, regardless of whether such amounts are includible
in the gross income of the Employee when distributed. However, any amounts received
by an Employee pursuant to a nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan are
Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation in the year the amounts are actually received, but
only to the extent such amounts are includible in the Employee’s gross income; (2)
Amounts realized from the exercise of a nonstatutory option (which is an option other
than a statutory option as defined in Regulation

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Post-EGTRRA Amendment
	 	Page 20 of 36
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	 	 	§1.421-1(b)), or when restricted stock or other property held by an Employee
either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk
of forfeiture pursuant to Code §83 and Regulations promulgated under Code §83);
(3) Amounts realized from the sale, exchange, or other disposition of stock
acquired under a statutory stock option (as defined in Regulation §1.421-1(b));
(4) Other amounts that receive special tax benefits, such as premiums for group
term life insurance (but only to the extent that the premiums are not includible
in the gross income of the Employee and are not salary reduction amounts that are
described in Code §125); and (5) Other items of remuneration that are similar to
any of the items listed in clauses (1) through (4) of this paragraph.

	 	(B)	 	Inclusion of Certain Amounts. Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation includes any
Elective Deferral as defined in Code §402(g)(3) and any amount which is contributed
or deferred by the Employer at the election of the Employee which are not includible
in gross income by reason of Code §125 (and Deemed Code §125 Compensation), Code
§132(f)(4), or Code §457.
	 
	 	(C)	 	Treatment of Post-Severance Compensation. Effective January 1, 2005, Safe Harbor
Code §415 Compensation includes Post-Severance Compensation.

	 	(5)	 	Statutory Code §415 Compensation. The term “Statutory Code §415 Compensation” means,
in applying the Code §415 limits, an Employee’s compensation as determined under
Regulation §1.415(c)-2(b) and (c), to wit:

	 	(A)	 	Amounts Includable. Statutory Code §415 Compensation includes remuneration for
services of the following types: (1) The Employee’s wages, salaries, fees for
professional services, and other amounts received (without regard to whether or not
an amount is paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered in the course of
employment with the Employer maintaining the Plan, to the extent that the amounts are
includible in gross income (or to the extent amounts would have been received and
includible in gross income but for an election under Code §125(a), 132(f)(4),
402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 402(k), or 457(b)). These amounts include, but are not
limited to, commissions paid to salespersons, compensation for services on the basis
of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe
benefits, and reimbursements or other expense allowances under a nonaccountable plan
as described in Regulation §1.62-2(c); (2) In the case of an Employee who is an
Employee within the meaning of Code §401(c)(1) and Regulations promulgated under Code
§401(c)(1), the Employee’s Earned Income (as described in Code §401(c)(2) and
Regulations promulgated under Code §401(c)(2)), plus amounts deferred at the election
of the Employee that would be includible in gross income but for the rules of Code
§402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 402(k), or 457(b); (3) Amounts described in Code
§104(a)(3), 105(a), or 105(h), but only to the extent that these amounts are
includible in the gross income of the Employee; (4) Amounts paid or reimbursed by the
Employer for moving expenses incurred by an Employee, but only to the extent that at
the time of the payment it is reasonable to believe that these amounts are not
deductible by the Employee under Code §217; (5) The value of a nonstatutory option
(which is an option other than a statutory option as defined in Regulation
§1.421-1(b)) granted to an Employee by the Employer, but only to the extent that the
value of the option is includible in the gross income of the Employee for the taxable
year in which granted; (6) The amount includible in the gross income of an Employee
upon making the election described in Code §83(b); and (7) Amounts that are
includible in the gross income of an Employee under the rules of Code §409A or
§457(f)(1)(A) or because the amounts are constructively received by the Employee.
	 
	 	(B)	 	Exclusion of Certain Amounts. Statutory Code §415 Compensation does not include
(1) Contributions (other than elective contributions described in Code §402(e)(3),
§408(k)(6), §408(p)(2)(A)(i), or §457(b)) made by the Employer to a plan of deferred
compensation (including a simplified employee pension described in Code §408(k) or a
simple retirement account described in Code §408(p), and whether or not qualified) to
the extent that the contributions are not includible in the gross income of the
Employee for the taxable year in which contributed. In addition, any distributions
from a plan of deferred compensation (whether or not qualified) are not considered
Statutory Code §415 Compensation, regardless of whether such amounts are includible
in the gross income of the Employee when distributed. However, any amounts received
by an Employee pursuant to a nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan are
Statutory Code §415 Compensation in the year the amounts are actually received, but
only to the extent such amounts are

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Post-EGTRRA Amendment
	 	Page 21 of 36
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	 	 	includible in the Employee’s gross income; (2) Amounts realized from the exercise
of a nonstatutory option (which is an option other than a statutory option as
defined in Regulation §1.421-1(b)), or when restricted stock or other property
held by an Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to
a substantial risk of forfeiture pursuant to Code §83 and Regulations promulgated
under Code §83); (3) Amounts realized from the sale, exchange, or other
disposition of stock acquired under a statutory stock option (as defined in
Regulation §1.421-1(b)); (4) Other amounts that receive special tax benefits,
such as premiums for group term life insurance (but only to the extent that the
premiums are not includible in the gross income of the Employee and are not
salary reduction amounts that are described in Code §125); and (5) Other items of
remuneration that are similar to any of the items listed in clauses (1) through
(4) of this paragraph.
	 
	 	(C)	 	Inclusion of Certain Amounts. Statutory Code §415 Compensation includes any
Elective Deferral as defined in Code §402(g)(3) and any amount which is contributed
or deferred by the Employer at the election of the Employee which are not includible
in gross income by reason of Code §125 (and Deemed Code §125 Compensation), Code
§132(f)(4), or Code §457.
	 
	 	(D)	 	Treatment of Post-Severance Compensation. Effective January 1, 2005, Statutory
Code §415 Compensation includes Post-Severance Compensation.

	 	(6)	 	Post-Severance Compensation. The term “Post-Severance Compensation” means the
following amounts that would have been included in the definition of Code §415(c)(3)
Compensation if the amounts were paid prior to the Employee’s Termination of Employment
and that are paid to the Employee by the later of 21/2 months after Termination of
Employment or the end of the Limitation Year that includes the Employee’s date of
Termination of Employment:

	 	(A)	 	Regular Pay After Termination. Regular pay after Termination of Employment will
be considered Post-Severance Compensation if (i) the payment is regular compensation
for services during the Employee’s regular working hours, or compensation for
services outside the Employee’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift
differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar payments; and (ii) the payment
would have been paid prior to Termination of Employment if the Employee had continued
in employment with the Employer.
	 
	 	(B)	 	Leave Cashouts and Deferred Compensation. If elected by the Sponsoring Employer
in the Election Form, then leave cashouts and deferred compensation will be
considered Post-Severance Compensation if the amount is either (i) payment for unused
accrued bona fide sick, vacation, or other leave, but only if the Employee would have
been able to use the leave if employment had continued; or (ii) received by an
Employee pursuant to a nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan, but only if
the payment would have been paid to the Employee at the same time if the Employee had
continued in employment with the Employer and only to the extent that the payment is
includible in the Employee’s gross income.
	 
	 	(C)	 	Imputed Compensation when Participant Becomes Disabled. If elected by the
Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form and a Participant in a Defined Contribution
Plan becomes permanently and totally disabled as defined in Code §22(e)(3), then
notwithstanding anything in the Plan or this Section to the contrary, Code §415(c)(3)
Compensation will be imputed during the time the Participant is permanently and
totally disabled. The rate that Code §415(c)(3) Compensation will be imputed to such
Participant is equal to the rate of
Code §415(c)(3) Compensation that was paid to the Participant immediately before
becoming permanently and totally disabled. The total period in which Code §415(c)(3)
Compensation will be imputed to a Participant in the Defined Contribution Plan who
becomes permanently and totally disabled will be determined pursuant to a
nondiscriminatory policy established by the Administrator; however, if Code
§415(c)(3) Compensation is imputed to a Participant who is a Highly Compensated
Employee pursuant to this paragraph, then the continuation of any Non-Safe Harbor
Non-Elective Contributions to such Participant will be for a fixed or determinable
period pursuant to Code §415(c)(3)(C).

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Post-EGTRRA Amendment
	 	Page 22 of 36
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(D)	 	Continuation of Compensation while in Qualified Military Service. If elected by
the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, then notwithstanding anything in the
Plan or this Section to the contrary, Code §415(c)(3) Compensation includes payments
by the Employer to an individual who does not currently perform services for the
Employer by reason of qualified military service (as that term is used in Code
§414(u)(1)), to the extent those payments do not exceed the amounts the individual
would have received if the individual had continued to perform services for the
Employer rather than entering qualified military service.

	2.6	 	Vesting of Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Accounts. If elected by the Sponsoring
Employer in the Election Form, then this Section is effective as of the first day of the first Plan
Year beginning after December 31, 2006. This Section applies to the Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective
Contribution Accounts of the Plan, subject to the following rules and provisions:

	 	(a)	 	Participants to Whom the Post-2006 Vesting Schedule Relates. As elected by the Sponsoring
Employer in the Election Form, the Post-2006 Vesting Schedule applies to the Non-Safe Harbor
Non-Elective Contribution Account of either: (1) any Participant who completes an Hour of
Service during any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2006; or (2) any Participant
(regardless of whether such Participant has Terminated Employment) who has a Non-Safe Harbor
Non-Elective Contribution Account balance during any Plan Year beginning after December 31,
2006 and whose Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account has not become subject to
the Forfeiture provisions of the Plan prior to the first day of the first Plan Year beginning
after December 31, 2006.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Account Balances to Which the Post-2006 Vesting Schedule Relates. As elected by the
Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, the Post-2006 Vesting Schedule applies to either
(1) the entire Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account; or (2) the portion of the
Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account to which is allocated Non-Safe Harbor
Non-Elective Contributions, Forfeitures, and earnings for Plan Years beginning after December
31, 2006 (and subsequent earnings attributable to such allocations). The portion of the
Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account to which was allocated Non-Safe Harbor
Non-Elective Contributions, Forfeitures, and earnings for Plan Years beginning prior to
January 1, 2007 (and subsequent earnings attributable to such allocations) will remain
subject to the Pre-2007 Vesting Schedule without regard to this Section or the Vesting
schedule selected in the current Plan document that applies to Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective
Contribution Accounts.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Protection of Participant’s Vested Interest. This Section will not directly or indirectly
reduce a Participant’s Vested Interest in his or her Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective
Contribution Account.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Employee who is a Participant as of the
later of (1) the date that this Section is adopted or (2) the date that this Section
becomes effective, the Participant’s Vested Interest in his or her Non-Safe Harbor
Non-Elective Contribution Account determined as of such date will not be less than the
Participant’s Vested Interest in his or her Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution
Account computed by using the Pre-2007 Vesting
Schedule.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Participant’s Special Election. Any Participant with at least three Years of Service or
1-Year Periods of Service, as applicable, for Vesting purposes may, by filing a written
request with the Administrator, elect to have the Vested Interest in his or her Non-Safe
Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account computed by using the Pre-2007 Vesting Schedule. A
Participant who fails to make an election will have the Vested Interest in his or her
Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account computed by using the Post-2006 Vesting
Schedule. The period in which the election may be made will begin on the date that this
Section is adopted or is deemed to have been made and will end on the latest of: (1) sixty
days after this Section is adopted; (2) sixty (60) days after this Section becomes effective;
or (3) sixty days after the Participant is given written notice of this Section by the
Sponsoring Employer or Administrator. However, no election need be provided to any
Participant whose Vested percentage on and after the first day of the first Plan Year
beginning after December 31, 2006, at any time is not less than the Vested percentage
computed by using the Pre-2007 Vesting Schedule. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to
the contrary, a Participant with at least three Years of Service or 1-Year Periods of
Service, as applicable, for Vesting purposes will be provided at all times with a Vested
percentage of his or her Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account that is not less
than the Vested percentage of his or her Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account
computed by using Post-2006 Vesting Schedule and the Vesting percentage of his or her
Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account computed by using the Pre-2007 Vesting
Schedule.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Post-EGTRRA Amendment
	 	Page 23 of 36
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(e)	 	Application of this Section to the Participant’s Account. If the Plan is a profit sharing
volume submitter plan, a money purchase volume submitter plan, or a target benefit volume submitter
plan, then the “Employer’s contribution” is substituted for the “Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective
Contribution;” and the “Participant’s Account” is substituted for the “Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective
Contribution Account” throughout this Section. Furthermore, if the Plan had Prevailing Wage
Accounts that did not comply with the Vesting requirements of PPA§ 904 as of the first day of the
first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2006, then the “Prevailing Wage Contribution” is
substituted for the “Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution;” and the “Prevailing Wage Account”
is substituted for the “Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account” throughout this Section
	 
	 	(f)	 	Definitions. As used in this Section, the following words and phrases have the following
meanings:

	 	(1)	 	Post-2006 Vesting Schedule. The term “Post-2006 Vesting Schedule” means the Vesting
schedule that applies to the Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Accounts as set forth in
the Plan document.
	 
	 	(2)	 	PPA. The term “PPA” means the Pension Protection Act of 2006.
	 
	 	(3)	 	Pre-2007 Vesting Schedule. The term “Pre-2007 Vesting Schedule” means the Vesting schedule
that applied to the Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Accounts which was enumerated in
the prior Plan document. As elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, the
Pre-2007 Vesting Schedule was either subparagraphs (A), (B) or (C) below:

	 	 	 	 	 
	(A) 7 Year Graded.

	 	1 Year/Period of Service
	 	0% Vested Interest
	 

	 	2 Years/Periods of Service
	 	0% Vested Interest
	 

	 	3 Years/Periods of Service
	 	20% Vested Interest
	 

	 	4 Years/Periods of Service
	 	40% Vested Interest
	 

	 	5 Years/Periods of Service
	 	60% Vested Interest
	 

	 	6 Years/Periods of Service
	 	80% Vested Interest
	 

	 	7 Years/Periods of Service
	 	100% Vested Interest
	 
	 	 	 	 
	(B) 5 Year Cliff.

	 	1 Year/Period of Service
	 	0% Vested Interest
	 

	 	2 Years/Periods of Service
	 	0% Vested Interest
	 

	 	3 Years/Periods of Service
	 	0% Vested Interest
	 

	 	4 Years/Periods of Service
	 	0% Vested Interest
	 

	 	5 Years/Periods of Service
	 	100% Vested Interest

	 	(C)	 	Other. A Participant’s Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account will be
Vested in accordance with the schedule selected in the Election Form, provided that
any schedule selected for a non-Top Heavy Plan Year must be at least as favorable as
either the 7 Year Graded Vesting schedule or the 5 Year Cliff Vesting schedule of
set forth in (A) or (B) above.

	2.7	 	Diversification. If all or a portion of a Participant’s Account is invested in Employer
Securities on or after the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2006, then
this Section is effective as of the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after December 31,
2006, and the Plan is subject to the following:

	 	(a)	 	General Divestment Provisions. Subject to paragraph (b) below, the Participant (and the
Participant’s Beneficiary who has an account in the Plan with respect to which the
Beneficiary is entitled to exercise the rights of the Participant) may elect to divest the
Participant’s Account of Employer Securities and reinvest the proceeds in alternative
investment options described in paragraph (c) below. Notice must be given to Participants
and/or Beneficiaries not later than 30 days prior to the date on which they will have the
right to divest Employer Securities. Furthermore, this paragraph applies to a Participant’s
Voluntary Employee Contribution Account, Mandatory Employee Contribution Account, and/or
Elective Deferral Account, if applicable to the Plan, without applying the restrictions of
paragraph (b).

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Post-EGTRRA Amendment
	 	Page 24 of 36
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(b)	 	Special Restrictions and Conditions on Employer Contributions (Other Than Elective
Deferrals).
Special restrictions and conditions apply to a Participant’s Account attributable to
Employer contributions (other than a Participant’s Elective Deferral Account) that are
invested in Employer Securities:

	 	(1)	 	Individuals Who Are Affected. The individuals who will have the right to divest a
Participant’s Account of amounts attributable to Employer contributions (other than
Elective Deferrals) that are invested in Employer Securities will be limited to the
following: (A) a Participant who has completed at least three (3) Years of Service or
1-Year Periods of Service, as applicable; (B) a Beneficiary of a Participant who has
completed at least three (3) Years of Service or 1-Year Periods of Service, as
applicable; and (C) a Beneficiary of a deceased Participant.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Employer Securities Acquired on or After January 1, 2007. To the extent that all or a
portion of a Participant’s Account attributable to Employer contributions (other than a
Participant’s Elective Deferral Account) consists of Employer Securities that were
acquired in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 2007, the divestment
requirements will apply to the total amount of the Employer Securities acquired with such
Employer contributions.
	 
	 	(3)	 	Employer Securities Acquired Before January 1, 2007. To the extent that all or a
portion of a Participant’s Account attributable to Employer contributions (other than a
Participant’s Elective Deferral Account) consists of Employer Securities acquired in a
Plan Year beginning before January 1, 2007, the divestment requirements only apply to a
portion of the Employer Securities acquired with such Employer contributions. Such
portion will be equal to 33% of such
Employer Securities for the first Plan Year, 66% for the second such Plan Year, and 100%
for the third Plan Year.
	 
	 	(4)	 	Restrictions Applied Separately to Each Class of Employer Securities. The special
restrictions and conditions of this paragraph (b) will be applied separately with respect
to each class of Employer Securities held in the Participant’s Account. Furthermore, the
special restrictions and conditions of this paragraph (b) will not apply to the extent
that a Participant has attained age 55 or completed at least three (3) Years of Service
or 1-Year Periods of Service, as applicable, before the first Plan Year beginning after
December 31, 2005; instead, paragraph (a) will apply.

	 	(c)	 	Alternative Investment Options. The Plan will offer at least three (3) investment options
other than Employer Securities, to which a Participant or, if applicable, his or her
Beneficiary can direct the proceeds from the divestment of Employer Securities. Each
investment option will be diverse from the other investment options, having materially
different risk and return characteristics. The divestment direction can be limited to
periodic, reasonable opportunities no less frequently than quarterly, in accordance with
procedures set forth by the Administrator. The Plan will not impose restrictions or
conditions with respect to the investment of Employer Securities which are not imposed on the
investment of other assets of the Plan, except as required by securities laws or other
Regulations.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Definitions. As used in this Section, the term “Employer Securities” means employer
securities as defined ERISA §407(d)(1) that are readily tradable on an established securities
market.

	2.8	 	Calculation of Gap Period Income for Excess Elective Deferrals. If the Plan is a Code §401(k)
Plan, then this Section is effective for distributions of Excess Elective Deferrals (as defined in
Code §402(g)(2)(A)) in taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2007, and will apply to
Excess Elective Deferrals that occur in taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2006. Excess
Elective Deferrals will be adjusted for any income or loss up to the end of the Plan Year and
during the end of the Plan Year and the actual date of distribution (the “gap period”), until
repealed by any Regulation, IRS pronouncement, or statute. Any adjustment for income or loss during
the gap period will be allocated in a consistent manner to all Participants and to all corrective
distributions of Excess Elective Deferrals made for the Plan Year, and will be the amount
determined by one of the methods set forth in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c), as elected by the
Administrator:

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Post-EGTRRA Amendment
	 	Page 25 of 36
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(a)	 	Method 1. The amount determined by multiplying the income or loss allocable to the
Participant’s Elective Deferrals for the taxable year and the gap period, by a fraction, the
numerator of which is the Participant’s Excess Elective Deferrals for the taxable year and
the denominator of which is the Participant’s Elective Deferral Account balance as of the
beginning of the Participant’s taxable year plus any Elective Deferrals allocated to the
Participant during the taxable year and the gap period.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Method 2. The sum of (1) and (2) as follows: (1) the amount determined by multiplying the
income or loss allocable to the Participant’s Elective Deferrals for the taxable year, by a
fraction, the numerator of which is the Participant’s Excess Elective Deferrals for the
taxable year and the denominator of which is the Participant’s Elective Deferral Account
balance as of the beginning of the Participant’s taxable year plus any Elective Deferrals
allocated to the Participant during such taxable year; plus (2) the amount of gap period
income or loss equal to 10% of the amount determined under clause (1) above multiplied by the
number of whole months between the end of the Participant’s taxable year and the distribution
date, counting the month of distribution if the distribution occurs after the 15th day of
such month.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Method 3. The amount determined by any reasonable method of allocating income or loss to
the Participant’s Excess Elective Deferrals for the taxable year and for the gap period,
provided the method used is the same method used for allocating income or losses to the
Participant’s Account (or any sub-account of the Participant’s Account). This Plan will not
fail to use a reasonable method for computing the income allocable to excess deferrals merely
because the income allocable to such excess deferrals is determined on a date that is no more
than 7 days before the distribution.

	2.9	 	Rollover by a Non-Spouse Designated Beneficiary. If elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the
Election Form, then this Section is effective as of the effective date elected in the Election
Form. A Beneficiary who (a) is other than the Participant’s Spouse and (b) is considered to be a
Designated Beneficiary under Code §401(a)(9)(E) (known as a “Non-Spouse Designated Beneficiary”)
may establish an individual retirement account under Code §408(a) or an individual retirement
annuity under Code §408(b) (known as an “Inherited IRA”) into which all or a portion of a death
benefit (to which such Non-Spouse Designated Beneficiary is entitled) can be transferred in a
direct trustee-to trustee transfer (a direct rollover). Notwithstanding the above, any amount
payable to a Non-Spouse Designated Beneficiary that is deemed to
be a required minimum distribution pursuant to Code §401(a)(9) may not be transferred into such
Inherited IRA. The Non-Spouse Designated Beneficiary may deposit into such Inherited IRA all or any
portion of the death benefit that is deemed to be an eligible rollover distribution (but for the
fact that the distribution is not an eligible rollover distribution because the distribution is
being paid to a Non-Spouse Designated Beneficiary). In determining the portion of such death
benefit that is considered to be a required minimum distribution that must be made from the
Inherited IRA, the Non-Spouse Designated Beneficiary may elect to use either the 5-year rule or the
life expectancy rule, pursuant to Regulation §1.401(a)(9)-3, Q&A-4(c). Any distribution made
pursuant to this Section is not subject to the direct rollover requirements of Code §401(a)(31),
the notice requirements of Code §402(f), or the mandatory withholding requirements of Code
§3405(c). If a Non-Spouse Designated Beneficiary receives a distribution from the Plan, then the
distribution is not eligible for the “60-day” rollover rule, which is available to a Beneficiary
who is a Spouse. If the Participant’s Non-Spouse Designated Beneficiary is a trust, then the Plan
may make a direct rollover to an IRA on behalf of the trust, provided the trust satisfies the
requirements to be a Designated Beneficiary within the meaning of Code §401(a)(9)(E).
	 
	2.10	 	Money Purchase or Target Benefit Plan In-Service Distributions. If the Plan is either a money
purchase plan or a target benefit plan and if elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election
Form, then this Section is effective as of the effective date elected in the Election Form. A
Participant who has attained the Age that is elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election
Form and who has not yet Terminated Employment may elect to receive a distribution of his or her
Vested Account Balance.
	 
	2.11	 	Qualified Default Investment Alternative. If the Plan has an Eligible Automatic Contribution
Arrangement as described in Code §414(w)(3), then this Section is effective as of the date of the
Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement (unless an earlier effective date is elected in the
Election Form). If the prior sentence does not apply to the Plan and if elected by the Sponsoring
Employer in the Election Form, then this Section is effective as of the date elected in the
Election Form. If the Plan gives Participants or Beneficiaries the opportunity to direct the
investment of any assets in the Participant’s Account (or any sub-account) and if any Participant
or Beneficiary does not direct the investment of such assets, then such assets in the Participant’s
Account (or such sub-account(s)) will be invested in a Qualified Default Investment Alternative
(“QDIA”), subject to the following:

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Post-EGTRRA Amendment
	 	Page 26 of 36
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(a)	 	Transfer from QDIA. Any Participant or Beneficiary on whose behalf assets are invested in
a QDIA may transfer, in whole or in part, such assets to any other investment alternative
available under the Plan with a frequency consistent with that afforded to a Participant or
Beneficiary who elected to invest in the QDIA, but not less frequently than once within any
3-month period.

	 	(1)	 	No Fees During First 90 Days. A Participant’s or Beneficiary’s election to make such
transfer from the QDIA during the 90-day period beginning on the date of the first
investment in a QDIA on behalf of a Participant or Beneficiary or, if the Participant has
the opportunity to receive a Permissible Withdrawal, a Permissible Withdrawal during the
90-day period beginning on the date of the Participant’s first Elective Deferral under
Code §414(w)(2)(B), will not be subject to any restrictions, fees or expenses (including
surrender charges, liquidation or exchange fees, redemption fees and similar expenses
charged in connection with the liquidation of, or transfer from, the investment), except
as permitted in Department of Labor Regulation §2550.404c—5(c)(5)(ii)(B).
	 
	 	(2)	 	Limited Fees after First 90 Days. Following the end of the 90-day period described in
paragraph (1), any transfer from the QDIA or, if the Participant has the opportunity to
receive a Permissible Withdrawal, a Permissible Withdrawal, will not be subject to any
restrictions, fees or expenses not otherwise applicable to a Participant or Beneficiary
who elected to invest in that QDIA.

	 	(b)	 	Broad Range of Investment Alternatives. The Plan must
offer a “broad range of investment
alternatives’’ within the meaning of Department of Labor
Regulation §2550.404c–1(b)(3).
	 
	 	(c)	 	Materials Must Be Provided. A fiduciary must provide to a Participant or Beneficiary the
materials in Department of Labor Regulation §2550.404c-1(b)(2)(i)(B)(1)(viii) and (ix) and
Department of Labor Regulation §404c-1(b)(2)(i)(B)(2) relating to a Participant’s or
Beneficiary’s investment in a QDIA.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Content and Timing of Notice. The following provisions apply to the notice required by a
QDIA:

	 	(1)	 	Manner and Content. Such notice must be written in a manner calculated to be
understood by the average Participant, and must contain the following: (A) a description
of the circumstances under which assets in the Participant’s Account (or any sub-account
of the Participant’s Account) of a Participant or Beneficiary may be invested on behalf
of the Participant or Beneficiary in a QDIA; and, if applicable, an explanation of the
circumstances under which Elective Deferrals will be made on behalf of a Participant, the
percentage of such Elective Deferrals, and the right of the Participant to elect not to
have such Elective Deferrals made on the Participant’s behalf (or to elect to have such
Elective Deferrals made at a different percentage); (B) an explanation of the right of
Participants and Beneficiaries to direct the investment of assets in their Participant’s
Accounts (or any sub-accounts of the Participant’s Account); (C) a description of the
QDIA, including a description of the investment objectives, risk and return
characteristics (if applicable), and fees and expenses attendant to the QDIA; (D) a
description of the right of the Participants and Beneficiaries on whose behalf assets are
invested in a QDIA to direct the investment of those assets to any other investment
alternative under the Plan, including a description of any applicable restrictions, fees
or expenses in connection with such transfer; and (E) an explanation of where the
Participants and Beneficiaries can obtain investment information concerning the other
investment alternatives available under the Plan.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Timing. The Participant or Beneficiary on whose behalf an investment in a QDIA may be
made must be furnished such notice during the following periods: (A) at least 30 days in
advance of the Participant’s Entry Date of the Plan (or any component of the Plan in
which a Participant’s Account (or any sub-account of the Participant’s Account) may be
invested in a QDIA); or at least 30 days in advance of the date of any first investment
in a QDIA on behalf of a Participant or Beneficiary; or if the Participant has the
opportunity to receive a Permissible Withdrawal, on or before the Participant’s Entry
Date of the Elective Deferral component of the Plan; and (B) within a reasonable period
of time of at least 30 days in advance of each subsequent Plan Year.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Post-EGTRRA Amendment
	 	Page 27 of 36
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(e)	 	Definitions. As used in this Section, the following words and phrases have the following
meanings:

	 	(1)	 	Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement. The term “Eligible Automatic
Contribution Arrangement” means the definition of Section 3.4 of this Amendment.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Permissible Withdrawal. The term “Permissible Withdrawal” means the definition of
Section 3.5 of this Amendment.
	 
	 	(3)	 	QDIA. The term “QDIA” means a qualified default investment alternative as described
in Department of Labor Regulation § 2550.404c–5, which is an investment alternative
available to Participants and Beneficiaries, subject to the following rules:

	 	(A)	 	No Employer Securities. The QDIA cannot hold or permit the acquisition of
Employer securities, except as permitted by Department of Labor Regulation
§2550.404c–5(e)(1)(ii);
	 
	 	(B)	 	Transfer Permitted. The QDIA permits a Participant or Beneficiary to transfer, in
whole or in part, his or her investment from the QDIA to any other investment
alternative available under the Plan, pursuant to the rules of Department of Labor
Regulation §2550.404c–5(c)(5);
	 
	 	(C)	 	Management. The QDIA is (i) managed by an investment manager, within the meaning
of ERISA §3(38), a Plan Trustee that meets the requirements of ERISA §3(38)(A), (B) and
(C), or the Sponsor Employer who is a named fiduciary within the meaning of ERISA
§402(a)(2); (ii) an investment company registered under the Investment Company
Act of 1940; or (iii) an investment product or fund described in Department of
Labor Regulation §2550.404c–5(e)(4)(iv) or (v).
	 
	 	(D)	 	Types of Permitted Investments. The QDIA is one of the following:

	 	(i)	 	An investment fund product or model portfolio that applies generally accepted
investment theories, is diversified so as to minimize the risk of large losses
and that is designed to provide varying degrees of long-term appreciation and
capital preservation through a mix of equity and fixed income exposures based on
the Participant’s age, target retirement date (such as Normal Retirement Age
under the Plan) or life expectancy, but is not required to take into account risk
tolerances, investments or other preferences of an individual Participant or
Beneficiary.
	 
	 	(ii)	 	An investment fund product or model portfolio that applies generally
accepted investment theories, is diversified so as to minimize the risk of large
losses and that is designed to provide long-term appreciation and capital
preservation through a mix of equity and fixed income exposures consistent with a
target level of risk appropriate for Participants of the Plan as a whole, but is
not required to take into account the age, risk tolerances, investments or other
preferences of an individual Participant or Beneficiary.
	 
	 	(iii)	 	An investment management service with respect to which a fiduciary, within
the meaning of Department of Labor Regulation §2550.404c–5(e)(3)(i), applying
generally accepted investment theories, allocates the assets of a Participant’s
Account to achieve varying degrees of long-term appreciation and capital
preservation through a mix of equity and fixed income exposures, offered through
investment alternatives available under the Plan, based on the Participant’s age,
target retirement date (such as Normal Retirement Age under the Plan) or life
expectancy, but is not required to take into account risk tolerances, investments
or other preferences of an individual Participant.
	 
	 	(iv)	 	An investment product or fund designed to preserve principal and provide a
reasonable rate of return, whether or not such return is guaranteed, consistent
with liquidity. Such investment product will seek to maintain, over the term of
the investment, the dollar value that is equal to the amount invested in the
product, and be offered by a State or federally regulated financial institution.
Such investment product or fund described in this paragraph shall constitute a
QDIA for not more than 120 days after the date of the first investment; or the
Participant’s first Elective Deferral as determined under Code §414(w)(2)(B).

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Post-EGTRRA Amendment
	 	Page 28 of 36
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(v)	 	An investment product or fund designed to guarantee principal and a rate of
return generally consistent with that earned on intermediate investment grade bonds,
while providing liquidity for withdrawals by Participants and Beneficiaries,
including transfers to other investment alternatives. Such investment product
must meet the following requirements: [a] there are no fees or surrender charges
imposed in connection with withdrawals initiated by a Participant or Beneficiary;
and [b] principal and rates of return are guaranteed by a State or federally
regulated financial institution. Such product or fund described herein will
constitute a QDIA solely for purposes of assets invested in such product or fund
before December 24, 2007.

An investment fund product or model portfolio that meets the requirements of this
paragraph (4) may be offered through variable annuity or similar contracts,
common or collective trust funds, or pooled investment funds without regard to
whether such contracts or funds provide annuity purchase rights, investment
guarantees, death benefit guarantees, or other features ancillary to the
investment fund product or model portfolio.

	2.12	 	Modification to Normal Retirement Age. If the Plan is either a money purchase plan or a target
benefit plan and if elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, then the Plan is
subject to the following:

	 	(a)	 	Revised Normal Retirement Age. As elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election
Form, either:

	 	(1)	 	Normal Retirement Age Enumerated in Plan. The definition of “Normal Retirement Age”
as set forth in the amended and restated Plan is effective as of the date elected in the
Election Form; or
	 
	 	(2)	 	Normal Retirement Age Amended by this Section. Effective as of the date elected in
the Election Form, the Plan’s definition of “Normal Retirement Age” is amended and means,
as elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, either:

	 	(A)	 	Age Only. The time that a Participant attains the Age that is elected by the
Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form.
	 
	 	(B)	 	Age and Participation. The later of (i) the time that a Participant attains the
Age that is elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, or (ii) the
anniversary that is elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form of
becoming a Participant in the Plan.
	 
	 	(C)	 	Age and Years/Periods of Service. The later of (i) the time that a Participant
attains the Age elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, or (ii) the
date the Participant is credited with at least the number of Years of Service/Periods
of Service elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form; but in no event
later than the later of Age 65 or the 5th anniversary of becoming a Participant in
the Plan.
	 
	 	(D)	 	Other. The time elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, but in
no event later than the later of (i) the time that a Participant attains Age 65, or
(ii) the 5th anniversary of becoming a Participant in the Plan.

	 	(b)	 	Limited Exemption from Code §411(d)(6). Although either the amended Plan or this Section,
as applicable, has amended/amends the definition of “Normal Retirement Age” to a later
“Normal Retirement Age” under Regulation §1.401(a)-1(b)(2) which may eliminate a right to an
in-service distribution prior to the effective date of the amended definition of “Normal
Retirement Age,” the Plan and this Section do not violate Code §411(d)(6) pursuant to
Regulation §1.411(d)-4, Q&A-12 with respect to in-service distributions.
	 
	 	(c)	 	No Exemption from Other Code Provisions. The Plan and this Section are not exempt from
the requirements of Code §411(a)(10) (if this Section changes the Plan’s vesting rules)
and/or Code §411(d)(6) (other than elimination of the right to an in-service distribution
prior to the amended Normal Retirement Age). If elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the
Election Form, then the Plan is amended by the additional provision(s) as elected by the
Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Post-EGTRRA Amendment
	 	Page 29 of 36
	 	July 2008

 

 

	2.13	 	Mid-Year Changes Permitted for Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan. If the Plan is a Safe Harbor 401(k)
Plan, then the Plan will continue to satisfy the requirements of Code §401(k)(12) and will continue
to be a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan even if mid-year design changes are implemented to permit Roth
Elective Deferrals or to amend the definition of financial hardship distributions under Notice
2007-7, Part III. This Section does not implement such mid-year design changes but only confirms
the continuing status of the Plan as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan should such mid-year Plan design
changes occur pursuant to IRS Announcement 2007-59.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Post-EGTRRA Amendment
	 	Page 30 of 36
	 	July 2008

 

 

Article 3

Post-EGTRRA Provisions Effective 2008

	3.1	 	Elimination of Gap Period Income for Excess Contributions. If elected by the Sponsoring
Employer in the Election Form, then this Section is effective as of the date elected in the
Election Form. Excess Contributions will be adjusted for any income or loss up to the last day of
the Plan Year, without regard to the gap period (the period between the end of the Plan Year and
the date of distribution) or any adjustment for income or loss during the gap period.
	 
	3.2	 	Elimination of Gap Period Income for Excess Aggregate Contributions. If elected by the
Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, then this Section is effective as of the date elected in
the Election Form. Excess Aggregate Contributions will be adjusted for any income or loss up to the
last day of the Plan Year, without regard to the gap period (the period between the end of the Plan
Year and the date of distribution) or any adjustment for income or loss during the gap period.
	 
	3.3	 	Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement. If elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the
Election Form, this Section establishes/memorializes a Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement
(“QACA”) and is effective as of the date elected in the Election Form, and the Plan is subject to
the following provisions:

	 	(a)	 	QACA Contribution Requirement. The Employer will make a QACA Contribution as elected by
the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, to the Participants as elected by the
Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form. The QACA Contribution is subject to the following
rules and provisions:

	 	(1)	 	Rules of QACA Matching Contribution. If the QACA Contribution is satisfied with a
QACA Matching Contribution, then the ratio of QACA Matching Contributions to Elective
Deferrals of any Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee must not exceed the
ratio of QACA Matching Contributions to Elective Deferrals of any Participant who is a
Non-Highly Compensated Employee with Elective Deferrals at the same percentage of
Compensation as any Highly Compensated Employee. Also, the ratio of a Participant’s QACA
Matching Contributions to the Participant’s Elective Deferrals may not increase as the
amount of a Participant’s Elective Deferrals increases.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Plan to Which QACA Contribution Will Be Made. As elected by the Sponsoring Employer
in the Election Form, the QACA Contribution will be made to either (A) this Plan; or (B)
another plan as elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, so long as that
other plan meets the requirements of Code §401(k)(12)(F) and the Regulations thereunder.
	 
	 	(3)	 	QACA Contribution Subject to Withdrawal Restrictions. The QACA Contribution is
subject to the withdrawal restrictions set forth in Code §401(k)(2)(B) and Regulation
§1.401(k)-1(d).
	 
	 	(4)	 	QACA Contribution Must Not Be Used for Permitted Disparity Purposes. The QACA
Contribution will be met without regard to Code §401(l); furthermore, the QACA
Contribution will not be taken into account for purposes of Code §401(l).
	 
	 	(5)	 	Compensation for QACA Contribution Purposes. The term “Compensation” means, for
purposes of the QACA Contribution, an Employee’s Form W-2 Compensation, Code §3401
Compensation, or Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation, as elected by the Sponsoring
Employer in the Election Form, for the Compensation Determination Period as elected by
the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, subject to the following provisions:

	 	(A)	 	Treatment of Elective Deferrals and Certain Other Amounts. Any Elective Deferral
as defined in Code §402(g)(3) and any amount which is contributed or deferred by the
Employer at the election of the Employee which are not includible in gross income by
reason of Code §125 (and if elected in the in the Election Form, Deemed Code §125
Compensation), Code §132(f)(4), or Code §457 will be included in Compensation or will
be excluded from Compensation, as elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election
Form.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Post-EGTRRA Amendment
	 	Page 31 of 36
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(B)	 	Compensation Prior to Becoming a Participant. If the Sponsoring Employer elects
in the Election Form that Compensation received prior to becoming a Participant is
not taken in account for purposes of the QACA Contribution, then the Entry Date of
Section 2.2 when an Eligible Employee becomes a Participant in the Elective Deferral
component of the Plan will be used to determined the Entry Date when an Eligible
Employee becomes a Participant for purposes of the QACA Contribution.
	 
	 	(C)	 	Compensation of Self-Employed Individuals. For purposes of the QACA Contribution,
the Compensation of a Self-Employed Individual is equal to his or her Earned Income;
however, such Compensation will not exceed the Code §401(a)(17) Compensation Limit.
	 
	 	(D)	 	Code §401(a)(17) Compensation Limit. In determining Compensation for purposes of
the QACA Contribution, a Participant’s Compensation for any Compensation Determination
Period will not exceed the Code §401(a)(17) Compensation Limit.
	 
	 	(E)	 	Compensation for QACA Contribution Must Comply With Code §414(s). Compensation
for QACA Contribution purposes excludes the amounts, if any, elected by the
Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form. However, such Compensation must qualify as
a nondiscriminatory definition of compensation under Code §414(s) and the Regulations
thereunder. Furthermore, no dollar limit, other than the Code §401(a)(17)
Compensation Limit, applies to the Compensation of a NHCE.

	 	(b)	 	Vesting of QACA Contribution Account. A Participant’s Vested Interest in a QACA
Contribution Account will be determined by the Vesting schedule elected by the Sponsoring
Employer in the Election Form. If the Counting of Hours Method is used for Vesting purposes,
then a Participant’s Vested Interest will be based on the Years of Service that are credited
to such Participant. If the Elapsed Time Method is used for Vesting purposes, then a
Participant’s Vested Interest will be based on the 1-Year Periods of Service that are
credited to the Participant. If elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, then
in determining a Participant’s Vested Interest under this paragraph, a Participant’s Years of
Service or 1-Year Periods of Service will be disregarded: (1) during any period for which the
Employer did not maintain this Plan or a predecessor plan; (2) if the Counting of Hours
Method is used for Vesting purposes, then before the Vesting Computation Period in which the
Participant attains Age 18; and/or (3) if the Elapsed Time Method is used for Vesting
purposes, then before the 1-Year Period of Service in which the Participant attains Age 18.
The Vesting schedules available in the Election Form are:

	 	(1)	 	100% Full and Immediate. A Participant’s QACA Contribution Account will be 100%
Vested upon the Participant entering the Elective Deferral component of Plan and at all
times thereafter.
	 
	 	(2)	 	2 Year Cliff.      1 Year/Period of Service
            0% Vested Interest 

                     
     2 Years/Periods of Service      100% Vested Interest
	 
	 	(3)	 	Other. A Participant’s QACA Contribution Account will be Vested in accordance with
the schedule selected in the Election Form, provided that the Participant’s QACA
Contribution Account is 100% Vested upon the Participant being credited with at least 2
Years/1-Year Periods of Service.

	 	(c)	 	Usage of Forfeitures. If the QACA Contribution is subject to a Vesting schedule other
than 100% Vested upon the Participant entering the Elective Deferral component of Plan and at
all times thereafter, then with respect to any Forfeiture of the non-Vested Interest in a
Participant’s QACA Contribution Account, the Administrator may elect to use all or a portion
of the Forfeitures to pay administrative expenses incurred by the Plan. The portion that is
not used to pay administrative expenses may be used to restore previous Forfeitures of
Participants’ Accounts as necessary and permitted pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. As
elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, the portion of the Forfeitures that
are not used to pay administrative expenses and are not used to satisfy the provisions of the
previous sentence then either: (1) will be used to reduce any Employer contribution or
combination of Employer contributions, as determined by the Administrator; or (2) will be
added to any Employer contribution or combination of Employer contributions, as determined by
the Administrator.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Post-EGTRRA Amendment
	 	Page 32 of 36
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(d)	 	Exemption from ADP Test. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or this Amendment to the
contrary, the Plan will be treated as meeting the ADP Test as set forth in Code
§401(k)(3)(A)(ii) in any Plan Year in which the Plan includes a Qualified Automatic
Contribution Arrangement pursuant to PPA §902(a), which added Code §401(k)(13)(A).
	 
	 	(e)	 	Limited Exemption from ACP Test. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or this Amendment
to the contrary, the Plan will be treated as having satisfied the ACP Test under Code
§401(m)(2) only with respect to the QACA Matching Contributions in any Plan Year in which the
Plan includes a Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement pursuant to PPA §902(b), which
revised Code §401(m)(12).
	 
	 	(f)	 	Limited Exemption from Top Heavy. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or this Amendment
to the contrary, with respect to any Plan Year in which the allocations of the Plan consist
solely of (1) Elective Deferrals under a Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement which
meets the requirements of Code §401(k)(13); and (2) either (A) QACA Non-Elective
Contributions which meet the requirements of Code §401(k)(13), or (B) QACA Matching
Contributions which meet the requirements of Code §401(m)(12), then the Plan will not be
treated as a Top Heavy Plan and is exempt from the Top Heavy requirements of Code §416.
Furthermore, if the Plan (but for the prior sentence) would be treated as a Top Heavy Plan
because the Plan is a member of either a Required Aggregation Group which is a Top Heavy or a
Permissive Aggregation Group which is a Top Heavy, then the QACA Contributions under this
Plan may be taken into account in determining whether any other plan in either the Required
Aggregation Group or the Permissive Aggregation Group meets the Top Heavy requirements of
Code §416.
	 
	 	(g)	 	QDIA. If (1) a Participant or Beneficiary has the opportunity to direct the investment of
the assets in his or her Elective Deferral Account (and/or any other assets in the
Participant’s Account (or any sub-account) that the Participant or Beneficiary can direct the
investment); (2) any Participant or Beneficiary does not direct the investment of the assets
described in clause (1); and (3) the Sponsoring Employer elects in the Election Form that the
provisions of Section 2.11 (QDIA) apply to the Plan, then the assets described in clause (1)
will be invested in a QDIA pursuant to Section 2.11 of this Amendment.
	 
	 	(h)	 	Permissible Withdrawal. If (1) a Participant or Beneficiary has the opportunity to direct
the investment of the assets in his or her Elective Deferral Account; (2) the Sponsoring
Employer elects in the Election Form that the provisions of Section 2.11 (QDIA) apply to the
Plan; and (3) the Sponsoring Employer elects in the Election Form that the provisions of Section 3.5
(Permissible Withdrawal) apply to the Plan, then an Eligible Participant may elect to receive
a Permissible Withdrawal pursuant to Section 3.5 hereof.
	 
	 	(i)	 	Definitions. As used in this Section, the following words and phrases have the following
meanings:

	 	(1)	 	Automatic Contribution Arrangement. The term “Automatic Contribution Arrangement”
means any arrangement under which (A) a Participant may elect to have the Employer make
payments as Elective Deferrals under the Plan on his or her behalf, or to receive such
payments directly in cash, and (B) an Eligible Participant is treated as having elected
to have the Employer make Elective Deferrals to the Plan, in an amount equal to a
specified percentage of Compensation until such Eligible Participant executes an
Automatic Contribution Overriding Election as defined in the administrative policy
regarding Elective Deferrals; such percentage is set forth in either the administrative
policy regarding Elective Deferrals or such other Plan documentation as permitted by the
Plan or law. An Automatic Contribution Arrangement includes a QACA.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Eligible Participant. The term “Eligible Participant” means a Participant who is
subject to the Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement as described in the
administrative policy regarding Elective Deferrals.
	 
	 	(3)	 	Permissible Withdrawal. The term “Permissible Withdrawal” means the definition of
Section 3.5 of this Amendment.
	 
	 	(4)	 	PPA. The term “PPA” means the Pension Protection Act of 2006.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Post-EGTRRA Amendment
	 	Page 33 of 36
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(5)	 	QACA Contribution. The term “QACA Contribution” means either a QACA Matching
Contribution or a QACA Non-Elective Contribution.
	 
	 	(6)	 	QACA Contribution Account. The term “QACA Contribution Account” means the account to
which a Participant’s QACA Contributions are credited.
	 
	 	(7)	 	QACA Matching Contribution. The term “QACA Matching Contribution” means a Matching
Contribution which meet the requirements of Code §401(m)(12).
	 
	 	(8)	 	QACA Non-Elective Contribution. The term “QACA Non-Elective Contribution” means a
Non-Elective Contribution which meet the requirements of Code §401(k)(13).
	 
	 	(9)	 	QDIA. The term “QDIA” means the definition of Section 2.11 of this Amendment.
	 
	 	(10)	 	Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement. The term “Qualified Automatic
Contribution Arrangement” means an Automatic Contribution Arrangement that meets all of
the requirements set forth in Code §401(k)(13)(B) including, but not limited to, the
applicable Qualified Percentage for the Applicable Plan Year (which terms are defined in
the administrative policy regarding Elective Deferrals), the required QACA Contributions,
and the applicable notice requirements.

	3.4	 	Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement. If elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the
Election Form, then this Section establishes/memorializes an Eligible Automatic Contribution
Arrangement in the Plan and is effective as of the date elected in the Election Form, and the Plan
is subject to the following:

	 	(a)	 	Extension of Time for Correcting Failed ADP and/or ACP Test. Notwithstanding anything in
the Plan or this Amendment to the contrary, in any Plan Year in which the Plan includes an
Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement, the excise tax in Code §4979 on Excess
Contributions and/or Excess Aggregate Contributions does not apply to the Employer if the
Excess Contributions and/or Excess Aggregate Contributions (and earnings attributable
thereto) are distributed or forfeited (based upon the Participant’s Vested Interest in such
Excess Contributions and/or Excess Aggregate Contributions) within 6 months after the end of
the Plan Year. Any Excess Contributions and/or Excess Aggregate Contributions (and earnings
attributable thereto) that are distributed within this 6-month period are treated as earned
and received by the Participant in the Participant’s taxable year in which the distribution
was made. Only income or loss through the end of the Plan Year to which the Excess
Contributions and/or Excess Aggregate Contributions relate must be distributed, without
regard to any income or loss during the “gap period” (the period between the end of the Plan
Year and the date of distribution).
	 
	 	(b)	 	Mandatory Directed Investments and QDIA. In order for an Eligible Automatic Contribution
Arrangement to be established/memorialized in the Plan, the Plan must give Participants or
Beneficiaries the opportunity to direct the investment of his or her Elective Deferral
Account (and may permit Participants or Beneficiaries to direct the investment of other
assets in the Participant’s Account (or any sub-account of the Participant’s Account)). If
any Participant or Beneficiary does not direct the investment of the assets described in the
first sentence, then those assets must be invested in a QDIA pursuant to Section 2.11 of this
Amendment.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Permissible Withdrawal. If the Sponsoring Employer elects in the Election Form that the
provisions of Section 3.5 (Permissible Withdrawal) apply to the Plan, then an Eligible
Participant may elect to receive a Permissible Withdrawal pursuant to Section 3.5 of this
Amendment.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Definitions. As used in this Section, the following words and phrases have the following
meanings:

	 	(1)	 	Automatic Contribution Arrangement. The term “Automatic Contribution Arrangement”
means any arrangement under which (A) a Participant may elect to have the Employer make
payments as Elective Deferrals on his or her behalf, or to receive such payments directly
in cash, and (b) an Eligible Participant is treated as having elected to have the
Employer make Elective Deferrals to the Plan, in an amount equal to a specified
percentage of Compensation until such Eligible Participant executes an Automatic
Contribution Overriding Election as defined in the administrative policy regarding
Elective

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Post-EGTRRA Amendment
	 	Page 34 of 36
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	 	 	Deferrals; such percentage is set forth in either the administrative policy regarding
Elective Deferrals or such other Plan documentation as permitted by the Plan or law.
An Automatic Contribution Arrangement includes an Eligible Automatic Contribution
Arrangement.

	 	(2)	 	Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement. The term “Eligible Automatic
Contribution Arrangement” means an Automatic Contribution Arrangement that meets all of
the requirements of Code §414(w)(3) including, but limited to, a QDIA and the applicable
notice requirements.
	 
	 	(3)	 	Eligible Participant. The term “Eligible Participant” means a Participant who is
subject to the Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement as described in the Elective
Deferral administrative policy.
	 
	 	(4)	 	Permissible Withdrawal. The term “Permissible Withdrawal” means the definition of
Section 3.5 of this Amendment.
	 
	 	(5)	 	QDIA. The term “QDIA” means the definition of Section 2.11 of this Amendment.

	3.5	 	Eligible Participant’s Election for Permissible Withdrawal. If (a) elected by the Sponsoring
Employer in the Election Form and (b) the Plan has an Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement,
then this Section is effective as of the date elected in the Election Form. Alternatively, if (a)
elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form; (b) the Plan has a Qualified Automatic
Contribution Arrangement; (c) a Participant or Beneficiary has the opportunity to direct the
investment of the assets in his or her Elective Deferral Account; and (d) the Sponsoring Employer
elects in the Election Form that the provisions of Section 2.11 (QDIA) apply to the Plan, then this
Section is effective as of the effective date elected in the Election Form. The Plan permits an
Eligible Participant to elect to receive a Permissible Withdrawal, subject to the following:

	 	(a)	 	Includable in Gross Income. The amount of such Permissible Withdrawal is includible in
the gross income of the Eligible Participant for the taxable year of the Eligible Participant
in which the distribution is made.
	 
	 	(b)	 	No Premature Distribution Excise Tax. No premature distribution excise tax will be
imposed under Code §72(t) with respect to the Permissible Withdrawal.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Distribution Restrictions Not Violated. The Plan does not violate the distribution
restrictions of Code §401(k)(2)(B)(i) with respect to Elective Deferrals, even though the
Plan allows Permissible Withdrawals.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Matching Contributions Forfeited. If a Permissible Withdrawal is made to an Eligible
Participant and such Elective Deferrals are matched, then any related Matching Contributions
will be forfeited or subject to such other treatment as the Treasury may prescribe.
	 
	 	(e)	 	Definitions. As used in this Section, the following words and phrases have the following
meanings:

	 	(1)	 	Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement. The term “Eligible Automatic
Contribution Arrangement” means the definition of Section 3.4 of this Amendment.
	 
	 	(2)	 	Eligible Participant. The term “Eligible Participant” means a Participant who is
subject to either the Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement or the Eligible
Automatic Contribution Arrangement, as applicable, as described in the administrative
policy regarding Elective Deferrals.
	 
	 	(3)	 	Permissible Withdrawal. The term “Permissible Withdrawal” means any withdrawal of
Elective Deferrals from either the Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement or the
Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement, as applicable, which meets the following
requirements:

	 	(A)	 	Employee’s Election and Timing. The distribution is made pursuant to an election
by an Eligible Participant, and such election is made no later than 90 days after the
date of the first Elective Deferral with respect to the Eligible Participant under
either the Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement or the Eligible Automatic
Contribution Arrangement, as applicable;

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Post-EGTRRA Amendment
	 	Page 35 of 36
	 	July 2008

 

 

	 	(B)	 	Only Elective Deferrals and Earnings. The distribution consists of only Elective
Deferrals (and earnings attributable thereto);
	 
	 	(C)	 	Amount of Distribution. The amount of the distribution is equal to the amount of
Elective Deferrals made with respect to the first payroll period to which either the
Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement or the Eligible Automatic Contribution
Arrangement, as applicable, applies to the Eligible Participant and any succeeding
payroll period beginning before the effective date of the election pursuant to
paragraph (A) (and earnings attributable thereto).

	 	(4)	 	QDIA. The term “QDIA” means the definition of Section 2.11 of this Amendment.
	 
	 	(5)	 	Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement. The term “Qualified Automatic
Contribution Arrangement” means the definition of Section 3.3 of this Amendment.

	3.6	 	Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity. If the Plan is (a) a money purchase plan, (b) a target
benefit plan, (c) a 401(k) Plan in which either the Normal Form of Distribution is a Qualified
Joint and Survivor Annuity or an Optional Form of Distribution is annuities, or (d) a profit
sharing plan in which either the Normal Form of Distribution is a Qualified Joint and Survivor
Annuity or an Optional Form of Distribution is annuities, then this Section is effective as of
first day of the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2007 and the Plan is to subject to
the following rules and provisions:

	 	(a)	 	Election to Waive. Unless a mandatory cash-out of benefits is permitted and occurs under
the Plan, subject to the Spousal consent requirements of the Plan and provided the required
written explanations of paragraph (b) are given, each Participant (1) may elect at any time
during the Applicable Election Period to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity form
of benefit or the Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity form of benefit (or both); (2) if
the Participant elects a waiver under subparagraph (1) above, may elect the Qualified
Optional Survivor Annuity at any time during the Applicable Election Period; and (3) may
revoke any such election at any time during the Applicable Election Period.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Written Explanations. The Plan will provide to each Participant, within a reasonable
period of time before the Annuity Starting Date and consistent with Regulations, a written
explanation of: (1) the terms and conditions of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and
the Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity; (2) the Participant’s right to make and the effect
of an election to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity form of benefit; (3) the
rights of a Participant’s Spouse; and (4) the right to make, and the effect of, a revocation
of a previous election to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Definitions. As used in this Section, the following words and phrases have the following
meanings:

	 	(1)	 	Applicable Election Period. The term “Applicable Election Period” means the period
described in Code §417(a)(6), to wit: with respect to an election to waive the Qualified
Joint and Survivor Annuity, the period that begins not later than 180 days prior to the
Annuity Starting Date (unless future guidance requires/permits otherwise).
	 
	 	(2)	 	Applicable Percentage. The term “Applicable Percentage” means the following: (A) if
the Survivor Annuity Percentage is less than 75%, then the Applicable Percentage is 75%;
and (B) if the Survivor Annuity Percentage is greater than or equal to 75%, then the
Applicable Percentage is 50%.
	 
	 	(3)	 	Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity. The term “Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity”
means an annuity (A) for the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity for the life
of the Participant’s Spouse which is equal to the Applicable Percentage of the amount of
the annuity which is payable during the joint lives of the Participant and the Participant’s Spouse;
and (B) which is the actuarial equivalent of a single annuity for the life of the
Participant. Such term also includes any annuity in a form having the effect of an
annuity described in this Section.
	 
	 	(4)	 	Survivor Annuity Percentage. The term “Survivor Annuity Percentage” means the
percentage which the survivor annuity under the Plan’s Qualified Joint and Survivor
Annuity bears to the annuity payable the joint lives of the Participant and the
Participant’s Spouse.

					
	 	 	 	 	 
	Post-EGTRRA Amendment
	 	Page 36 of 36
	 	July 2008exv10w2

EXHIBIT 10.2

TERMINATION AMENDMENT TO THE

LITTELFUSE, INC.

SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

     This Termination Amendment to the Littelfuse, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the
“SERP”) is made by Littelfuse, Inc. (the “Employer”), effective December 31, 2009:

RECITALS

     WHEREAS, the Employer maintains the SERP;

     WHEREAS, the Employer’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) previously approved, on April 24,
2009, the amendment of the SERP to freeze benefit accruals for the 2009 calendar year (“Prior
Suspension”); and

     WHEREAS, the Board has separately authorized the Chief Executive Officer of the Employer to
determine on behalf of the Board, in his sole discretion, whether to permanently freeze the SERP
effective January 1, 2010 or terminate the SERP effective on or before January 1, 2010, and to
amend the SERP to change the interest rate;

AMENDMENT & TERMINATION

     NOW THEREFORE, the SERP is hereby amended and terminated, effective December 31, 2009, as
follows:

     1. The SERP is terminated, effective December 31, 2009 (“Termination Date”).

     2. All Participant accounts shall be fully vested as of the Termination Date, as required by
Section 5.2 of the SERP.

     3. Participants’ benefits and credits suspended for the 2009 Plan Year under the First
Amendment to the SERP are hereby reinstated.

     4. Section 3.5(b) of the SERP shall be amended to add the following sentence: “Notwithstanding
the foregoing, interest credited to accounts on or after January 1, 2010 and prior to benefit
commencement, shall be equal to the 5-year Treasury constant maturity rate.”

     5. Section 3.5 of the SERP shall be amended to correct the scrivener’s error in paragraph (e)
so that the Section referenced therein is Section 3.8(b)(iii).

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Termination Amendment is hereby approved on
                                        , 2009, pursuant to authority granted by the Board on July 27, 2009.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	Littelfuse, Inc.

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Gordon Hunter, Chief Executive Officer

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00164-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00164-of-00352.parquet"}]]